Western New England College Springfield, Massachusetts

2000-2001 CATALOGUE Western New England College ACADEMIC CALENDAR

2000 Fall Semester August 28 2000 Fall Classes Begin 8:00 a.m. September 4 Labor Day - No Classes September 5 Last Day to Add Course(s) Without Instructor’s Permission September 8 Last Day for Applying for Degrees Awarded in October September 12 Last Day to Add Course(s) With the Instructor’s Written Permission Last Day to Change Course Status from Audit to Credit or Credit to Audit with the Instructor’s Written Permission October 6 In-Progress Closing of Grades (100 level) to SAS October 7 - 10 Fall Recess - No Classes October 18 In-Progress Closing of Grades (200+ level) to SAS November 3 Last Day for Applying for Degrees Awarded in February November 13 - December 1 Priority Registration for 2001 Spring Semester November 21 Last Day for Withdrawing from Course(s) - “W” issued November 22 - 26 Thanksgiving Recess December 8 Last Day of Fall Classes December 9&10 Reading Days (Saturday and Sunday) December 11 - 16 Final Exam Period (Monday through Saturday) December 17 Final Exam “Snow Day” (make up day for inclement weather cancellations) December 22 2000 Fall Final Grades Due to SAS by 9:00 a.m. Dec 25 - Jan 1 Winter Recess

2001 Winter Term January 2-12 Winter Term (9 days-Monday through Friday)

2001 Spring Semester January 15 Martin Luther King Day - No Classes January 16 2001 Spring Classes Begin 8:00 a.m. January 23 Last Day to Add Course(s) Without Instructor’s Permission January 29 Last Day to Resolve 2000 Fall incomplete grades – Unresolved Fall “I”s are Converted to “F”s January 30 Last Day to Add Course(s) With the Instructor’s Written Permission Last Day to Change Course Status from Audit to Credit or Credit to Audit with the Instructor’s Written Permission February 2 Last Day for Applying for Degrees Awarded in May February 23 In-Progress Closing of Grades (100 level) to SAS March 9 In-Progress Closing of Grades (200+ level) to SAS March 12 - 18 Spring Break Recess April 9 - 24 Priority Registration for 2001 Fall Semester April 16 No Day Classes - Evening Classes Resume as of 5:00 p.m. April 20 Last Day for Withdrawing from Course(s) - “W” issued May 4 Last Day of Spring Classes May 5&6 Reading Days (Saturday and Sunday) May 7 - 12 Final Exam Period (Monday through Saturday) May 15 2001 Spring Final Grades Due to SAS by 9:00 a.m. May 19 Commencement for On-Campus Undergraduate Students May 20 Commencement for On- and Off-Campus Program (OCP) Graduate Students and Off-Campus Program (OCP) Undergraduate Students 2000-2001 CATALOGUE

Western New England College Springfield, Massachusetts General Information 3

CONTENTS

GENERAL INFORMATION ...... 5

ABOUT WESTERN NEW ENGLAND COLLEGE ...... 7

ADMISSIONS ...... 13

UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS ...... 21

MAJOR PROGRAMS ...... 45

MINOR PROGRAMS ...... 113

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS ...... 117

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ...... 119

GRADUATE PROGRAMS ...... 171

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ...... 187

STUDENT SERVICES AND INFORMATION ...... 201

TUITION, EXPENSES, FINANCES, SCHOLARSHIPS, LOANS . . . . . 213

TRUSTEES, ADMINISTRATION, AND FACULTY ...... 225

DIRECTIONS TO THE CAMPUS ...... 242

INDEX ...... 243

INDEX TO COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ...... 246 General Information 5

GENERAL INFORMATION

A MESSAGE FROM THE PRESIDENT ...... 6

ABOUT WESTERN NEW ENGLAND COLLEGE ...... 7

The College ...... 7

Programs, Schools, Faculty and Students ...... 7

Mission Statement ...... 7

History of the College ...... 8

Educational Opportunities ...... 9

Campus and Facilities ...... 9

D’Amour Library ...... 9

Law Library ...... 9

Campus Computing and Technology ...... 10

Accreditation and Memberships ...... 10 6 General Information

A MESSAGE FROM THE PRESIDENT

This catalogue conveys a rich and powerful portrait of a special institution that provides out- standing educational opportunities for all students. The Schools of Arts and Sciences, Business, and Engineering offer dynamic undergraduate programs of study, with faculty who are experts in their fields and who are skilled teachers. Graduate programs are offered in business and in engineering, and the Western New England College School of Law has provided legal education to thousands of students, who, like all Western New England College alumni, are prepared through their education to enter the world of work as responsible citizens---adaptable, entrepreneurial, and creative. Western New England College is about more than its educational offerings; it is as much about individuals at the College who help students grow and thrive in our special environment. In support of every program and each activity there are faculty, staff, and administrators who bring life and vitality to all that is undertaken here. Our strength resides in our faculty, staff, and students, and in our rich educational programs. We are unique because of our history, traditions, and values, and because of the commitment to students on the part of all of us at this College. As President of the College, I extend a special greeting to all who peruse this catalogue wanting to learn more about the College and to our students utilizing these pages to plan their programs of study.

Anthony Caprio General Information 7

ABOUT WESTERN Position NEW ENGLAND COLLEGE Western New England College is committed to being a leader regionally and recognized nationally in providing integrated professional and liberal learning. The College is characterized by a synergy that results internally from the collaboration of its programs in Arts and Sciences, THE COLLEGE Business, Engineering, and Law and externally from the Western New England College is a private, compre- important strategic partnerships and alliances forged hensive, coeducational institution located on a 215-acre with the local and regional business, educational, and campus in a suburban neighborhood four miles from civic communities. downtown Springfield. Originally founded in 1919 as the The College provides excellence in teaching for all Springfield Division of Northeastern University, it became students–full-time, part-time, undergraduate, graduate, established with its own charter and identity as Western and law–in an environment that proactively supports New England College in 1951. Building of the new and achievement and success in academics for all students current campus began in 1958. and where all activities, curricular and co-curricular, are viewed as educationally purposeful. All students are re- garded as a resource in excellence whose special talents and attributes will be challenged by their educational PROGRAMS, SCHOOLS, FACULTY, program to assure success in their professional and per- AND STUDENTS sonal development and lives. Western New England College offers a wide range of Defining Characteristics undergraduate degree programs as well as graduate pro- grams in Business, Engineering, and Law. There are 134 Integrated liberal and professional learning full-time faculty members in the College’s four schools: This is the hallmark of an education at Western New the Schools of Arts and Sciences, Business, Engineering, England College. Every program at the College, whether in and Law. The College also offers undergraduate and gradu- the liberal arts or professional studies, has two primary ate degree programs at 20 sites across the Common- objectives: the combination of broad knowledge and criti- wealth of Massachusetts. cal thinking with professionally focused depth, and the The College enrolls over 5,100 students: 1,950 full- ability to apply theory to real-world issues. The College time undergraduates, 600 in full and part-time programs in seeks innovative ways to achieve this integration for the School of Law, and approximately 2,600 in part-time students in all major programs. undergraduate and graduate degree programs offered on Emphasis on learning beyond the classroom campus and at the College’s off-campus locations. The Opportunities for reinforcing, testing, and applying College attracts students from 30 states, the District of the lessons of the classroom, as well as for developing the Columbia, Puerto Rico, and more than 16 foreign countries. whole person, abound outside the classroom and course There are approximately 30,000 alumni of the College. setting. The campus and the external community are learning laboratories for students. MISSION STATEMENT Collaboration and synergy among the Schools of the College Purpose The conscious and sustained collaboration among Western New England College facilitates student learn- and within the distinctive Schools results in a synergistic ing. The College prepares students to bring multiple per- educational environment in which innovative programs spectives of understanding to help them achieve balance and learning options for all students are assured and in and flexibility as proactive solution seekers in the rapidly which teaching and learning are undertaken at the inter- changing global environment in which they work and live. sections of disciplines, professional or liberal. Strategic partnerships and alliances Our alumni, area businesses, other educational insti- tutions, government, and the civic community are impor- tant allies as the College pursues its mission. Through 8 General Information

these partnerships, these groups and individuals mutu- graduates emerged in 1922 with the degree Bachelor of ally benefit from supporting and participating in the ad- Commercial Science. In 1923, the first seven law graduates vancement of the College’s goals while, at the same time, were recognized. expanding the learning opportunities and resources of The parent institution, now Northeastern University, the College. decided to cease operations in Springfield. In 1951, an autonomous charter was obtained to grant and confer the Commitments degrees of Bachelor of Business Administration and Bach- elor of Laws. The Springfield Division of Northeastern Teaching excellence University became Western New England College. Dr. The College places primary emphasis on the work of John D. Churchill, who had served as director of the the classroom while encouraging faculty scholarship, Springfield Division from 1919 to 1951, became the College’s which enhances teaching. The College believes that the first president, serving until 1954. The demand for educa- integration of multiple perspectives on major issues, a tion, following the Second World War compelled the concern for ethical values, and an awareness of the global College’s officials to add academic programs at a new, interactions of our times—important features of the larger site. College’s programs—all have their classroom origin in the On April 26, 1956, early in the presidency of Dr. blend of scholarship and teaching characteristic of the Beaumont A. Herman, the actual purchase of land for the faculty. current Wilbraham Road campus was completed. In that An atmosphere of personal concern same year the first day program was started; it was in Through its emphasis on ethical behavior, concern engineering, with 53 students enrolled. The first building, for every member of the community, and individual em- originally known as East Building, and later renamed powerment, all members of the College community— Emerson Hall in recognition of the College’s first trustee students, staff, and faculty—are viewed as valued part- chairman, Robert R. Emerson, opened in 1959. The College’s ners in the educational mission. charter was expanded in that same year to permit the A community that values diversity College to grant the bachelor’s degree in any field of The College values diversity in students, staff, and business administration, science, engineering, education, faculty as an essential dimension of the learning environ- and law, and certain master’s degrees. ment. The School of Arts and Sciences was established in 1967, and in 1968 permission was granted to award all Innovative programs and learning formats degrees as usually conferred in the Commonwealth of The College encourages the design of new programs Massachusetts except for the doctorate. In 1970 the West- and methods in all of its offerings to ensure responsive- ern New England College School of Law began awarding ness both to the constantly changing demands of the the Juris Doctor degree. The College received accredita- business and professional world and to the learning needs tion as a general purpose institution in 1972. of all the College’s students. The College flourished on its new campus. The de- A responsive technological environment cades of the Sixties, Seventies, and Eighties saw the The College devotes significant resources to provid- College’s academic programs expanding, its student body ing technology that supports the learning and perfor- growing, and the addition of a number of buildings includ- mance needs of all members of the College community. ing the D’Amour Library, the S. Prestley Blake Law Center, and St. Germain Campus Center. In 1993, the Alumni Healthful Living Center, a modern HISTORY OF THE COLLEGE athletic and fitness center, was dedicated and in 1999, the In 1919 the education committee of the Springfield LaRiviere Center, a residential living and learning center Central YMCA, after experimentation with informal classes, featuring suite-style living with a computer lab and meet- decided to offer college-level courses for credit. As a ing rooms, was dedicated. The campus originally con- result, the Springfield Division of Northeastern College, sisted of 34 acres and has grown to 215 acres of contiguous known as Springfield-Northeastern, was established. property located four miles east of downtown Springfield. Classes, held in the evening in the YMCA building on Chestnut Street for students studying part-time, were offered in law, business, and accounting. The first thirteen General Information 9

EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES Facilities for intramural and intercollegiate athletics The College provides students with an impressive are available on the campus. Included are tennis courts, range of educational options. Each program is unique in softball and baseball diamonds, and soccer and football its integration of liberal arts and professional education, fields. A variety of athletic, recreational, and health-re- theory, and practice. Some programs prepare students lated activities are conducted in the Alumni Healthful for successful lives in business, industry, and for contin- Living Center that serves the entire College community. ued study in graduate school. In others, students receive hands-on, experiential learning through internships, work with faculty on their own research, and interaction with D’AMOUR LIBRARY organizations in the community. There is an emphasis on The D’Amour Library, which opened in 1983, contains the integration of technology in all programs, and stu- over 119,000 volumes and offers an inviting atmosphere dents are provided with an increased international per- for research and quiet study. WILDPAC, the on-line cata- spective to prepare for work in today’s global economy. log, lists the holdings of both libraries on campus, the The faculty and staff are dedicated to personal inter- D’Amour Library and the Law Library. Both libraries use action with students and to fostering an open environ- the Innovative Interfaces, Inc. software. There are Internet ment conducive to personal growth. In addition to a wide connections to library catalogs in the neighboring towns. range of academic programs, Western New England Col- The library provides on-campus and off-campus ac- lege also provides academic and other support services cess to Internet resources through its web page at for students needing assistance in their studies and for libraries.wnec.edu. Resources available from the library’s those with disabilities. web page include WILDPAC, an electronic encyclopedia, The College provides opportunities for study abroad EBSCOhost, FirstSearch, Compendex, IAC, and Newsbank. in England, France, Italy, Mexico, and, through an affilia- These are a few of the fulltext and abstracting databases tion agreement with American University in Washington, available both on and off campus. Articles from the data- D.C., in many other countries. Furthermore, the College is bases and other resources online may be printed using located in an urban community with rich educational and the library’s intranet. cultural resources, and it participates in the Cooperating Free Internet access is available at the library for Colleges of Greater Springfield (CCGS), a consortium of research by students. Library staff members have also colleges in which educational opportunities are enhanced searched and included a list of websites pertaining to through the sharing of resources. courses offered at the College. These sites are updated on an ongoing basis. At the request of faculty members, bibliographic in- CAMPUS AND FACILITIES struction is also offered by reference librarians Monday The campus is located in a residential section of through Thursday from 9 a.m. to 9 p.m. and Friday from 9 Springfield at 1215 Wilbraham Road, about four miles east a.m. to 4 p.m. Individual bibliographic instruction is avail- of downtown Springfield. Because the 20 major buildings able any time. are all less than 40 years old, the College has been able to The library is open seven days a week during the maintain architectural harmony, with Georgian colonial academic year. Holidays, summer hours, and exception style predominating. days are posted in the library and on its web page. Internet Classes are conducted in five major classroom-labo- access to library databases is available 24 hours a day. ratory buildings that provide almost 70 classrooms and laboratories. The St. Germain Campus Center serves as a focal THE LAW LIBRARY point for student activities and services. Included within The School’s law library offers an extensive collection the Center are the dining hall, snack bar, faculty lunch of printed and electronic resources, as well as a highly room, student lounges, conference and student organiza- dedicated staff to assist in students’ research efforts. The tion rooms, activity areas, and bookstore. library’s collection of more than 360,000 volumes includes The College maintains several residence halls and the newest research and reference volumes as well as apartment complexes that accommodate students in var- reprints of important earlier texts. Supplementing these ied housing styles. resources are audio and video collections, microform 10 General Information

materials, and online research services such as Lexis- PROFESSIONAL AND REGIONAL Nexis and Westlaw, which provide access to additional ACCREDITATION materials. The New England Association of Schools and Colleges The fully air-conditioned, carpeted law library is open (NEASC) regionally accredits Western New England Col- more than 100 hours per week. The only academic law lege and all of its programs. Its professional programs are library in western Massachusetts, this rich resource is accredited by the following organizations: valued by students, professors, and area legal professionals. In Arts and Sciences: Programs in Education are approved by the Massa- chusetts Board of Education (MBE) and meet the stan- dards of reciprocity of the Interstate Certification Com- CAMPUS COMPUTING AND pact. The Bachelor of Social Work program is accredited TECHNOLOGY by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). The College is committed to providing students, as a In Business: part of their programs of study, with access to a wide The School of Business is in candidacy for accredita- range of computing hardware and software. Students are tion by AACSB—The International Association for Man- expected to learn and use current computing technology agement Education. in their courses for accessing materials, doing research, In Engineering: writing assignments, submitting work, and communicat- The Engineering Accreditation Commission of the ing with faculty, staff, and peers. Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology To facilitate this use the College has a campus-wide (ABET) has accredited the Bachelor of Science programs network linking all buildings, multiple T-1 lines to the in electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering. Internet, and hundreds of networked PCs in public areas including CyberCafe, Churchill Hall Computer Lab, In Law: D’Amour Library (access to online catalogues and data- The School of Law is accredited by the American Bar bases and specialized PC laboratories with digital projec- Association (ABA) and is a member of the Association of tion equipment), the Writing and Mathematics Centers, American Law Schools (AALS). the Accounting Lab, the School of Law, and the Engineer- ing Labs. All registered students have Internet e-mail accounts with access via PCs in the labs, the College’s high MEMBERSHIP speed modem pool, or from residence hall rooms equipped Western New England College is a member of the with direct access through Ethernet lines. All students Association of American Colleges and Universities, the have access to voice-mail and Internet connections, and College Entrance Examination Board, the Association of residential students have an option for cable TV. Governing Boards of Universities and Colleges, the Na- The College labs are equipped with networked Intel tional Association of Independent Colleges and Universi- Pentium PCs and run a variety of specialized and standard ties, and the Association of Independent Colleges and software packages including MS Windows, MS Office, and Universities of Massachusetts. The School of Business is Netscape Navigator. A special web browser based col- a member of AACSB—The International Association for laborative courseware package called Manhattan was cre- Management Education. ated to supplement course contact time with electronic- based communication. This software allows secure file transport between faculty and students. Admissions 13

ADMISSIONS

UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSIONS ...... 14

Full-Time ...... 14

Application Procedure for International Students . . . . . 14

School of Arts and Sciences ...... 14

School of Business ...... 15

School of Engineering ...... 15

Transfer Student Information ...... 15

Re-Admission Procedure ...... 15

Part-Time ...... 16

GRADUATE ADMISSIONS ...... 16

School of Business ...... 17

School of Engineering ...... 17

School of Law ...... 17

NON-DEGREE REGISTRATION ...... 18 14 Admissions

UNDERGRADUATE 1. Students should obtain an international applica- tion from the College’s Undergraduate Admissions ADMISSIONS FOR FULL-TIME Office. ENROLLMENT 2. The completed application form should be re- turned with the nonrefundable $30 application fee How to Learn More About (U.S. dollars). 3. Students should forward to the Admissions Office Western New England College an official English translation of the high school Prospective students and parents are encouraged to transcript(s) as well as an official transcript of first visit the campus and to avail themselves of the opportu- term senior grades when available. Transfer stu- nity for a personal interview and tour. Students also have dents should forward an official English transla- the opportunity to attend a series of Open House Pro- tion of transcripts of final secondary school work grams. These programs are held on Saturdays and Sun- as well as any previous undergraduate study, to days and include a tour of the campus. Currently enrolled the Admissions Office. students conduct the tours and thus can provide appli- 4. The results of the Test of English as a Foreign cants with a personal perspective of the College and Language (TOEFL) should be forwarded to the student life. While an interview is not required, the Col- Undergraduate Admissions Office. lege encourages students to arrange for a personal inter- view at the Admissions Office. 5. An Affidavit of Support form must be submitted to In addition to a campus visit and the College litera- the Admissions Office. ture, information is available electronically at 6. An official bank statement declaring that the finan- www.wnec.edu. The Admissions Office can be contacted cial sponsor has sufficient funding to support the through the following means: student’s education at Western New England Col- Telephone: 800-325-1122, ext. 1321 lege should be submitted on the bank’s stationery. or: 413-782-1321 7. A recommendation from a guidance counselor or Fax: 413-782-1777 teacher is required. E-mail: [email protected] 8. After the Undergraduate Admissions Office has received the $100 deposit (U.S. dollars) for tuition, How to Apply for Admission an I20 Form will be issued to an accepted interna- The following procedure should be completed for tional student. admission as a freshman or transfer student for full-time study (12 credit hours or more per semester). Specific Requirements for the Various Schools 1. Students should obtain an application from the Persons admitted as regular degree-seeking candi- College’s Undergraduate Admissions Office. dates must have graduated from an approved secondary 2. The completed application form should be re- school or have obtained a General Equivalency Diploma turned with the nonrefundable $30 application (GED). They must also have successfully completed the fee. following minimum preparatory units: 3. Students should forward to the Admissions Office an official high school transcript(s) as well as an School of Arts and Sciences official transcript of first term senior grades when The School of Arts and Sciences requires 4 units En- available. Transfer students should forward offi- glish; 1 unit laboratory science1 2; 2 units mathematics3 4 cial transcripts of final secondary work, as well as equivalent to two of the following: algebra I, geometry, or any previous undergraduate study, to the Admis- algebra II; 1 unit United States history. sions Office. 1 One unit of chemistry is required for prospective majors in 4. Results of the SAT I or ACT examinations should biology, chemistry, and environmental science. In addition, one be forwarded to the Admissions Office. unit of physics is recommended for prospective majors in chemis- try and environmental science. 5. A recommendation from a guidance counselor or 2 Prospective majors in pre-pharmacy and pre-physician assistant teacher is required. are required to present 2 units of laboratory science, including biology and chemistry. In addition, physics with laboratory is Application Procedure for International recommended. Students 3 Prospective majors in chemistry and environmental science are required to present 3 units of mathematics. Prospective majors in International students who are proficient in the En- mathematics, and computer science are required to present 3 units glish language and who wish to be considered for admis- of mathematics, a fourth year is recommended. sion should comply with the following procedure: 4 Prospective majors in pre-pharmacy and pre-physician assistant are required to present 3 units of mathematics, including algebra I and II and geometry. In addition, pre-calculus is recommended. Admissions 15

School of Business Up to 70 credits are acceptable in transfer from two- The School of Business requires 4 units English; 1 year colleges, and up to 90 credits from four-year colleges unit laboratory science; 3 units mathematics equivalent and universities (including any applicable two-year col- to algebra I, geometry, and algebra II; 1 unit United States lege credits). history. Transfer Students’ Degree School of Engineering Requirements The School of Engineering requires 4 units English; 1 Customarily, a student who has received an associ- unit United States history; 4 units mathematics equiva- ate degree in an approved program from an accredited lent to algebra I, geometry, algebra II, and an additional college and who is accepted for admission will be granted year beyond algebra II which includes trigonometry; 1 junior status. Although it is often possible for such a unit laboratory science; and 1 unit physics or chemistry student to complete a program in a chosen field within (preferably both). two years at the College, the specific requirements of some majors may require a longer period of study. It is When Admission Decisions Are Made necessary for a transfer student to complete at least one Western New England College begins accepting stu- year (30 credit hours) of study at Western New England dents for the fall semester after the first term senior College in order to be granted a degree. Students transfer- grades are available. The Undergraduate Admissions ring to Western New England College may follow the Office continues to review applications until the class is requirements of their chosen major using the year when filled. The College also enrolls students mid-year. Accep- they become a student at Western New England College tance for the January semester begins in early fall. Gener- or the year when they first matriculated at their first ally, a student is notified of the admissions decision college if less than four years prior to the transfer to within two weeks after the application is complete. Western New England College. This decision will be made by the student and approved by the chairperson of the When it is Necessary to Declare major program. Enrollment Intentions Advising for Transfer Students A nonrefundable tuition deposit of $100 is required A personal consultation with an academic advisor by May 1 from each student who has been accepted. from the school in which admission is sought, either Students who plan to live on campus must submit an prior to or after formal application, is encouraged. A additional nonrefundable housing deposit at the same personal consultation with an academic advisor permits time. These fees are deducted from the total charges. the student to take part in the determination of current After the tuition deposit has been paid, the following are status as well as the planning of remaining academic required prior to registration: work at the College. 1. Physical examination form including immuniza- tion verification completed by the applicant’s Transfer Articulation Agreements health care provider. Transfer articulation agreements have been arranged 2. Verification of health insurance coverage, in com- between Western New England College and various com- pliance with Massachusetts state law, or partici- munity and junior colleges. Associate degree graduates pation in the College’s insurance program. who have followed the prescribed programs of study at these specific institutions are allowed the opportunity to Transfer Credit Evaluation complete requirements for baccalaureate degrees in two The amount of transfer credit allowed is based upon years at Western New England College. work completed at previous institutions. Normally, credit is allowed for each course that is equivalent to a Re-Admission Procedure corresponding course at Western New England College Former students of the College seeking re-admission provided the earned grade is C- or above. The status of should complete the following procedure: transfer students is not automatically determined by the number of credit hours already earned or by the 1. The student must submit to the Student Adminis- nomenclature of courses taken. Rather, each transcript is trative Services Office (SAS) a request for re-ad- evaluated on its merits on a course-by-course basis. mission (to be reviewed by the dean of the appro- Within a few weeks of acceptance, the Undergraduate priate academic school). Official transcripts of Admissions Office sends each transfer student a degree any academic work taken since leaving the College audit which shows how each previous course applies to must be submitted prior to the beginning of classes the student’s specific degree program at Western New in the semester in which the student wishes to England College. register. 16 Admissions

2. Students under academic or disciplinary dismissal ated MBA Program requires an 18-month course of evening must have the approval of the dean of the aca- study beginning in September. The application process demic school to which they seek re-admission. and admission to the School of Law are described in 3. The student is subject to all rules, regulations, and materials available directly from the School of Law. academic requirements effective in the College at the time of re-admission. Graduate Transfer Credit. Students who have earned graduate credit before they apply to Western New En- gland College may request the transfer of a maximum of 12 credit hours. The minimum required grade for transfer is B (3.0). Final award of graduate transfer credit is at the discretion of the dean responsible for the applicant’s UNDERGRADUATE degree program. ADMISSIONS FOR PART-TIME Credit Earned in Non-degree Graduate Status. Gradu- STUDY ate credit earned at Western New England College in non- degree graduate status may be applied toward graduate degree requirements up to a normal limit of 12 credit How to Apply for Admission to Part- hours. The usual minimum grade is B (3.0). time Study The Office of Continuing Education provides assis- Time Limits. Accepted graduate credit may be ap- tance for those seeking admission to part-time study. plied toward graduate degree requirements for no more Part-time students are defined as those enrolled for 11 or than eight years. For example, an acceptable graduate fewer credit hours per semester. course completed in the fall semester of 2000 counts toward graduation only until the end of the 2008 summer 1. Application forms may be obtained from the Office session. of Continuing Education. 2. A completed application includes: a. The completed, signed application form. Application Procedures for Graduate b. The nonrefundable $30 application fee. Programs: c. An official high school transcript or proof of the achievement of high school equivalency. 1. Obtain an application for the evening Master of d. An official transcript from each institution of higher Business Administration and Master of Science education attended. programs from the Office of Continuing Education 3. Applicants may be required to submit written or the appropriate dean’s office. recommendations and SAT or ACT scores. Appli- 2. Submit a completed, signed application for gradu- cants may be required to complete specific col- ate admission with the required fee. lege-level courses in a non-degree status prior to 3. Arrange to have official college and university formal admission. transcripts sent directly from all institutions at- 4. Students admitted to part-time status may regis- tended. ter for either day or evening courses. 4. Arrange to have other documents, such as letters of recommendation or official test score reports, sent directly from the reporting person or agency as described below for the specific degree pro- grams. GRADUATE ADMISSIONS 5. The admission standards and procedures for the One-Year Weekend MBA Program and Acceler- ated MBA Program are managed directly by the How to Apply for Admission dean of the School of Business. Applicants may Admission to all graduate degree programs at West- request information from the Office of the Dean of ern New England College requires an earned baccalaure- the School of Business. ate from an accredited college or university and addi- 6. The Office of Continuing Education and the dean of tional materials as described below. Part-time Master of the School of Business administer admission to Business Administration and Master of Science appli- the Accelerated MBA Program. cants may be admitted for the fall or spring semester. The One-Year Weekend MBA Program requires a one- year course of study beginning in October. The Acceler- Admissions 17

School of Business. For the Master of Business Ad- 3. Two letters of recommendation from persons ac- ministration (MBA), Master of Science in Accounting quainted with the applicant’s business, profes- (MSA), and Master of Science in Management Information sional, or academic achievements. Systems (MSIS) degrees the requirements are: 4. An official score report of the Graduate Record 1. Submit an official score report for the Graduate Examination (GRE), if requested by the admission Management Admissions Test (GMAT) taken not review committee. more than five years prior to the date of admission to Western New England College graduate study. Applicants judged by the admission review commit- However, applicants who satisfy one of the criteria tee to be deficient in verbal, quantitative, or general listed below and who supply official records are academic preparation may be required to submit official exempted from the GMAT requirement: results of the GRE, or they may be conditionally admitted at the discretion of the committee. Conditions may in- a. An undergraduate cumulative grade point aver- clude, but are not limited to, satisfactory completion of age, from all schools attended, of 3.0 or higher on prerequisite courses and/or demonstrated ability to a 4.0 scale. maintain a specified level of performance in graduate b. The completion of a graduate degree from an courses at Western New England College. Conditionally accredited college or university. admitted students are informed of their special require- c. A combined score of 1530 or higher on the Gradu- ments at the time of acceptance. ate Record Examination (GRE) taken no more than five years prior to the date of admission to West- School of Law. The School of Law offers full- and part- ern New England College graduate study. time programs designed to be completed in three and four d. Professional certification, such as Certified Public years respectively. A total of 88 academic credits are re- Accountant, which meets Western New England quired for graduation. Additional information and an appli- College School of Business standards. cation form is available by contacting: e. Completion, with at least a 3.3 (B+) average, of the Admissions Office, Western New England College School following Western New England College graduate of Law, 1215 Wilbraham Road, Springfield, MA 01119, 413- courses: 782-1406, or electronically at: [email protected]. • MBA applicants: CIS 610 and either one 600 level course from the Department of Management or Marketing or BUS 640 How Graduate Admission Decisions • MSIS applicants: CIS 610 and one 600-level Are Made course from the Department of Management The admission decision is based on the applicant’s • MSA applicants: one 600-level course from undergraduate academic performance in combination the Department of Management and one 600 with other evidence, such as the GMAT test score, sub- level course in accounting mitted as part of the application. Applicants judged by the admissions review committee to be deficient in ver- 2. Successful completion of at least six credit hours bal, quantitative, or general academic preparation may of college-level English composition or writing be admitted conditionally at the discretion of the com- courses. mittee. Conditionally admitted students are informed of 3. Demonstrate successful completion of at least six their special requirements at the time of acceptance. credit hours of college-level mathematics courses. Conditions may include, but are not limited to, academic performance at a specified level in Western New England For the Master of Science in Criminal Justice Admin- College graduate courses, undergraduate English courses, istration (MSCJA) degree requirements, see page 181. and/or undergraduate mathematics courses.

School of Engineering. For programs leading to the School of Law. Admission to the School of Law is Master of Science in Engineering Management (MSEM), dependent upon an applicant’s performance on the Law Master of Science in Electrical Engineering (MSEE), and School Admissions Test (LSAT), undergraduate grade Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering (MSME) the point average, letters of recommendation, and other requirements are: indicia that assist the Admissions Committee in assess- 1. A baccalaureate degree in engineering, or a closely ing the applicant’s ability to pursue a career in legal related field, from an accredited college or education. College courses that improve an applicant’s university. writing, analytical, and critical thinking skills are espe- 2. A grade point average in the last half (usually 60 cially important. credit hours) of undergraduate work must be a minimum of B (3.0). 18 Admissions

NON-DEGREE STATUS

How to Register for Courses Taken in Non-degree Status The Office of Continuing Education offers non-degree enrollment for students who wish to earn credit before they are formally admitted to a Western New England College degree program and for visiting students from other institutions. While reasonable efforts are made to assure that non-degree students choose courses that will assist them in reaching their academic goals, the ultimate responsibility for these choices rests with the student alone. Academic requirements may change over time so that courses completed in the non- degree status may not be applicable to the program chosen at the time of matriculation. Non-degree students are not eligible for most types of financial aid. To avoid such potential difficulties, all students are strongly encouraged to com- plete their admission applications as soon as possible, but qualified persons may begin their studies in a tempo- rary, non-degree category subject to the following regu- lations. Undergraduate Non-degree Study Permission to register requires proof of high school graduation or its equivalent. Continuing registration nor- mally requires a cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) in courses taken at the College. Non-degree students must satisfy published course prerequisites and may be required to submit official transcripts as proof of appro- priate preparation. Advising of non-degree students is provided through the Office of Continuing Education. Graduate Non-degree Study Permission to register requires proof of a completed baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or uni- versity. Continuing registration requires minimum grades of B (3.0) in all Western New England College graduate courses. Rejection of a graduate admission application will result in suspension of further registration privileges until the student is formally admitted. Graduate non- degree students may accumulate a normal maximum total of 12 credit hours (four courses). Continuing regis- tration after the 12-credit limit requires formal admission to a degree program. Non-degree students must satisfy published course prerequisites, and may be required to submit official transcripts as proof of appropriate prepa- ration. Advising of non-degree students is provided through the Office of Continuing Education. Undergraduate Academic Programs 21

UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

UNDERGRADUATE POLICIES, PROCEDURES, AND REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES ...... 23 SPECIAL ACADEMIC OPPORTUNITIES ...... 28 ROTC Programs ...... 28 Honors Program ...... 30 Internships ...... 31 Off-Campus Programs ...... 31 Pre-Law and 3+3 Law Program ...... 31 Study Abroad ...... 32 Teacher Education Programs ...... 33 GENERAL COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS ...... 36 REQUIREMENTS OF THE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES ...... 37 REQUIREMENTS OF THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ...... 38 REQUIREMENTS OF THE SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING ...... 40 THE SCHOOLS School of Arts and Sciences ...... 37 School of Business ...... 38 School of Engineering ...... 40 CONTINUING EDUCATION ...... 42 CENTER FOR PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT ...... 42 DESCRIPTIONS OF PROGRAMS OF STUDY Accounting ...... 45 Acquisition and Contracting (Off-Campus program only) ...... 47 American Studies ...... 48 Biology ...... 50 Biomedical Engineering; Electrical Option, Mechanical Option, and Life Sciences Option ...... 51 Chemistry ...... 54 Computer Information Systems ...... 56 Computer Science ...... 58 Criminal Justice ...... 60 Economics ...... 63 Electrical Engineering; Electrical Option and Computer Option ...... 64 22 Undergraduate Academic Programs

UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS Continued

English, Concentration in Literature and Concentration in Communication ...... 67 Environmental Science ...... 71 Finance ...... 72 General Business ...... 74 Government ...... 76 History ...... 78 Industrial Engineering, Systems Option and Manufacturing Option ...... 79 Integrated Liberal Studies ...... 82 International Business ...... 82 International Studies ...... 84 Law Enforcement (Off-Campus program only) ...... 86 Liberal Studies ...... 88 Management ...... 88 Marketing ...... 90 Marketing Communication/Advertising ...... 92 Mathematical Sciences ...... 94 Mechanical Engineering; Manufacturing Option ...... 96 Pre-Pharmacy ...... 99 Pre-Physician Assistant ...... 101 Psychology ...... 102 Social Work...... 104 Sociology ...... 107 Sport Management ...... 108 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINOR PROGRAMS ...... 113 CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS ...... 117 Undergraduate Academic Programs 23

UNDERGRADUATE POLICIES, Relationship of Course Designation PROCEDURES, AND Numbers to Stages in Curricula REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES All courses in the Catalogue have course designation numbers. In general, the numbers designate the level of the course offering within a four-year curriculum and BASIC STRUCTURE OF THE within a major program of study. UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE Freshman courses are numbered At Western New England College students typically 100 to 199 Lower Division enroll in programs designed to be completed in four Sophomore courses are numbered academic years. Bachelor’s degrees are earned by com- 200 to 299 Lower Division pleting at least 122 credit hours in a structured program, Junior and Senior courses are numbered though undergraduate degrees in engineering can re- 300 to 499 Upper Division quire up to 132 credit hours. Major programs of study typically consist of one or two 100 level courses and two or three 200 level courses Course Loads taken as prerequisites in the freshman and sophomore The College considers 12-17 credit hours to consti- years, and the remaining 300 and 400 level courses taken tute a normal course load for full-time students. Students in the junior and senior years. who have earned Dean’s List standing in the previous semester may enroll for 18 credit hours without special Components of a Typical Undergraduate permission. In other cases, each request for enrollment for 18 or more credit hours requires the recommendation Degree of the student’s advisor and approval by the dean of the A student continually enrolled, with no interruption academic school in which the student is enrolled. of academic program longer than one semester’s ab- sence, is expected to fulfill the requirements of the cata- Credit Hours System logue current at the time of admission to the College. A student not continually enrolled is expected to meet the Credit in all programs is awarded in accordance with requirements current at the time of re-admission. regional accreditation standards based upon the Carnegie The courses required for a degree differ with the classification system. In that system one credit hour is choice of major program and the school within which earned for attending one 50-minute lecture each week for that program is offered. All students are subject to three the typical 15 week semester. Thus, a three-credit hour classifications of course requirements: course meets, typically, for 50 minutes three times per week for 15 weeks or for 75 minutes twice a week for 15 1. General College requirements (freshman and sopho- weeks. Some evening courses meet only once a week for more years), see p. 36 160 minutes. In the usual 122 credit hour degree program 2. School requirements designed to broaden and students complete ten three-credit-hour courses per year deepen students’ knowledge of disciplines outside of and the two-credit-hour requirement in physical educa- their majors (sophomore and junior years). tion, health, and recreation. 3. The requirements of a major (junior and senior Class Standing Designations years), see p. 45. Students are designated as either freshman, sopho- more, junior, or senior in accordance with the number of Qualifications for a Baccalaureate credit hours they have completed at the college in a Degree structured degree program. In order to qualify for a baccalaureate degree a Freshman: student must: 26 credit hours or fewer (27 credit hours in the 1. Comply with the entrance requirements for nor- School of Engineering). mal matriculation. Sophomore: 2. Meet the attendance requirement. 27-56 credit hours completed (28-61 credit hours in 3. Receive passing grades in all courses required for the School of Engineering). the degree. Junior: 4. Attain a minimum grade point average of 2.0 for 57-86 credit hours completed (62-94 credit hours in the entire curriculum the School of Engineering). (Transfer students must maintain a 2.0 average in Senior: courses taken at the College. Transfer hours are not 87 credit hours or more completed (95 or more credit included in determining the Western New England Col- hours in the School of Engineering). lege grade point average.) 24 Undergraduate Academic Programs

5. Attain a minimum grade point average of 2.0 in the POLICIES AND PROCEDURES major. 6. Complete at least 30 credit hours at Western New England College. Student Schedules, Registration, and 7. Complete at least 24 of the last 30 credit hours Adding or Dropping Courses used in satisfaction of the degree requirements with The faculty advisor must approve a student’s sched- courses offered by programs of Western New England ule of courses before the student may register for classes. College. Any change in a student’s schedule of courses following 8. Complete an Application for Degree form, which registration also requires the approval of the faculty will place the student’s name on the list for October, advisor. In addition, when class sessions have started, February, or May degree conferral, as appropriate. the student is expected to consult with the course in- structor before dropping a course. A student may not add Student Responsibilities and Academic a class after it has met for the equivalent of one week Advising without the course professor’s express and written con- It is the student’s responsibility to understand the re- sent. For any change of schedule, including withdrawals, quirements of the chosen degree program and to plan for to be valid, the student must complete a schedule change their orderly fulfillment. Each full-time student is assigned form that can be obtained at the Student Administrative a faculty advisor who assists in making decisions to Services (SAS) office and must submit it to that office for attain the student’s desired academic goals. Although processing. Absence from class without completing the the advisor will be helpful, the ultimate responsibility for form does not constitute withdrawal from a course. decisions remains with the student. Academic advising is also provided for part-time students. In the freshman Change in Student’s Major Degree year of full-time study, the academic advisor is assigned Program on the basis of enrollment in First Year Seminar. Any change or modification of the student’s major It is important that students work with their aca- degree program requires the written permission of the demic advisors to develop an academic plan enabling student’s academic dean. Concurrent registration in more them to complete most of the General College Require- than one academic program leading to separate degrees ments by the end of the sophomore, or second, full year is not allowed without the written permission of the of their four year program. While this may not always be appropriate academic dean. Forms for these permissions possible due to schedule limitations, students should may be obtained in the Student Administrative Services work to acquire the prerequisite skills and knowledge (SAS) office. necessary to succeed in their major programs. For ex- Course work for a student’s degree program may be ample, students will need to have skills in research and pursued elsewhere only with the prior written permis- writing in order to understand and complete assign- sion of the student’s academic dean. ments in upper division courses in and outside of their Students are not permitted to pursue courses for major fields of study. credit on a non-degree status after having completed 36 It is important for students to choose elective courses credit hours of work at Western New England College. that both broaden and deepen their knowledge of disci- plines and skills that are important for success and well- Integrity of Scholarship being beyond their college experiences. This can be done by careful planning with an academic advisor. Honesty in all academic work is expected of every Finally, it is crucial that students complete all the student. This means giving one’s own answers in all class requirements for graduation in their major. An academic work, quizzes, and examinations without help from any major is a structured program of study in a specialized source not approved by the instructor. Written material field leading to a bachelor’s degree. Successful comple- is to be the student’s original composition. Appropriate tion of a major is designated on the student’s diploma; for credit must be given for outside sources from which example, a Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, a Bachelor ideas, language, or quotations are derived. Additional of Arts in History, a Bachelor of Science in Business information on academic dishonesty may be found in the Administration in Management, a Bachelor of Science in Student Handbook and the Academic Integrity Booklet. Electrical Engineering, etc. Attendance Students are expected to attend all class sessions for courses in which they are enrolled. However, it is the responsibility of the individual instructor to evaluate the importance of attendance in determination of course grades. Undergraduate Academic Programs 25

Accordingly, at the beginning of each semester each at all ability levels in all phases of the writing process. instructor prepares a written statement setting forth the There, students may work on writing assignments in any policy for consideration of absences, makeup examina- course from across the curriculum, design individualized tions, and related matters which will be in force for that improvement programs, or work on personal writing entire semester. The statement of policy on attendance, projects. appropriate to each class, is read at the first class meeting. It is especially important for freshmen students to Physical Education, Health, and establish the discipline of attending all classes and labora- tories and to be properly prepared by having done all Recreation assigned reading and homework. It can be easily demon- All entering freshmen are required to complete two strated that students who fail to attend class do not credit hours of physical education, health, and recre- succeed in college. ation for graduation unless the dean of the school in which they are enrolled has granted a specific written Midyear and Final Examinations exemption. Exemptions are considered on the basis of completion of prior physical education work at an ap- Midyear examinations are given at the discretion of proved college or university, prior active military ser- the faculty member teaching the course. Final examina- vice, advanced standing, physical incapacity, or other tions are given in all courses in accordance with a sched- related circumstances. Only two PEHR credit hours count ule published by the Academic Schedule Office. Students in the 122 credit hours total required for graduation. must take examinations on the day and at the time posted The PEHR requirement is satisfied by successfully unless other arrangements have been approved in ad- completing PEHR 151 (Personal Health and Wellness) vance by the school dean and Academic Schedule Office. and one course from PEHR 153-199 (Lifetime Activity Updates of the final exam schedule are posted at strategic Series). The purpose of the requirement is to provide locations around campus, on the College’s web site, and students with an understanding of current health issues in the course schedule booklet published prior to each and preventative heath measures so that they have the semester. tools necessary for continuing a healthy lifestyle. Stu- dents are expected to learn how to monitor their diets Writing Proficiency and to gain a practical understanding of the relationship In the belief that clear writing is not only central to between diet, exercise, and weight control. The activity academic success but also the single most important series supplements the classroom work in “Personal indicator of professional achievement, the College en- Health and Wellness.” Students enroll in one of several courages students to think clearly and to discipline their activities such as walking and jogging, aerobic dance, self-expression. In every course, regardless of the racket sports, golf, martial arts, personal fitness, strength student’s major, professors expect students to demon- and endurance training, women’s defense training, and, strate in clear and effective writing that they have assimi- mandatory for those students pursuing certification in lated the information and ideas presented. A portion of elementary education, “Games Children Play.” the grade in each course is determined by performance in written work. Course Offerings To achieve this goal, the College established a col- Western New England College attempts to offer the lege-wide Writing and Reading Advisory Board that de- widest possible selection of courses each year, but the termines standards for clear writing and has authorized College reserves the right to withdraw, modify, or add to the use of common handbooks across the curriculum. the courses offered, or to change the order of courses in The Writing and Reading Program starts in the first year curricula as circumstances warrant. with the two 100 level courses in English writing and The College further reserves the right to cancel un- reading that are General College Requirements. (A de- der-enrolled courses. Students affected by such cancella- tailed description of the writing requirements appears in tions will be permitted to choose some other course. In the English course descriptions on pp. 138-142). The cases where other courses cannot be substituted, stu- program continues in the sophomore, junior, and senior dents may be permitted to waive requirements or receive years with writing requirements specified by the student’s full or partial refunds of tuition and other fees. The major. College also reserves the right to change the require- In support of this program the College has a Writing ments for graduation, the tuition, and the fees charged as Center that is under the supervision of the Director of the circumstances dictate and needs arise. College Writing and Reading Program. In the Center, which is equipped with a computer room as well as print resources, trained writing assistants work with students 26 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Interpretation of the Grading System Withdrawal from the College The work of each student is graded according to the If it becomes necessary to withdraw from the Col- following scale. Figures indicate grade point equivalents: lege, an official withdrawal form must be completed and filed with the Student Administrative Services (SAS) of- Superior A (4.0) A- (3.7) fice. Students are urged to consult with the Dean of Above Average B+ (3.3) B (3.0) B- (2.7) Students, the Dean of Freshman and Transfer Students, Average C+ (2.3) C (2.0) C- (1.7) or the Director of Continuing Education before taking Passing D+ (1.3) D (1.0) such action. When such conditions as severe illness or Failure F (0) absence from the area prevent a student from filing the In certain courses (ED 380, SW 409, SW 410, SW 411, form in person, an application for withdrawal by mail is and SW 412) a grade of “P” (Pass) is assigned if the course acceptable. A letter should state the reasons necessitat- is satisfactorily completed. “P” has no grade point equiva- ing the withdrawal. The date on which the official with- lent. drawal form is filed with the Student Administrative Any course, in which a grade of less than “C” was Services office is considered to be the date of withdrawal. received may be repeated at any time during the student’s (See the section on Withdrawals and Refunds, p. 216.) enrollment at Western New England College. The official transcript shows the complete record, but the grade President’s List and Dean’s List point average is computed on the basis of the most recent To be placed on the President’s List, a full-time earned grade in each course. Credit for the course is student must be enrolled in courses carrying a minimum awarded only once. This policy is noted when a tran- of 12 credit hours and achieve a semester grade point script is sent out. In cases where a course grade of “F” has average of 3.80 or above. been assigned as a penalty for gross academic dishon- A part-time student may qualify for the President’s esty, a student may not replace that grade in the cumula- List by carrying a minimum of 12 credit hours cumula- tive GPA. The student may retake the course, but the tively for the academic year and achieving a grade point resulting grade is counted as a separate course. average of 3.80 or above. To be placed on the Dean’s List, a full-time student Incomplete Work must be enrolled in courses carrying a minimum of 12 I (Incomplete) – This grade is awarded only when credit hours and achieve a semester grade point average work is not completed due to circumstances beyond the of 3.30 – 3.79. student’s control (such as severe illness). The student A part-time student may qualify for the Dean’s List by has six weeks from the last day of final examinations to carrying a minimum of 12 credit hours cumulatively for satisfy course requirements. Extension may be granted the academic year and achieving a grade point average of only for continued circumstances beyond the student’s 3.30 – 3.79. control and must be approved by the instructor and the dean of the school. The “I,” which can be resolved only by Honors the instructor, carries a grade point equivalent of 0.0. The Honors are awarded at graduation for superior scho- “I” becomes an “F” for work not completed after six weeks lastic attainment. Students are recommended for honors or by the conclusion of an approved extension period. if, in addition to satisfying all other requirements for the degree, they have completed a minimum of 60 credit Withdrawal from a Course hours at the College and have earned the required grade To withdraw from a course, the student must obtain point average: the instructor’s signature on the course withdrawal form Cum Laude requires a grade point average of at least available from the Student Administrative Services (SAS) 3.30. office. Absence from class without completing the form Magna Cum Laude requires a grade point average of does not constitute withdrawal and may result in a failing at least 3.60. grade. (See section on Withdrawals and Refunds regard- ing payments, p. 216.) Summa Cum Laude requires a grade point average of W (Withdraw) – If the student withdraws from a at least 3.80. course within the first two weeks, no grade is assigned. If Students who graduate with between 45 and 59 credit a student withdraws after the second week of classes, but hours completed at the College and who have a grade prior to the last withdrawal date published in the final point average in those courses of 3.50 or higher graduate schedule for that semester, a “W” is assigned. However, With Honors. a student may not receive a grade of “W” to avoid the consequences of a breach of academic integrity. A grade of “W” carries no academic penalty or prejudice. Undergraduate Academic Programs 27

Probation and Dismissal ing to the College and/or conditions (i.e., specified course Student academic progress is reviewed each semes- load or credit limitations) which the student must meet ter to assure consistency with the standards outlined in upon returning to College. In cases in which conditions the following statements. For the purpose of review, the are imposed, the student may be dismissed from the number of credit hours defined in the standards will College if the conditions are not met. Should the student include credits transferred. not appeal the suspension by the end of the “suspension In instances when the opportunity to appeal suspen- semester,” the suspension shall convert to a dismissal sion or dismissal for academic reasons is given, students from the College without the right of appeal. must exercise that option within one week of the date of Following the completion of 87 credit hours (Arts and the notice of intent. If option to appeal is not exercised, Sciences or Business) or 95 credit hours (Engineering), the notice of intent (dismissal or suspension) shall be any student with a cumulative grade point average of less automatically imposed. All matters relating to academic than a 2.0 overall or in their major shall be automatically status are made part of the student record. placed on probation. The student placed on probation All notices of suspension and dismissal shall be shall meet with the assistant dean of the appropriate mailed to the home address of the student by both school prior to the end of the first week of the next regular first class mail and certified return receipt mail. A semester and enter into a written agreement stating the copy of the notice will be sent to the student’s faculty conditions upon which the student may continue at the advisor and the assistant dean of the student’s school. College. If those conditions are not met, the student shall Students with fewer than 19 credit hours will auto- be suspended from the College with a right of appeal to matically be placed on academic probation if they attain the Academic Standards Committee. less than a 1.7 grade point average at the end of their first The Academic Standards Committee shall meet dur- semester at the College. A student with less than a 1.3 ing the intersession between fall and spring semesters, as grade point average placed on academic probation must well as at the end of the spring semester. confer or meet with the Dean of Freshmen and Transfer Students no later than the end of the first week of the next academic semester and reach a written agreement with the Dean as to the conditions that the student must meet to continue at the College. A student who does not confer or meet with the Dean of Freshmen and Transfer Students will be automatically dismissed from the College. If the student fails to meet the conditions stated in the written agreement, the student shall be suspended from the College with the right of appeal to the Academic Stan- dards Committee. Students shall be automatically placed on probation if their semester grade point average after their first semester at the College is less than 2.0. If a student is placed on probation, the student shall meet with the assistant dean of the appropriate school prior to the end of the first week of the next semester and enter into a written agreement stating the conditions upon which the student may continue at the College. If those conditions are not met, the student shall be suspended from the College with a right of appeal to the Academic Standards Committee. A student on probation who does not achieve a 2.0 semester grade point average in the following semester shall be automatically suspended from the College for one semester. Students suspended from the College may file an appeal with the Academic Standards Committee. Upon review, the Academic Standards Committee may lift the suspension immediately (if the appeal is filed and decided prior to the end of the first week of the next academic semester) and permit the student to continue at the College on probation with written conditions, or may suspend the student for one semester and establish conditions which must be met prior to the student return- 28 Undergraduate Academic Programs

SPECIAL ACADEMIC Upper-level students (juniors and seniors) who com- mit to pursuing the commission receive a $150 per month OPPORTUNITIES stipend while participating in ROTC. Scholarships are available in the Army program for freshmen and sopho- Advanced Placement (AP) mores. These scholarships cover tuition, laboratory fees, The College will normally grant credit for an AP and books and also pay each recipient a $150 per month course in which a student scores a 3, 4 or 5. In some stipend. The College also provides incentives for ROTC circumstances, the credit will be applied to an elective Scholarship recipients. rather than a course required for the major. The Dean’s There are limits to the amount of ROTC credit that can Office of each School will determine how the credits will be counted toward a degree. Students majoring within the be listed. School of Arts and Sciences are limited to 15 credit hours, School of Business students are limited to 12 credit hours, and School of Engineering students are limited to 3 credit Air Force ROTC hours which must be at the 300-level or above. The Aerospace Studies Program, also known as Air For information contact the assistant professor of Force ROTC, is unique in that it is the only agent through military science at the Western New England College which a student can, upon graduation, receive a commis- ROTC Building 413-782-1332 or 1-800-434-WNEC. sion as an officer in the United States Air Force. To earn this commission, a student must enroll in aerospace studies courses, pass an Air Force Officer Qualifying Test, Air Force/Army ROTC College Incentive be physically qualified, attend an officer field training Western New England College will provide full room summer camp, and receive a baccalaureate degree and board to any student receiving a four-year ROTC Upon graduation and commissioning, the officer will scholarship. If the student selects Gateway for residence, normally serve a period of active duty in the Air Force. To they will receive full room and $1,500. assist the student while in college, the program offers a Other students, including Advance Designees, who variety of four-year, three-year, and two-year full tuition receive ROTC scholarships after enrolling at the College scholarships and provides $150 a month to cadets with will receive full room during the period that they qualify these tuition scholarships and to all cadets in their junior for the ROTC scholarship. and senior years at the College. Students in good aca- The incentive will be considered part of all gift aid a demic standing in any recognized major are eligible for student may receive from the College based on merit or scholarships and subsequent commissions. need. In no case will the total gift aid provided by the The program places no demands upon the student’s College and external gift aid exceed the student’s direct curriculum with the exception that all scholarship cadets cost of education. must also take a one-year course in any Indo-European or Asian language in addition to the aerospace studies Auditing courses. Subject to space limitations, a student may audit a There are limits to the amount of ROTC credit that can course if granted approval by the dean of the school in be counted toward a degree. Students majoring within the which the course is offered. Auditing serves to enable a School of Arts and Sciences are limited to 15 credit hours, student to study the subject matter of a course when a School of Business students are limited to 12 credit hours, grade is neither required nor desired. An audit carries no and School of Engineering students are limited to 3 credit credit, has no grade point equivalent, and is recorded hours which must be at the 300-level or above. simply as “Audit.” A student intending to audit a course For additional information about this program, please should consult the Student Administrative Services (SAS) contact Air Force ROTC at 413-545-2437 or at office for the proper procedure. (See the section on Fees, www.umass.edu/afrotc. p. 214.) See the academic calendar for deadline to change from “audit to credit” status or “credit to audit” status. Army ROTC Graduate courses in the Schools of Business and Full-time undergraduate and graduate students with Engineering may be audited on a space-available basis by at least four semesters remaining to graduation may alumni who have completed bachelor’s or master’s de- participate in the Army ROTC program at Western New grees at Western New England College and who also have England College. Upon successful completion of the pro- the listed prerequisites for the course selected. Courses gram, students receive commissions as second lieuten- in the Weekend MBA, the Accelerated MBA, and the ants in the U.S. Army. School of Law are not available for alumni auditors. The College does not maintain any record of registration or completion of courses by alumni auditors. Undergraduate Academic Programs 29

Certificate Programs Credit-in-Escrow Western New England College makes several Certifi- Able high school students may take regular college cate Programs available to those who do not want a courses during the regular semester or in the summer as degree, but who want specialized training that goes be- they complete their high school studies. yond a few courses in a subject. The Certificate Programs in chemistry, computer studies, and communication can Credit for Nontraditional Educational be found on p. 117. Experience College-Level Examination Program The College will review, for possible credit, educa- tional programs sponsored by non-collegiate organiza- (CLEP) tions such as business, industry, government, profes- This nationwide program of credit-by-examination sional, and voluntary associations. Work place experi- allows undergraduate students to demonstrate academic ence may also be considered. Decisions on the award of competence in satisfying up to 30 hours of their degree transfer credit are based primarily upon The National program. Five general examinations and 35 subject ex- Guide to Educational Credit for Training Programs, pub- aminations are available. The subject matter of the ex- lished by American Council on Education, and The Direc- amination taken must be applicable to the student’s tory of the National Program on Non-collegiate Spon- curriculum, but may not include foreign language in the sored Instruction, published by the Board of Regents of student’s native language. The student’s academic dean the State of New York. In addition, courses and training must be notified of the intent to take such examinations. obtained through the Armed Services will be reviewed on The scores should be submitted to the Student Adminis- the basis of the recommendations made by the American trative Services (SAS) office for evaluation. CLEP credit Council on Education in Guide to the Evaluation of Educa- may not be used to meet upper-level course require- tional Experiences in the Armed Services. ments. Exploratory Program Cooperating Colleges of Greater Recognizing that many students have not chosen a Springfield (CCGS) career path at the time of admission, the College offers Western New England College, in cooperation with direction and guidance through the Exploratory Pro- seven of the area’s public and private institutions, has gram. Instead of selecting a major course of study, those established a cooperative association designed to en- students who prefer to defer such a selection may elect hance the educational experience through the use of the Exploratory Program. The Exploratory Program has cooperative programs and services. Those services in- no specific course requirements. It provides special ad- clude inter-college library privileges, joint student activi- vising and guidance about career choices. ties, academic cooperation, and student activity calen- The selection of a major course of study is made by dars. the end of the sophomore year. After declaring a major, Known as the Cooperating Colleges of Greater Spring- the student leaves the Exploratory Program and follows field (CCGS), the association was formed in 1970 by the the regular curriculum of the chosen program. presidents of the member institutions: American Interna- tional College, Bay Path College, Elms College, Holyoke First Year Seminar Community College, Springfield College, Springfield Tech- To enhance the first-time student’s chance for suc- nical Community College, Western New England College, cess, the College provides opportunities to develop the and Westfield State College. skills and methods that will promote academic success CCGS also sponsors an eight-college exchange pro- and personal development. In the First Year Seminar gram. Under this plan for curriculum enrichment, any courses (LA 100, BUS 101, ENGR 102) students explore full-time undergraduate who has paid tuition at their own goal setting and decision-making, time management, study home college may take a course each semester at any one skills, health maintenance, personal identity, and rela- of the other CCGS institutions, provided that the course tionships. is not offered at the home institution and that seats are available at the host institution. Part-time students at- tempting at least six credit hours in a degree program are also qualified to participate in the CCGS program. The above-stated conditions may not apply to summer ses- sions, evening classes, winterim, and continuing educa- tion classes. Information concerning additional guide- lines and registration procedures may be obtained from the Student Administrative Services (SAS) office. 30 Undergraduate Academic Programs

High School Year in College The general outline for the rest of the credits in the program is as follows: (Early Admission) The high school student who is academically able HON 3xx Multidisciplinary Seminar and socially mature may combine the senior year of high (Engineers will take any Arts and Sciences seminar. school and the first year of college. At the end of the Business and Arts and Sciences students will take combined year, the student is granted a high school the Multidisciplinary Seminar which will be team diploma and becomes a matriculating student. taught by an Arts and Sciences and Business faculty member.) Honors Program HON 3xx or 293 Honors Elective Seminar The Honors Program is administered by three Hon- ors Committees all of which involve student as well as (Students outside of Engineering with the Calculus II faculty participation. Entering freshmen with high school prerequisite may take HON 293.) GPA’s of 3.5 and SAT scores of 1100 will be invited to HON 3xx 3 credits to be filled by either taking apply to the program. The application includes an essay — or — another seminar or adding 3 H’s explaining why the student wishes to participate in the 3 H’s 1 credit onto 3 non-honors classes program. Decisions will be made by the Honors Admis- sions Committee before or during the Summer Orienta- (Engineering students will typically take a 4 credit tion and Registration program (SOAR). Those students Technical Elective, an Arts and Sciences or who do not meet these numerical targets but who would interdisciplinary Honors Seminar elective together like to be considered for acceptance into the program with HON 203 in the junior year and first semester of because of certain special circumstances are encouraged the senior year.) to apply and explain the situation in the essay. In some A variety of specialized courses with enrollment cases, the Honors Admissions Committee will conduct restricted to students in the Honors Program, many team interviews with prospective honors students. taught and all subject to the suggestions of the students In the second semester of the freshman year, stu- themselves will constitute the bulk of the elective Honors dents who have achieved a 3.5 in their first semester may seminars. The one-credit add-ons will be discipline spe- also apply to the program. They must complete the 21 cific. credits by substituting any elective seminar for HON 103. Students in the program must maintain a 3.3 GPA to HON 4xx Project (2 credits in Engineering, graduate with Honors. Students whose GPA falls below 3 credits in the other two schools) to be 3.3 for a semester will have one semester of probation. completed under the close supervision Any student whose grade point average stays below 3.3 of at least one Honors faculty member. for two consecutive semesters will have to leave the program. Independent Study Available in all three undergraduate schools, the A limited number of qualified students are accorded Honors Program consists of 21 credits. The first 9 credits the opportunity to pursue course work through super- are as follows: vised independent study. Students must have junior or senior standing plus a minimum grade point average of HON 102 History equivalent 3.0 overall or in the major field. In general, such study HON 103 English Composition II equivalent should be of mutual interest to the student and faculty HON 203 Elements of Culture “CA” equivalent supervisor, should be of an advanced nature, and should (Engineers will take HON 201 as theirhistory include work not normally covered in the classroom. equivalent as will all students in the other two Credit may vary from one to three credit hours. Only six schools who join the program after their freshman credit hours of independent study credit may count year. Engineers will also take HON 293, a Math toward the degree. honors equivalent, in the sophomore year. They will In order to enroll in an independent study course, the take HON 203 in the junior year.) student must make arrangements prior to registration. Applications for independent study are available from Students who join the program in the first semester the appropriate academic dean. The application must be of the sophomore year in addition to substituting HON completed and signed by the student, the faculty super- 201 for HON 102 will also have to take another seminar in visor, the faculty supervisor’s department chair, and the lieu of HON 103. student’s advisor. If the student’s academic dean ap- proves the application; the student is given a form autho- rizing registration for the study. Undergraduate Academic Programs 31

Special Arrangement Credit for internships varies from one to three credit A Special Arrangement course is designed for stu- hours. There are limits to the amount of internship credit dents who cannot fit a regularly offered course into their that may be counted toward the degree: in the School of schedule. An arrangement is reached with a faculty mem- Arts and Sciences, students are limited to six credit ber where by the student can complete the course in a hours; in the School of Business and School of Engineer- nontraditional format without sacrificing standards of ing, students are limited to three credit hours. A student requirements. must hold at least junior standing and have a minimum In order to enroll for a Special Arrangement course, GPA of 2.5 overall and in the major, except where an the student must make arrangements prior to registra- internship is required in the major, or obtain special tion. Applications are available from the appropriate permission of their dean to undertake an internship. academic deans. The application must be completed and To enroll in an internship, a student must make signed by the student, the faculty supervisor, the faculty arrangements with the internship coordinator, Office of supervisor’s department chair, and the student’s advi- Career and Human Resources, prior to registration. An sor. If the student’s academic dean approves the applica- internship application must be completed and signed by tion, the student is given a form authorizing registration the student, the field supervisor, the faculty sponsor, the for the course. department chair, and the internship coordinator. If the student’s academic dean approves the internship; the student will be authorized to register for the internship. Individualized Programs of Study (Integrated Liberal Studies) Off-Campus Programs For the student who does not want to pursue a tradi- Western New England College was selected by tional major program, the integrated liberal studies pro- Hanscom Air Force Base to conduct educational pro- gram provides the opportunity to construct an individual- grams for both military and civilian personnel. At present, ized major. Such a program combines a selection of related programs are offered leading to the following degrees: courses from two or more disciplines according to the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration, Associ- interests and goals of the student. ate of Arts in Liberal Studies, Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Students who wish to devise and pursue such a Studies, Bachelor of Science in Law Enforcement, Master program should request permission and guidance from of Business Administration, Master of Science in Engi- the academic departments in which they propose to do a neering Management, and Master of Science in Criminal substantial part of the work. Final approval of such a Justice Administration. program rests with the dean of the School of Arts and In addition, the College offers instruction at the Sciences upon recommendation of the departments con- following sites: Boston Police Patrolmen’s Association, cerned. No request for an integrated liberal studies major Berkshire Community College, Norwood Junior High School, will be considered earlier than the end of the freshman Malden High School, Plymouth North High School, Cape year or later than the beginning of the senior year. Cod Technical School, Upper Cape Regional Vocational The following guidelines serve as minimum require- and Technical High School, Western New England College ments for an integrated liberal studies major: Falmouth Office, Masconomet Regional High School, Marlboro Police Department, Rogers Junior High School in 1. The general course requirements for the B.A. Lowell, Auburn High School, Archbishop Williams High degree shall apply. School in Braintree, Hanover High School, Greater New 2. An integrated liberal studies major shall offer a Bedford Regional Vocational Technical High School, Quaker minimum of 36 credit hours. At least 30 of these shall be Fabrics in Fall River, Trinity Catholic High School in Newton, courses at the 300-400 level. and at the Off-Campus Programs Campus at Devens. 3. Only courses at the 200 level or above may be counted toward fulfillment of the integrated liberal stud- Pre-Law and 3+3 Law Program ies major. Western New England College has offered legal edu- 4. A minimum of the minor in business administra- cation for many years, and the Western New England tion is required of any student desiring to do a substantial College School of Law provides an excellent opportunity part of the work within the School of Business. for those who wish to pursue the graduate professional degree in law. Internships Preparation for law school is not a matter of taking In any discipline, qualified juniors and seniors may prescribed courses or majors. Law schools customarily undertake an internship with an approved agency, orga- do not encourage undergraduates to major in any par- nization, or business. ticular subject. Students are generally successful in law Internships have a single purpose: to further the school if they succeed in any major that develops skills in student’s knowledge in a specialized area in a way not reading, writing, and critical thinking, and if they do well customarily available within the regular classroom setting. on the Law School Admission Test (LSAT). 32 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Pre-law students may choose any major including MATH 133, 134; one year of a modern foreign language; the pre-law curriculum within Integrated Liberal Studies. and either BIO 310 or CHEM 314 and 324. As early as Students considering a legal education should pursue possible, all pre-medical and pre-dental students should their individual interests through those courses that are consult the dean of the School of Arts and Sciences who most likely to foster success in American law schools will arrange for proper advising prior to the selection of (courses that improve written and oral communication, courses. provide readings about a wide range of human experi- The recommended course sequence is designed to ence, and develop reasoning skills). meet the requirements for entrance into most American Qualified Western New England College students medical and dental schools. The student is cautioned, who want to attend Western New England College School however, that admission to such schools is highly com- of Law can earn their bachelor’s and Juris Doctor’s de- petitive. grees in just six years instead of seven in the 3+3 Law program. To qualify for this program students must have Service Members Opportunity College a minimum grade point average of 3.3 and score at the Western New England College has been designated 50th percentile on the LSAT (or at the median score for as an institutional member of Service Members Opportu- the previous year’s matriculants, whichever is higher). nity Colleges (SOC), a group of over 400 colleges and Students who qualify can enter the School of Law in the universities providing voluntary post-secondary educa- fall of their fourth undergraduate year and receive their tion to members of the military throughout the world. As bachelor’s degree at its end. They are eligible to obtain a SOC member, Western New England College recognizes their Juris Doctor degree after two more years of study. the unique nature of the military lifestyle and has com- Transfer students must successfully complete at least mitted itself to easing the transfer of relevant course 15 credit hours of undergraduate studies at Western New credits, providing flexible academic residency require- England College in order to apply for this program. ments, and crediting learning from appropriate military It is not possible, however, for all majors to qualify training and experiences. SOC has been developed jointly for the 3+3 program. Chemistry, computer science, math- by educational representatives of each of the Armed ematics, social work, and all engineering programs re- Services, the Office of the Secretary of Defense, and a quire too much sequential work in those disciplines to consortium of thirteen leading national higher education allow completion in three years. Biology and environ- associations. mental science would require some summer course work to finish. Students considering a career in law are eligible for Washington Semester membership in a pre-law society that provides co-cur- Western New England College participates in the ricular activities for pre-law students. Among the society’s Washington Semester Program offered by American Uni- activities are workshops on selecting and applying to law versity in Washington, D.C. This program, which is open schools; field trips to observe law classes; mock trials; to juniors and seniors, provides an opportunity to study and films, lectures, and discussions designed to clarify and intern in Washington, D.C. Programs are offered in the responsibilities and privileges of the profession of American Government and Politics, British Government law. and Politics, Business, Arts and Humanities, Journalism, The office of the pre-law advisor maintains files of Justice, Foreign Policy, Urban Affairs, or Public Adminis- reference materials on law schools, the Law School Ad- tration. Students may intern with government agencies, missions Test, and other subjects of interest to pre-law members of Congress, the courts, private businesses, students. Regardless of major, students thinking about public interest groups, professional organizations, news- attending law school should register with the pre-law papers, television studios, theaters, or museums. Inter- advisor, Prof. William Mandel, Department of History and ested students should contact the dean of the School of Government, at the earliest opportunity. Arts and Sciences.

Pre-Medical and Pre-Dental Study Abroad Pre-medical and pre-dental students are not restricted Western New England College provides numerous to specified major areas of concentration, but are encour- study abroad opportunities. These programs enhance aged to select a major that is most consistent with their career opportunities and graduate school qualifications, interests and that offers as many alternatives for post- increase understanding of other cultures in the global graduate study or employment as possible. Students in community and international marketplace, improve for- Arts and Sciences, Business, and Engineering are able to eign language skills, facilitate communication with other pursue a pre-med program. Students should consult with ethnic and national groups, and enable students to gain their deans in selection of appropriate courses. insights into themselves as they encounter the differ- The suggested sequence of courses: BI0 107-108, 117- ences of other cultures. Besides air fares, the costs are 118; CHEM 105, 106, 209, 210, 219, 220; PHYS 133, 134; usually equivalent to those of Western New England Undergraduate Academic Programs 33

College, and the educational experience can be priceless. nesty International, Associated Press, Banca di Roma, Financial aid either from the institution or the govern- Canadian Embassy, Christies Fulbright Commission, and ment, can be carried over. J. P. Morgan Bank. Western New England College students have a wide The World Capitals Program of American Univer- variety of institutions to choose from depending on their sity, another way to have a study abroad experience, has interests. They include the following: had an affiliation with Western New England College Regent’s College, London, has a student population since 1974. When students participate in the program of 750 students and offers a full range of undergraduate their faculty consist of professors from American Univer- courses with majors in business, international relations, sity and from the university in the chosen city. The management, international business, and psychology. classroom education is supplemented with seminars and Internships are available at sites such as CNN News, the internships with key people in government, business, Museum of London, and constituency offices of Parlia- journalism, and the arts as well as field trips to sites of ment as well as at galleries, therapy centers, lobbying cultural and historical significance. organizations, and archives. The list of cities includes Beijing, Hong Kong, Berlin, Richmond College, London, an institution of 1,100 Brussels, Buenos Aires, Copenhagen, London, Madrid, students in two London locations, also offers a complete Moscow, Prague, Rome, and Santiago. Programs include undergraduate curriculum. The college’s majors include language study in each city and take advantage of oppor- anthropology/sociology, art history, business adminis- tunities in each locale, such as international business tration, British studies, communications, computing, eco- (Hong Kong, Copenhagen, and Paris), film studies (Prague nomics, environmental studies, history, international and Rome), The European Union (Brussels, London, and business, international relations, literature, mathemati- Paris), and political science (Berlin, Brussels, Buenos cal science, political science, psychology, studio art, Aires, London, Madrid, Moscow, Prague, and Santiago). systems engineering, management, and theatre arts. In- Students may study abroad at other institutions, but ternships are available at such sites as the Institute for their work must be transferred to Western New England Economic Affairs, CNN News, Merrill Lynch, Chancarel College upon completion. Opportunities also exist for Publishing, Poole Edwards, and the U.S. Embassy. Rich- study throughout the world, especially in Mexico and mond also offers semesters at their Study Centres in Italy Australia. and Japan. For information on any of these programs, students The Alliance Francaise, Paris, an institute for the should contact Dr. Burton Porter, director of the Study promotion of French language and culture, offers courses Abroad Program, Department of English and Humanities, at various levels in French, specialized French, and teacher Herman Hall Room 212J. training. The French government issues certificates and diplomas. Especially significant are the programs for Summer Session and Winterim students who want to teach French and the French-for- Western New England College is in session through- Business programs which train people for general busi- out the year. To supplement the regular academic year, ness, the hotel industry, and administrative work. there is a summer session with courses offered in both Accent functions as an international education orga- day and evening, and a Winterim session between the fall nization that creates study abroad programs tailored to and spring semesters. Information about these course the needs of institutions and individual groups of stu- offerings and their prerequisites is customarily available dents. It has offices in Florence, London, Stratford-upon- by March for the summer session and November for the Avon as well as Paris. The programs range from survey Winterim. Schedule information may be obtained by courses in arts and humanities to specialized programs contacting the Student Administrative Services (SAS) for architecture, fine arts, engineering, international busi- office, the Office of Continuing Education, or the Office of ness, and foreign languages. The programs are offered Academic Scheduling. through the Sorbonne or other universities, and include short courses that explore French chateaux, the gardens of Paris, architecture, art, and music. Teacher Education Programs The American University of Rome offers a semester The philosophy of these programs is one of provid- or a year in Rome as well as Summer Study programs. The ing academically well-prepared students with the profes- courses offered include Italian language, literature, art, sional preparation necessary to be effective teachers. architecture, Western civilization, communications, cin- The emphasis is on teaching and learning and developing ema, anthropology, economics, international relations, professional skills. politics, sociology, business administration, finance, and The Massachusetts Department of Education has banking. Accommodations are arranged at nearby apart- approved all programs of the College’s teacher prepara- ments, and cultural excursions to Rome and the sur- tion programs through processes and standards, which rounding region are integral to the academic program. provide reciprocity in certification of educational per- Internships sites have included American Express, Am- sonnel. They are on the ICC (Interstate Certification Compact) list of approved programs. 34 Undergraduate Academic Programs

While Western New England College programs are Under exceptional circumstances, a student with widely reciprocal with other states, students are advised grade point averages below 2.80 may be admitted to the that some states may require competency examinations program by getting a special recommendation from the for certification. In some of those states these must be chairperson of the student’s major department and by successfully passed before an application for certifica- passing the Education program’s Literacy and Communi- tion will be accepted. cation Test. A regional teaching certificate, the Northeast Re- Required courses for students enrolled in the El- gional Credential, allows teachers in New England and ementary Education Program: New York to take a job immediately in any of the other six states and then to have up to two years to complete any 1. General College Requirements unmet requirements for certification in the new state. For ENGL 132 English Composition I* further information, students should consult with their advisor or the appropriate program coordinator. — and — Certification requires more than just meeting course ENGL 133 English Composition II* requirements. It is based upon competency standards. MATH 107 Math for Elementary Educators I Interested persons must get a more detailed description (Mathematics)* of the program and the several alternative procedures to — and — meet these standards. MATH 108 Math for Elementary Educators II (Mathematics)* Elementary Education Program BIO 101 Basic Biology: Organisms Throughout the history of Western New England (Laboratory Science)* College, graduates have gone on to careers in education. — and — Since the establishment of the School of Arts and Sci- BIO 102 Basic Biology: Populations ences in 1967, the College’s Secondary Education Pro- (Laboratory Science)* gram has been grounded on majors in the humanities, social sciences, mathematics, and the sciences. Follow- SO 314 American Culture and The Black ing this tradition, in 1997 the College initiated a teacher Experience certification program for students interested in prepar- *= or higher sequence ing for careers in elementary education, grades 1-6. Students preparing for Elementary Teacher certifica- 2. Requirements of the School of Arts and Sciences tion must select a major in one of the following liberal arts AREA I REQUIREMENTS: and sciences disciplines: American studies, English com- ART: Select one art history/appreciation (Art) munication, English literature, environmental sciences, government, history, mathematics, psychology, or soci- MUS 101 Music Appreciation (Music) ology. Students enrolled in the Elementary Education ENGL 39x Children’s Literature (Literature) Program can complete the College’s General College PHILOSOPHY (3 credits) requirements, the School of Arts and Sciences require- AREA II REQUIREMENTS: ments, and the teacher certification requirements in four GO 102 American Government (Government) years. Therefore, undergraduates are urged to work with HIST 111 United States History to 1877 their academic advisors early in their college careers to (History) carefully plan their college course of study. Detailed — or — information sheets are available from the coordinator of HIST 112 United States History 1878 to the the program. Application for acceptance into the Elemen- Present (History) tary Education program may be made as early as the PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology second semester of the freshman year, but no later than December 1 of the sophomore year. (Psychology) Minimum eligibility requirements for acceptance into PEHR 163 Games Children Play (1 credit) the program are: The sequence of education and psychology courses 1. Submission of an Elementary Program Application which must be completed for this program includes the by December 1 of the sophomore year and an interview following: with the coordinator of the Elementary Education program 2. A cumulative average of at least 2.80 in all courses, ED 301 Principles and Problems of Education including a 2.80 in the major field and in the preliminary PSY 211 Developmental Psychology Education courses, and PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3. Approval from the chairperson of the student’s ED 350 Teaching of Elementary Reading and major department. Language Arts* Undergraduate Academic Programs 35

ED 375 Elementary Curriculum and Methods* Students selecting this career option are required to ED 425 Elementary Education Topics* satisfy all degree requirements for a major program as ED 479 Elementary Teaching Practicum** well as to meet the requirements of the Teacher Educa- ED 480 Elementary Practicum Seminar tion Program. It is important for students to speak with their academic advisors early in their college careers if *Course includes 25 hours of fieldwork they intend to pursue this option. In addition to satisfying **Course includes 150 hours of full-time field-based the requirements shown on the degree audit statement practicum. Students must complete 135 hours of direct for the major, there could be a course or more that instructional or other appropriate responsibilities. teacher certification candidates have to take beyond the Students must also take the Lifetime Activity series major requirements as shown. course PEHR 163 Games Children Play. Students considering this option are advised to con- Since ED 425, ED 479, and ED 480 are taken as a block, sult with the director of the Secondary Education Pro- with ED 479 requiring full-time student teaching each day gram as soon as possible. The Secondary Education during October, November, and December, students Program can be combined with many of the majors. should keep the fall semester of their senior year avail- However, since it requires the integration of 22 credit able for these three courses. hours of course work in education into the major pro- The recommendation for certification comes at the gram, students are encouraged to start planning for it end of the practicum semester and is a joint recommen- early in their academic careers. Application may be made dation of the college supervisor and the cooperating as early as the second semester of the sophomore year, teacher based on the student’s successful completion of when tentative approval will be granted, and must be competency standards set down by the Massachusetts made by December 1 of the junior year, when final ap- Department of Education. proval will be granted. Currently the College’s elementary teacher program offers students the opportunity to prepare for the Massa- Minimum eligibility requirements for acceptance into chusetts Provisional Certificate with Advanced Standing, the program are: the second stage of Massachusetts’s certification. The 1. Completion of 21 credit hours in the student’s Massachusetts Standard Certificate, which is the third major by the end of the first semester of the junior year, stage of certification, is offered to college graduates 2. Cumulative average of at least 2.80 in all courses, following a successful employment in teaching and the including a 2.80 average in the major field and in prelimi- completion of a master’s degree. Plans for the develop- nary education courses, and ment of a state approved graduate program are a part of 3. Approval from the chairperson of the student’s the future plans under consideration by the Western New major department. England College School of Arts and Sciences. Successful completion of the College’s state approved Under exceptional circumstances, a student with program leads the graduate to certification in Massachu- grade point averages below 2.80 may be admitted to the setts and almost 40 other states through the NASDTEC/ program by getting a special recommendation from the Interstate Certification Compact (ICC). Regional certifi- chairperson of the student’s major department and by cation, which includes the six New England states and passing the Education Program’s Literacy and Communi- New York, is also available to students who successfully cation Test. complete the College’s state approved program at this Final selection is made by the Director of the Second- level. This certification allows an applicant to receive the ary Education Program. initial certification in a regional compact state and to take two years to complete any special certification require- The courses, which must be completed for this pro- ments unique to that state. gram, include the following: To better plan for certification in other states, West- ED 301 Principles and Problems of Education; PSY ern New England College students are urged to request 304 Educational Psychology; ED 380 Secondary Educa- information early in their college years directly from the tion Topics; ED 403 Methods of Teaching in Secondary Department of Education in the state(s) from which they Schools; ED 409 Practicum in Secondary Teaching (9 seek the additional certification. credit hours); and ED 410 Secondary Practicum Seminar. Since ED 380, ED 403, ED 409, and ED 410 are offered Secondary Education Program in one block, students must keep the fall semester of their Students may prepare for a provisional certificate to senior year open for these courses. teach in the secondary schools (grades 9-12 in Massachu- Group activities are stressed so those prospective setts, 7-12 in other states) in the following programs: candidates can appreciate their roles as members of biology, business, chemistry, English, history, mathemat- teaching teams. Practical experience in the form of 75 ics, and social studies (includes majors in history, psy- clock-hours of field study is mandatory for certification chology, and sociology). applicants and must be completed prior to practice 36 Undergraduate Academic Programs

teaching. Upon application and acceptance into the Sec- ing requirements of the major; and must complete one ondary Education Program, the students receives a Field designated course having an oral presentation as an Study Manual and Log Book to use during their field integral requirement. Furthermore, a portion of the grade studies. in each course is based on writing proficiency. 2. Mathematics. An understanding of mathematics Undergraduate Research is essential because today’s world, dependent as it is on A limited number of qualified undergraduate stu- complex technology, surrounds us with an abundance of dents may undertake supervised research if they show numerical data. Therefore, each graduate must complete both interest in and aptitude for independent and cre- at least two college-level mathematics courses with a ative work. Applications may be made for research in any grade of “C” or better in at least one. Each graduate must of the disciplines in which faculty are willing to involve also complete at least one designated course in the use of students. When such research is conducted, students computers. must submit written reports for approval by the faculty of 3. History. An understanding of the past is essential the department in which the work was conducted. The to thoughtful consideration of current issues. Therefore, supervising faculty member and the department chair as a first step toward achieving this end each graduate must approve grades for such work. must complete at least one course in history. In order to enroll for undergraduate research, the student must make arrangements in writing prior to 4. Science. Familiarity with the basic sciences is a registration. Applications are available from the deans of practical necessity for all citizens because of the influ- the Schools of Arts and Sciences, Business, and Engineer- ence that science has upon all areas of human endeavor. ing. Applications must have the signatures of the student, Therefore, each graduate must complete two courses in the faculty supervisor, and the department chair. If the a laboratory science. dean of the School approves the application, the student 5. Elements of Culture. Every society in the world will be given a form authorizing registration for the work. develops elements of culture which reflect fundamental human needs and characteristics. Among those univer- sal facets of human culture are quests for beauty and truth, creative artistic expression, exploration of values, and concepts of good and evil. The College believes a study of how these essential human concerns are pur- GENERAL COLLEGE sued in different cultures is a necessary part of every REQUIREMENTS degree program. Therefore, each graduate must com- plete one course concerned with a culture other than The faculty of the College believe that certain skills, one’s own (designated “C”) and one course devoted to attributes, and attitudes are basic to all areas of learning. the arts (designated “A”), or Business and Engineering Further, the faculty believe that the academic pro- majors have the option of taking one course (designated gram of each student should be so structured that by the “CA”) which combines these two elements of culture. time of graduation each student will have ample opportu- 6. Values. The well being of individuals and the nity to reach all curricular goals. health of society are dependent upon their values and the The student’s major program offers the theoretical choices they make. Therefore, every major program must and applied knowledge requisite for job entry and contin- include significant discussion and examination of ethical ued professional development. values and concerns, especially as they influence the By completing the requirements of the major and the subject field or profession. general college requirements, students will be able to participate effectively and responsibly in society and the 7. Critical Thinking. The ability to think critically-to global community and to lead rich and satisfying per- balance discipline with creativity and synthesis with sonal lives. intuition-is essential to all forms of learning. Therefore, To these ends, the faculty have adopted the following every curriculum must include material that specifically requirements for each graduate: addresses the process of critical thinking. 8. Knowledge in Depth. Study in depth is necessary 1. Communication. Effective communication is es- for intellectual growth, preparation for employment, and sential for realizing the fullest potential of human rela- professional development. Therefore, each graduate must tionships, both personal and professional. Therefore, complete a major program, a sequence of courses provid- each graduate must complete at least two courses in ing increasing complexity of subject matter and an expo- English writing with grades of “C” or better; must as- sition of the mental tools necessary to pursue continuing semble a satisfactory writing portfolio in the freshman and coherent study in the discipline. and sophomore years; must satisfy the upper level writ- Undergraduate Academic Programs 37

9. Skills for Success. The faculty believe the develop- ematics, psychology, or sociology; a Bachelor of Science ment of skills and attitudes necessary for successful degree with majors in biology, chemistry, computer sci- completion of the above requirements must be empha- ence, environmental science, criminal justice, or law sized in the curriculum during the freshman year. Fur- enforcement; and a Bachelor of Social Work degree. ther, the faculty agree that those skills and attitudes are Programs in elementary and secondary education are School-specific and sometimes major program-specific. approved by the Massachusetts Board of Education and Therefore, all entering freshman and transfer students lead to teacher certifications. Also offered is an Associate’s with fewer than 15 credit hours are required to complete Degree in Liberal Studies. a First Year Seminar course (LA 100, BUS 101, or ENGR To graduate, students must complete at least 122 102) within their School of study. semesters hours in academic courses. Students must complete the requirements of a major program, the general 10. Physical Education, Health, and Recreation. College requirements, and certain area requirements. Since healthy lifestyles are important for success in and The balance of the academic program is composed of beyond college, all entering freshman students are re- electives, which are courses chosen entirely by the quired to complete two Physical Education, Health, and student, with guidance from an advisor. Recreation courses: a one semester course in Personal Most students attempt to complete the area require- Health and Wellness (PEHR 151) and one 7 1/2 week ments during their first two years in college. Such plan- course from the Lifetime Activity Series. ning provides added flexibility during the junior and senior years, enabling students to concentrate on major programs or to participate in internships or off-campus programs such as the Washington Semester or study abroad. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND Minors SCIENCES The course work for a degree may include one or more of the minors offered by the College. A minor may Dean Saeed Ghahramani not be completed in the same discipline as the major. Assistant Dean Delmar Wilcox Descriptions of the requirements for the minors offered by the School of Arts and Sciences are listed on p. 113. Programs of Study Students wishing to take a minor must complete a form in the Office of the Dean, School of Arts and Sciences, not The School of Arts and Sciences has three primary later than the beginning of the final semester. objectives: Department Chairs and Faculty 1. To provide academic major and minor programs within the School as career preparation and as concen- Department of Criminal Justice and Sociology trations in the various fields of the liberal arts. Associate Professor Larry Field, Chair Associate Professor Richard Luxton; 2. To provide the courses that satisfy general College Instructors Alfred Ingham, Denise Kindschi Gosselin requirements in keeping with the founding purpose of the School and consistent with the ongoing role of Arts and Department of Economics Sciences and the academic expertise of the faculty. Professor Michael Meeropol, Chair Professor John Andrulis; 3. To provide required courses for its own majors Associate Professors Herbert Eskot, Richard Skillman; and minors, foundation courses for majors in the Busi- Assistant Professor Schiller Casimir ness and Engineering Schools, and elective courses for the enrichment of students across the College. Department of Education Associate Professor Robert Klein, Chair In this way the School of Arts and Sciences fulfills its Assistant Professor Marilyn Gass, Deb Patterson educational purpose in accordance with the mission Department of English and Humanities statement of Western New England College. This mission Associate Professor Charles Fish, Chair statement calls for integrated professional and liberal Professors Eugene Angus, Emmett Barcalow, education. Arts and Sciences contribute to that mission Nancy Hoar, Edward Jansen, Burton Porter; through providing major programs, general College Associate Professors Glen Ebisch, Martha Garabedian, courses, and service and elective offerings. Richard Haber, Shelly Regenbaum, Delmar Wilcox; The School of Arts and Sciences offers courses and Assistant Professors Janet Bowdan, Jean-Marie Higiro; programs leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree with Professional Educators William Grohe, Linda J. Oleksak, majors in American studies, economics, English, govern- Anne Rice ment, history, international studies, liberal studies, math- 38 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Department of History and Government 5. AREA II requirements. Complete at least nine credit Associate Professor Marc Dawson, Chair hours chosen from among American studies, criminal Professors John Anzalotti, Vladimir Wozniuk; justice, economics, education, geography, government, Associate Professors William Mandel, Theodore history, international studies, psychology, social work, Johnson-South, Donald Williams; and sociology. Of these, at least three credit hours must Assistant Professor John Seung-Ho Baick be in government or economics or International Studies 101, and three credit hours must be in psychology or Department of Mathematics and Computer Science sociology. NOTE: Introduction to Statistics for the Social Professor Dennis Luciano, Chair Sciences does not count in fulfilling this requirement. Professors Saeed Ghahramani, Richard Pelosi, Leh-Sheng Tang; 6. Complete at least 30 credit hours in advanced Associate Professors Alan Gorfin, Lorna Hanes, courses (numbered 300-400), that may include those in Jay Jackson, Ann Kizanis; the major and other areas, or complete the requirements Assistant Professors Lisa Hansen, David Mazur; for a major and a minor. NOTE: No ROTC courses may Professional Educators Theresa Barton, John Willemain count as advanced courses. Department of Physical and Biological Sciences Professor Lorraine Sartori, Chair Professors Richard Ball, Robert Holdsworth, David Savickas; Associate Professors Walter Coombs, Gail Fletcher, SCHOOL OF BUSINESS David Kline, Richard Murphy, Ann Poirot; Department of Psychology Dean Stanley Kowalski, Jr. Professor Dennis Kolodziejski, Chair Assistant Dean for Graduate Programs Anil Gulati Professor Kathleen Dillon; Assistant Dean for Undergraduate Programs Assistant Professors Sheralee Tershner, Carolyn West Gail Olmsted Department of Social Work Programs of Study Associate Professor Sara Weinberger, Chair The mission of the School of Business is to provide an Professor George Caulton; educational opportunity for a broad spectrum of stu- Assistant Professor Jeffrey Schrenzel dents so that they may explore and evaluate career options in business, develop understanding and profes- Requirements sional competencies for contribution to a dynamic busi- Students in the School of Arts and Sciences are not ness environment, and prepare for meaningful and pro- required to take a common curriculum. Each student’s ductive roles in society. program is developed in close consultation with a faculty The primary objective of the School of Business is to advisor. However, in addition to fulfilling the general provide comprehensive programs of traditional and con- requirements of the College, all students majoring within tinuing education normally leading to undergraduate and the School of Arts and Sciences must also fulfill the graduate degrees in business. The School also provides following requirements: an environment within which individual students can develop their potentialities. Additionally, the School aims 1. Complete at least 122 credit hours of courses in to serve the needs of the local, national, and multina- order to graduate. Note: no more than 15 credit hours of tional business firms and organizations that comprise ROTC courses may be counted within this 122. the general community. 2. Complete the requirements for a major. 3. Complete at least one course concerned with a Goals for students in the School of Business include: culture other than one’s own (designated “C” or “CA”) 1. Integrated understanding of the fundamental sys- and one course devoted to the arts (designated “A”). tems of business (management, marketing, accounting, 4. AREA I requirements. Complete at least nine credit finance, and information systems). hours chosen from among art, humanities, languages, 2. Depth of understanding and specific competencies literature, music, and philosophy. Of these, at least three in at least one of these fundamental business systems. credit hours must be in literature, and three credit hours must be in philosophy. NOTE: the following courses do 3. Effectiveness in personal and professional commu- not count in fulfilling this requirement: 100-level English nication. (Ability to listen and to present ideas clearly, courses, ENGL 220 Speaking, ENGL 320 Professional Com- both orally and in writing, in organizational settings.) munication, ENGL 322 Writing for Publication, ENGL 340 4. Capacity for effective and ethical decisions. (Abil- Business Communications, nonliterary Special Topics ity to generate, evaluate, select, and implement alterna- courses, and the required courses dealing with elements tives consistent with decision goals and standards of of culture. ethical behavior.) Undergraduate Academic Programs 39

5. Ability to research industries, organizations, and Requirements issues to support business decision processes. (Identify All majors in the School of Business lead to the and access appropriate information sources, select and degree Bachelor of Science in Business Administration. summarize relevant information. Complete requirements for each of the majors in the 6. Ability to apply critical thinking skills (analysis, School of Business are specified under a separate section inference, explanation, interpretation, and evaluation) to of this catalogue devoted to major programs. They are understand and respond to business issues. accounting, computer information systems, finance, gen- 7. Ability to use statistical and financial analysis in eral business, international business, management, mar- evaluating data and business problem solving. keting, marketing communications/advertising, and sport 8. Ability to generate new alternatives and innovative management. Each undergraduate major in the School of solutions to business problems. Business includes a general education component that 9. Integrated understanding of the broad range of normally comprises at least 50 percent of the student’s factors (global, political, social, legal, regulatory, envi- four-year program. Requirements common to all majors ronmental, technological, and demographic) that shape are: and transform the business environment. 1. Complete at least 33 credit hours of course work at 10. Ability to perform effectively on teams. (Ability to the 300-400 level. work collaboratively to complete complex tasks, to pro- 2. Complete at least 12 credit hours of course work at vide and accept task-related input and feedback, and to the 300-400 level in the major at Western New England share responsibility for team performance.) College. The identification of these upper-level courses 11. Competency in the use of computer/information are listed under each major. technology (business information software and systems, the Internet, and other data sources) to access and 3. Apply no more than 12 credit hours of ROTC manage information, and to support communication. courses towards the graduation requirements. 12. Capacity to select a career direction and to iden- 4. Meet all of the requirements specified under Aca- tify and pursue career oriented learning and employment demics, Undergraduate Policies, Procedures, Regulations, opportunities. and General College Requirements in this Catalogue. 5. School of Business Core Requirements (80 credit hours) Department Chairs and Faculty Department of Accounting and Finance School of Business Core Requirements Associate Professor R. Loring Carlson, Chair (80 credits) Professor Claire Bronson; The following courses are required of all business Associate Professors William Bosworth, Mark Coffey, May Elgers-Lo, Sharon Lee; majors and include college-wide requirements. All are Assistant Professors John Coulter, Thomas Vogel three credit courses unless otherwise noted. Department of Management Business Courses (39 credits) Associate Professor Harvey Shrage, Chair Professors Anthony Chelte, Russell Fanelli, BUS 101 First Year Seminar* William Ferris, Peter Hess, Ned Schwartz; CIS 102 Computer Tools for Business Associate Professor Julie Siciliano; MAN 101 Principles of Management Assistant Professors Daniel Covell, Sharianne Walker AC 201 Financial Reporting MK 200 Principles of Marketing Department of Marketing CIS 202 Introduction to Information Systems Associate Professors Paul Costanzo, Chair, AC 202 Managerial Accounting Harlan Spotts; QM 201 Introduction to Business Statistics Assistant Professors Elizabeth Elam, Janelle Goodnight; Instructor Gail Olmsted; FIN 214 Corporation Finance Executive in Residence James McKeon BUS 301 Integrated Business Operations LS 301 Legal Aspects of Business Department of Quantitative Methods and Computer QM 310 Quality and Operations Management Information Systems BUS 450 Business Strategy Associate Professor Robert Gray, Chair Professors Jerzy Letkowski, Marilyn Pelosi; *Required of all entering freshman and transfer stu- Associate Professors Anil Gulati, David Russell dents with fewer than 15 credit hours. Transfer stu- dents with 15 or more credit hours take a general elective in its place. 40 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Non-Business Courses (41 credits) All of the curricula are based on mathematics and the ENGL 132-133 English Composition I & II (6 cr) basic sciences coupled with the engineering sciences common to all branches of the profession. Each program MATH 111-112 Analysis for Business and is designed to prepare a graduate to enter practice as a Economics I & II (6 cr) professional engineer or to continue in graduate study. — or — Devoting approximately forty percent of the engineering MATH 123-124 Calculus I & II for Management, program to the arts and sciences provides the broad Life and Social Sciences (6 cr) liberal balance needed by the modern professional engi- Lab Sciences Choice of any two: biology, neer. chemistry, geology, meteorology, The engineering profession led the industrial revolu- or physics (6 cr) tion by extending human hands and arms through the EC 205-206 Principles of Economics I & II (6 cr) harnessing and control of energy. It is due to contribu- PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology tions of engineers that society now presents a work — or — environment that is cleaner, quieter, more productive, SO 101 Introduction to Sociology less oppressive, and more exciting. The engineering pro- HIST xxx History Requirement fession is now engaged in developing tools and machines ENGL 201 Principles of Communication that can extend the human mind and present information PH 310 Ethics in the Professions in a form that can help make important decisions. Engi- HUM xxx Elements of Culture Requirement neers are at the forefront of the information age. PEHR 151* Personal Health and Wellness (1 cr) The School of Engineering at Western New England PEHR 153-159* Lifetime Activities Series (1cr) College offers laboratory-intensive, practice-oriented programs culminating in a capstone senior design project. *Not required for off-campus location degree programs. Many of the topics for projects are supplied by industry, Note: MATH 100 Algebra Fundamentals is available for giving students the opportunity to work with industrial students who have a math deficiency. This course is sponsors in an actual engineering setting. Engineering accepted as non-business elective credit counted toward internships in local industry are also available. Programs graduation. are available to serve the needs of students seeking a degree on either a full-time or part-time basis. Graduate study is offered by the School of Engineer- ing leading to a Master of Science in Engineering Manage- ment, a Master of Science in Electrical Engineering, and a Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering. SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING Articulation Agreements Dean Eric Haffner Recognizing the important role of community col- Assistant Dean Richard Grabiec, Jr. leges in the overall system of higher education and of cooperation among four-year colleges and universities with different emphases, the School of Engineering is Programs of Study making every effort to coordinate its programs with Engineering is a profession in which science and those of other institutions offering programs, such as mathematics are integrated with design practice and engineering science, that provide the first two years of experience to provide society with an efficient and eco- engineering study. nomical use of energy, materials, and human resources. To date, formal articulation agreements have been The School of Engineering offers undergraduate cur- signed with the following community colleges: ricula leading to the Bachelor of Science in Biomedical Adirondack, Berkshire, Cape Cod, Dutchess, Greenfield, Engineering, Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineer- Holyoke, Hudson Valley, Mercer County, Manchester ing, Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineering, and Technical, Middlesex County, Mohawk Valley, Orange Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering degrees. County, Rhode Island, and Springfield Technical, as well The programs leading to the B.S.E.E., B.S.I.E. and B.S.M.E. as Southern Connecticut State University. Other agree- degrees are accredited by the Engineering Accreditation ments are being developed. A 3+2 program with Siena Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering College is also available. Under this program a student and Technology (ABET). can receive a Bachelor of Arts degree in Math or Science Since many of the same fundamental concepts under- from Siena in three years and a Bachelor of Science in lie most branches of engineering, engineering majors Engineering from Western New England College in two take the same courses during the first three semesters. more years. Thus students can change majors at any time during their freshmen and sophomore years without loss of progress toward a specific degree. Undergraduate Academic Programs 41

Department Chairs and Faculty EE 205 Introduction to Electrical Engineering I MATH 235 Calculus III Department of Electrical Engineering ME 203 Dynamics Associate Professor James Moriarty, Chair Professors Stephen Crist, Ronald Musiak; Individual curricula in biomedical engineering, elec- Associate Professor Kouroush Rahnamai trical engineering, industrial engineering, and mechani- Department of Industrial and Manufacturing Engineering cal engineering are given in the major programs section Professor J. Byron Nelson, Chair of the Catalogue. Professor Eric Haffner; Associate Professors Richard Grabiec, Gary Teng; Design Experience Assistant Professors Abdul Kamal, Mary Vollaro In the freshman year students are introduced to Department of Mechanical Engineering engineering design in the First Year Engineering Seminar Professor Richard Veronesi, Chair and Introduction to Engineering. Sophomore and junior Professors Said Dini, Alan Karplus, Mohammed courses and laboratories provide progressively more Khosrowjerdi, Walter Presz sophisticated design experiences within the student’s discipline. All programs culminate in a capstone senior Biomedical Engineering Program design project course in which students work on inde- Assistant Professor Steven Schreiner, Director pendent projects under the supervision of a faculty advi- sor. Topics for some projects are supplied by industry. Requirements Students who select one of these topics have the oppor- A common curriculum for the first three semesters is tunity to work with the industrial sponsor in an actual provided for all engineering students. Since the actual engineering setting. time required for completion of the curriculum will de- pend on the individual student’s ability and prior prepa- Electives (Undergraduate Programs) ration, personal consultations with academic advisors Electives supplement the engineering student’s tech- permit students to participate in both the determination nical program. Humanities/social science electives may of their current status and the planning and scheduling of be selected from the list of humanities and social science further course work. The College is committed to helping courses approved by the School of Engineering. To en- students succeed and seeks to challenge students with sure depth of knowledge, a two-semester sequence of strong backgrounds and gives advanced placement for courses in one area is required. Technical, design, and those who qualify. On the other hand, students who general electives provide the opportunity for specializa- would benefit from a slower pace are urged to consult tion within a chosen field. An assigned departmental their academic advisors about alternative entry levels for faculty advisor must approve selection of electives from chemistry, mathematics, and physics. engineering, mathematics, science, or business. Under- graduate engineering students may take 500-level engi- FRESHMAN YEAR neering courses for which they have satisfied the prereq- Fall Semester uisite requirements. ENGL 132 English Composition I ENGR 102 First Year Engineering Seminar ENGR 103 Introduction to Engineering MATH 133 Calculus I PEHR 151 Personal Health and Wellness PHYS 133 Mechanics Spring Semester ENGL 133 English Composition II ENGR 110 Computer Applications in Engineering MATH 134 Calculus II ME 106 Statics PEHR 153-199 Lifetime Activity Series PHYS 134 Electricity and Magnetism

SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester CHEM 105 General Chemistry I EC 205 Principles of Economics I 42 Undergraduate Academic Programs

CONTINUING EDUCATION lent, the maintaining of an average of at least 2.0 in courses taken at Western New England College and the Director Janet L. Castleman completion of all course prerequisites. Advising and Associate Director Harold F. Neunder registration of non-degree undergraduates takes place in Coordinator of Services for Part-time Students the Office of Continuing Education. Judith A. Cadden Part-time Day and Evening Study, Undergraduate and Graduate Western New England College has a long tradition of providing continuing education for students who need part-time day and evening study, those who are older than 18- to 22-year-old full-time students, and those who CENTER FOR PROFESSIONAL are beginning or returning to higher education after time DEVELOPMENT spent in other pursuits. The College may accept qualified part-time students Director Linda K. Bowman into its daytime undergraduate degree programs, with Assistant Director Ida B. Wilcox the exception of Pre-pharmacy and the Pre-physician’s Assistant Programs, which require full-time study. Part- Meeting and conferencing services are provided time evening degree programs are, in the School of Arts through the College’s Center for Professional Develop- and Sciences: Law Enforcement and Liberal Studies; in ment. Offering facilities tailored to match specific needs; the School of Business: Accounting, Computer Informa- the staff is committed to providing efficient, one-stop tion Systems, Finance, General Business, Management, coordination services. and Marketing; in the School of Engineering: Electrical; Electrical with Computer option; Industrial; Industrial with Manufacturing option; Mechanical; Mechanical with Manufacturing option. Part-time students may be admitted into the Master’s Degree programs offered by the School of Arts and Sciences, the School of Business, and the School of Engineering. Temporary non-degree study is also available for qualified undergraduate and graduate part-time students who need to take required courses prior to formal admis- sion or who wish to explore new subject areas before entering a degree program. Non-degree students may also apply for the certificate programs, which are de- scribed in greater detail below. Undergraduate Non-degree Options Certificates Western New England College makes several Certifi- cate Programs available to those who do not wish a degree, but who want specialized training that goes be- yond a few courses in a subject. The Certificate Programs in chemistry, computer studies, and communication can be found on p. 117. Further information is available in the Office of Continuing Education. Undergraduate Non-degree Courses The temporary non-degree status is for students who wish to earn credit prior to formal admission or for visiting students from other colleges and universities. Qualifications include high school graduation or its equiva- Purposes and ObjectiAcademic Programs 45

UNDERGRADUATE MAJOR Course of Study PROGRAMS 1. Core Requirements for All Business Majors (80 credit hours) See page 39. — plus — 2. Required Accounting courses (18 credit hours) ACCOUNTING MAJOR AC 305 Financial Reporting II AC 306 Financial Reporting III School of Business AC 309 Cost Accounting AC 407 Financial Reporting IV General Information AC 413 Fundamental Concepts of Taxation AC 419 Auditing and Assurance Services The course of study for accounting majors is designed to provide the professional education needed for careers — plus — in a broad range of positions in industrial, public, and 3. Other required courses (6 credit hours) institutional accounting. The combination of training in ENGL 320 Professional Communication accounting, managerial subjects, and the arts and sciences — or — prepares the student for potential advancement to ENGL 340 Business Communication positions of managerial responsibility. EC 311 Money and Banking Students desiring to prepare for the CPA examination — plus — are advised to consult the Accountancy Board of the state 4. Electives (18 credit hours) of their choice to ensure that they will be able to meet the AC 3xx-4xx Accounting Elective (3 cr) educational requirements of that jurisdiction. Students AC 480 Accounting internship (3 cr) have the opportunity to continue for a fifth-year, Master of — or — Science in Accounting program that is intended to meet Business Elective (3 cr) the academic requirement which has been adopted by Non-Business Electives (12 cr) many state Accounting Boards. Accounting majors who desire preparation to meet the requirements of a particular Total credit hours required for graduation – 122 state may, if necessary, modify their program of study in conference with, and approval of, their department chair. Students must take 33 credit hours of course work in 300-400 level courses. All students must take 12 hours Career Opportunities of upper level (300-400) courses in their major at Western New England College (not including AC305- Accounting majors find positions in national and 306). regional public accounting, corporate and financial accounting, taxation, internal audit, and governmental Courses to be included in computing the 2.0 minimum and non-profit accounting. The major provides an excellent average in the major are as follows: All AC courses as foundation for legal careers and advanced business well as FIN 214. degrees. Suggested Sequence of Courses Faculty Notes: Associate Professors: R. Loring Carlson, Mark Coffey, * Is a prerequisite May Elgers-Lo ** Has a prerequisite Assistant Professors: John Coulter, Thomas Vogel MR Major Requirement GCR General College Requirement Program Objectives BUSR School of Business Requirement 1. Understand the use of accounting information in the planning, controlling, and decision-making processes Freshman Year Credit in organizations. Fall Semester Hours 2. Classify and summarize financial information in BUS 101 First Year Seminar (GCR/BUSR) 3 accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. ENGL 132* English Composition I (GCR) 3 3. Apply appropriate techniques of analysis and evalu- ation to financial and non-financial information. MATH 111* Analysis for Business and 4. Apply auditing standards and techniques and mea- Economics I (GCR/BUSR) 3 sure internal control objectives. — or — 5. Knowledge of the basic concepts of federal taxation. MATH 123* Calculus I for Management, Life and Social Sciences (GCR/BUSR) 46 Academic Programs

History History Requirement (GCR) 3 Junior Year Credit MAN 101 Principles of Management (BUSR) Fall Semester Hours — or — BUS 301 Integrated Business CIS 102 * Computer Tools for Operations (BUSR) 3 Business (BUSR) 3 PH 310 Ethics in the Professions (BUSR) 3 PEHR 151* Personal Health and ENGL 320 Professional Communication (MR) 3 Wellness (GCR) 1 — — or — 16 ENGL 340 Business Communication (MR) Demonstrated proficiency in Excel required for AC 305 Financial Reporting II (MR) 3 2nd semester registration. Lab Science Laboratory Science Requirement (GCR) 3 Spring Semester — ENGL 133** English Composition II (GCR) 3 15 Spring Semester MATH 112** Analysis for Business and LS 301 Legal Aspects of Business (BUSR) 3 Economics II (GCR/BUSR) 3 QM 310 Quality and Operations — or — Management (BUSR) 3 MATH 124** Calculus I for Management, Life HUM xxx Elements of Culture and Social Sciences (GCR/BUSR) Requirement (GCR) 3 Non-Business Elective (BUSR) 3 AC 306 Financial Reporting III (BUSR) 3 Lab Science Laboratory Science MAN 101* Principles of Management (BUSR) Requirement (GCR) 3 — or — — CIS 102 * Computer Tools for 15 Business (BUSR) 3 Senior Year Credit PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology Fall Semester Hours (BUSR) AC 309 Cost Accounting (MR) 3 — or — AC 407 Financial Reporting IV 3 SO 101 Introduction to Sociology (BUSR) 3 AC 480 Accounting internship — or — PEHR 153-159** Lifetime Activity Series (GCR) 1 — Business Elective (BUSR) 3 16 EC 311 Money and Banking (MR) 3 Sophomore Year Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 Credit — Fall Semester Hours 15 AC 201* ** Financial Reporting (BUSR) 3 Spring Semester MK 200* ** Principles of Marketing (BUSR) 3 BUS 450 Business Strategy (BUSR) 3 CIS 202* ** Introduction to Information AC 413 Fundamental Concepts of Systems (BUSR) 3 Taxation (MR) 3 EC 205* Principles of Economics I (BUSR) 3 AC 419 Auditing and Assurance Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 Services (MR) 3 — AC 3xx-4xx Accounting Elective (MR) 3 15 Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 Spring Semester — AC 202** Managerial Accounting (BUSR) 3 15 QM 201** Introduction to Statistics (BUSR) 3 FIN 214** Corporation Finance (BUSR) 3 EC 206** Principles of Economics II (BUSR) 3 ENGL 201** Principles of Communication (BUSR) 3 — 15 Non-credit career planning – Completion of individual development/career plan required for registration for Junior year. Purposes and ObjectiAcademic Programs 47

ACQUISITION AND Students must take 33 credit hours of course work in 300-400 level courses. All students must take 12 hours CONTRACTING of upper level (300-400) courses in their major at School of Business Western New England College.

(Please note: This program is only offered at Western Courses to be included in computing the 2.0 minimum New England College’s off-campus locations. For further average in the major are as follows: All MAN and LS information please call 800-446-9632 or 781-933-1595.) courses as well as BUS 450.

In 1975, Western New England College was selected to Suggested Sequence of Courses offer academic programs at Hanscom Air Force Base for Notes: both military and civilian personnel. Throughout the * Is a prerequisite country, professionals in the contracting field have become ** Has a prerequisite increasingly aware of the importance of standards of MR Major Requirement knowledge, ethics, and practical training in their chosen GCR General College Requirement field of endeavor. Training in the economic, legal, and BUSR School of Business Requirement financial aspects of the procurement field has become increasingly important. Freshman Year The professional in acquisition is responsible for cost Credit analysis, forecasting of demands, pricing, negotiation, Fall Semester Hours contracting, and administration of contracts to purchase ENGL 132* English Composition I (GCR) 3 materials and services for an organization in either the MATH 111* Analysis for Business and private or public sector. Economics I (GCR/BUSR) 3 — or — Course of Study MATH 123* Calculus I for Management, Life 1. Core Requirements for All Business Majors and Social Sciences (GCR/BUSR) (78 credit hours) See page 39. History History Requirement (GCR) 3 — plus — Non-Business Elective (BUSR) 3 Note: PEHR requirements are waived. Students should General Elective (MR) 3 — substitute a 3 credit elective in place of BUS101. 15 — plus — Demonstrated proficiency in Excel required for 2nd 2. Required Legal Studies and Management courses semester registration. (18 credit hours) LS 403 Government Contract Law Spring Semester MAN 202 Principles of Acquisition and BUS 102* Business Problem Solving Using Contracting Spreadsheets (BUSR) 3 MAN 203 Principles of Contract Pricing ENGL 133** English Composition II (GCR) 3 MAN 308 Employee Relations MAN 401 Contract Negotiation MATH 112** Analysis for Business and MAN 423 Human Resources Management Economics II (GCR/BUSR) 3 — or — — plus — MATH 124** Calculus I for Management, 3. Other Required Courses (9 credit hours) Life and Social Sciences (GCR/BUSR) AC 203 Government Accounting MK 201 Principles of Purchasing MAN 101* Introduction to Management (BUSR) 3 QM 336 Logistics/Physical Distribution PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology (BUSR) — or — 4. Electives (15 credit hours) SO 101 Introduction to Sociology (BUSR) 3 MAN 480 Management Internship (3 cr) — 15 — or — Business Elective (3 cr) Sophomore Year Credit Non-Business Electives (12 cr) Fall Semester Hours AC 201* ** Financial Accounting (BUSR) 3 Total credit hours required for graduation – 120 MK 200* ** Principles of Marketing (BUSR) 3 CIS 202* ** Introduction to Information Systems (BUSR) 3 48 Academic Programs

EC 205* Principles of Economics I (BUSR) 3 AMERICAN STUDIES MAJOR Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 — School of Arts and Sciences 15 Spring Semester AC 202** Managerial Accounting (BUSR) 3 General Information QM 201** Introduction to Statistics (BUSR) 3 The major in American studies is designed for those FIN 214** Corporation Finance (BUSR) 3 students who are seeking a keener understanding of the EC 206** Principles of Economics II (BUSR) 3 character, opportunities, and challenges of the Ameri- ENGL 201** Principles of Communication (BUSR)3 can experience. It offers an interdisciplinary approach — 15 because the politics, economic activity, religion, literature, arts, morality, and customs of America are Non-credit career planning – Completion of individual inseparably connected in complex and important ways. development/career plan required for registration for Note: Students majoring in American studies must Junior year. develop a course plan with an academic advisor from either the Department of English and Humanities or the Junior Year Department of History and Government. The selection Credit of elective major courses in the senior year must Fall Semester Hours adhere to the plan and be approved by the academic BUS 301 Integrated Business advisor. Operations (BUSR) 3 PH 310 Ethics in the Professions (BUSR) 3 Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 Career Opportunities MAN 202 Principles of Acquisition and This program of study will prepare students for a Contracting (MR) 3 variety of careers that require a well- rounded perspec- Lab Science Laboratory Science tive on American life, but is especially appropriate for Requirement (GCR) 3 students with an interest in education. In addition, the — 15 broad background of study prepares students for entry Spring Semester into an array of graduate school programs in the arts, humanities, or social sciences. LS 301 Legal Aspects of Business (BUSR) 3 QM 310 Quality and Operations Management (BUSR) 3 Faculty HUM xxx Elements of Culture Professors: John Andrulis, Eugene Angus, Requirement (GCR) 3 John Anzalotti, Emmett Barcalow, Jr., MAN 203 Principles of Contract Pricing (MR) 3 Michael A. Meeropol, Vladimir Wozniuk Lab Science Laboratory Science Associate Professors: Charles Fish, Richard Haber, Requirement (GCR) 3 Robert R. Klein, William Mandel, Donald C. Williams — 15 Assistant Professor: John Seung-Ho Baick Senior Year Credit Program Objectives Fall Semester Hours The objectives of the American studies program are LS 403 Government Contract Law 3 to provide the students with an interdisciplinary approach MAN 308 Employee Relations (MR) 3 to the study of American history, literature, art, music, Business Elective 3 and culture. Students who successfully complete the Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 program are expected: Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 — 1. To develop an appreciation of the distinctive ele- 15 ments of art, music, and literature that characterizes Spring Semester American culture, both past and present. BUS 450 Business Strategy (BUSR) 3 2. To make the connection between past political, AC 203 Government Accounting (MR) 3 social, and economic forces and the shaping of our con- MAN 401 Contract Negotiation (MR) 3 temporary world. MAN 423 Human Resources 3. To acquire a core knowledge of public policies, Management (MR) 3 ideologies, and institutions in the larger context of the Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 American political process. — 15 4. To appreciate the struggles of peoples of color for acceptance and equality in American society. 5. To demonstrate an advanced capability to read analytically and write effectively in a variety of genres. Purposes and ObjectiAcademic Programs 49

6. To pursue their own individual interests and ex- Freshman Year pertise through a variety of course electives both in Credit American studies and the liberal arts and sciences. Fall Semester Hours HIST 111 United States History to 1877 General and School Requirements (GCR/MR) 3 GO 102* American Government (A&SR/MR) 3 See General College Requirements and Requirements MATH 1xx* Mathematics (GCR) 3 of the School of Arts and Sciences, pp. 36-38. It should be ENGL 132* English Composition I (GCR) 3 noted that American studies majors must take EC 101, SO LA 100 First Year Seminar (GCR) 2 101, and PSY 101 as prerequisites for several of the — requirements listed below. 14 Spring Semester Course of Study HIST 112 United States History 1878-present (MR) 3 1. Required courses (45 credit hours) SO 101* Introduction to Sociology (A&SR) 3 The Arts in America-two courses (6 credit hours) MATH 1xx** Mathematics (GCR) 3 EC 316 American Economic History ENGL 133** English Composition II (GCR) 3 ENGL 336 Ethnic American Literature GEN xxx General Elective 3 ENGL xxx another course in American Literature PEHR 151 Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 GO 102 American Government — 16 GO 336 Public Policy in America HIST 111 United States History to 1877 Sophomore Year Credit HIST 112 United States History, 1878 to the Fall Semester Hours Present HIST 218 U.S. Social History, 1607-1877 (MR) 3 HIST 218 U.S. Social History, 1607-1877 EC 101* Introduction to Economic HIST 219 U.S. Social History 1877 to the Present Issues (MR/A&S) 3 PH 302 The American Intellectual Tradition LAB xxx Laboratory Science SO 311 Sociology of Minority Groups Requirement (GCR) 3 SO 314 American Culture and the Black ENGL 2xx American Literature (MR/A&S) 3 Experience GEN xxx General Elective 3 AMST 490 Seminar in American Studies PEHR 153-199 Lifetime Activities Series (GCR) 1 — 2. Elective courses (9 credit hours). American Studies 15 majors must choose three of the following courses. Spring Semester EC 361 Urban Economics HIST 219 U.S. Social History 1877 to the ED 302 History of American Education Present (MR) 3 GO 320 The U.S. Congress and Presidency CS 131 Computing for the Arts and GO 324 Parties and Elections Sciences (GCR) 3 GO 325 Constitutional Law PSY 101* Introduction to Psychology 3 GO 350 American Foreign Policy LAB xxx Laboratory Science HIST 354 Civil War and Reconstruction Requirement (GCR) 3 HIST 358 History of the United States since 1945 AMST xxx The Arts in America (A&SR/MR) 3 GEN xxx General Elective 1 HIST 359 The United States in Vietnam — 16 The 2.0 required grade point average in the major is Junior Year based upon all the AMST, ART, EC, ENGL, GO, HIST, and Credit PH courses in the program. Fall Semester Hours PH 302** The American Intellectual Tradition (MR) 3 Suggested Sequence of Courses SO 314** American Culture and the Notes: Black Experience (MR) 3 * Is a prerequisite EC 316** American Economic History (MR) 3 ** Has a prerequisite ENGL 336** Ethnic American Literature (MR) 3 MR Major Requirement GEN xxx General Elective 3 GCR General College Requirement — 15 A&SR School of Arts and Sciences Requirement Spring Semester GO 336** Public Policy in America (MR) 3 SO 311** Sociology of Minority Groups (MR) 3 AMST xxx The Arts in America (MR) 3 50 Academic Programs

GEN xxx General Electives 3 6. To understand the major morphologic transfor- GEN xxx General Electives 3 mations of vertebrate embryogenesis. — 15 7. To understand the process and controls on the physiology of vertebrate organisms. Senior Year 8. To achieve additional understanding in popula- Credit Fall Semester Hours tion biology, organismic biology, or cellular and molecu- HUM 2xx Elements of Culture - Humanities lar biology. Requirement (GCR) 3 9. To develop quantitative problem solving skills AMSE xxx American Studies Electives and data analysis. (Courses to be selected in accordance with a plan developed General and School Requirements by the student and approved by See General College Requirements and School of Arts the academic advisor.) and Sciences Requirements, pp. 36-38. ART xxx Elements of Culture (A&S) MUS xxx Requirement (GCR) 9 — Course of Study 15 1. Required biology courses (30 credit hours) Spring Semester BIO 107-108 General Biology I & II AMST 490 Seminar in American Studies (MR) 3 BIO 117-118 General Biology Laboratories I & II GEN xxx General Electives 12 — BIO 201 Plant Biology 15 BIO 210 Vertebrate Physiology BIO 220 Vertebrate Physiology Laboratory BIO 213 Ecology BIO 306 Genetics BIOLOGY MAJOR BIO 310 Cell Biology School of Arts and Sciences BIO 455 Evolution 2. Required chemistry courses (16 credit hours) General Information CHEM 105-106 General Chemistry I & II The goal of the biology major is to provide students CHEM 209-210 Organic Chemistry I & II with the information and skills necessary to function in CHEM 219-220 Organic Chemistry Laboratories I & II jobs or to obtain the undergraduate background necessary for more advanced training and education at the graduate 3. Seven additional credit hours in biology courses at or level. The purpose in either case is employment in a above the 200 level (which may include CHEM 314 biologically oriented field. Biochemistry). Career Opportunities 4. Twelve to fifteen additional credit hours in math, physics, and statistics courses Biology graduates are employed as laboratory MATH 109 Pre-calculus Mathematics technicians, product analysts, and quality control — or — technicians. Others are in research, teaching, and in MATH 133 Calculus I (or the equivalent) graduate work leading to the professions. PHYS 103-104 Elementary Physics I & II Faculty — or — PHYS 133 Mechanics Professors: Walter Coombs, Robert Holdsworth, — and — Lorraine Sartori PHYS 134 Electricity and Magnetism Associate Professor: Gail Fletcher MATH 207 Introductory Statistics for the Arts Program Objectives and Sciences 1. To demonstrate knowledge of basic structure and — or — functioning of cells. PSY 207 Introduction to Statistics for the 2. To understand the basic features of the synthetic Social Sciences (Does not count as theory of evolution. mathematics for General College 3. To understand basic ecological principles. Requirements) 4. To understand the principles and mathematical analysis of Mendelian and non-Mendelian inheritance. The 2.0 required grade-point average in the major 5. To understand the structure and function of nucleic would be based upon all BIO courses pursued as a part acids and molecular controls. of the student’s degree program. Purposes and ObjectiAcademic Programs 51

Suggested Sequence of Courses Junior Year Credit Notes: Fall Semester Hours The suggested sequence of courses in years two, three, BIO 306** Genetics (MR) 4 and four is an example only. Some offerings for these HUM 2xx Elements of Culture – years will alternate and the exact sequence will require Humanities Requirement 3 consultation with the faculty and deans. PHYS 103 Elementary Physics I (MR) 3 Notes: GEN xxx General Elective 5 * Is a prerequisite — ** Has a prerequisite 15 MR Major Requirement Spring Semester GCR General College Requirement BIO 455** Evolution 3 (MR) A&SR School of Arts and Sciences Requirement BIO 2xx** Biology Elective 3 Area I Requirement – Freshman Year ART xxx Literature/Philosophy/Art (A&SR) 3 PHYS 104** Elementary Physics II (MR) 3 Credit GEN xxx General Elective 3 Fall Semester Hours — BIO 107* General Biology I (GCR/MR) 3 15 BIO 117* General Biology Laboratory I (MR) 1 Senior Year CHEM 105* General Chemistry I (MR) 4 Credit ENGL 132* English Composition (GCR) 3 Fall Semester Hours LA 100 First Year Seminar (GCR) 2 BIO 2xx Biology Elective (MR) 4 MATH 109 Pre-Calculus Mathematics (GCR/MR) 3 Area II Requirement – — 16 ARII xxx PSY xxx or SO xxx (A&SR) 3 Spring Semester ARII xxx Area II Elective (A&SR) 3 BIO 108** General Biology II (GCR/MR) 3 BIO 210 Vertebrate Physiology 3 BIO 118** General Biology Laboratory II (MR) 1 BIO 220 Vertebrate Physiology Laboratory 1 GEN xxx General Elective 3 CHEM 106** General Chemistry II (MR) 4 — ENGL 133** English Composition II (GCR) 3 15 MATH 207 Introductory Statistics for the Spring Semester Arts and Sciences (GCR/MR) 3 BIO 310** Cell Biology (MR) 4 PEHR 151 Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 ARTS xxx Elements of Culture – — 15 Arts Requirement (GCR) 3 GEN xxx General Elective 3 Sophomore Year GEN xxx General Elective 3 Credit — Fall Semester Hours 13 BlO 201** Plant Biology (MR) 4 CHEM 209** Organic Chemistry I (MR) 3 CHEM 219** Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (MR) 1 AR xxx Area I Requirement – BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING Literature or Philosophy (A&SR) 3 HIST xxx History Requirement (GCR) 3 MAJOR PEHR 153-199 Lifetime Activities Series (GCR) 1 — School of Engineering 15 Spring Semester General Information BIO 213** Ecology (MR) 3 Biomedical engineers have the unique ability to serve CHEM210** Organic Chemistry II (MR) 3 CHEM 220** Organic Chemistry as a bridge between engineering and medicine. The rapid advancement of high technology into all medical specialties Laboratory II (MR) 1 has increased the demand for engineers who have a depth CS xxx Computer Science Elective (GCR) 3 ARII xxx Area II Requirement – of knowledge in both engineering and physiology. Biomedical engineers make significant contributions to EC xxx or GO xxx (A&SR) 3 society by improving patient care and ultimately improving ARI xxx Area I Elective (A&SR) 3 — the quality of life for others. 16 Western New England College provides biomedical engineering students with a solid engineering background and an in-depth understanding of human physiology, 52 Academic Programs anatomy, and biology necessary to be a successful Freshman Year biomedical engineer. In the junior year, the student has Credit the opportunity to choose one of three concentration Fall Semester Hours areas: electrical engineering, mechanical engineering, or ENGL 132* English Composition I (GCR/ER/MR) 3 the life sciences. The student will acquire expertise in ENGR 102* First Year Engineering Seminar these areas by enrolling in established courses within the (GCR/ER/MR) 1 related programs (EE, ME, Biology/Chemistry). The student ENGR 103* Introduction to Engineering (ER/MR) 4 is exposed to the major physiological systems during MATH 133* Calculus I (GCR/ER/MR) 4 each of the final four semesters through laboratory work, PEHR 151 Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 PHYS 133* Mechanics (GCR/ER/MR) 4 courses, and through the capstone senior design project. — 17 Career Opportunities Spring Semester The biomedical engineering program at Western New ENGL 133* ** English Composition II England College is designed to prepare students for either (GCR/ER/MR) 3 immediate employment or for admission to graduate ENGR 110* Computer Applications in school. Demand for biomedical engineers is growing as Engineering (GCR/ER/MR) 2 more and more technology is finding its way into all MATH 134* ** Calculus II (GCR/ER/MR) 4 branches of medicine. Since the field of biomedical ME 106* ** Statics (ER/MR) 3 engineering is so broad, many of our graduates choose to PEHR 153-199** Lifetime Activities Series (GCR) 1 specialize their knowledge in graduate or professional PHYS 134* ** Electricity and Magnetism (GCR/ER/MR) 4 school by pursuing an M.S., Ph.D., or M.D. degree. Our — graduates are working in the medical instrumentation and 17 device industry, pharmaceutical companies, Sophomore Year biotechnology companies, research facilities, and Credit hospitals. Fall Semester Hours CHEM 105** General Chemistry I (ER/MR) 4 Faculty EC 205 Economics I (MR) 3 EE 205** Introduction to Electrical Assistant Professors: Steven Schreiner, Mary Vollaro Engineering I (MR) 4 Affiliated Faculty: John Grippo MATH 235* ** Calculus III (ER/MR) 3 ME 203* ** Dynamics (ER/MR) 3 — Program Objectives 17 Upon the successful completion of the degree Spring Semester requirements, the graduate will be able to: CHEM 106* ** General Chemistry II (MR) 4 1. Mathematically model and analyze physiological CPE 205* Introduction to Computer systems. Programming (MR) 2 2. Design, analyze, and simulate electrical circuits EE 206* ** Introduction to Electrical and/or mechanical systems. Engineering II (ER/MR) 3 3. Practice quality laboratory procedures with a solid MATH 236* ** Differential Equations (ER/MR) 3 understanding of instrumentation and measurement. ENGR 212* ** Probability and Statistics (ER/MR) 3 4. Communicate effectively in both written reports — 15 and oral presentations. 5. Apply the knowledge and skills acquired to a vari- Electrical Engineering Option ety of professional biomedical engineering positions in Junior Year both the public and private sectors in product design, Credit development, research, manufacturing, consulting, and Fall Semester Hours sales; or in graduate or professional school. BME 301* ** Engineering Physiology I (MR) 4 BME 331* ** Bioinstrumentation (MR) 3 Common Core MATH 350* **Engineering Analysis I (ER/MR) 3 EE 301* ** Signals & Systems I (MR) 3 * Is a prerequisite Humanities/Social Science (ER/MR) 3 ** Has a prerequisite — 16 MR Major Requirement Spring Semester GCR General College Requirement BME 302* ** Engineering Physiology II (MR) 4 ER Engineering Requirement BME 350* ** Biomedical Thermodynamics (MR) 3 HUM 2xx** Elements of Culture (GCR/ER/MR) 3 Purposes and ObjectiAcademic Programs 53

BME 340* ** Biomaterials (MR) 3 Senior Year EE 302* ** Signals & Systems II (MR) 3 Credit — Fall Semester Hours 16 IE 410* ** Engineering Project Senior Year Management (MR) 3 Credit Fall Semester Hours BME 451** Biomechanics (MR) 3 IE 410* ** Engineering Project Management 3 HIST xxx History Elective (GCR/ER/MR) 3 BME 451 ** Biomechanics (MR) 3 ME 425* ** Design of Machine Elements (MR) 3 HIST xxx History Elective (GCR/ER/MR) 3 ME 313* ** Mechanical Engineering Lab I (MR) 2 Design Elective3 (ER/MR) 3 EE 303* ** Electronic Circuits I (MR) 3 — EE 319* ** Electrical Engineering Lab I (MR) 2 17 Design Elective (ER/MR) 3 3 Spring Semester — 17 BME 440** Senior Design Projects (MR) 3 Spring Semester ME 314** Mechanical Engineering Lab II (MR) 2 BME 440 Senior Design Projects (MR) 3 ME 316* ** Fluid Mechanics (MR) 3 EE 320** Electronic Circuits II (MR) 3 Humanities/Social Science EE 322** Electrical Engineering Lab II (MR) 2 (GCR/ER/MR) 3 Humanities/Social Science Mechanical Engineering Elective (GCR/ER/MR) 3 Option Elective (MR) 3 Technical Elective (ER/MR) 3 Electrical Engineering — Option Elective (MR) 3 17 Technical Elective (ER/MR) 3 — Mechanical Engineering 17 Option Electives EE 422** Control Systems Electrical Engineering Option Electives ME 320** Mechanical Vibrations CPE 271 Digital Design ME 511** Advanced Mechanics of Materials EE 314** Fields and Waves ME 519** Experimental Stress Analysis EE 422** Control Systems ME 542** Computer-aided Engineering EE 511** Random Signals and Noise ME 543** Introduction to Computer-aided EE 525** Linear Systems Theory Manufacturing EE 535** Fuzzy Logic ME 590** Special Topics in Mechanical EE 545** Neural Networks Engineering EE 570** Computer Controlled Systems IE 312 ** Engineering Economic Analysis EE 580** Signal Processing EE 590** Special Topics in Electrical Engineering Life Sciences Option IE 312** Engineering Economic Analysis Junior Year Credit Mechanical Engineering Option Fall Semester Hours Junior Year BME 301* ** Engineering Physiology I (MR) 4 Credit BME 331* ** Bioinstrumentation (MR) 3 Fall Semester Hours MATH 350* ** Engineering Analysis I (ER/MR) 3 BME 301* ** Engineering Physiology I (MR) 4 BIO 107 ** General Biology I (MR) 3 BME 331* ** Bioinstrumentation (MR) 3 BIO 117* ** General Biology I Lab (MR) 1 MATH 350* ** Engineering Analysis I (ER/MR) 3 Humanities/Social Science ME 312* ** Kinematics and Dynamics of (GCR/ER/MR) 3 Machinery (MR) 3 — 1 17 Humanities/Social Science Spring Semester (GCR/ER/MR) 3 — BME 302* ** Engineering Physiology II (MR) 4 16 BME 350* ** Biomedical Thermodynamics (MR) 3 Spring Semester HUM 2xx** Elements of Culture (GCR/ERIMR)1 3 BME 302* ** Engineering Physiology II (MR) 4 BME 340* ** Biomaterials (MR) 3 BME 350* ** Biomedical Thermodynamics (MR) 3 BIO 108* ** General Biology II (MR) 3 HUM 2xx** Elements of Culture (GCR/ER/MR) 3 BIO 118* ** General Biology II Lab (MR) 1 — BME 340* ** Biomaterials (MR) 3 17 ME 208* ** Mechanics of Materials (MR) 3 — 16 54 Academic Programs

Senior Year CHEMISTRY MAJOR Credit Fall Semester Hours School of Arts and Sciences IE 410* ** Engr. Project Management (MR) 3 BME 451** Biomechanics (MR) 3 General Information HIST xxx History Elective (GCR/ER/MR) 3 The chemistry curriculum is designed to provide the CHEM 209* ** Organic Chemistry I (MR) 3 student with a solid background in the principles of CHEM 219* ** Organic Chemistry I Lab (MR) 1 chemistry, augmented by practical laboratory experience. BIO 310* Cell Biology (MR) 4 — Skills are acquired through hands-on experience with 17 such techniques as spectrophotometric, electroanalytic Spring Semester and chromatographic methods. BME 440** Senior Design Projects (MR) 3 CHEM 210** Organic Chemistry II (MR) 3 Career Opportunities CHEM 220** Organic Chemistry II Lab (MR) 1 Humanities/Social Science A baccalaureate degree in chemistry provides diverse (GCR/ER/MR) 3 opportunities for employment or for advanced training in chemistry or related fields including medicine and Life Science Option Elective (MR) 3 Life Science Option Elective (MR) 4 biochemistry. Many graduates of the program have sought — and gained entrance to graduate study in chemistry and 17 other related fields. Life Sciences Option Electives Faculty BIO 303** Microbiology Professor: Richard Ball BIO 304** Histology Associate Professor: Anne Poirot BIO 306** Genetics BIO 312** Developmental Biology BIO 313** Microbiology Lab Program Objectives BIO 455** Evolution 1. To understand and apply the scientific method as CHEM 314** Biochemistry a logical means to discover and test chemical concepts. CHEM 324** Biochemistry Lab 2. To gain an understanding of some fundamental IE 312** Engineering Economic Analysis physical laws of nature governing the behavior of sub- stances. 1 A humanities course with a “CA” description satisfies this GCR 3. To develop laboratory techniques and skills, using requirement. Students may also satisfy this GCR by taking two both classical and modern instrumental methods, neces- courses: a humanities course designated with a “C” and another sary to determine chemical and physical properties of course designated with an “A.” Upon approval of the academic materials and make accurate qualitative and quantitative advisor, the second course may be used to satisfy a Humanities/ assessment of material compositions. Social Science requirement. Course descriptions are in the catalogue. 4. To learn to represent in two and three dimensions 2 Engineering science electives are selected in consultation with a the structures of ions, molecules, and other chemical faculty advisor. complexes using various notations or conventions. 3 Design electives must be selected from a list published in each 5. To identify functional groups in complex mol- semester’s course schedule. ecules and predict and understand their properties and reactivities. Total credit hours required for graduation – 6. To understand the role of chemical forces, both 132 (ME or EE Option) intramolecular and intermolecular, in determining chemi- 134 (Life Science Option) cal and physical properties of substances. 7. To develop an awareness of the chemical litera- The 2.0 required grade point average in the major is ture as a reflection of current knowledge. based upon all engineering courses pursued in the student’s degree program with the exception of ENGR 100. General and School Requirements See General College Requirements and Arts and Sciences Requirements pp. 36-38. Course of Study 1. Required chemistry courses (39 credit hours) CHEM 105-106 General Chemistry I & II CHEM 209-210 Organic Chemistry I & II CHEM 211 Analytical Methods Purposes and ObjectiAcademic Programs 55

CHEM 219-220 Organic Chemistry Laboratories I & II MATH 235** Calculus III (MR) 3 CHEM 221 Analytical Methods Laboratory CS xxx Computer Requirement (GCR) 3 CHEM 312 Instrumental Analysis ARII xxx Area II Requirement- CHEM 314 Biochemistry PSY xxx or SO xxx (A&SR) 3 — CHEM 317-318 Physical Chemistry I & II 17 CHEM 322 Instrumental Analysis Laboratory Spring Semester CHEM 324 Biochemistry Laboratory CHEM 210** Organic Chemistry II (MR) 3 CHEM 327-328 Physical Chemistry Laboratories I & II CHEM 220** Organic Chemistry CHEM 421 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II (MR) 1 CHEM 312 Instrumental Analysis (MR) 3 2. Mathematics and physics courses (19 credit hours) CHEM 322 Instrumental Analysis MATH 133-134 Calculus I & II Laboratory (MR) 1 MATH 235 Calculus III Area I Requirement – PHYS 133 Mechanics ARII xxx Literature/Philosophy (A&SR) 3 PHYS 134 Electricity and Magnetism PEHR 153-199** Lifetime Activities Series (GCR) 1 GEN xxx General Elective 3 The 2.0 required grade-point average in the major is — based upon all CHEM courses pursued as a part of the 15 student’s degree program. Junior Year Credit Fall Semester Hours Suggested Sequence of Courses CHEM 317** Physical Chemistry I (MR) 3 Notes: CHEM 327** Physical Chemistry The suggested sequence of courses in years three and Laboratory I (MR) 1 four is an example only. Some offerings for these years CHEM 314** Biochemistry (MR) 3 will alternate and the exact sequence will require CHEM 324** Biochemistry Laboratory (MR) 1 consultation with the faculty and deans. HUM 2xx Elements of Culture-Humanities * Is a prerequisite Requirement 3 ** Has a prerequisite GEN xxx General Elective 3 — MR Major Requirement 14 GCR General College Requirement Spring Semester A&SR School of Arts and Sciences Requirement CHEM 318** Physical Chemistry II (MR) 3 CHEM 328** Physical Chemistry Freshman Year Laboratory II (MR) 1 Credit GEN xxx General Elective 3 Fall Semester Hours GEN xxx General Elective 3 CHEM 105 General Chemistry I (GCR/MR) 4 GEN xxx General Elective 3 ENGL 132 English Composition I (GCR) 3 — LA 100 First Year Seminar (GCR) 2 13 MATH 133 Calculus I (GCR/MR) 4 Senior Year PHYS 133 Mechanics (MR) 4 Credit — Fall Semester Hours 17 ARII xxx Area II Requirement – Spring Semester EC xxx/GO xxx (A&SR) 3 CHEM 106** General Chemistry II (GCR/MR) 4 HIST xxx History Requirement (GCR) 3 ENGL 133** English Composition II (GCR) 3 Area I Requirement – MATH 134** Calculus II (GCR/MR) 4 ARI xxx Literature/Philosophy/Art (A&SR) 3 PEHR 151 Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 ARII xxx Area II Elective (A&SR) 3 PHYS 134 Electricity and Magnetism (MR) 4 CHEM 421** Inorganic Chemistry (MR) 3 — — 16 15 Sophomore Year Spring Semester Credit ARI xxx Area I Requirement – Fall Semester Hours Literature/Philosophy/Art (A&SR) 3 CHEM 209** Organic Chemistry I (MR) 3 ARTS xxx Elements of Culture – CHEM 211** Analytical Methods (MR) 3 Arts Requirement (GCR) 3 CHEM 219** Organic Chemistry CHEM xxx 300 or 400 CHEM Elective 3 Laboratory I (MR) 1 GEN xxx General Elective 3 CHEM 221 Analytical Methods GEN xxx General Elective 3 Laboratory (MR) 1 — 15 56 Academic Programs

COMPUTER INFORMATION 4. Understand major information technologies in a business context SYSTEMS MAJOR • Database management systems School of Business • Networking, communications, and the Internet • Operating systems and computer architectures 5. Learn the role and impact of information technology General Information on organizations The computer information systems major empha- • Management of information systems size application of computer systems to the solution of • Information technology as a strategic enabler complex problems in business, government, and non- • Information technology as a means of supporting profit organizations. The curriculum consists of courses management designed to provide an understanding of business func- tions, strong computer programming fundamentals, a solid knowledge of end-user computing, and proficiency in oral and written communication. Practical applica- Course of Study tions of computer systems in finance, accounting, man- 1. Core Requirements for All Business Majors (80 agement, and marketing are studied. credit hours) See page 39. Students have the opportunity to make extensive use — plus — of the computer systems available on campus. 2. Required CIS courses (19 credit hours) CIS 206 Object Oriented Language I (4cr) Career Opportunities CIS 210 Technological Foundations of Career opportunities for computer information Information Systems systems majors include programming, systems analysis, CIS 321 Database Management Systems end-user computing support, information systems CIS 413 Data Communication Systems and management, and many other information careers. Networks Traditionally, many graduates take up programmer-analyst CIS 417 Systems Analysis and Design positions with a broad range of companies where their CIS 430 Enterprise Computing responsibilities include the design and development of — plus — user-oriented computer systems. 3. Electives ( 24 credit hours) There is sufficient flexibility in the major to allow CIS 3xx-4xx Electives* (3 cr) students to pursue individual interests and to choose CIS 480 CIS Internship (3 cr) among technically and humanistically oriented electives. — or — Business Elective (3 cr) Faculty Non-Business Electives (18 cr) Professors: Anil Gulati, Jerzy Letkowski, Marilyn Pelosi Associate Professors: Robert Gray, David Russell Total credit hours required for graduation – 123 Students must take 33 credit hours of course work in Program Objectives 300-400 level courses. All students must take 12 hours 1. Demonstrate competency in the design and of upper level (300-400) courses in their major at development of Western New England College. • Multi-user interactive applications • Integrating applications with end-user software Courses to be included in computing the 2.0 minimum 2. Ability to perform in-depth systems analysis average in the major are as follows: All CIS courses or including their equivalents. • Feasibility studies • Not to include CIS 480 • The use of modeling tools and concepts • The use of cost-benefit analysis Suggested Sequence of Courses • The presentation of solutions 3. Understand the principles and practice of system Notes: development and maintenance in order to * Is a prerequisite • Perform structured design ** Has a prerequisite • Apply contemporary application development tools MR Major Requirement and techniques GCR General College Requirement • Develop software including coding, testing and BUSR School of Business Requirement implementation • Project Management Purposes and ObjectiAcademic Programs 57

Freshman Year Non-credit career planning – Completion of individual Credit development/career plan required for registration for Fall Semester Hours Junior year. BUS 101 First Year Seminar (GCR/BUSR) 3 ENGL 132* English Composition I (GCR) 3 Junior Year MATH 111* Analysis for Business and Credit Fall Semester Hours Economics I (GCR/BUSR) 3 BUS 301 Integrated Business — or — Operations (BUSR) 3 MATH 123* Calculus I for Management, Life PH 310 Ethics in the Professions (BUSR) 3 and Social Sciences (GCR/BUSR) Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 History History Requirement (GCR) 3 CIS 206 Object Oriented Language I (MR) 4 MAN 101 Principles of Management (BUSR) Lab Science Laboratory Science Requirement (GCR) 3 — or — — CIS 102 * Computer Tools for 16 Business (BUSR) 3 Spring Semester PEHR 151* Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 LS 301 Legal Aspects of Business (BUSR) 3 — QM 310 Quality and Operations 16 Management (BUSR) 3 Demonstrated proficiency in Excel required for 2nd HUM xxx Elements of Culture semester registration. Requirement (GCR) 3 CIS 210 Technological Foundations of Spring Semester Information Systems (MR) 3 ENGL 133** English Composition II (GCR) 3 Lab Science Laboratory Science Requirement (GCR) 3 MATH 112** Analysis for Business and — Economics II (GCR/BUSR) 3 15 — or — Senior Year MATH 124** Calculus I for Management, Life Credit and Social Sciences (GCR/BUSR) Fall Semester Hours CIS 321 Database Management Non-Business Elective (BUSR) 3 Systems (MR) 3 MAN 101* Principles of Management (BUSR) CIS 413 Data Communication Systems and — or — Networks (MR) 3 CIS 102 * Computer Tools for CIS 3xx-4xx CIS Elective (MR) 3 Business (BUSR) 3 Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology (BUSR) Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 — or — — SO 101 Introduction to Sociology (BUSR) 3 15 PEHR 153-159** Lifetime Activity Series (GCR) 1 Spring Semester — BUS 450 Business Strategy (BUSR) 3 16 CIS 417 Systems Analysis and Design (MR) 3 Sophomore Year CIS 430 Enterprise Computing (MR) 3 Credit Fall Semester Hours CIS 480 CIS Internship (MR) AC 201* ** Financial Reporting (BUSR) 3 — or — MK 200* ** Principles of Marketing (BUSR) 3 Business Elective (MR) 3 Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 CIS 202* ** Introduction to Information — Systems (BUSR) 3 15 EC 205* Principles of Economics I (BUSR) 3 Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 — 15 Spring Semester AC 202** Managerial Accounting (BUSR) 3 QM 201** Introduction to Statistics (BUSR) 3 FIN 214** Corporation Finance (BUSR) 3 EC 206** Principles of Economics II (BUSR) 3 ENGL 201** Principles of Communication (BUSR)3 — 15 58 Undergraduate Academic Programs

COMPUTER SCIENCE MAJOR 1. To learn concepts of computer science: • Become independent learners School of Arts and Sciences • Have the foundation and framework for learning new concepts General Information • Prepare for rapid acquisition and assimilation of The computer science major stresses the scientific, specifics of real problems and systems mathematical, and theoretical aspects of the design of 2. To develop and justify theories: computer systems and their applications. The program is • Analyze complex systems, make conjectures interdisciplinary in nature and involves course work in • Argue the truth of assertions systematically computer science, computer engineering, and 3. To apply the process of abstraction: mathematics. Students focus on the conceptual design • Conduct systematic investigations and development of the written instructions, or coding, • Derive general principles and abstractions known as software, that directs computers or computer • Experiment to verify principles and correctness applications, and the interaction of this coding with of abstractions computer machinery. Students are also introduced to the • Use statistical analysis of experiments design of hardware in small and large computer systems. The program includes a solid foundation in 4. To design systems: mathematics, a necessity for any computer scientist. There • Discover and analyze requirements for a system is sufficient flexibility to allow students to pursue additional • Create well-structured and testable course work in software and/or hardware development, specifications mathematics, business, and data processing. • Design a system to meet the specifications Graduates in computer science develop the creativity • Construct and implement a system meeting and patterns of thought required of computer scientists the specification and satisfying the requirements and will be well prepared to go on to advanced study or to 5. To gain experience: enter professional areas such as software design, software • In communication in technical and development, software management, systems non-technical area programming, and systems analysis. • In analysis and design of systems Leading to a Bachelor of Science degree, the program • In collaborative group work has been structured to follow the current recommendations of the Computer Science Curriculum 6. To develop skills: Committee of the Association of Computing Machinery. • In high-level language programming in two standard languages Career Opportunities • In design and application of data structures • In algorithm selection and design The nationwide demand for graduates in computer • In hardware principles; hardware/software science with substantial technical and mathematical tradeoffs training is strong, and future employment projections • In systems analysis indicate that the demand will continue to increase. Career opportunities in computer science cover a wide range from systems programming and systems analysis in data General and School Requirements processing environments to application programming in See General College Requirements and School of Arts scientific and technical areas. Increasingly sophisticated and Sciences Requirements, pp. 36-38. uses of computers are found in all areas of commerce and industry. The computer science graduate has the scientific Course of Study and analytic training plus the knowledge of software and Notes: hardware which is necessary to develop these new * Is a prerequisite applications. ** Has a prerequisite MR Major Requirement Faculty GCR General College Requirement Professor: Leh-Sheng Tang A&SR School of Arts and Sciences Requirement Associate Professor: Jay Alan Jackson Assistant Professor: Lisa Hansen 1. Required computer science and engineering courses Professional Educator: John Willemain (32 credit hours) CS 181 Computer Science I Program Objectives CS 182 Computer Science II CS 283 Data Structures The computer science curriculum is designed in CS 351 Organization of Programming Languages content and method to enable the student to meet the CS 411 Operating Systems following standards: Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 59

CS 490 Software Engineering PH 104* Elementary Logic (A&SR/MR) 3 CPE 271 Digital Design ARII xxx Area II Requirement (A&SR) CPE 310 Machine and Assembly Language (EC xxx or GO xxx) 3 CPE 420 Computer Architecture PEHR 153-199 Lifetime Activities Series (GCR) 1 — CPE 450 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 17 2. Required mathematics and science courses Sophomore Year Credit (29 additional credit hours) Fall Semester Hours MATH 123-124 Calculus I & II for Management, Life, CS 283* ** Data Structures (MR) 3 and Social Sciences MATH 261* ** Discrete Structures I (MR) 3 MATH 261-262 Discrete Structures I & II PHYS 133* Mechanics (MR/GCR) 4 MATH 306 Linear Algebra ARI xxx Area I Requirement – Literature 3 MATH 363 Mathematical Foundations and Methods ARII xxx Area II Requirement (A&SR) 3 for Computer Science (PSY xxx or SO xxx) — PH 104 Elementary Logic 16 PHYS 133 Mechanics Spring Semester PHYS 134 Electricity & Magnetism CPE 271* Digital Design (MR) — or — 3. Technical Elective (three credit hours). One addi- CS 351 Organization of Programming tional CS or CPE course numbered 300 or above. Languages (MR) 3 Notes: MATH 262* ** Discrete Structures II (MR) 3 Students with a strong secondary school mathematics back- PHYS 134** Electricity and Magnetism (MR/GCR) 4 ground and an interest in engineering and science may elect to ARI xxx Area I Elective 3 enroll in MATH 133 and MATH 134 in lieu of MATH 123 and MATH ARII xxx Area II Elective 3 124. — Students who have not completed secondary school physics may 16 elect to enroll in PHYS 131-132 Elements of Mechanics I-II in lieu of Junior Year PHYS 133. Credit The 2.0 required grade point average in the major is Fall Semester Hours based upon all CS, MATH, CPE, and CIS courses pursued CPE 310* ** Machine and Assembly as a part of the student’s degree program. Language (MR) 3 MATH 363** Mathematical Foundations and Suggested Sequence of Courses Methods for Computer Science (MR) Notes: — or — * Is a prerequisite MATH 306** Linear Algebra (MR) 3 ** Has a prerequisite ARTS xxx Elements of Culture – MR Major Requirement Arts Requirement 3 GCR General College Requirement A&SR School of Arts and Sciences Requirement GEN xxx CS xx Elective or General Elective (GCR) 3 Freshman Year HUM 2xx Elements of Culture – Humanities Requirement (GCR) 3 Credit — Fall Semester Hours 15 CS 181* Computer Science I (MR/GCR) 4 Spring Semester ENGL 132* English Composition I (GCR) 3 CPE 271* ** Digital Design (MR) MATH 123 Calculus I for Management, Life, — or — and Social Sciences (MR/GCR) 3 CS 351** Organization of Programming PEHR 151 Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 Languages (MR) 3 LA 100 First Year Seminar (GCR) 2 HIST xxx History Requirement 3 CS 411** Operating Systems — — or — 16 CS 490** Software Engineering 3 Spring Semester CS 182* ** Computer Science II (MR) 4 GEN xxx Elective or General Electives 6 GEN xxx General Elective 3 ENGL 133** English Composition II (GCR) 3 — MATH 124 * ** Calculus II for Management, 15 Life, and Social Sciences (GCR/MR) 3 60 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Senior Year the field of corrections, probations, and parole; positions Credit in court administration and in the juvenile justice system; Fall Semester Hours and positions as industrial security specialists with major CPE 420** Computer Architecture (MR) 3 security companies and corporations. MATH 306** Linear Algebra (MR) — or — Faculty MATH 363** Mathematical Foundations and Associate Professor: Larry Field Methods for Computer Professional Educators: Alfred Ingham, Science (MR) 3 Denise Kindschi Gosselin CS 3xx Upper Level Elective 3 GEN xxx General Electives 6 Program Objectives — 15 1. Professional preparation in the career field of crimi- Spring Semester nal justice: to understand the law, areas, science, and CPE 450** Design and Analysis of obligations of the practitioner. Algorithms (MR) 3 2. Professional preparation for the specific field of law enforcement: to understand the methods and practice CS 411** Operating Systems (MR) of law enforcement — or — 3. Professional preparation in the specific field of CS 490** Software Engineering (MR) 3 court operation: to understand their history and opera- GEN xxx General Elective 3 tion. GEN xxx General Elective 3 4. Professional preparation in the specific field of — 12 corrections: to understand its history, development, and operation. Note: Alternate course suggestions appear in several semesters 5. Professional preparation in the specific field of because all 300-400 level CS courses as well as MATH 363 are offered juvenile justice: to understand its history, development, on an alternate year basis. The student takes whichever of the alternates is offered in that semester. MATH 306 is offered every and operation. spring semester, but not every fall semester. General and School Requirements See General College Requirements and School of Arts and Sciences Requirements, pp. 36-38. Course of Study CRIMINAL JUSTICE MAJOR School of Arts and Sciences 1. Required criminal justice courses (36 credit hours) CJ 101 Introduction to Criminal Justice General Information CJ 210 Criminology CJ 211 Corrections The Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice degree CJ 214 Drugs, Society, and the Criminal program is primarily designed for students who intend to Justice System pursue a professional career in such fields as law CJ 218 Introduction to Law Enforcement enforcement, corrections, probation and parole, court CJ 220 Evidence administration, or the juvenile justice system. The program CJ 310 Criminal Law also provides a solid foundation for students who wish to CJ 311 Criminal Investigation pursue graduate studies. CJ 312 Criminal Procedure Criminal justice practitioners are eligible to enroll in CJ 314 The Judicial Process the B.S. in Law Enforcement program that was specifically CJ 325 Forensic Science designed for in-service professionals. (For BSLE program and admission information, please contact the Office of CJ 340 Ethical Decision-making in Law Continuing Education and see p. 86.) Enforcement — or — Career Opportunities CJ 342 Juvenile Justice Employment opportunities for the criminal justice 2. Other required arts and sciences courses professional are extensive with well over 200 different (59 credit hours). See Note 4. career patterns in the field. Typical careers of graduates ART xxx Required Arts Course include career law enforcement officer positions at the BIO 101 Basic Biology: Organisms local, state, and federal levels; professional positions in CHEM 101 Modern Chemistry I Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 61

ENGL 132 English Composition I Spring Semester ENGL 133 English Composition II SO 101* Introduction to Sociology ENGL 2xx-3xx Literature — or — ENGL 2xx-3xx Literature PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology (MR) 3 GO 102 American Government CJ 218 Introduction to Law Enforcement GO 325 Constitutional Law — or — HIST 1xx History CJ 220 Evidence HIST 1xx History — or — HUM 2XX Elements of Culture CJ 211 Corrections (MR) 3 LA 100 First Year Seminar MATH 105 Contemporary Mathematics I ENGL 133 English Composition II (CGR/MR) 3 MATH 106 Contemporary Mathematics II MATH 106 Contemporary Math II (CGR/MR)6 3 PH 1xx Philosophy BIO 101* Basic Biology: Organisms PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology — or — SO 101 Introduction to Sociology CHEM 101* Modern Chemistry I (CGR/MR) 3 — SO 309 Social Deviation and Control 15 — or — Sophomore Year PSY 306 Abnormal Psychology Credit — or — Fall Semester Hours PSY 315 Social Environment and Human CJ 210* Criminology Behavior — or — SO 314 American Culture and the Black CJ 342 Juvenile Justice (MR) 3 Experience HUM 2xx Elements of Culture – — or — Humanities Requirement (CGR/MR) SO 305 The Sociology of Urban Life — or — — or — PH 1xx Area I Requirement – SO 311 Sociology of Minority Groups Philosophy (A&SR/MR) 3 BIO 101* Basic Biology: Organisms1 — or — Suggested Sequence of Courses CHEM 101* Modern Chemistry I (CGR/MR)1 3 Notes: * Is a prerequisite ENGL 2xx AR I Requirement - Literature ** Has a prerequisite (MR/A&SR) 3 HIST 1xx History Requirement (GCR/MR) 3 MR Major Requirement PEHR 153-199 Lifetime Activities Series (GCR) 1 GCR General College Requirement — A&SR School of Arts and Sciences Requirement 16 Spring Semester CJ 211 Corrections Freshman Year — or — Credit CJ 218 Introduction to Law Enforcement Fall Semester Hours — or — CJ 101* Introduction to Criminal Justice CJ 220 Evidence (MR) 3 (MR/A&SR) 3 GO 102* American Government (MR/A&SR) 3 SO 101* Introduction to Sociology CJ 310 Criminal Law & Procedure 3 — or — — or — PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology CJ 340 Ethical Decision-making in (MR/A&SR) 3 Law Enforcement ENGL 132* English Composition I (GCR/MR) 3 — or — MATH 105* Contemporary Mathematics I CJ 342 Juvenile Justice (GCR/MR)6 3 ENGL 2xx Literature Requirement (MR/A&SR) 3 LA 100 First Year Seminar (GCR)5 2 ART xxx Elements of Culture – PEHR 151 Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 — Arts Requirement 3 15 — 15 62 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Junior Year HUM 2xx Elements of Culture - Credit Humanities Requirement (GCR) Fall Semester Hours — or — CJ 311* Criminal Investigation PH xxx Area I Requirement - — or — Philosophy (MR/A&SR) 3 CJ 312 Criminal Procedure — or — GEN xxx General Elective CJ 314 The Judicial Process (GCR) 3 — or — CJ 480 Internship in Criminal Justice 3 CS 131 Computing for the Arts and HIST xxx History Requirement (GCR/MR) 3 Sciences (GCR) 3 — 15 GEN xxx General Elective 3 Spring Semester CJ 210 Criminology SO 309 Social Deviation and Control — or — — or — CJ 342 Juvenile Justice (MR) 3 PSY 306 Abnormal Psychology — or — CJ 480 Internship in Criminal Justice3 PSY 315 The Social Environment and — or — Human Behavior (MR) 3 GEN xxx General Elective 4 — 16 CJ 310 Criminal Law Spring Semester — or — CJ 211 Corrections CJ 340 Ethical Decision Making — or — — or — CJ 218 Introduction to Law Enforcement CJ 342 Juvenile Justice (MR) 3 — or — SO 311 Sociology of Minority Groups CJ 220 Evidence (MR) 3 — or — CJ 310 Criminal Law GO 325 Constitutional Law (MR) 3 — or — CJ 481 Internship in Criminal Justice CJ 340 Ethical Decision-making in Law — or — Enforcement CJ 325 Forensic Science (MR) 3 — or — CJ 342 Juvenile Justice (MR) 3 CJ 410 Research Seminar in Criminal Justice — or — GO 325 Constitutional Law 3 GEN xxx General Elective 3 — SO 311 Sociology of Minority Groups (MR) 15 — or — Notes: SO 314 American Culture and the Black 1. Since biology and chemistry are prerequisites for Forensic Sci- Experience ence, it is important to take these as early as possible. 2. Because upper-level courses are offered in alternate semesters, — or — several choices are listed for each semester. SO 305 The Sociology of Urban Life (MR) 3 3. CJ 480/481 (Internship) is no longer required, but is highly CJ 481 Internship in Criminal Justice3 recommended, subject to availability. 4. It is recommended that each student take 15 credit hours in 6 — or — semesters and 17 credit hours in 2 semesters because the college CJ 325 Forensic Science (MR) 3 — requires a total of 122 credit hours credit for graduation. To fulfill 15 graduation requirements the student must complete 36 hours of required CJ courses, 59 hours of required Arts and Sciences Senior Year courses, 25 hours of electives, 2 credit hours of PEHR. The Credit requirements of the School of Arts and Sciences and the General Fall Semester Hours College Requirements are met by the required courses for the CJ CJ 311 Criminal Investigation major. — or — 5. A one-credit hour elective must be taken at some point to fill in CJ 312 Criminal Procedure the deficit caused by LA 100’s being a 2-credit course. — or — 6. MATH 105 and 106 are sufficient for the math requirement and should be taken during the freshman year. CJ 314 The Judicial Process (MR) 3 CJ 214 Drugs, Society, and the Criminal Justice System (MR) 3 Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 63

ECONOMICS MAJOR Course of Study School of Arts and Sciences 1. Required economics and mathematics courses (24 credit hours): General Information EC 205 Principles of Economics I The objective of the economics program is to provide — or — students with the analytical tools that enable them to EC 101 Introduction to Economic Issues think for themselves, not only about economics but also about the world around them. Courses range from the EC 206 Principles of Economics II traditional, such as Comparative Systems or American -— or — Economic History, to the analytical, such as EC 208 Principles of Applied Microeconomics Microeconomics or Macroeconomics. Some courses EC 305 Macroeconomics feature hands-on experience with both microcomputers EC 306 Microeconomics and the College’s mainframe computer. The Senior Seminar EC 490 Seminar: Issues in Contemporary provides experience in supervised research. Economics MATH 111 Analysis for Business and Career Opportunities Economics I & II* Employment opportunities are available in the private, MATH 112 Analysis for Business II public, and non-profit sectors. Typical employment might — or — be in banking, with public sector agencies such as a board Two more advanced courses in mathematics of health, with the federal government, as a stockbroker, MATH 207 Introduction to Statistics for the Arts in secondary level teaching, or in private sector and Sciences management. Students with just one year of graduate — or — training may enter Federal Civil Service at the GS 7 or GS QM 201 Introduction to Business Statistics 9 level. — or — Graduates are well positioned for graduate work in PSY 207 Statistics for the Social Sciences economics, law, business, and public administration. Those going on for graduate work in economics can 2. Fifteen additional credit hours selected from: expect to find teaching positions at colleges and EC 300-400 Upper-level economics courses universities. FIN 311 Money and Banking MAN 301 Structure of American Industry

Faculty 3. Eighteen additional credit hours in social science Professors: John Andrulis, Michael Meeropol courses (Area II), including three credit hours each of Associate Professors: Herbert Eskot, Richard Skillman government, history, psychology, and sociology. (Also Assistant Professor: Schiller Casimir satisfies the Area II general requirement.)

Program Objectives The 2.0 required grade point average in the major is 1. To provide a thorough understanding in economic based upon all EC courses pursued as a part of the theory. student’s degree program and FIN 311 and MAN 301, if 2. To apply economic theory to the analysis of a included. variety of social, political, and business issues. 3. To develop students’ ability to think creatively Suggested Sequence of Courses and independently about a variety of social, political, and Please note: Students who join the Economics business issues. Department at the beginning of their sophomore year can 4. To apply critical thinking and problem solving begin taking their major requirement then and complete skills to developing solutions to problems at the level of an the program without academic sacrifice. individual decision-making unit like a business firm. 5. To apply critical thinking and problem solving Notes: skills to developing solutions to problems at the level of * Is a prerequisite the nation or the world. ** Has a prerequisite MR Major Requirement General and School Requirements GCR General College Requirement A&SR School of Arts and Sciences Requirement See General College Requirements and School of Arts and Sciences Requirements, pp. 36-38. 64 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Freshman Year ARII xxx Area II Requirement – Credit Psychology/Sociology/Government Fall Semester Hours (A&SR/MR) 3 EC 101* Introduction to Economic ARII xxx Area II Elective (MR) 3 Issues (MR/A&SR) — 15 — or — Spring Semester EC 205* Principles of Economics 3 —— EC 3xx**/4xx** 1 3 MATH 111* Analysis for Business & ARTS xxx Elements of Culture – Economics (GCR/MR) 3 Arts Requirement (GCR) 3 LA 100 First Year Seminar (GCR) 2 ARII xxx Area II Elective (MR) 3 CS 131 Computing for the Arts & GEN xxx General Elective 3 Sciences (GCR) 3 GEN xxx General Elective 3 — ENGL 132* English Composition I (GCR) 3 15 PEHR 151* Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 — Senior Year 15 Credit Spring Semester Fall Semester Hours 1 EC 206* ** Principles of Economics II (MR) 3 —— EC 3xx**/4xx** 3 MATH 112** Analysis for Business GEN xxx General Elective (MR) 3 Economics II (GCR/MR) 3 GEN xxx General Elective 3 ENGL133** English Composition II (GCR) 3 GEN xxx General Elective 3 GEN xxx General Elective 3 ARI xxx Area I Elective (A&SR) 3 — HIST xxx History Requirement (GCR/MR) 3 15 GEN xxx General Elective 1 Spring Semester PEHR 151-199** Lifetime Activities Series (GCR) 1 — EC 490** Seminar: Issues in Contemporary 17 Economics (MR) 3 Sophomore Year GEN xxx General Elective 3 Credit GEN xxx General Elective 3 Fall Semester Hours GEN xxx General Elective 3 EC 305** Macroeconomics (MR) 3 GEN xxx General Elective 3 — MATH 207 MATH 207, QM 201 or PSY 207 (MR) 3 15 LAB xxx Laboratory Science Requirement (GCR) 3 Note: A one-credit course must be taken at some point during the four-year sequence. Students who begin the program with EC 101 HUM 2xx Elements of Culture – may wish to take that one credit as an independent study in Humanities Requirement (GCR) 3 economics. ARII xxx Area II Requirement-Psychology/ Government/Sociology (A&SR/MR) 3 1 FIN 311 or MAN 301 may be substituted for 300 level EC courses — 15 that are not specifically required. Spring Semester EC 306** Microeconomics (MR) 3 LAB xxx Laboratory Science Requirement (GCR) 3 ARI xxx Area I Requirement-Philosophy/ Literature (A&SR) 3 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING ARII xxx Area II Requirement-Psychology/ MAJOR Sociology/Government (A&SR/MR) 3 School of Engineering EC 3xx Economics Elective1 (MR) 3 — 15 Junior Year General Information Credit Electrical and computer engineers are involved in Fall Semester Hours designing, producing and supervising the operation and —— EC 3xx**/4xx** 1 3 maintenance of a vast array of equipment and services —— EC 3xx**/4xx** 1 3 including, but not limited to: ARI xxx Area I Requirement – Generation, transmission, distribution, and utilization Art/Philosophy/Literature (A&SR) 3 of electrical energy; Telecommunication and wireless communication, telephones, radio and television; Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 65

Computer hardware and software systems for Design Experience processing, storage, retrieval, and transmission of Students are introduced to engineering design in the information; freshman year in First Year Engineering Seminar and Development of materials for electrical, electronic, Introduction to Engineering. Sophomore and junior and optical devices and systems; courses and labs provide progressively more sophisticated Office machinery, photo copiers, and fax machines; design experiences within the student’s discipline. All Control of machines associated with transportation, programs are culminated by a capstone senior design e.g., automobiles, airplanes, ships, and space vehicles; project course in which each student works on an Life saving medical equipment; independent project under the supervision of a faculty Audio and video systems for entertainment. advisor. Topics for some projects are supplied by industry. The avenues for practice of electrical engineering Students who select one of these topics have the continue to proliferate and extend to all areas in opportunity to work with the industrial sponsor in an engineering. The challenges and opportunities continue actual engineering environment. to increase. The knowledge in electrical and computer engineering is growing at a tremendous rate, doubling every five to seven years. The academic program in Electives electrical engineering is, therefore, designed to give Electives supplement the engineering student’s students a thorough background in mathematics, basic technical program. Humanities/social science electives sciences, and engineering sciences common to all specialty may be selected from the list of humanities and social areas in electrical engineering. This background is science courses listed in each semester’s course schedule. combined with elective structure to enable students to To ensure that some depth of knowledge is acquired, a tailor their program to suit their career goals. The program two-semester sequence of courses in one area is required. also emphasizes practical application of engineering Technical, design, and free electives provide the principles to real problems and products. Toward that opportunity for specialization within a chosen field. An end, the program provides intensive laboratory and project assigned departmental faculty advisor must approve work. selection of electives from engineering, mathematics, There are two options within the program: electrical science, or business. Undergraduate engineering students option and computer option. Both options have common may take 500-level engineering courses for which they courses for the first two years. The program leading to the have satisfied the prerequisite requirements. B.S.E.E. degree is accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Faculty Engineering and Technology (ABET). Professors: Stephen Crist, Ronald Musiak Associate Professors: James Moriarty, Career Opportunities Kourosh Rahnamai The electrical option provides a broad based education that leads to employment in a diverse spectrum of Program Objectives industries in both private and public sectors, for example, In support of the program objectives for the school of power utility, aerospace, defense, telephone, automobile, engineering, all graduates in electrical engineering or chemical, and consumer electronic industries. electrical engineering with computer option will have the The computer option emphasizes specialized course ability to do the following: work in the design of large and small computer hardware 1. Model, analyze, simulate, and design electrical and software systems. Microminiaturization of digital and electronic analog and digital circuits and systems. devices, such as single chip microcomputers, has made it 2. Use computer tools for analysis, simulation, and possible for the designers to embed these devices in many design of these circuits and systems. products. 3. Build, test, and debug prototype circuits and sys- Consumer products have been changed by the tems. addition of digital devices creating growth in manufacturing 4. Use laboratory test and measurement instruments. and employment opportunities. Electrical engineers with computer option continue to be in demand in all types of public and private enterprises. The biggest employers of Common Core electrical engineering graduates with computer option Freshman Year are software companies and the aerospace and defense Notes: industries. * Is a prerequisite ** Has a prerequisite GCR General College Requirement ER Engineering Requirement MR Major Requirement 66 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Credit Fall Semester Hours Course of Study ENGL 132* English Composition I (GCR/ER/MR) 3 Junior Year ENGR 102* First Year Engineering Seminar Credit (GCR/ER/MR) 1 Fall Semester Hours ENGR 103* Introduction to Engineering (ER/MR) 4 EE 301* ** Signals and Systems I (MR) 3 MATH 133* Calculus I (GCR/ER/MR) 4 EE 303* ** Electronic Circuits I (MR) 3 PHYS 133* Mechanics (GCR/ER/MR) 4 EE 312* ** Electrical Materials and PEHR 151 Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 Devices (MR) 3 — 17 EE 319* ** Electrical Engineering Spring Semester Laboratory I (MR) 2 MATH 350* ** Engineering Analysis I (MR) 3 ENGL 133** English Composition II (GCR/ER/MR) 3 Technical Elective1 (MR) 3 ENGR 110* Computer Applications in — Engineering (GCR/ER/MR) 2 17 MATH 134* ** Calculus II (GCR/ER/MR) 4 Spring Semester ME 106* ** Statics (ER/MR) 3 EE 302* ** Signals and Systems II (MR) 3 PHYS 134* ** Electricity and Magnetism EE 314* ** Fields and Waves (MR) 3 (GCR/ER/MR) 4 EE 320* ** Electronic Circuits II (MR) 3 PEHR 151-199** Lifetime Activities Series (GCR) 1 EE 322* ** Electrical Engineering — 17 Laboratory II (MR) 2 HUM 2xx Elements of Culture Sophomore Year Requirement2 (GCR/ER/MR) 3 Credit Technical Elective1 (MR) 3 Fall Semester Hours — CHEM 105* General Chemistry I (ER/MR) 4 17 EC 205 Principles of Economics (ER/MR) 3 Senior Year EE 205* ** Introduction to Electrical Credit Engineering I (ER/MR) 4 Fall Semester Hours MATH 235* ** Calculus II (ER/MR) 3 EE 422** Control Systems (MR) 3 ME 203* ** Dynamics (ER/MR) 3 EE 427** EE Laboratory III (MR) 2 — 17 EE 439* ** Professional Awareness (MR) 1 HIST xxx History Requirement (GCR/ER/MR) 3 Spring Semester 3 CPE 205* ** Introduction to Computer Design Elective (MR) 3 Technical Elective1 (MR) 3 Programming (MR) 2 — CPE 271* Digital Design (MR) 3 15 EE 206* ** Introduction to Electrical Spring Semester Engineering II (MR) 3 EE 434** Electrical Power Engineering (MR) 3 ENGR 212* ** Probability and Statistics (ER/MR) 3 EE 440** Senior Design Projects (MR) 3 MATH 236* ** Differential Equations (ER/MR) 3 General Elective (MR) 3 Humanities/Social Science Design Elective3 (MR) 3 Elective (ER/MR) 3 Humanities/Social Science — Elective (ER/MR) 3 17 — 15 Electrical Engineering Option 1 Technical electives are engineering, math, science, or computer Electrical engineering graduates also have the ability courses normally numbered 300 or above and approved by the advisor. to do the following: 2 Apply their knowledge and skills in a variety of A humanities course with a “CA” description satisfies this GCR requirement. Students may also satisfy this GCR by taking two professional electrical engineering positions dealing with courses. A humanities course designated with a “C” and a course design, manufacturing, and operation of equipment and designated with an “A.” Upon approval of the academic advisor, services including power, control, communication, the second course may be used to satisfy a Humanities/Social computer, optical and electro-optical systems, consumer Science requirement. electronics, household appliances, and electrical and 3 Design electives must be selected from a list published in each electronic devices and materials. semester’s course schedule and approved by the advisor. Total credit hours required for graduation – 132. The 2.0 required grade point average in the major is based upon all CPE and EE courses pursued as a part of the student’s degree program. Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 67

Undergraduate engineering students may take 500- Spring Semester level engineering courses for which they have satisfied CPE 450** Design and Analysis of the prerequisite requirements. Algorithms (MR) 3 EE 440** Senior Design Projects (MR) 3 Computer Option General Elective (MR) 3 Electrical engineering graduates with computer option Humanities/Social Science will also have the ability to apply their knowledge and Elective (ER/MR) 3 Technical Elective3 (MR) 3 skills in a variety of professional engineering positions — dealing with design, manufacturing, operation, and service 15 of small or large computer hardware and software systems. 1 A humanities course with a “CA” description satisfies this GCR requirement. Students may also satisfy this GCR by taking two Course of Study courses. A humanities course designated with a “C” and a course designated with an “A.” Upon approval of the academic advisor, Junior Year the second course may be used to satisfy a Humanities/Social Notes: Science requirement. * Is a prerequisite 2 Design electives must be selected from a list published in each ** Has a prerequisite semester’s course schedule and approved by the advisor. 3 Technical electives are engineering, math, science, or computer MR Major Requirement courses normally numbered 300 or above and approved by the GCR General College Requirement advisor. ER Engineering Requirement Total credit hours required for graduation – 132 Credit Fall Semester Hours The 2.0 required grade point average in the major is CPE 310* ** Machine and Assembly based upon all CPE and EE courses pursued as a part of the Language (MR) 3 student’s degree program. EE 301* ** Signals and Systems I (MR) 3 Undergraduate engineering students may take 500- EE 303* ** Electronic Circuits I (MR) 3 level engineering courses for which they have satisfied EE 312* ** Electrical Materials and the prerequisite requirements. Devices (MR) 3 EE 319* ** EE Laboratory I (MR) 2 MATH 350* ** Engineering Analysis I (MR) 3 — 17 Spring Semester CPE 350* ** Advanced Programming ENGLISH MAJOR Languages (MR) 3 CPE 360* ** Microprocessor Systems & School of Arts and Sciences Design (MR) 3 EE 302* ** Signals and Systems II (MR) 3 General Information EE 320* ** Electronic Circuits II (MR) 3 The Department of English and Humanities offers a EE 322* ** EE Laboratory II (MR) 2 major in two concentrations: Literature and HUM 2xx Elements of Culture1 (GCR/ER/MR) 3 — Communication. The two share some courses, and the 17 B.A. degree in English is awarded to graduates in both Senior Year tracks. The Department features excellent faculty, small Credit classes, and individual attention to the students. Fall Semester Hours CPE 420* ** Computer Architecture (MR) 3 General and School Requirements CPE 427** Computer Laboratory (MR) 2 EE 439* ** Professional Awareness (MR) 1 See General College Requirements and School of Arts HIST xxx History Requirement (GCR/ER/MR) 3 and Sciences Requirements, pp. 36-38. Design Elective2 (MR) 3 Technical Elective3 (MR) 3 — 15 Concentration in Literature General Information The English literature major concentrates mainly on the careful reading of texts. Students not only gain a sound sense of the English and American literary traditions, but also develop valuable skills in reading, writing, and analysis. 68 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Career Opportunities Course of Study With this specialized preparation, English literature 1. Required courses (36 credit hours): majors are able to consider a wide variety of career ENGL 212 Introduction to Literary Studies opportunities. They may go on to graduate study in ENGL 311 The English Language literature, law, journalism, and other fields; to careers in ENGL 315 Shakespeare: The Tragedies teaching, journalism, public relations, or to any work in — or — which analyzing, assembling, and communicating ENGL 316 Shakespeare: The Comedies and information are important. Histories ENGL 344 Expository Writing Faculty ENGL 410 English Seminar Professors: Eugene Angus, K. Edward Jansen Seven additional courses, one of which must treat a Associate Professors: Charles Fish, Richard Haber, major author or authors, one a period, and one a theme. Shelly Regenbaum, Delmar Wilcox Note: ENGL 320, Professional Communication, ENGL 340, Business Assistant Professors: Janet Bowdan Communication, and ENGL 348, Intercultural Communication, may not be counted among the requirements for the literature concen- Program Objectives tration. These objectives are ambitious and comprehensive. They cannot be achieved without the hard work of the Suggested Sequence of Courses student. Notes: * Is a prerequisite I. Intellectual Range ** Has a prerequisite • To enlarge and deepen the students’ understanding MR Major Requirement of human nature in its variety of character types, motives, GCR General College Requirement aspirations, and moral and intellectual development. A&SR School of Arts and Sciences Requirement • To enlarge and deepen the students’ understanding of human society in its variety of institutions, achieve- Freshman Year ment, and capacity for good or ill. Credit • To extend the range of the students’ reading so that Fall Semester Hours their minds and spirits will have sources of nourishment ENGL 132 English Composition I (GCR) 3 other than popular entertainment. LA 100 First Year Seminar (GCR) 2 • To increase the students’ career opportunities by MATH 1xx Mathematics (GCR) 3 expanding their imaginative grasp of the world in which GEN xxx Area I Elective (A&SR) 3 they work and of the people with whom they work. CS 131 Computing for the Arts and Sciences (GCR) 3 PEHR 151 Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 II. Critical Skills — 15 • To increase the students’ ability to read and Spring Semester understand a variety of literary works. Although not ENGL 133 English Composition II (GCR) 3 directly taught, the ability to read non-literary works PEHR 153-199 Lifetime Activities Series (GCR) 1 should also increase. MATH 1xx Mathematics (GCR) 3 • To increase the students’ ability to write clear, grammatical, rhetorically effective prose. Practice will Area I Requirement – come mainly in the form of critical essays about literature, ARI xxx Philosophy (A&SR) 3 but the fundamental writing skills should be useful in a Area II Requirement – wide variety of contexts. Economics or Government/ • To help prepare students for their careers by ARII xxx Psychology or Sociology (A&SR) 3 increasing their communication skills as described in A HIST xxx History Requirement (GCR) 3 — and B. 16 III. Literary Content Sophomore Year Credit • To increase the students’ knowledge of English, Fall Semester Hours American, and world literature. ENGL 212 Introduction to Literary Studies (MR) 3 ENGL xxx Two literature courses preferably at the 200 level and one of them preferably treating a period (MR) 6 Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 69

Area I Requirement – Concentration in Communication GEN xxx General Elective (A&SR) 3 LAB xxx Laboratory Science General Information Requirement (GCR) 3 Students in the communication concentration explore — 15 all areas of communication studies including interpersonal Spring Semester communication, mass communication, oral communication, ENGL xxx One literature course preferably nonverbal communication, intercultural communication, and the various aspects of mediated communication. They treating a theme (MR) 3 learn to analyze a variety of communication situations and HUM 2xx Elements of Culture – target messages to diverse audiences through a variety of Humanities Requirement (GCR) 3 channels. Area II Requirement – Economics or Government/ Career Opportunities ARII xxx Psychology or Sociology (A&SR) 3 Some graduates of the communication concentration LAB xxx Laboratory science Requirement continue their education in graduate school or law school. (GCR) 3 Others go to work for public service organizations, ARTS xxx Elements of Culture – hospitals, newspapers, insurance companies, and other Arts Requirement 3 businesses. Some graduates become teachers. Many — 15 mention that their communication education has helped Junior Year them not only to develop their writing and speaking skills, Credit but also to handle specialized assignments such as creating Fall Semester Hours questionnaires and conducting interviews that provide ENGL xxx One literature course preferably useful data for their organizations. In short, they know treating a major author or how to obtain, process, and disseminate information. authors (MR) 3 ENGL 311 The English Language (MR) 3 Faculty Professor: Nancy Hoar ENGL 315 Shakespeare: The Tragedies Assistant Professor: Jean-Marie Higiro — or — ENGL 316 Shakespeare: The Comedies and Histories (MR) 3 Program Objectives These objectives are ambitious and comprehensive. GEN xxx General Electives 7 — They cannot be achieved without the hard work of the 16 student. Spring Semester I. Intellectual Range ENGL 344 Expository Writing (MR) 3 ENGL 3xx Literature Course (MR) 3 • To enlarge and deepen the students’ understand- ARII xxx Area II Elective (A&SR) 3 ing of human nature as reflected in and affected by various GEN xxx General Electives 6 forms of communication, and as found in works of litera- — 15 ture. Senior Year • To enlarge and deepen the students’ understand- Credit ing of the role of communication in human society, its Fall Semester Hours relationship to various social institutions, and its poten- ENGL 3xx Two literature courses (MR) 6 tial for good or ill. GEN xxx General Electives 9 • To extend the range of the students’ reading and — 15 deepen their understanding of the various forms of com- Spring Semester munication so that their minds and spirits will have sources ENGL 410 English Seminar (MR) 3 of nourishment other than popular entertainment. GEN xxx Electives 12 • To increase the students’ career opportunities by — expanding their understanding of communication in the 15 workplace. 70 Undergraduate Academic Programs

II. Critical Communication Skills Suggested Sequence of Courses • To increase the students’ ability to read and under- Notes: stand a variety of literary and non-literary works, and to * Is a prerequisite analyze a variety of forms of spoken and nonverbal com- ** Has a prerequisite munication. MR Major Requirement • To increase the students’ ability to write clear, GCR General College Requirement grammatical, rhetorically effective prose. Practice will A&SR School of Arts and Sciences Requirement come mainly through various writing assignments on communication topics. The fundamental writing skills Freshman Year should be useful in a wide variety of contexts. Credit • To increase the students’ ability to speak in public. Fall Semester Hours • To help prepare students for their careers by in- ENGL 132 English Composition I (GCR) 3 creasing their communication skills as described in the LA 100 First Year Seminar (GCR) 2 three items above. MATH 1xx Mathematics (GCR) 3 GEN xxx General Elective 3 III. Theoretical and Practical Communication Content CS 131 Computing for the Arts and Sciences (GCR) 3 • To increase the students’ knowledge of various PEHR 151 Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 theories of communication. — • To increase the students’ knowledge of the various 15 forms of communication important to the world today. • To increase the students’ ability to speak in a Spring Semester variety of public contexts. ENGL 133 English Composition II (GCR) 3 PEHR 153-199 Lifetime Activities Series (GCR) 1 MATH 1xx Mathematics (GCR) 3 ARI xxx Area I Requirement-Philosophy (A&SR) 3 Course of Study 1. Required Courses (36 credit hours) ARII xxx Area II Requirement – ENGL 201 Principles of Communication Economics or Government Psychology or Sociology (A&SR) 3 One of the following three courses: HIST xxx History Requirement (GCR) 3 — ENGL 205 Mass Communication 16 — or — ENGL 218 Introduction to Journalism Sophomore Year Credit — or — Fall Semester Hours ENGL 342 Theatre Practicum ENGL 201 Principles of Communication (MR) 3 ENGL 301 Oral Communication ENGL 2xx Choice of 214, 215, 231, 232, ENGL 311 The English Language or 250 (MR) 3 ENGL 320 Professional Communication GEN xxx General Elective-Literature/ Philosophy/Art (A&SR) 3 ENGL 340 Business Communication LAB xxx Laboratory science Requirement — or — (GCR) 3 ENGL 344 Expository Writing ARII xxx Area II Requirement- ENGL 348 Intercultural Communication Economics or Government Psychology or Sociology (A&SR) 3 ENGL 480 Internship in English — ENGL 490 Seminar in Communication 15 Plus two of the following courses: Spring Semester ENGL 214 World Literature I ENGL 2xx Choice of 214, 215, 231, 232, ENGL 215 World Literature II or 250 (MR) 3 ENGL 231 Masterpieces of British Literature I LAB xxx Laboratory Science Requirement ENGL 232 Masterpieces of British Literature II (GCR) 3 ENGL 250 Masterpieces of American Literature ENGL 218 Introduction to Journalism Plus three credits of ENGL courses at the 300-level or — or — above. ENGL 342 Theatre Practicum — or — ENGL 205 Mass Communication (MR) 3 Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 71

ARTS xxx Elements of Culture – Program Objectives Arts Requirement/Art (A&SR) 3 1. To provide a broad based environmental back- HUM 2xx Elements of Culture – ground that includes technical training in environmental Humanities Requirement (GCR) 3 — analysis, planning, and management. 15 2. To provide additional foundation courses in such Junior Year areas as public policy and environmental law. Credit 3. To instill an appreciation of environmental bal- Fall Semester Hours ance an the importance of sound environmental steward- ENGL 344 Expository Writing ship, policy-making and management in human affairs. — or — ENGL 340 Business Communication (MR) 3 Faculty ENGL 301 Oral Communication (MR) 3 ARII xxx Area II Elective (A&SR) 3 Associate Professor: Anne Poirot GEN xxx General Electives 7 — 16 General and School Requirements Spring Semester See General College Requirements and School of Arts ENGL 348 Intercultural Communication (MR) 3 and Sciences Requirements, pp. 36-38. ENGL 311 The English Language (MR) 3 GEN xxx General Electives 9 — Course of Study 15 1. Required Courses (48 hours) Senior Year BIO 107-108 General Biology I & II Credit BIO 117-118 General Biology Laboratory I & II Fall Semester Hours BIO 201 Plant Biology ENGL 320 Professional Communication (MR) 3 BIO 213 Ecology ENGL 3xx Elective (MR) 3 CHEM 105-106 General Chemistry I & II GEN xxx General Electives 9 — CHEM 209-210 Organic Chemistry I & II 15 CHEM 219-220 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I & II Spring Semester MATH 133 Calculus I ENGL 490 Seminar in Communication (MR) 3 PHYS 133 Mechanics ENGL 480 Internship (MR) 3 MATH 207 Introductory Statistics for the Arts & GEN xxx General Electives 9 Sciences — 15 ENVS 200 Introduction to Environmental Science ENVS 190 Special Topics in Geology

2. Environmental Science Electives An additional 18 credit hours must be completed from ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE the following list. MAJOR BIO 303 Microbiology School of Arts and Sciences BIO 313 Microbiology Laboratory CHEM 211 Analytical Methods CHEM 221 Analytical Methods Laboratory General Information CHEM 312 Instrumental Analysis The educational goal of the environmental science CHEM 322 Instrumental Analysis Laboratory program is to prepare the student for entry level GO 336 Public Policy in America employment as an environmental professional or to pursue ENVS 300 Legal Aspects of the Environment advanced preparation at the graduate level. ENVS 301 Waste Management ENVS 302 Toxicology Career Opportunities ENVS 344 Environmental Microbiology ENVS 333 Independent Study in Environmental College graduates with strong backgrounds in Science environmental science may seek careers in either the ENVS 390 Special Topics in Environment Science public or the private sector. Opportunities may range ENVS 480 Internship in Environment Science from employment with state or federal regulatory agencies to compliance management in industry or consulting with The 2.0 required grade point average in the major is private engineering firms. based on all BIO, CHEM, ENVS courses pursued as part It is not uncommon for trained environmental of the major. professionals to eventually pursue self-employment by establishing their own consulting companies. 72 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Suggested Sequence of Courses Junior Year Credit Note: In years three and four the suggested sequence of Fall Semester Hours courses is an example only. Some offerings for those BIO 201** Plant Biology 4 years will alternate and the exact sequence will require ARI xxx Area I Requirement- consultation with the faculty and deans. Philosophy/Literature (A&SR) 3 * Is a prerequisite ENVS 3xx** Environmental Science ** Has a prerequisite Elective (MR) 3 MR Major Requirement HUM 2xx Elements of Culture – GCR General College Requirement Humanities Requirement (GCR) 3 GEN xxx General Elective 3 A&SR School of Arts and Sciences Requirement — 14 Freshman Year Spring Semester Credit ARI xxx Area I Requirement – Fall Semester Hours Literature/Philosophy (A&SR) 3 (GCR/MR) BIO 107* General Biology I 3 ARII xxx Area II Elective (A&SR) 3 BIO 117* General Biology Laboratory I (MR) 1 CHEM 211** Analytical Methods (MR) 3 CHEM 105* General Chemistry I (MR) 4 CHEM 212** Analytical Methods ENGL 132* English Composition (GCR) 3 Laboratory (MR) 1 LA 100 First Year Seminar (GCR) 2 ENVS 190 Special Topics 3 MATH 133* Calculus I (GCR/MR) 4 BIO 213 Ecology 3 — — 17 16 Spring Semester BIO 108* General Biology II (GCR/MR) 3 Senior Year Credit BIO 118* General Biology Laboratory II (MR) 1 Fall Semester Hours CHEM 106* General Chemistry II (MR) 4 ENVS 3xx** Environmental Science ENGL 133 English Composition II (GCR) 3 Elective (MR) 3 MATH 207 Introductory Statistics for Arts HIST xxx History Requirement (GCR) 3 and Science (GCR/MR) 3 ARTS xxx Elements of Culture – PEHR 151 Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 — Arts Requirement (A&SR) 3 15 GEN xxx Elective 3 GEN xxx Elective 3 Sophomore Year — Credit 15 Fall Semester Hours Spring Semester CHEM 209* Organic Chemistry I (MR) 3 ENVS 3xx** Environmental Science CHEM 219* Organic Chemistry Elective (MR) 3 Laboratory I (MR) 1 ENVS 3xx** Environmental Science ENVS 200* Introduction to Environmental Elective (MR) 3 (MR) Science 3 ARI xxx Area I Elective (A&SR) 3 GO 102* American Government (A&SR) 3 GEN xxx General Elective 3 PEHR 151-199 Lifetime Activities and GEN xxx General Elective 3 Series (GCR) 1 — PHYS 133 Mechanics (MR) 4 15 — 15 Spring Semester CHEM 210** Organic Chemistry II (MR) 3 CHEM 220** Organic Chemistry Laboratory II(MR) 1 FINANCE MAJOR CS xxx Computer Science Course (GCR) 3 School of Business ARII xxx Area II Requirement- Psychology or Sociology (A&SR) 3 General Information GEN xxx General Elective 3 ENVS 3xx Environmental Science The major in finance offers students the opportunity Elective (MR) 3 to develop the technical background necessary for careers — in the field of finance. In order to achieve this background, 16 the curriculum relates accounting and economics to the field of finance. Quantitative techniques and subjective analysis are used to prepare the student to handle the Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 73

classical as well as the most current theories of financial 4. Electives (21 credit hours) analysis. FIN or AC 3xx-4xx Elective (6 cr) By judicious selection of elective courses, the student, Non-Business Electives (15 cr) with the assistance of an academic advisor, can chart a Total credit hours required for graduation – 122 course of specialization in the areas of investments, macroeconomic analysis, or corporate financial Students must take 33 credit hours of course work in management. 300-400 level courses. All students must take 12 hours of upper level (300-400) courses in their major at Career Opportunities Western New England College. Finance majors find positions in security analysis, Courses to be included in computing the 2.0 minimum banking, corporate financial management, underwriting, average in the major are as follows: All FIN courses, funds management, and the insurance industry. Students AC 201-202, AC 309 and any AC electives. are encouraged to take professional exams after graduation, and many graduates have gone on to earn master’s degrees. Suggested Sequence of Courses Notes: Faculty * Is a prerequisite ** Has a prerequisite Professor: Claire Bronson MR Major Requirement Associate Professors: William Bosworth, Sharon Lee GCR General College Requirement BUSR School of Business Requirement Program Objectives Having completed a major in finance, the student Freshman Year should have the ability to: Credit Fall Semester Hours 1. Understand and synthesize the basic concepts and BUS 101 First Year Seminar (GCR/BUSR) 3 theories of finance. ENGL 132* English Composition I (GCR) 3 2. Use computer-based tools to perform financial analysis and assist with financial decisions. MATH 111* Analysis for Business and 3. Understand the monetary system, monetary policy, Economics I (GCR/BUSR) 3 and regulatory environment. — plus — 4. Demonstrate knowledge of the investment MATH 123* Calculus I for Management, Life environment, the global and the domestic financial and Social Sciences (GCR/BUSR) markets. History History Requirement (GCR) 3 5. Demonstrate the ability to determine strategies for MAN 101 Principles of Management (BUSR) corporate decision-making based on an accurate — or — assessment of risks and rewards. CIS 102 * Computer Tools for Business (BUSR) 3 Course of Study PEHR 151* Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 1. Core Requirements for All Business Majors (80 — credit hours) See page 39. 16 — plus — Demonstrated proficiency in Excel required for 2nd 2. Required Finance courses (15 credit hours) semester registration. FIN 312 Financial Markets and Institutions FIN 317 Investments Spring Semester FIN 318 Security Analysis ENGL 133** English Composition II (GCR) 3 FIN 320 Intermediate Corporation Finance MATH 112** Analysis for Business and FIN 420 Advanced Corporation Finance Economics II (GCR/BUSR) 3 — plus — — or — 3. Other required courses (6 credit hours) MATH 124** Calculus I for Management, Life AC 309 Cost Accounting and Social Sciences (GCR/BUSR) EC 305 Macroeconomics — or — Non-Business Elective (BUSR) 3 EC 311 Money and Banking MAN 101* Principles of Management (BUSR) — plus — — or — CIS 102 * Computer Tools for Business (BUSR) 3 74 Undergraduate Academic Programs

PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology (BUSR) FIN/AC 3xx-4xx Finance or Accounting — or — Elective (MR) 3 SO 101 Introduction to Sociology (BUSR) 3 Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 PEHR 153-159** Lifetime Activity Series (GCR) 1 — — 15 16 Spring Semester Sophomore Year BUS 450 Business Strategy (BUSR) 3 Credit Fall Semester Hours FIN 420 Advanced Corporation AC 201* ** Financial Reporting (BUSR) 3 Finance (MR) 3 MK 200* ** Principles of Marketing (BUSR) 3 AC 309 Cost Accounting (MR) 3 CIS 202* ** Introduction to Information FIN/AC 3xx-4xx Finance or Accounting Systems (BUSR) 3 Elective (MR) 3 Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 EC 205* Principles of Economics I (BUSR) 3 — Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 15 — 15 Spring Semester AC 202** Managerial Accounting (BUSR) 3 QM 201** Introduction to Statistics (BUSR) 3 FIN 214** Corporation Finance (BUSR) 3 GENERAL BUSINESS MAJOR EC 206** Principles of Economics II (BUSR) 3 School of Business ENGL 201** Principles of Communication (BUSR)3 — 15 Non-credit career planning – Completion of individual General Information development/career plan required for registration for The program in general business provides students Junior year. with a thorough exposure to the basic areas of business administration while permitting wide latitude in the selection of additional courses according to individual Junior Year interests. Students will be equipped with an understanding Credit Fall Semester Hours of the techniques needed in the broad spectrum of business BUS 301 Integrated Business administration, but beyond that they will be able to explore Operations (BUSR) 3 areas of concentration in greater depth. PH 310 Ethics in the Professions (BUSR) 3 EC 305 Macroeconomics (MR) Career Opportunities — or — General Business majors are equipped to enter the EC 311 Money and Banking (MR) 3 business world in most entry level positions in corporations and agencies in the public sector. Since their FIN 312 Financial Markets and background is broad, they are able later to specialize Institutions (MR) 3 either by entering graduate school or, more typically, by Lab Science Laboratory Science participating in training programs provided by employers. Requirement (GCR) 3 — General Business majors also enter graduate and law 15 schools. Spring Semester LS 301 Legal Aspects of Business (BUSR) 3 Faculty QM 310 Quality and Operations Faculty in this major come from various departments Management (BUSR) 3 in the School of Business. HUM xxx Elements of Culture Requirement (GCR) 3 FIN 317 Investments (MR) 3 Program Objectives Lab Science Laboratory Science 1. Prepare students to assume positions of responsi- Requirement (GCR) 3 bility in business, government, and industry. — 15 2. Provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary to understand and manage corporate goals, Senior Year and to lead people to work together toward those goals. Credit Fall Semester Hours 3. Equip students with the skills necessary to be FIN 318 Security Analysis (MR) 3 clear and effective writers. FIN 320 Intermediate Corporation Finance (MR) 3 Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 75

4. Provide students with the mathematical skills and Freshman Year knowledge necessary to understand corporate and busi- Credit ness finance, budgeting, planning, and financial forecast- Fall Semester Hours ing. BUS 101 First Year Seminar (GCR/BUSR) 3 5. Provide students with an understanding of the ENGL 132* English Composition I (GCR) 3 organization and culture of businesses and agencies. MATH 111* Analysis for Business and 6. Equip students with an understanding of the tech- Economics I (GCR/BUSR) 3 nology used to develop, maintain, and manage informa- — or — tion for decision-making purposes. MATH 123* Calculus I for Management, Life 7. Teach students methods for solving management and Social Sciences (GCR/BUSR) problems. 8. Provide students with an understanding of profes- History History Requirement (GCR) 3 sionalism and the ethical responsibilities of professional MAN 101 Principles of Management (BUSR) managers. — or — CIS 102 * Computer Tools for Course of Study Business (BUSR) 3 PEHR 151* Personal Health and 1. Core Requirements for All Business Majors (80 Wellness (GCR) 1 credit hours) See page 39. — — plus — 16 2. Required Management and Legal Studies courses (9 Demonstrated proficiency in Excel required for 2nd credit hours) semester registration. LS4 24 Legal Aspects of Human Resource Management Spring Semester MAN 308 Employee Relations ENGL 133** English Composition II (GCR) 3 MAN 423 Human Resources Management MATH 112** Analysis for Business and — plus — Economics II (GCR/BUSR) 3 3. Electives (33 credit hours) — or — BUS 480 Business Internship* (3 cr) MATH 124** Calculus I for Management, Life — or — and Social Sciences (GCR/BUSR) Business Elective (3 cr) Business Electives (12 cr) Non-Business Elective (BUSR) 3 Non-Business Electives (18 cr) MAN 101* Principles of Management (BUSR) — or — Total credit hours required for graduation – 122 CIS 102 * Computer Tools for Business (BUSR) 3 Students must take 33 credit hours of course work in PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology (BUSR) 300-400 level courses. All students must take 12 hours — or — of upper level (300-400) courses in their major at SO 101 Introduction to Sociology (BUSR) 3 Western New England College. PEHR 153-159** Lifetime Activity Series (GCR) 1 Courses to be included in computing the 2.0 minimum — average in the major are as follows: All MAN and LS 16 courses as well as BUS 450. Sophomore Year Credit * The General Business major is encouraged to complete an intern- Fall Semester Hours ship in any of the areas represented by the School of Business. AC 201* ** Financial Reporting (BUSR) 3 MK 200* ** Principles of Marketing (BUSR) 3 Suggested Sequence of Courses CIS 202* ** Introduction to Information Notes: Systems (BUSR) 3 * Is a prerequisite EC 205* Principles of Economics I (BUSR) 3 ** Has a prerequisite Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 — MR Major Requirement 15 GCR General College Requirement BUSR School of Business Requirement 76 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Spring Semester GOVERNMENT MAJOR AC 202** Managerial Accounting (BUSR) 3 QM 201** Introduction to Statistics (BUSR) 3 School of Arts and Sciences FIN 214** Corporation Finance (BUSR) 3 EC 206** Principles of Economics II (BUSR) 3 General Information ENGL 201** Principles of Communication (BUSR)3 — The general objective of the government (political 15 science) major is to equip students with the analytical tools necessary to understand political processes at work Non-credit career planning – Completion of individual within their own and other societies as well as among development/career plan required for registration for states in the global community. The major program offers Junior year. a wide variety of courses in the areas of American government, comparative politics, international relations, Junior Year and political thought. Government majors benefit from an Credit Fall Semester Hours active internship program that places eligible students in BUS 301 Integrated Business business and industry as well as local, state, and federal Operations (BUSR) 3 government. PH 310 Ethics in the Professions (BUSR) 3 Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 Career Opportunities Business Elective (MR) 3 Graduates of the program attend law school as well as Lab Science Laboratory Science graduate programs in political science, public Requirement (GCR) 3 — administration, and business in many parts of the country. 15 Others enter government service or pursue careers in Spring Semester diverse areas ranging from education to business. LS 301 Legal Aspects of Business (BUSR) 3 QM 310 Quality and Operations Faculty Management (BUSR) 3 Professor: Vladimir Wozniuk HUM xxx Elements of Culture Associate Professors: Donald Williams, William Mandel Requirement (GCR) 3 MAN 308 Employee Relations (MR) 3 Lab Science Laboratory Science Program Objectives Requirement (GCR) 3 1. To assist students in acquiring a more sophisti- — cated understanding of politics in the United States. 15 2. To develop an appreciation for political processes Senior Year at work within other societies. Credit Fall Semester Hours 3. To equip students with the analytical tools neces- LS 424 Legal Aspects of Human sary to understand political processes at work among states in the global community. Resource Management (MR) 3 Business Elective (MR) 3 4. To accommodate individual interests by providing a wide variety of courses in the areas of American govern- Business Elective (MR) 3 Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 ment, comparative government, international relations, and political thought. Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 — 5. To provide opportunities for students to pursue 15 internships in local, state, and federal government. Spring Semester BUS 450 Business Strategy (BUSR) 3 MAN 423 Human Resource General and School Requirements Management (MR) 3 See General College Requirements and School of Arts and Sciences Requirements, pp. 36-38. BUS 480 Business Internship (MR) — or — Course of Study Business Elective (MR) 3 1. Required Government courses (21 credit hours) Business Elective (MR) 3 GO 101 Introduction to Contemporary Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 — Global Issues 15 GO 102 American Government GO 201 Comparative Politics GO 203 International Relations Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 77

GO 207 Western Political Thought LAB xxx Laboratory Science Requirement GO 490 Seminar in Government (GCR) 3 GEOG 101 Introduction to Geography PEHR 153-159 Lifetime Activities Series (GCR) 1 ARI xxx** Area I Requirement – 2. Twenty-one additional credit hours of government Literature (A&SR) 3 — including 15 additional credit hours of upper-level courses 16 (GO 300-400). The 25 upper-level credit hours must in- Spring Semester clude three credit hours each of comparative govern- GO 207** Western Political Thought (MR) 3 ment, international relations, and American government. CS 131 Computing for Arts and 3. Eighteen credit hours in Area II including at least Sciences (GCR) 3 three credit hours each of economics, geography, history, PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology (A&SR) 3 psychology, and sociology. (Also satisfies Area II require- LAB xxx Laboratory Science ment.) Requirement (GCR) 3 4. The 2.0 required grade point average in the major is GO 2-3xx** Government Elective (MR) 3 based upon all GO courses pursued as a part of the GEN xxx General Elective 1 student’s degree program. — 16 Suggested Sequence of Courses Junior Year Credit The schedule of courses below is a sample sequence for Fall Semester Hours a government major. Many students become govern- PH xxx Area I Requirement – ment majors in their sophomore year and fulfill the Philosophy (A&SR) 3 major requirements without academic sacrifice. GEN xxx General Elective 3 GO 2-3xx** Government Elective (MR) 3 Notes: ARTS xxx Elements of Culture – * Is a prerequisite Arts Requirement 3 ** Has a prerequisite GEOG 101 Introduction to Geography MR Major Requirement (A&SR/MR) 3 — GCR General College Requirement 15 A&SR School of Arts and Sciences Requirement Spring Semester GO 3xx** Upper Level Government Elective (MR) 3 Freshman Year GO 3xx** Upper Level Government Credit Elective (MR) 3 Fall Semester Hours ARI xxx Area I Elective (A&SR) 3 HIST xxx History Requirement (GCR) 3 ARII xxx Area II Elective (MR) 3 GO 102* American Government (MR/A&SR) 3 HUM 2xx Elements of Culture – MATH 1xx * Mathematics Requirement (GCR) 3 Humanities Requirement (GCR) 3 ENGL 132* English Composition I (GCR) 3 — LA 100 First Year Seminar (GCR) 2 15 — 14 Senior Year Credit Spring Semester Fall Semester Hours GO 101 Introduction to Contemporary GO 3xx** Upper Level Elective (MR) 3 Global Issues (MR) 3 GO 3xx** Upper Level Elective (MR) 3 SO 101 Introduction to Sociology (A&SR) 3 GEN xxx General Elective 3 MATH 1xx** Mathematics (GCR) 3 GEN xxx General Elective 3 GEN xxx General Elective 3 GEN xxx General Elective 3 PEHR 151 Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 — 15 ENGL 133** English Composition II (GCR) 3 — Spring Semester 16 GO 490** Seminar in Government (MR) 3 Sophomore Year GEN xxx General Elective 3 Credit GEN xxx General Elective 3 Fall Semester Hours GEN xxx General Elective 3 GO 201** Comparative Politics (MR) 3 GEN xxx General Elective 3 GO 203** International Relations (MR) 3 — 15 EC 101 Introduction to Economic Issues — or — EC 205 Principles of Economics I (A&SR) 3 78 Undergraduate Academic Programs

HISTORY MAJOR HIST 490 Seminar in History HIST 495-496 Senior Thesis School of Arts and Sciences 2. Twenty-one credit hours of history of which at least 12 credit hours must be at the 300-level. These 21 hours General Information must include at least six hours each of courses in non- The study of history provides students with insight Western, European, and American history. into the political, social, economic, and cultural forces 3. Eighteen additional credit hours in Area II including that have shaped the modern world. The program is at least three credit hours each of economics, geography, designed to give students an introduction to world government, psychology, and sociology. (Also satisfies civilization and to the history of the United States. Course the Area II requirement.) offerings and distribution requirements ensure breadth of study by providing exposure to non-Western history as The 2.0 required grade point average in the major is well as advanced courses in American and European based upon all HIST courses pursued as a part of the history. student’s degree program. Career Opportunities Suggested Sequence of Courses Students who major in history can pursue a variety of The schedule of courses below is a sample sequence careers. Our graduates have become teachers, for a history major. Many students become history majors researchers, and journalists. They work in libraries and in their sophomore year and fulfill the major requirements government agencies including the diplomatic service. without academic sacrifice. Others have found opportunities in business where the skills gained in the study of history (research, analysis, Notes: and writing) are valued. Many graduates attend law school * Is a prerequisite or have pursued advanced degrees in history. ** Has a prerequisite MR Major Requirement Faculty GCR General College Requirement Professor: John Anzalotti A&SR School of Arts and Sciences Requirement Associate Professors: Marc Dawson, Theodore Johnson-South Freshman Year Assistant Professor: John Seung-Ho Baick Credit Fall Semester Hours HIST 105 World Civilization I (GCR/MR) 3 Program Objectives GO 102 American Government (A&SR) 3 1. To provide students with a breadth of knowledge MATH 1xx* Mathematics (GCR) 3 of the development of world civilizations. ENGL 132* English Composition I (GCR) 3 2. To give a solid introduction to the history of the LA 100 First Year Seminar (GCR) 2 — United States. 14 3. To expose students at an advanced level to the Spring Semester histories of Europe, the United States, and non-Western HIST 106 World Civilization II (MR) 3 countries. SO 101 Introduction to Sociology (A&SR) 3 4. To give students the research skills to work with MATH xxx MATH 1xx **Mathematics (MR) 3 primary and secondary sources. GEN xxx General Elective 3 5. To give students the ability to construct and write ENGL 133** English Composition II (GCR) 3 a coherent, logical, and grammatical argument. PEHR 151 Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 6. To develop critical reading skills. — 16 General and School Requirements Sophomore Year Credit See General College Requirements and School of Arts Fall Semester Hours and Sciences Requirements, pp. 36-38. HIST 111 U.S. History to 1877(MR) 3 EC 101 Introduction to Economic Issues Course of Study — or — 1. Required Courses (19 credit hours) EC 205 Principles of Economics I (A&SR) 3 HIST 105-106 World Civilization I-II HIST 111 U.S. History to 1877 LAB xxx Laboratory Science HIST 112 U.S. History, 1878 to Present Requirement (GCR) 3 HUM 2xx Elements of Culture – Humanities Requirement (GCR) 3 Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 79

ARI xxx Area I Literature Requirement INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING (A&SR) 3 PEHR 153-199 Life Activities Series (A&SR) 1 MAJOR — 16 School of Engineering Spring Semester HIST 112 U.S. History 1878 to Present (MR) 3 General Information CS 131 Computing for Arts and In the BSIE program, the student can select either the Sciences (GCR) 3 systems or the manufacturing option. The industrial PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology (A&SR) 3 engineering curriculum prepares engineers to design, LAB xxx Laboratory Science improve, install, and operate integrated systems of people, Requirement (GCR) 3 materials, and equipment needed by industry, commerce, HIST xxx History Elective (MR) 3 — and society. Industrial and manufacturing engineers 15 prevent anticipated problems as well as solving current Junior Year problems by applying the principles of engineering science, Credit operations research, computer science, work analysis, Fall Semester Hours product and process design and planning, human factors, PH xxx Area I Requirement – quality assurance, and management. The curriculum is Philosophy (A&SR) 3 designed to provide strength in mathematics, basic HIST 3xx Upper Level History Elective (MR) 3 science, and engineering science plus a carefully HIST 3xx Upper Level History Elective (MR) 3 coordinated set of courses that are particularly relevant ARTS xxx Elements of Culture – to the professional industrial engineer. Arts Requirement 3 While providing industrial engineering students with GEOG 101 Introduction to Geography (A&SR) 3 — a theoretical base, the IE program also emphasizes 15 practical application of engineering principles to real Spring Semester problems and products. The program provides intensive HIST 3xx Upper Level History Elective (MR) 3 laboratory and hands-on project work sponsored by local HIST 3xx Upper Level History Elective (MR) 3 companies each year. Graduates obtain significant hands- ARII xxx Area II Elective (A&SR) 3 on project experience before they graduate. GEN xxx General Elective 3 We strive to educate engineers to have the ability to HIST 490 Seminar in History (MR) 3 help their organizations make the most effective use of — 15 resources including people, equipment, money, and Senior Year materials. Our graduates enable their organization to be Credit fast, flexible, focused, and friendly. They use engineering Fall Semester Hours skills to design effective systems and to devise procedures HIST 3xx Upper Level History Elective (MR) 3 with which to operate these systems. They continuously HIST 3xx Upper Level History Elective (MR) 3 strive to improve both themselves through continuous ARI xxx Area I Elective (A&SR) 3 education and their organizations through avoidance and GEN xxx General Elective 3 elimination of harmful or wasteful practices. GEN xxx General Elective 3 The program leading to the B.S.I.E. degree is accredited HIST 495** Senior Thesis (MR) 2 by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of the — 17 Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology Spring Semester (ABET). HIST 3xx History Elective (MR) 3 GEN xxx General Elective 3 Career Opportunities GEN xxx General Elective 3 Upon completion, students are prepared to pursue a GEN xxx General Elective 3 wide variety of professional opportunities in industrial, HIST 496** Senior Thesis 2 — commercial, and public service enterprises. The 14 curriculum provides an excellent background for advanced study in industrial and manufacturing engineering, operations research, computer science, engineering management, business administration, law, and other fields. 80 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Faculty ME 106* ** Statics (ER/MR) 3 Professors: Eric Haffner, J. Byron Nelson PHYS 134* ** Electricity and Magnetism Associate Professors: Richard Grabiec, S. Gary Teng (GCR/ER/MR) 4 PEHR 153-199** Lifetime Activities Series (GCR) 1 Assistant Professors: Abdul Kamal, Steven Schreiner, — Mary Vollaro 17 Sophomore Year Credit Program Objectives Fall Semester Hours The IE student will learn, reinforce, and demonstrate CHEM 105* General Chemistry I (ER/MR) 4 the following abilities during the four-year program: EC 205 Principles of Economics I (ER/MR) 3 1. An ability to formulate objectives and goals of EE 205* ** Introduction to Electrical integrated systems of people, materials, and equipment. Engineering I (ER/MR) 4 2. An ability to develop, implement, and use informa- MATH 235* ** Calculus III (ER/MR) 3 tion systems for identifying current and potentially future ME 203* ** Dynamics (ER/MR) 3 engineering and managerial problems and their underly- — 17 ing causes. 3. An ability to assess the relative benefits and costs of alternative design and improvement projects. 4. An ability to successfully design, improve, and Systems Option Course of Study install integrated systems. 5. An ability to communicate effectively in both oral Sophomore Year and written presentations by the use of computer technol- Credit ogy. Spring Semester Hours 6. An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams. CPE 240* ** Computer Instrumentation and 7. An ability to incorporate professional, ethical, and Measurements (MR) 3 social contemporary concerns in engineering design and ENGR 205* ** Applied Visual BASIC (MR) 2 practice. ENGR 212* ** Probability and Statistics (ER/MR) 3 MATH 236* ** Differential Equations (ER/MR) 3 The two options in industrial engineering are identi- Basic Science Elective (MR) 3 cal for the first three semesters. Humanities/Social Science Elective (ER/MR) 3 — Freshman Year 17 Notes: Junior Year * Is a prerequisite Credit ** Has a prerequisite Fall Semester Hours MR Major Requirement HUM 2xx Elements of Culture GCR General College Requirement Requirement1 (GCR/ER/MR) 3 ER Engineering Requirement IE 308* ** Work Analysis and Design (MR) 3 IE 312* ** Engineering Economic Credit Analysis (MR) 3 Fall Semester Hours IE 318* ** Industrial Design Laboratory I (MR) 2 ENGL 132* English Composition I (GCR/ER/MR) 3 ENGR 102* First Year Engineering Seminar IE 326* ** Production Planning and Control (MR) 3 (GCR/ER/MR) 1 ME 309* ** Materials Science (MR) 3 ENGR 103* Introduction to Engineering (ER/MR) 4 — MATH 133* Calculus I (GCR/ER/MR) 4 17 PHYS 133* Mechanics (GCR/ER/MR) 4 Spring Semester PEHR 151 Personal Health and IE 314** Manufacturing Processes (MR) 3 Wellness (GCR) 1 IE 315* ** Quality Control and Engineering — 17 Statistics (MR) 3 Spring Semester IE 328* ** Industrial Design Laboratory II (MR) 2 ENGL 133** English Composition II (GCR/ER/MR) 3 ENGR 110* Computer Applications in IE 334** Computer Simulation and Design (MR) 3 Engineering (GCR/ER/MR) 2 HIST xxx History Requirement (GCR/ER/MR) 3 MATH 134* ** Calculus II (GCR/ER/MR) 4 Technical Design Elective2 (MR) 3 — 17 Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 81

Senior Year ME 208* ** Mechanics of Materials (MR) 3 Credit Basic Science Elective (MR) 3 Fall Semester Hours Humanities/Social Science IE 410* ** Engineering Project Elective (ER/MR) 3 Management (MR) 3 — 17 IE 425** Quality Engineering (MR) 3 IE 428** IE Design Laboratory III (MR) 2 Junior Year Credit IE 439* ** Project Preparation (MR) 1 Fall Semester Hours Humanities/Social Science HUM 2xx Elements of Culture1 (GCR/ER/MR) 3 Elective (ER/MR) 3 IE 308* ** Work Analysis and Design (MR) 3 Technical or Design Elective2 (MR) 3 — IE 312* ** Engineering Economic 15 Analysis (MR) 3 Spring Semester IE 318* ** Industrial Design Laboratory I (MR) 2 IE 420** Operations Research (MR) 3 IE 326* ** Production Planning and IE 427** Facility and Materials Handling Control (MR) 3 Design (MR) 3 ME 309* ** Materials Science (MR) 3 — IE 440** Senior Design Projects (MR) 3 17 General Elective (MR) 3 Spring Semester Technical Design Elective2 (MR) 3 — IE 314** Manufacturing Processes (MR) 3 15 IE 315* ** Quality Control and Engineering 1 A humanities course with a “CA” description satisfies this GCR Statistics (MR) 3 requirement. Students may also satisfy this GCR by taking two IE 328* ** Industrial Design courses. A humanities course designated with a “C” and another Laboratory II (MR) 2 course designated with an “A.” Upon approval of the academic IE 334** Computer Simulation and advisor, the second course may be used to satisfy a Humanities/ Design (MR) 3 Social Science requirement. Technical or Design Elective3 (MR) 3 2 Technical or design electives for the IE Systems program are HIST xxx History Requirement (GCR/ER/MR) 3 engineering, business, math, or science courses normally num- — bered 300 or above and approved by the advisor. 17 Senior Year Total credit hours required for graduation – 132. Credit Fall Semester Hours The 2.0 required grade point average in the major is IE 410* ** Engineering Project based upon all IE courses pursued as a part of the Management (MR) 3 student’s degree program. In addition, a minimum IE 425** Quality Engineering (MR) 3 grade of C is required in all IE design projects. IE 428** Industrial Design Laboratory III (MR) 2 IE 439* ** Project Preparation (MR) 1 Manufacturing Option Course of Study ME 312* ** Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery (MR) 3 Manufacturing is concerned with the applications of Humanities/Social Science the principles of science to increase productivity in Elective (ER/MR) 3 industry. This involves the design of products and of — manufacturing facilities so consumer goods may be made 15 with a high level of quality, the least labor content, minimum Spring Semester material content, and the lowest investment of capital. IE 420** Operations Research (MR) 3 This involves a thorough knowledge of the principal IE 427** Facility and Materials Handling manufacturing processes and systems and how these Design (MR) 3 may be organized to produce a required end result. An IE 440** Senior Design Projects (MR) 3 important aspect of manufacturing engineering is the General Elective (MR) 3 evaluation of several possible functional designs from the Manufacturing Design Elective2 (MR) 3 point of view of manufacturability and quality. — 15 Sophomore Year 1 A humanities course with a “CA” description satisfies this GCR Credit requirement. Students may also satisfy this GCR by taking two Spring Semester Hours courses. A humanities course designated with a “C” and another ENGR 205* ** Applied Visual BASIC (MR) 2 course designated with an “A.” Upon approval of the academic ENGR 212* ** Probability and Statistics (ER/MR) 3 advisor, the second course may be used to satisfy a Humanities/ MATH 236* ** Differential Equations (ER/MR) 3 Social Science requirement. 82 Undergraduate Academic Programs

2 Manufacturing design elective must be selected from the follow- 5. To lead students to find elements in disciplines that ing list: IE 414, IE 426, IE 515, ME 542, ME 543. reinforce each other. 3 Technical or design electives for the Manufacturing program are engineering, business, math, or science course normally num- bered 300 or above and approved by the advisor. General and School Requirements See REQUIREMENTS, pp. 36-38. Total credit hours required for graduation – 132. The 2.0 required grade point average in the major is Course of Study based upon all IE and ME courses pursued as a part of Minimum requirements for an integrated liberal the student’s degree program. In addition, a minimum studies major: grade of C is required in all IE design projects. A minimum of 36 credit hours drawn from at least two Undergraduate engineering students may take 500-level disciplines, 18 hours in each discipline. At least 30 (15 engineering courses for which they have satisfied the hours in each) of these shall be courses at the 300-400 prerequisite requirements. level. Suggested Sequence of Courses The assistant dean of Arts and Sciences serves as the advisor to students in this major. Each student’s four-year sequence is dependent upon the courses of study selected. INTEGRATED LIBERAL STUDIES MAJOR School of Arts and Sciences

General Information INTERNATIONAL The integrated liberal studies program provides the opportunity to construct an individualized major. Such a BUSINESS MAJOR program combines a selection of interrelated courses School of Business from two or more disciplines according to the interests and goals of the student. Major will not be offered to entering freshman after the Students must request permission and guidance from 2000-2001 academic year. each department in which they propose to do a substantial part of the work. Final approval of such a program rests General Information with the dean of the School of Arts and Sciences upon The International Business Major is an recommendation of those departments concerned. No interdisciplinary curriculum that provides students with request for an Integrated Liberal Studies major will be the tools and knowledge of many fields to exploit considered earlier than the end of the freshman year or opportunities and solve problems that arise from an later than the beginning of the senior year. increasingly global environment. Courses in international economics, political science, and history provide a Career Opportunities background into institutions that differ from those in the U.S. Business courses that focus on the international This program permits students to pursue goals, which aspects of finance, management, marketing, and quality are not addressed in a regular major program. Past majors control are designed to assure that students are prepared have found jobs in animal science, publishing, and to manage every facet of a multinational business. Students pharmaceutical sales. master the basics of a language other than English and are encouraged to spend at least one semester studying Faculty abroad. Faculty in this major are drawn from disciplines By judicious selection of elective courses, the student, throughout the College. with the assistance of an academic advisor, can chart a course of specialization in the areas of marketing, human Program Objectives resources management, strategic planning, systems analysis, and finance. 1. To allow student to construct a major. 2. To gather courses from at least two major depart- ments. Career Opportunities 3. To lead students to define educational goals. International Business majors find positions in 4. To bring the students into planning their own exporting, importing, banking and finance, corporate education. finance, systems analysis, logistics, and human resources management. Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 83

Faculty ** Has a prerequisite Professor: Claire Bronson MR Major Requirement Associate Professors: William Bosworth, R. Loring GCR General College Requirement Carlson, Sharon Lee BUSR School of Business Requirement Program Objectives Freshman Year Credit Fall Semester Hours 1. Understand the causes and effects of the interna- BUS 101 First Year Seminar (GCR/BUSR) 3 tional flow of goods, capital, and resources. ENGL 132* English Composition I (GCR) 3 2. Analyze both the political and economic climate of any country in terms of opportunities and threats it pre- MATH 111* Analysis for Business and sents to a business organization. Economics I (GCR/BUSR) 3 3. Understand the basics of a language other than — or — one’s own. MATH 123* Calculus I for Management, Life 4. Understand the implications of cultural diversity in and Social Sciences (GCR/BUSR) forming and executing business strategy. History History Requirement (GCR) 3 5. Extend the principles of business management MAN 101 Principles of Management (BUSR) including accounting, finance, marketing, quality control, — or — human resources, and strategic planning to businesses CIS 102 * Computer Tools for that operate in more than one country. Business (BUSR) 3 PEHR 151* Personal Health and Course of Study Wellness (GCR) 1 — 1. Core Requirements for All Business Majors (80 16 credit hours) See page 39. Demonstrated proficiency in Excel required for 2nd — plus — semester registration. 2. Required business courses (9 credit hours) FIN 322 International Financial Management Spring Semester MAN 311 Management of International Operations ENGL 133** English Composition II (GCR) 3 MK 411 Multinational Marketing — plus — MATH 112** Analysis for Business and 3. Required non-business courses ( 9 credit hours) Economics II (GCR/BUSR) 3 GO 101 Introduction to Contemporary Global — or — Issues MATH 124** Calculus I for Management, Life — or — and Social Sciences (GCR/BUSR) GO 102 American Government Non-Business Elective (BUSR) 3 EC 311 Money and Banking EC 372 International Trade MAN 101* Principles of Management (BUSR) — or — 4. Electives (24 credit hours) CIS 102 * Computer Tools for MAN 480 Management Internship (3 cr) Business (BUSR) 3 — or — Business Elective (3 cr) PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology (BUSR) Business Elective (12 cr) — or — Non-Business Electives (9 cr) SO 101 Introduction to Sociology (BUSR) 3 PEHR 153-159** Lifetime Activity Series (GCR) 1 Total credit hours required for graduation – 122 — 16 Students must take 33 credit hours of course work in 300-400 level courses. All students must take 12 hours Sophomore Year Credit of upper level (300-400) courses in their major at Fall Semester Hours Western New England College. AC 201* ** Financial Reporting (BUSR) 3 Courses to be included in computing the 2.0 minimum MK 200* ** Principles of Marketing (BUSR) 3 average in the major are as follows: CIS 202* ** Introduction to Information FIN 322, MAN 311, MK 411, QM 310 and BUS 450. Systems (BUSR) 3 EC 205* Principles of Economics I (BUSR) 3 Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 Suggested Sequence of Courses — Notes: 15 * Is a prerequisite 84 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Spring Semester INTERNATIONAL AC 202** Managerial Accounting (BUSR) 3 QM 201** Introduction to Statistics (BUSR) 3 STUDIES MAJOR FIN 214** Corporation Finance (BUSR) 3 School of Arts and Sciences EC 206** Principles of Economics II (BUSR) 3 ENGL 201** Principles of Communication (BUSR)3 — General Information 15 The flexibility of the international studies major allows Non-credit career planning – Completion of individual each student to select one of three options: European area development/career plan required for registration for concentration, developing societies concentration, or Junior year. economics and commerce concentration. The interdisciplinary major program in international studies Junior Year provides students with the tools necessary to analyze the Credit Fall Semester Hours increasingly complex interrelationships that characterize BUS 301 Integrated Business global society. Operations (BUSR) 3 PH 310 Ethics in the Professions (BUSR) 3 Career Opportunities GO 101 Introduction to Contemporary In the increasingly globalized environment of trans- national corporate enterprise, employment and career Global Issues (MR) — or — opportunities are more likely than ever to be international in scope and character requiring employees who have GO 102 American Government (MR) 3 FIN 322 International Financial acquired a familiarity with other cultures as well as their own. Employers actively seek individuals who can Management (MR) 3 Lab Science Laboratory Science demonstrate a breadth of preparation that suggests flexibility and adaptability to a rapidly changing global Requirement (GCR) 3 — marketplace. 15 Spring Semester Faculty LS 301 Legal Aspects of Business (BUSR) 3 QM 310 Quality and Operations Professors: Emmett C. Barcalow, Nancy J. Hoar, Management (BUSR) 3 K. Edward Jansen, Vladimir Wozniuk HUM xxx Elements of Culture Associate Professors: Marc Dawson, Glen Ebisch, Requirement (GCR) 3 Martha Garabedian, Shelly Regenbaum, MAN 311 Management of International Richard Skillman, Donald Williams Operations (MR) 3 Assistant Professors: John Seung-Ho Baick, Lab Science Laboratory Science Schiller Casimir Requirement (GCR) 3 Instructor: Frances Abrams — 15 Senior Year Program Objectives Credit 1. To provide students with analytical tools neces- Fall Semester Hours sary to understand and explain the increasingly complex EC 311 Money and Banking (MR) 3 inter-relationships that characterizes global society. MK 411 International Marketing (MR) 3 2. To provide substantive knowledge by exposure to Business Elective (MR) 3 one of three tracks or options through advanced course Business Elective (MR) 3 study with a focus on either the European area, develop- Non-business Elective (MR) 3 ing societies, or international economics and commerce. — 15 3. To afford exposure to foreign cultures. Spring Semester 4. To underscore the importance of negotiation skills BUS 450 Business Strategy (BUSR) 3 through participation in the Model U.N. program. Business Elective (MR) 3 5. To stress critical reading skills. 6. To emphasize the construction and writing of MAN 480 Management Internship (MR) coherent, logical arguments. — or — 7. To acquire basic proficiency in a language other Business Elective (MR) 3 than one’s own. EC 372 International Trade (MR) 3 Business Elective (MR) 3 — General and School Requirements 15 See General College Requirements and School of Arts and Sciences Requirements, pp. 36-38. Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 85

Course of Study Spring Semester 1. Seven core courses (21 credit hours): HIST 106 World Civilization II (GCR/MR) 3 INST 101/GO 101 Introduction to Contemporary SO 205 Introduction to Cultural Global Issues Anthropology (A&SR/MR) 3 GEOG 101 Introduction to Geography ENGL 133** English Composition II (GCR) 3 HIST 106 World Civilization II MATH 1xx** Mathematics 1xx (GCR) 3 GO 203 International Relations PEHR 153-199 Lifetime Activities Series (GCR) 1 SO 205 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology LANG xxx Second Semester Foreign Language 3 — Plus one of the following: 16 ENGL 205 Mass Communication ENGL 215 World Literature II Sophomore Year Credit Plus one of the following: Fall Semester Hours PH 308 Environmental Ethics ENGL 215** World Literature II (A&SR/MR) 3 PH 320 Western Religions EC 205* Principles of Economics I PH 321 Eastern Religions (MR/A&SR) 3 LANG xxx Third Semester Foreign 2. An additional eighteen credit hours drawn from the Language (MR) 3 international studies curriculum list in economics, En- LAB xxx Laboratory Science glish, finance, government, history, management, market- Requirement (GCR) 3 ing, and sociology. By the junior year, students must GEOG 101 Introduction to Geography (A&SR/MR) 3 choose one of three concentration options available within — the international studies program: the Economics and 15 Commerce Concentration, the Developing Area Concen- Spring Semester tration, or the European Area Concentration. The precise PH 110* Critical Thinking (A&SR) 3 program is designed in close consultation with the advi- LANG xxx Fourth Semester Foreign sor. Language (A&SR) 3 3. The capstone senior seminar in international stud- LAB xxx Laboratory Science ies three credit hours. Requirement (GCR) 3 4. Eighteen additional credit hours in Area II. EC 206** Principles of Economics II (MR) 3 5. Additionally, either the successful completion of GO 203** International Relations (MR) 3 — foreign language study through one course beyond the 15 intermediate level or a demonstration of comparable proficiency. Junior Year Credit Fall Semester Hours Suggested Sequence of Courses European Area Concentration Notes: ENGL 310** Modern Drama (MR) 3 * Is a prerequisite EC 315** Comparative Economic ** Has a prerequisite Systems (MR) 3 MR Major Requirement LANG xxx Fifth Semester Foreign GCR General College Requirement Language (MR) 3 A&SR School of Arts and Sciences Requirement HUM 2xx Elements of Culture – Humanities Requirement (GCR) 3 Freshman Year CS 131 Computing for Arts and Sciences (GCR) 3 Credit — Fall Semester Hours 15 INST 101* Introduction to Contemporary Developing Societies Concentration Global Issues (MR) 3 ENGL 253 Spanish American Literature in MATH 1xx* Mathematics (GCR) 3 English Translation (MR) 3 ENGL 132* English Composition I (GCR) 3 EC 321 Economic Development (MR) 3 LANG xxx First Semester Foreign LANG xxx Fifth Semester Foreign Language (MR/A&SR) 3 Language (MR) 3 LA 100 First Year Seminar (GCR) 2 HUM 2xx Elements of Culture – PEHR 151* Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 — Requirement (GCR) 3 15 CS 131 Computing for Arts and Sciences (GCR) 3 — 15 86 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Economics and Commerce Concentration LAW ENFORCEMENT MAJOR EC 371 International Monetary School of Arts and Sciences Economics (MR) 3 MAN 311 Management of International Operations (MR) 3 (Please note: This program is only offered at Western PH 308 Environmental Ethics (MR) New England College’s off-campus locations. For further Fifth Semester Foreign information please call 800-446-9632 or 781-933-1595 or, Language (MR) 3 in the Springfield area 413-782-1249) HUM 2xx Elements of Culture Requirement (GCR) 3 General Information — 15 The Bachelor of Science in Law Enforcement degree Spring Semester program is intended to broaden the academic training of STUDY ABROAD 16-17 students who have already completed the associate’s CS 131 Computing for Arts and degree or its equivalent in criminal justice, law Sciences (GCR) 3 enforcement, or corrections at an accredited college or university. Degree candidates must meet all general Senior Year requirements of the College and all area requirements of Credit the School of Arts and Sciences. Fall Semester Hours The first 60 credit hours of a candidate for the degree European Area Concentration of Bachelor of Science in Law Enforcement (BSLE) will INST 480 Internship (MR) 3 normally have been earned in the pursuit of an associate’s HIST 320 The Twentieth Century World (MR) 3 degree in law enforcement at a community college. GO 316 Politics of Europe (MR) 3 In other instances, an equivalent number of credits GEN xxx General Elective 3 earned in a four-year curriculum at another institution PH 320 Western Religions 3 may be accepted in lieu of an associate’s degree. Western — 15 New England College provides the remaining 62 credit Developing Societies Concentration hours needed to qualify for a bachelor’s degree. INST 480 Internship (MR) 3 Career Opportunities HIST 361 Africa in the Twentieth Century 3 — or — Employment opportunities for the criminal justice professional are extensive with well over 200 different HIST 371 History of Latin America (MR) 3 career patterns in the field. Typical careers of graduates GO 310 Politics of Developing include career law enforcement officer positions at the Societies (MR) 3 local, state, and federal levels; professional positions in PH 320/321 Western or Eastern Religions 3 the field of corrections, probations, and parole; positions GEN xxx General Elective 3 — in court administration and in the juvenile justice system; 15 and positions as industrial security specialists with major Economics and Commerce Concentration security companies and corporations. INST 480 Internship in International Studies (MR) 3 Faculty HIST 341 History of Modern Germany: Associate Professor: Larry Field 1848 to Present (MR) 3 Professional Educators: Alfred Ingham, GO 340 International Law and Denise Kindschi Gosselin Organization (MR) 3 EC 321 Economic Development (MR) 3 Program Objectives PH 308 Environmental Ethics 3 — 1. Professional preparation in the career field of crimi- 15 nal justice: to understand the law, areas, science, and Spring Semester obligations of the practitioner. INST 490 Seminar In International 2. Professional preparation for the specific field of law Studies (MR) 3 enforcement: to understand the methods and practice of HIST 3xx History Elective 3 law enforcement. GO 3xx Government Elective 3 3. Professional preparation in the specific field of ARTS xxx Elements of Culture – court operation: to understand their history and opera- Arts Requirement 3 tion. GEN xxx General Elective 3 — 4. Professional preparation in the specific field of 15 corrections: to understand its history, development, and operation. Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 87

5. Professional preparation in the specific field of ARI xxx Area I Philosophy Requirement 3 juvenile justice: to understand its history, development, LAB xxx Laboratory Science Requirement 3 — and operation. 15 Spring Semester General and School Requirements CJ 310** Criminal Law 3 See General College Requirements and School of Arts CJ 3xx Upper Level Criminal Justice 3 and Sciences Requirements p. 36-38. ENGL 3xx Literature Elective 3 ENGL 3xx Literature Elective 3 GEN xxx General Elective 3 Course of Study — 1. Major Area: 36 credit hours, 18 of that must be 15 upper level (courses numbered 300 and above). Of these Senior Year courses, 18 credit hours will ordinarily be transferred Credit Fall Semester Hours from a two-year law enforcement curriculum. CJ 3xx Upper Level Criminal Justice 3 2. Upper-level social/behavioral sciences (courses Elective numbered 300 and above): six credit hours. CJ 340** Ethical Decision Making 3 3. Electives: 24 credit hours, six of which must be at ARI xxx Area I Elective 3 the upper level. GO 325** Constitutional Law 3 Note: Up to nine credit hours of lower division transfer credit may GEN 3xx General Elective (3xx) 3 be allowed for police academy training. — 15 Spring Semester Suggested Sequence of Courses CJ 3xx Upper Level Criminal Justice 3 For the BSLE major it is assumed that the student will SO xxx Social Science Requirement 3 transfer to Western New England College with an ARTS xxx Area I Elective 3 associate’s degree or 60 credits. Some students will need LAB xxx Laboratory Science Requirement 3 to complete specific lower level requirements of the School GEN xxx General Elective (3xx) 3 of Arts and Sciences. Usually courses previously taken — 15 which do not qualify either as a humanities or a social science requirement will qualify as general electives. Note: The following projected BSLE sequence of courses Because of the prerequisite structure of certain courses at Western assumes that a student has completed 18 credit hours of New England College, the transfer student in the BSLE curriculum will have to take, or receive credit for having taken, the equivalent lower level courses in criminal justice, six credit hours in of the following courses prior to taking certain upper level courses: English composition, six credit hours of mathematics, 15 credit hours in the social sciences (sociology, psychology, ENGL 132 English Composition I 3 history, government, or economics), 12 credit hours of ENGL 133 English Composition II 3 other courses that will count as general electives, and the CJ 101 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3 three-credit computer requirement. CJ 210 Criminology 3 Notes: SO 101 Introduction to Sociology 3 * Is a prerequisite — or — ** Has a prerequisite PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology MR Major Requirement GO 102 American Government 3 GCR General College Requirement CJ 211 Corrections 3 A&SR School of Arts and Sciences Requirement — or — CJ 218 Introduction to Law Enforcement If a student takes a full time schedule, the following — or — sequence is recommended. CJ 220 Evidence Junior Year Credit Fall Semester Hours CJ 312** Criminal Procedure 3 HUM xxx Elements of Culture – Humanities Requirement 3 SO/PSY 3xx Requirement 3 88 Undergraduate Academic Programs

LIBERAL STUDIES MAJOR Course of Study (120 credit hours) School of Arts and Sciences Computer 3 hours Freshman English 6 hours Humanities (Area I) 30 hours (9 at 300-400 level) General Information Laboratory Science 6 hours The liberal studies programs are open only to part- Mathematics 6 hours time students (no more than 11 credits per semester) or Social Sciences (Area II) 30 hours (9 at 300-400 level) adults (persons older than the usual college age). An General Electives 39 hours (12 at 300-400 level) exception is made for students in the Western New England College program at Dean College, where students of any Total credit hours required for graduation - 120 age may enroll for this degree. Those admitted as degree candidates in the liberal studies programs must have graduated from an approved secondary school or have equivalent training as determined by the Admissions Office. MANAGEMENT MAJOR Program Objectives School of Business 1. To provide a wide array of courses. 2. To present a well balanced program of courses. 3. To frame (for the associate’s degree) a realistic, General Information near-term goal. A student majoring in management should be prepared 4. To allow students to make maximum use of courses to assume a position of responsibility within an taken. organization. Working along with others, the management major should be able to mobilize all of the resources General and School Requirements available to that organization in order to meet the mission, See General College Requirements and School of Arts goals, and objectives of both the organization and its and Sciences Requirements p. 36-38. stakeholders. To succeed in this rapidly changing environment, a manager needs special confidence in dealing with law and conflict resolution, entrepreneurship, Associate of Arts in Liberal Studies human resources, leadership, production, or the many The Associate of Arts in Liberal Studies is particularly other skills used by an effective manager. appropriate for nontraditional students who are entering or reentering college after a long pause in their formal Career Opportunities education. The two-year degree may be designed by the student, with the assistance of an academic advisor, to Management majors are prepared to assume positions serve as a career development tool as well as preparation of responsibility in organizations in the private and public for upper-level study in a four-year degree program. sectors. Graduates work in manufacturing, corporate business, banks, small businesses, hotels, restaurants, accounting brokerage firms, government, public Course of Study (60 credit hours) administration, and in the whole range of businesses in Freshman English 6 credit hours the global economy. Many graduates of management Humanities (Area I) 12 credit hours programs enroll in graduate or law school. Typically Laboratory Science 3 credit hours graduates enter businesses in entry-level professional Mathematics 3 credit hours positions. Mathematics or Computer 3 credit hours Social Sciences (Area II) 12 credit hours Faculty General Electives 21 credit hours Professors: Anthony F. Chelte, Russell A. Fanelli, William P. Ferris, Peter W. Hess, Ned S. Schwartz Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Studies Associate Professors: Harvey M. Shrage, Julie Siciliano The Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Studies satisfies the Assistant Professor: Daniel Covell, Sharianne Walker broad interests of older students who wish to further their formal education without reference to specific career Program Objectives preparation or as preparation for graduate study. Advisors can give more information and guidance on this flexible 1. Understand the key elements in the process of degree option. strategic, business, and project planning. Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Studies 2. Understand the strengths and limitations of the must meet all general requirements of the College and full range of organizational designs as well as the key area requirements of the School of Arts and Sciences. elements of effective work design. Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 89

3. Apply theories and concepts of motivation, lead- Freshman Year ership, and change to develop strategies for improving Credit work performance. Fall Semester Hours 4. Understand the key elements in the design and BUS 101 First Year Seminar (GCR/BUSR) 3 implementation of quality control systems and continu- ENGL 132* English Composition I (GCR) 3 ous improvement processes. MATH 111* Analysis for Business and 5. Develop and implement systems of effective deci- Economics I (GCR/BUSR) 3 sion-making and problem solving. — or — 6. Competency in communication, specifically in the MATH 123* Calculus I for Management, Life areas of setting goals, providing direction and feedback, and Social Sciences (GCR/BUSR) and facilitating group input and conflict management. 7. Demonstrate the full range of management compe- History History Requirement (GCR) 3 tencies in team-based performance situations. MAN 101 Principles of Management (BUSR) — or — Course of Study CIS 102 * Computer Tools for Business (BUSR) 3 PEHR 151* Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 1. Core Requirements for All Business Majors (80 — credit hours) See page 39. 16 — plus — Demonstrated proficiency in Excel required for 2nd 2. Required Management and Legal Studies courses semester registration. (18 credit hours) LS 424 Legal Aspects of Human Resource Spring Semester Management ENGL 133** English Composition II (GCR) 3 MAN 204 Organizational Behavior MATH 112** Analysis for Business and MAN 308 Employee Relations Economics II(GCR/BUSR) 3 MAN 315 Organizational Theory — or — MAN 423 Human Resources Management MATH 124** Calculus I for Management, Life MAN 433 Performance Team Leadership and Social Sciences (GCR/BUSR) — plus — 3. Electives (24 credit hours) Non-Business Elective (BUSR) 3 MAN 480 Management Internship (3 cr) MAN 101* Principles of Management (BUSR) — or — — or — Business Elective (3 cr) CIS 102 * Computer Tools for Business (BUSR) 3 Business Elective (3 cr) PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology (BUSR) Non-Business Electives (18 cr) — or — Total credit hours required for graduation – 122 SO 101 Introduction to Sociology (BUSR) 3 PEHR 153-159** Lifetime Activity Series (GCR) 1 — Students must take 33 credit hours of course work in 16 300-400 level courses. All students must take 12 hours of upper level (300-400) courses in their major at Sophomore Year Credit Western New England College. Fall Semester Hours Courses to be included in computing the 2.0 minimum AC 201* ** Financial Reporting (BUSR) 3 average in the major are as follows: All MAN and LS MK 200* ** Principles of Marketing (BUSR) 3 courses as well as BUS 450. CIS 202* ** Introduction to Information Systems (BUSR) 3 Suggested Sequence of Courses EC 205* Principles of Economics I (BUSR) 3 Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 Notes: — * Is a prerequisite 15 ** Has a prerequisite Spring Semester AC 202** Managerial Accounting (BUSR) 3 MR Major Requirement QM 201** Introduction to Statistics (BUSR) 3 GCR General College Requirement FIN 214** Corporation Finance (BUSR) 3 BUSR School of Business Requirement EC 206** Principles of Economics II (BUSR) 3 ENGL 201** Principles of Communication (BUSR) 3 — 15 Non-credit career planning – Completion of individual development/career plan required for registration for Junior year. 90 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Junior Year order to manage markets successfully, marketing managers Credit must employ a combination of good business judgement, Fall Semester Hours effective analytical techniques, and professional BUS 301 Integrated Business communication skills. The marketing program strives to Operations (BUSR) 3 provide students with abilities in each of these areas. PH 310 Ethics in the Professions (BUSR) 3 Students contemplating the marketing major should Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 be aware that the faculty seeks to achieve a balance of MAN 204 Organization Behavior 3 academic knowledge and practical accomplishment. For Lab Science Laboratory Science example, students receive many assignments designed to Requirement (GCR) 3 — improve their understanding in the areas of personal 15 communication, written communication, meeting Spring Semester deadlines, and the like. Many of these assignments are LS 301 Legal Aspects of Business (BUSR) 3 performed in full view of their classmates and are QM 310 Quality and Operations subjectively evaluated and graded by the professors. Management (BUSR) 3 Thus, the student must either have or develop the HUM xxx Elements of Culture willingness to have their work scrutinized and Requirement (GCR) 3 constructively criticized by their peers and others. While MAN 308 Employee Relations 3 professors use normally accepted teaching techniques Lab Science Laboratory Science such as lectures, videos, objective tests, etc., where Requirement (GCR) 3 appropriate, they also use less common techniques such — 15 as coaching and probing discussion in the classroom. Their primary focus is to have students learn and apply Senior Year concepts to practical marketing situations and have Credit Fall Semester Hours students demonstrate their competence by the successful LS 424 Legal Aspects of Human performance of specific assignments in a timely manner. Resource Management (MR) 3 MAN 315 Organizational Theory (MR) 3 Career Opportunities Business Elective (MR) 3 Many interesting and exciting job opportunities exist Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 for marketing graduates including product/brand Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 — management, sales, advertising, sales promotion, public 15 relations, customer service, direct marketing, marketing Spring Semester research, retailing, wholesaling, relationship marketing, BUS 450 Business Strategy (BUSR) 3 and consulting. MAN 423 Human Resources Management (MR) 3 Faculty MAN 433 Performance Team Associate Professors: Paul Costanzo, Harlan Spotts Leadership (MR) 3 Assistant Professors: Elizabeth Elam, Janelle Goodnight MAN 480 Management Internship (MR) Executive In Residence: James McKeon — or — Instructor: Gail Olmsted Business Elective (MR) 3 Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 Program Objectives — 15 1. Understand the interactions required for the effec- tive design and execution of marketing plans. 2. Demonstrate skills in quantitative and qualitative research techniques as they apply to marketing problems. 3. Produce effectively written marketing plans, re- search reports, and sales correspondence. MARKETING 4. Apply marketing theories and concepts to the School of Business analysis and design of solutions for marketing-related business challenges. General Information Marketing is a dynamic force in today’s multinational economy. Given the highly competitive nature of business, it is essential that business organizations understand and respond to the wants and needs of multiple markets. In Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 91

Course of Study MAN 101 Principles of Management (BUSR) — or — 1. Core Requirements for All Business Majors (80 CIS 102 * Computer Tools for Business (BUSR) 3 PEHR 151* Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 credit hours) See page 39. — — plus — 16 2. Required Marketing courses (18 credit hours) Demonstrated proficiency in Excel required for 2nd MK 301 Buyer Behavior semester registration. MK 318 Marketing Research Any two of the following three courses: Spring Semester MK 317 Promotional Strategy ENGL 133** English Composition II (GCR) 3 MK 320 Price and Product Strategy MATH 112** Analysis for Business and MK 323 Distribution Strategy Economics II (GCR/BUSR) 3 and — or — MK 421 Marketing Management MATH 124** Calculus I for Management, Life MK 440 Marketing Seminar and Social Sciences (GCR/BUSR) — plus — Non-Business Elective (BUSR) 3 3. Other required courses (3 credit hours) MAN 101* Principles of Management (BUSR) ENGL 340 Business Communication — or — — plus — CIS 102 * Computer Tools for Business (BUSR) 3 4. Electives (21 credit hours) PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology (BUSR) MK 3xx-4xx (3cr) — or — MK 480 Marketing Internship (3cr) SO 101 Introduction to Sociology (BUSR) 3 — or — PEHR 153-159** Lifetime Activity Series (GCR) 1 Business Elective (3 cr) — Non-Business Electives (15 cr) 16 Sophomore Year Credit Total credit hours required for graduation – 122 Fall Semester Hours Students must take 33 credit hours of course work in AC 201* ** Financial Reporting (BUSR) 3 300-400 level courses. All students must take 12 hours MK 200* ** Principles of Marketing (BUSR) 3 of upper level (300-400) courses in their major at CIS 202* ** Introduction to Information Western New England College. Systems (BUSR) 3 EC 205* Principles of Economics I (BUSR) 3 Courses to be included in computing the 2.0 minimum Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 average in the major are as follows: All MK courses and 15 BUS 450. Spring Semester AC 202** Managerial Accounting (BUSR) 3 QM 201** Introduction to Statistics (BUSR) 3 Suggested Sequence of Courses FIN 214** Corporation Finance (BUSR) 3 Notes: EC 206** Principles of Economics II (BUSR) 3 * Is a prerequisite ENGL 201** Principles of Communication ** Has a prerequisite (BUSR) 3 — MR Major Requirement 15 GCR General College Requirement BUSR School of Business Requirement Non-credit career planning – Completion of individual development/career plan required for registration for Freshman Year Junior year. Credit Fall Semester Hours Junior Year BUS 101 First Year Seminar (GCR/BUSR) 3 Credit ENGL 132* English Composition I (GCR) 3 Fall Semester Hours MATH 111* Analysis for Business and BUS 301** Integrated Business Economics I (GCR/BUSR) 3 Operations (BUSR) 3 — or — PH 310** Ethics in the Professions (BUSR) 3 MATH 123* Calculus I for Management, Life ENGL 340** Business Communication (MR) 3 and Social Sciences (GCR/BUSR) MK 301** Buyer Behavior (MR) 3 Lab Science Laboratory Science History History Requirement (GCR) 3 Requirement (GCR) 3 — 15 92 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Spring Semester MARKETING LS 301* Legal Aspects of Business (BUSR) 3 COMMUNICATION/ QM 310** Quality and Operations Management (BUSR) 3 ADVERTISING MAJOR HUM xxx Elements of Culture School of Business Requirement (GCR) 3 MK 318** Marketing Research (MR) 3 Lab Science Laboratory Science General Information Requirement (GCR) 3 New technology has enabled marketers to — communicate in more effective ways. Such vehicles of 15 communication include interactive marketing, relationship Senior Year marketing, video information systems, and the application Credit Fall Semester Hours of new technology in advertising. A better understanding of the role of communication in the marketplace is vital in MK 317** Promotional Strategy (MR) — or — helping businesses obtain a competitive edge. The major in marketing communication/advertising prepares MK 320** Price and Product Strategy (MR) — or — students to enter the work force with an understanding of how communication can be effectively used in executing MK 323** Distribution Strategy (MR) 3 and enhancing marketing strategies. The marketing MK 421** Marketing Management (MR) 3 communication/advertising major studies how marketers MK 480** Marketing Internship (MR) utilize and implement communication concepts when — or — delivering the marketing message. Business Elective (MR) 3 Students contemplating the marketing communication/advertising major should be aware that Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 the faculty seeks to achieve a balance of academic Non-business Elective(BUSR) 3 — knowledge and practical accomplishment. For example, 15 students receive many assignments designed to improve Spring Semester their understanding in the areas of personal BUS 450** Business Strategy (BUSR) 3 communication, written communication, meeting deadlines, and the like. Many of these assignments are MK 317** Promotional Strategy (MR) performed in full view of their classmates and are — or — subjectively evaluated and graded by the professors. MK 320** Price and Product Strategy (MR) Thus, students must either have or develop the willingness — or — to have their work scrutinized and constructively criticized MK 323** Distribution Strategy (MR) 3 by their peers and others. While professors use normally MK 440** Marketing Seminar (MR) 3 accepted teaching techniques such as lectures, videos, MK 3xx-4xx Marketing Elective (MR) 3 objective tests, etc., where appropriate, they also use less Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 common techniques such as coaching and probing — 15 discussion in the classroom. Their primary focus is to have students learn and apply concepts to practical marketing communication/advertising situations and to have students demonstrate their competence by the successful performance of specific assignments in a timely manner. Career Opportunities Many interesting and exciting job opportunities exist for marketing communication/advertising graduates including product/brand management, sales, advertising, sales promotion, public relations, direct marketing, retailing, relationship marketing, and consulting. Faculty Associate Professors: Paul Costanzo, Harlan Spotts Assistant Professors: Elizabeth Elam, Janelle Goodnight Executive In Residence: James McKeon Instructor: Gail Olmsted Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 93

Program Objectives MATH 111* Analysis for Business and 1. Demonstrate creativity in producing advertising Economics I (GCR/BUSR) 3 and promotional outputs. — or — 2. Understand the impact of communication as it MATH 123* Calculus I for Management, Life relates to marketing programs. and Social Sciences (GCR/BUSR) 3. Develop and produce promotional materials using History History Requirement (GCR) 3 desktop publishing. MAN 101 Principles of Management (BUSR) 4. Demonstrate skills in one-to-one negotiations. — or — CIS 102 * Computer Tools for Business (BUSR) 3 Course of Study PEHR 151* Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 1. Core Requirements for All Business Majors (80 — credit hours) See page 39. 16 — plus — Demonstrated proficiency in Excel required for 2nd 2. Required Marketing courses (18 credit hours) semester registration. MK 301 Buyer Behavior MK 317 Promotional Strategy Spring Semester MK 340 Desktop Applications for Marketing ENGL 133** English Composition II (GCR) 3 MK 344 Campaign Planning and Management MK 440 Marketing Seminar MATH 112** Analysis for Business and MK 480 Marketing Internship Economics II (GCR/BUSR) 3 — plus — — or — 3. Other required courses (9 credit hours) MATH 124** Calculus I for Management, Life ENGL 340 Business Communication and Social Sciences (GCR/BUSR) ENGL 348 Intercultural Communication Non-Business Elective (BUSR) 3 ENGL 394 Media Planning and Public Relations MAN 101* Principles of Management (BUSR) — plus — — or — 4. Electives (15 credit hours) CIS 102 * Computer Tools for MK 3xx-4xx (3cr) Business (BUSR) 3 Business Elective (3 cr) Non-Business Electives (9 cr) PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology (BUSR) — or — Note: ENGL205 is strongly recommended as a non- SO 101 Introduction to Sociology (BUSR) 3 business elective. PEHR 153-159** Lifetime Activity Series (GCR) 1 Total credit hours required for graduation – 122 — 16 Students must take 33 credit hours of course work in Sophomore Year 300-400 level courses. All students must take 12 hours Credit of upper level (300-400) courses in their major at Fall Semester Hours Western New England College. AC 201* ** Financial Reporting (BUSR) 3 MK 200* ** Principles of Marketing (BUSR) 3 Courses to be included in computing the 2.0 minimum CIS 202* ** Introduction to Information average in the major are as follows: All MK courses and Systems (BUSR) 3 BUS450. EC 205* Principles of Economics I (BUSR) 3 Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 — Suggested Sequence of Courses 15 Notes: Spring Semester * Is a prerequisite AC 202** Managerial Accounting (BUSR) 3 ** Has a prerequisite QM 201** Introduction to Statistics (BUSR) 3 MR Major Requirement FIN 214** Corporation Finance (BUSR) 3 GCR General College Requirement EC 206** Principles of Economics II (BUSR) 3 BUSR School of Business Requirement ENGL 201** Principles of Communication (BUSR) 3 — 15 Freshman Year Non-credit career planning – Completion of individual Credit Fall Semester Hours development/career plan required for registration for BUS 101 First Year Seminar (GCR/BUSR) 3 Junior year. ENGL 132* English Composition I (GCR) 3 94 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Junior Year The student is also made aware of the power and Credit elegance of mathematical truth through careful analysis Fall Semester Hours of axiomatic systems and mathematical theories. BUS 301** Integrated Business Throughout the undergraduate program students are Operations (BUSR) 3 encouraged to formulate their own problems and PH 310** Ethics in the Professions (BUSR) 3 conjectures, thus challenging their own ability to cope ENGL 340** Business Communication (MR) 3 with the mathematical literature. MK 301** Buyer Behavior (MR) 3 In fostering these goals the mathematical sciences Lab Science Laboratory Science curriculum provides grounding in the traditional areas of Requirement (GCR) 3 — theoretical mathematics: calculus, linear and modern 15 algebra, and real and complex analysis. It also introduces Spring Semester students to some of the current areas of importance in LS 301* Legal Aspects of Business (BUSR) 3 applied mathematics: differential equations, probability, QM 310** Quality and Operations statistics, numerical analysis, discrete mathematics, Management (BUSR) 3 mathematical programming, and mathematical modeling. HUM xxx Elements of Culture In seminars, independent study courses, and Requirement (GCR) 3 internships the student is encouraged to formulate and MK 317** Promotional Strategy (MR) 3 carry out research projects, working creatively with the Lab Science Laboratory Science literature in either pure or applied mathematics. Sufficient Requirement (GCR) 3 electives allow a student to add a concentration in actuarial — 15 science, econometrics, operations research, or statistics. Leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree, the program has Senior Year been patterned to follow the recommendations of the Credit Fall Semester Hours Committee on Undergraduate Programming in MK 340** Desktop Applications for Mathematics of the Mathematical Association of America. Marketing (MR) 3 MK 344** Campaign Planning and Career Opportunities Management (MR) 3 Graduates in mathematics develop the type of creative Business Elective (MR) 3 thinking and problem-solving abilities required of ENGL 348** Intercultural Communication (MR) 3 professional mathematicians. As a consequence, they are Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 — well prepared to complete advanced study or pursue a 15 wide variety of employment opportunities in industry, Spring Semester commerce, or the public sector. Graduates have secured BUS 450** Business Strategy (BUSR) 3 positions in the areas of actuarial science, operations MK 3xx-MK4xx Marketing Elective 3 research, computer programming, statistics, systems MK 440** Marketing Seminar (MR) 3 analysis, software engineering, and teaching. Others have MK 480** Marketing Internship (MR) 3 received fellowships to pursue graduate study in ENGL 394** Media Planning and Public mathematics or related areas. Relations (MR) 3 — 15 Faculty Professors: Dennis Luciano, Richard Pelosi, Leh-Sheng Tang Associate Professors: Alan Gorfin, Lorna Hanes, MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES Jay Jackson, Ann Kizanis Assistant Professors: Lisa Hansen, David Mazur MAJOR Professional Educator: John Willemain School of Arts and Sciences Director of Freshman Mathematics: Teresa Barton Director of the Math Center: Jane Wyman General Information The primary goals of the mathematical sciences major Program Objectives are to offer general training in mathematical reasoning The Mathematical Sciences program is structured and to develop mastery of mathematical tools needed for and taught with a vision of the “ideal” mathematics a lifelong series of different jobs and continuing education. graduate of the early 2000’s and beyond. Emphases are: Much emphasis is placed on the theory of problem-solving and nurturing such abilities as intuition, inductive and deductive reasoning, and model building. Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 95

1. To learn mathematical ideas: • Appreciate the contributions made by various • Become independent learners, capable of doing cultures to the growth and development of and learning mathematics on their own. mathematical ideas. • Develop their own processes, concepts, and • Investigate the contributions made by techniques for solving problems. individuals, both male and female, and from a • Exercise mathematical reasoning through variety of cultures, in the development of recognizing patterns, making and refining ancient, modern, and current mathematical conjectures and definitions, and constructing topics. logical arguments, both formal and heuristic, to • Gain an understanding of the historical justify results. development of major mathematical concepts. 2. To connect mathematical ideas: • Develop an understanding of the General and School Requirements interrelationships within mathematics and See General College Requirements and School of Arts an appreciation of its unity. and Sciences Requirements, pp. 36-38. • Explore the connections that exist between mathematics and other disciplines. Course of Study • Apply mathematics learned in one context to 1. Required mathematics and other courses (54 credit the solution of problems in other contexts. hours): 3. To communicate mathematical ideas: CS 181-182 Computer Science I-II • Develop skills in both written and oral MATH 133-134 Calculus I & II communication of mathematical concepts and MATH 235 Calculus III technical information. MATH 236 Differential Equations • Learn to communicate effectively at various MATH 261-262 Discrete Structures I & II levels of formality with people who have MATH 272 Probability differing levels of mathematical insight. MATH 306 Linear Algebra • Understand and appreciate the power of MATH 418 Introduction to Modern Algebra mathematical language and symbolism in MATH 420 Mathematical Modeling the development of mathematical concepts. MATH 421 Real Analysis PH 104 Elementary Logic 4. To build mathematical models: PHYS 133 Mechanics • Work with a given model. PHYS 134 Electricity and Magnetism • Recognize constraints inherent in a given model. • Construct models to analyze real-world 2. Six additional credit hours in upper-level mathemat- settings and use symbols and reasoning in ics courses (MATH 300-400). analysis. • Convert among representations (graphical, Students who have not completed secondary school physics may numerical, symbolic, and verbal) that reflect elect to enroll in PHYS 131-132 Elements of Mechanics I-II in lieu of quantitative constraints in a given setting. PHYS 133. The 2.0 required grade point average in the major is 5. To use technology: based upon all MATH courses pursued as a part of the • Use calculators and computers as tools to student’s degree program. represent mathematical ideas and construct different representations of mathematical Suggested Sequence of Courses concepts. Notes: • Use calculators and computers to engender * Is a prerequisite a broad array of mathematical modes of thinking ** Has a prerequisite through use of powerful computing tools MR Major Requirement (including function graphers, curve fitters, and GCR General College Requirement symbolic manipulators). A&SR School of Arts and Sciences Requirement • Use calculators and computers to develop and use alternate strategies for solving problems. Freshman Year Credit 6. To develop perspectives: Fall Semester Hours • Experience exploration of the dynamic nature of CS 181* Computer Science I (MR/GCR) 4 mathematics and its increasingly significant ENGL 132* Composition I (GCR) 3 role in social, cultural, and economic MATH 133* Calculus I (GCR/MR) 4 development. LA 100 First Year Seminar (GCR) 2 96 Undergraduate Academic Programs

HIST 1xx History Requirement (GCR) 3 Spring Semester PEHR 151 Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 MATH 418** Modern Algebra (MR) — 17 — or — Spring Semester MATH 421** Real Analysis (MR) 3 CS 182** Computer Science II (MR) 4 MATH 420** Mathematical Modeling (MR) 3 ENGL 133** Composition II (GCR) 3 GEN xxx General Electives 4 MATH 134* ** Calculus II (GCR/MR) 4 — 10 PH 104* Logic (A&SR/MR) 3 ARII xxx Area II Requirement (A&SR) MATH 272 must be taken in the second semester of EC xxx or GO xxx 3 either the sophomore or junior year. — 17 Sophomore Year Actuarial Science Credit For students interested in a career in actuarial science, Fall Semester Hours the mathematical sciences curriculum offers specific MATH 235* ** Calculus III (MR) 3 preparation for the initial examinations required to become MATH 261* Discrete Structures I (MR) 3 a Fellow of the Actuarial Society of America. The applicable PHYS 133* Mechanics (GCR/MR) 4 courses are as follows: ARI xxx Area I Requirement – Literature 3 ARII xxx Area II Requirement 3 MATH 133-134-235 Calculus I-II-III PSY xxx or SO xxx MATH 306 Linear Algebra — MATH 272 Probability 16 MATH 373 Mathematical Statistics Spring Semester IE 420 Operations Research MATH 262** Discrete Structures II (MR) 3 MATH 311 Numerical Analysis MATH 272* ** Probability (MR) 3 PHYS 134** Electricity and Magnetism (GCR/MR) 4 PEHR 153-199 Lifetime Activities Series (GCR) 1 ARI xxx Area I Elective 3 ARII xxx Area II Elective 3 — 17 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Junior Year Credit MAJOR Fall Semester Hours School of Engineering MATH 236* ** Differential Equations (MR) 3 MATH xxx Mathematics Elective (MR) 3 ARTS xxx Elements of Culture – General Information Arts Requirement 3 Mechanical engineers are primarily problem solvers GEN xxx General Electives 6 — who are involved with most of the technical facets of 15 society such as product design, testing, manufacturing, Spring Semester program management, field service product support, and MATH 421** Real Analysis (MR) technical sales. Mechanical engineers work in the — or — acoustics, aerospace, automotive, biomedical, computer, MATH 418** Modern Algebra (MR) 3 energy conversion, energy storage, environmental, MATH 306** Linear Algebra (MR) 3 materials, power, transportation, and safety sectors. GEN xxx General Electives 6 The mechanical engineering curriculum provides a HUM 2xx Elements of Culture – thorough background in thermal and mechanical systems Humanities Requirement (GCR) and mechanical design. By selecting an appropriate group (Upper Level) 3 of technical and design electives, a student can concentrate — in either thermal and fluid science or mechanical design. 15 Thermal and fluid science electives include courses related Senior Year to energy conversion, aerodynamics and turbomachinery Credit Fall Semester Hours design. Mechanical design electives include courses in GEN xxx General Elective 9 stress analysis and computer-aided design. The course MATH xxx Mathematics Electives (MR) work is coupled with extensive practical hands-on (Upper Level) 6 experience in modern well-equipped laboratories. The — use of computers to aid in engineering analysis and design 15 is emphasized throughout the curriculum. Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 97

Students can choose to study either the broad areas Electives of thermal-fluid sciences or mechanical design or select Electives supplement the engineering student’s the manufacturing option that is a blend of mechanical technical program. Humanities/social science electives and industrial engineering. The program leading to the are selected from the list of humanities and social science B.S.M.E. degree is accredited by the Engineering courses listed in each semester’s course schedule. To Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for ensure that some depth of knowledge is acquired, a two- Engineering and Technology (ABET). semester sequence of courses in one area is required. Technical, design, and free electives provide the Career Opportunities opportunity for specialization within a chosen field. The Mechanical engineers are broadly educated to work student’s departmental faculty advisor must approve as designers of machines and devices that convert heat selection of electives from engineering, mathematics, into other useful forms of energy. Mechanical engineers science, or business. Undergraduate engineering students are employed in all types of industry and government. may take 500-level engineering courses for which they They work in research, product development, product have satisfied the prerequisite requirements. design, manufacturing, consulting, and sales. Many of our graduates are employed at Hamilton Sundstrand, Pratt Program Objectives and Whitney, United Technologies Research Center, Each graduate will have the ability to mathematically Boeing, Lockheed-Martin, Otis, Carrier, Milton Bradley, model, analyze and design thermal, fluid, mechanical or General Motors, Electric Boat, Andersen Consulting, manufacturing systems; use computer tools to aid in General Electric, Smith and Wesson, American Saw, analysis, simulation and design of these systems; use Northeast Utilities, Gerber Scientific Research, Spalding laboratory equipment and instrumentation to obtain Sports Worldwide, Sikorsky, and ABB Combustion measurements, to conduct standardized and compliance Engineering. Mechanical engineering graduates have also tests, and to assess performance; and, apply the knowledge become physicians and patent attorneys. Additionally, and skills acquired to a variety of professional mechanical mechanical engineers occupy executive positions in many engineering positions in both the private and public sectors large corporations. in product design, development, manufacturing, sales, research and consulting. Manufacturing Option Manufacturing is the creation of useful products by Faculty various processes following a well-organized plan. In Professors: Said Dini, Alan Karplus, Mohammad industrialized countries, manufacturing accounts for two- Khosrowjerdi, Walter Presz, Richard Veronesi thirds of the wealth-producing activities. Recent dramatic developments in computer hardware and software and the strong economic challenge from foreign companies Common Core Freshman Year have focused increased attention on manufacturing and Notes: transformed it into an exciting multidisciplinary field. * Is a prerequisite The option is designed to satisfy a growing demand ** Has a prerequisite for engineers with knowledge of robotics, interactive MR Major Requirement computer graphics, and computer-aided design and GCR General College Requirement manufacturing. This option is offered to provide a ER Engineering Requirement mechanical engineering graduate with special preparation Credit in the area of manufacturing Fall Semester Hours ENGL 132* English Composition I (GCR/ER/MR) 3 Design Experience ENGR 102* First Year Engineering Students are introduced to engineering design in the Seminar (GCR/ER/MR) 1 freshman year in both the First Year Engineering Seminar ENGR 103* Introduction to Engineering and Introduction to Engineering courses. (ER/MR) 4 Sophomore, junior and senior courses provide MATH 133* Calculus I (GCR/ER/MR) 4 progressively more sophisticated design experiences PHYS 133* Mechanics (GCR/ER/MR) 4 PEHR 151 Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 within the student’s discipline. All programs are culminated — by a capstone senior design project course in which a 17 student works on an independent project under the Spring Semester supervision of a faculty advisor. Topics for a majority are ENGL 133** English Composition II (GCR/ER/MR) 3 supplied by industry. A student who selects one of these ENGR 110* Computer Applications in topics has the opportunity to work with the industrial Engineering (GCR/ER/MR) 2 sponsor in an actual engineering experience. MATH 134* ** Calculus II (GCR/ER/MR) 4 98 Undergraduate Academic Programs

ME 106* ** Statics (ER/MR) 3 ME 439* ** Professional Awareness (MR) 1 PHYS 134* ** Electricity and Magnetism Design Elective3 (MR) 3 (GCR/ER/MR) 4 Humanities/Social Science PEHR 153-199 Lifetime Activities Series (GCR) 1 Elective (ER/MR) 3 — — 17 15 Sophomore Year Spring Semester Credit IE 312** Engineering Economic Fall Semester Hours Analysis (MR) 3 CHEM 105* General Chemistry I (ER/MR) 4 ME 440** Senior Design Projects (MR) 3 EC 205 Principles of Economics I (ER/MR) 3 General Elective (MR) 3 EE 205* ** Introduction to Electrical Design Elective3 (MR) 3 Engineering I (ER/MR) 4 Engineering Elective4 (MR) 3 MATH 235* ** Calculus III (ER/MR) 3 — 15 ME 203* ** Dynamics (ER/MR) 3 — 1 17 A humanities course with a “CA” description satisfies this GCR requirement. Students may also satisfy this GCR by taking two Spring Semester courses. A humanities course designated with a “C” and another CPE 240* ** Computer Instrumentation and course designated with an “A.” Upon approval of the academic Measurements (MR) 3 advisor, the second course may be used to satisfy a humanities/ ENGR 205* ** Applied Visual BASIC (MR) 2 social science requirement. 2 ENGR 212* ** Probability and Statistics (ER/MR) 3 An engineering, math, or science course numbered 300 or above selected from a list published by the Mechanical Engineering MATH 236* ** Differential Equations (ER/MR) 3 Department and approved by the faculty advisor. ME 208* ** Mechanics of Materials (MR) 3 3 Design electives are selected from a list published in each Humanities/Social Science semester’s course schedule. Elective (ER/MR) 3 4 An engineering course numbered 300 or above approved by the — 17 faculty advisor. Total credit hours required for graduation – 132. Mechanical Option The 2.0 required grade point average in the major is Course of Study based upon all ME courses pursued in the student’s degree program. Junior Year Credit Fall Semester Hours Manufacturing Option MATH 350* ** Engineering Analysis I (MR) 3 Course of Study ME 303* ** Thermodynamics I (MR) 3 ME 309* ** Materials Science (MR) 3 Notes: ME 312* ** Kinematics and Dynamics of * Is a prerequisite Machinery (MR) 3 ** Has a prerequisite ME 313* ** ME Laboratory I (MR) 2 MR Major Requirement HUM 2xx Elements of Culture GCR General College Requirement Requirement1 (GCR/ER/MR) 3 ER Engineering Requirement — 17 Spring Semester Junior Year Credit ME 304* ** Thermodynamics II (MR) 3 Fall Semester Hours ME 314* ** ME Laboratory II (MR) 2 HUM 2xx Elements of Culture ME 316* ** Fluid Mechanics (MR) 3 Requirement1 (GCR/ER/MR) 3 ME 320* ** Mechanical Vibrations (MR) 3 MATH 350* ** Engineering Analysis I (MR) 3 HIST xxx History Requirement (GCR/ER/MR) 3 ME 303* ** Thermodynamics I (MR) 3 Engineering/Science Elective2 (MR) 3 — ME 309* ** Materials Science (MR) 3 17 ME 312* ** Kinematics and Dynamics of Senior Year Machinery (MR) 3 ME 313* ** ME Laboratory I (MR) 2 Credit — Fall Semester Hours 17 ME 417* ** Heat Transfer (MR) 3 Spring Semester ME 425** Design of Machine Elements (MR) 3 IE 312** Engineering Economic ME 435** ME Laboratory III (MR) 2 Analysis (MR) 3 IE 314* ** Manufacturing Processes (MR) 3 Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 99

IE 315** Quality Control and Engineering PRE-PHARMACY Statistics (MR) 3 Western New England College ME 314* ** ME Laboratory II (MR) 2 ME 316* ** Fluid Mechanics (MR) 3 School of Arts and Sciences HIST xxx History Requirement (GCR/ER/MR) 3 — 17 The Pre-pharmacy program offered by the School of Senior Year Arts and Sciences provides guaranteed transfer to the Credit Massachusetts College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Fall Semester Hours (MCPHS) for qualified students. Successful completion of IE 410* ** Engineering Project the five- or six-year program results in the degree of Management (MR) 3 Doctor of Pharmacy conferred by the Massachusetts ME 417* ** Heat Transfer (MR) 3 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences, which is ME 425** Design of Machine Elements (MR) 3 accredited by the New England Association of Schools ME 435** ME Laboratory III (MR) 2 and Colleges and the American Council on Pharmaceutical ME 439* ** Professional Awareness (MR) 1 Education. Manufacturing Design The first two years, the Pre-pharmacy Program, are Elective2 (MR) 3 provided by Western New England College. The — 15 Professional years are offered by the Massachusetts Spring Semester College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences at campuses in ME 440** Senior Design Projects3 (MR) 3 Boston and Worcester. No transfer students will be Manufacturing Design Elective2 (MR) 3 admitted to the Pre-pharmacy Program at Western New General Elective (MR) 3 England College. Engineering Elective4 (MR) 3 If students complete the Pre-pharmacy Program at Humanities/Social Science Western New England College with a cumulative grade Elective (ER/MR) 3 point average of 2.8 or higher, they will automatically be admitted to the MCPHS Pharmacy Program. Transfer to a — specific campus will depend on space availability in either 15 Boston or Worcester and will be determined by the MCPHS 1 A humanities course with a “CA” description satisfies this GCR Admissions Committee. Grades below C are not requirement. Students may also satisfy this GCR by taking two transferable. The academic policies of Western New courses. A humanities course designated with a “C” and another England College apply to the Pre-pharmacy Program; the course designated with an “A.” Upon approval of the academic advisor, the second course may be used to satisfy a humanities/ Pharmacy Program is subject to the academic policies of social science requirement. MCPHS. Students admitted in majors other than Pre- 2 Select two design electives from the following list: IE 427 Facility pharmacy should be advised that it might not be possible and Materials Handling Design, IE 515 Design for Manufacture, ME to transfer into this program after enrolling at the College 542 Computer-aided Engineering, ME 543 Introduction to because the number of places available is strictly limited. Computer-aided Manufacturing, ME 544 Computer Applications Pre-pharmacy students enrolling in more than17 credit in Mechanical Engineering. 3 Select a senior design project topic that contains a manufacturing hours of Western New England College courses pay the related component approved by the Department of Mechanical Western New England College per-semester-hour rate for Engineering. every hour beyond 17. Pre-pharmacy students on academic 4 Select one engineering elective from the following list: IE 308 probation may not enroll in more than 17 credit hours of Work Analysis and Design, IE 326 Production Planning and Control, course work per semester. IE 414 Manufacturing Engineering, ME 320 Mechanical Vibrations. Total credit hours required for graduation – 132. Program Summary The 2.0 required grade point average in the major is First Year based on all ME and IE courses pursued in the student’s Credit degree program. First Semester Hours BIO 107 General Biology I 3 BIO 117 General Biology I Laboratory 1 CHEM 105 General Chemistry I 4 ENGL 132 English Composition I 3 MATH 123 Calculus for Management, Life, and Social Sciences I 3 PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology 3 — 17 100 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Second Semester second year or beyond. Students whose poor listening BIO 108 General Biology II 3 comprehension and/or poor mastery of oral American BIO 118 General Biology II Laboratory 1 English demonstrates that they have major difficulties CHEM 106 General Chemistry II 4 communicating clearly will take LIB 251, or the equivalent, ENGL 133 Freshman English 3 if they are in the second year or beyond. These courses MATH 124 Calculus for Management, Life, carry liberal arts or general elective credit, but not and Social Sciences II 3 humanities credit. HIST 102 Western Civilization II — or — Medical Terminology Requirement HIST 112 U.S. History 1877-Present Medical terminology proficiency is required of — or — students entering the Pharmacy Program in Boston. GO 102 American Government 3 Students meet this competency by the following steps. — 17 Students take the competency examination prepared by the College. Information concerning this may be obtained from the Office of the Dean, School of Pharmacy - Boston. Second Year If the competency examination is unsatisfactory, the Credit First Semester Hours student is required to enroll in the self-study course CHEM 209 Organic Chemistry I 3 designed for this competency. The final examination for CHEM 219 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I 1 the self-study course will be administered and if the PHYS 123 Physics for Pharmacy 4 student has not satisfactorily completed the exam at EC 101 Introduction to Economics 3 conclusion of the self-study course, then the student will Humanities Elective * 3 be required to take the one credit course given each year. Social Science Elective* 3 Satisfactory completion of the one credit course after the — 17 first two steps have been attempted will result in Second Semester satisfaction of the competency. Medical terminology CHEM 210 Organic Chemistry II 3 courses taken off campus will NOT be awarded general CHEM 220 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II 1 elective credit for any programs. MATH 207 Statistics for Arts & Sciences 3 BIO 303 Microbiology 3 Elective Distribution Requirements BIO 313 Microbiology Laboratory 1 A minimum of four electives (12 credit hours) must be Behavioral Science Elective* 3 taken in the liberal arts during the Pre-pharmacy years as Liberal Arts Elective* 3 follows: — 17 Distribution (12 cr.): Commencing academic year 2001-2002, the Professional years (3 HUM (one humanities course) through 6) of the Pharmacy Curriculum will be offered only on the SSC (one social science course) Boston and Worcester campus of MCPHS. This change is in effect BEH (one behavioral science course) for all students entering Fall’99 or thereafter. LIB ARTS (one additional liberal arts course) General Electives (12 cr.) MCPHS Elective Courses Writing Proficiency Requirement As a requirement for graduation from MCPHS, students Behavioral Sciences: One course (three credit hours) must demonstrate their writing proficiency by passing an beyond the introductory level must be taken in psychology examination designed and evaluated by the faculty. The or sociology. Generally, courses in these areas numbered examination is normally taken in the fall semester of the 200 or higher in the Western New England College Catalog. third year. Those students who do not pass the exam are Humanities: One course (three credit hours) beyond required to take LIB 113, Expository Writing III, or an the introductory level must be taken in at least one of the equivalent course. following subjects: art history or appreciation, classics, humanities, linguistics, literature (American, British, or Oral Proficiency Examination comparative), music history or appreciation, philosophy, All students entering MCPHS must demonstrate oral or religion. In addition, foreign language courses beyond proficiency by passing an examination designed and the intermediate level fulfill this requirement. evaluated by the faculty. Students who show high levels of Social Sciences: One course (three credit hours) communication apprehension will be required to take LIB beyond the introductory level must be taken in one of the 252 (Introduction to Speech), or the equivalent, if their following subjects: American studies, anthropology, main language is English; otherwise they will take LIB 251 history, or political science. (Advanced ESL), or the equivalent, if they are in the Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 101

Liberal Arts: One additional course (three credit Staff hours) beyond the introductory level must be taken in the Program Director Carl Fasser, PA-C behavioral sciences, humanities, or the social sciences listed above. In addition, courses in foreign languages (introductory and intermediate levels), speech Physician Assistant Profession communication, journalism, and writing fulfill this Physician Assistants (PAs) are skilled members of the requirement. health care team qualified by academic and clinical experience to provide a broad range of health care services in practice with a licensed physician. The clinical services provided by PAs include performing interviews and physical examinations, identifying problems in need of evaluation and management, screening results of laboratory diagnostic studies, selecting and implementing PRE-PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT treatment plans, counseling patients regarding illness and health risk behaviors, monitoring responses to Western New England College physician-directed programs of therapy, and facilitating access to appropriate health care resources. These services may be provided to individuals of any age in those various settings considered part of the physician’s PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT practice. Massachusetts College of Pharmacy Curriculum The Program Pre-Professional Phase at Western New England College and the Massachusetts Western New England College College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences (MCPHS) have joined together to offer the Physician Assistant Studies Program. Successful completion of the six-year program First Year Credit results in the Master’s Degree in Physician Assistant First Semester Hours Studies conferred by the Massachusetts College of BIO 107 General Biology 3 Pharmacy and Health Sciences which is accredited by the BIO 117 General Biology I Laboratory 1 New England Association of Colleges and Schools. This CHEM 105 Concepts of Chemistry 4 program has been fully accredited by the Committee on ENGL 132 English Composition I 3 Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs. MATH 123 Calculus I for Management, Life, The first three years of the program (pre-physician and Social Sciences 3 assistant phase) are offered on the Western New England PSY 101 Introduction Psychology 3 campus in Springfield, MA. Eight of the courses offered — 17 during this pre-professional phase at Western New England Second Semester College are taught by MCPHS faculty. The final three years BIO 108 General Biology II 3 (physician assistant phase) are conducted on the MCPHS BIO 118 General Biology II Laboratory 1 campus in Boston. During the sixth and final year of the CHEM 106 Concepts of Chemistry II 4 program students complete nine clinical clerkships at off- ENGL 133 English Composition II 3 campus sites in either Boston or other settings in MATH 124 Calculus II for Management, Life, Massachusetts. and Social Sciences 3 If students complete the pre-professional phase of the GO 102 American Government 3 Physician Assistant Studies Program with a minimum of — 30 hours in residence and a cumulative grade point average 17 of 2.80 or higher, they are automatically admitted to the Second Year professional phase of the program offered on the MCPHS Credit campus in Boston. Grades below C are not transferable. First Semester Hours The academic policies of Western New England College CHEM 209 Organic Chemistry I 3 apply to the pre-professional phase of the program. The CHEM 219 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I 1 professional phase of the program is subject to the PSY 306 Abnormal Psychology 3 academic policies of MCPHS. MATH 207 Statistics for Arts and Sciences 3 At the end of the fourth year of study, having CS 131 Computers for Arts and Sciences 3 Humanities Elective 3 successfully completed the first three years at Western — New England College and all requirements of the first year 16 at MCPHS, the student receives a Bachelor of Science in Health Sciences from Western New England College. 102 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Second Semester PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR CHEM 210 Organic Chemistry II 3 CHEM 220 Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1 School of Arts and Sciences PHYS 123 Physics 3 BEH 352 Human Development* 3 General Information SAS 220 Health Care Delivery* 3 Psychology is the scientific study of behavior. In PH 208 Ethics 3 — addition to helping students understand themselves and 16 others, the research findings of psychology have wide Third Year application to many professional fields from human Credit services to medical, industrial, organizational, and First Semester Hours educational settings. Within the major there is flexibility CHE 331 Biochemistry I* 3 to select courses to meet individual career objectives. PHL 341 Human Physiology I* 3 SO 205 Cultural Anthropology 3 Career Opportunities BIO 531 Public Health* 3 Social Science Elective 3 Students are prepared to enter the world of work in — counseling, personnel administration, human service 15 agencies, and elementary or secondary school teaching; Second Semester to continue their studies at the graduate level; or to CHE 332 Biochemistry II* 3 enter related fields such as medicine, law, criminal PHL 342 Human Physiology II* 3 justice, and social work. BIO 303 Microbiology 3 BIO 313 Microbiology Laboratory 1 SSC 495 Evolution Health Professions* 3 Faculty Behavioral Science Elective 3 Professors: Kathleen Dillon, Dennis Kolodziejski — Assistant Professors: Sheralee Tershner, Carolyn West 16 *MCPHS courses at Western New England College. Program Objectives The curriculum for years four through six (the profes- 1. To study human and other animal behavior from a sional years) of the Physician Assistant Studies Pro- scientific perspective with consideration of the environ- gram is outlined in the most current MCPHS catalogue. mental, biological, and multicultural influences on behav- ior. Medical Terminology Proficiency 2. To introduce students to the scientific findings of psychology as they relate to diverse populations and as Requirement they apply to a range of professional fields including Students are required to demonstrate proficiency in medicine, human services, industry, and educational set- medical terminology by successful completion of a tings. challenge examination or the completion of PHA 351 3. To provide flexibility of course selection to meet Medical Terminology. This requirement must be met by individual career objectives. the end of the third year. 4. To encourage internships and minors in related fields of interest. Writing Proficiency Requirement As a requirement for graduation from MCPHS, students Student Competencies must demonstrate their writing proficiency by passing an Students who complete the degree requirements in examination designed and evaluated by the faculty. This psychology should be able to: exam is normally taken in the fall semester of the third – develop a base of knowledge in psychology that year. Those students who do not pass the exam are includes terminology, concepts and facts linked required to take LIB 113, Expository Writing, in Boston. by conceptual frameworks – identify the environmental, biological and multicultural influences on behavior – differentiate and appreciate the value of primary research literature in psychology compared to popular media reports – understand and perform statistical analyses and design an original psychological research proposal Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 103

– learn how psychologists use the scientific 2. Six additional credit hours required in upper-level method to generate psychology’s knowledge psychology (PSY 300-400) courses base 3. Twelve additional credit hours in Area II including – know how to gather information in psychology three credit hours each of history, economics, govern- using a variety of relevant resources including ment, and SO 314. Psych Abstracts, Psych Info database, Medline, etc. The 2.0 required grade point average in the major is – be able to understand and use the APA writing based on all PSY courses pursued as a part of the student’s style format degree program. – become sensitive to issues of human diversity as they apply to psychological research and Suggested Sequence of Courses practice Notes: – understand how contemporary psychology * Is a prerequisite evolved from its historical roots ** Has a prerequisite – know what ethical principles apply to MR Major Requirement psychologists in testing, counseling and GCR General College Requirement research. A&SR School of Arts and Sciences Requirement Student Assessment Freshman Year Students’ progress in psychology is assessed in a Credit variety of ways depending on the course content and the Fall Semester Hours professor’s prerogative and may include: PSY 101* Introduction to Psychology (MR) 3 ENGL 132 Composition I (GCR) 3 objective and essay quizzes and examinations LA 100 First Year Seminar (GCR) 2 class attendance and participation HIST 111/112 U.S. History Requirement (GCR) 3 journals MATH xxx Mathematics Requirement (GCR) 3 individual and group projects PEHR 151 Personal Health and Wellness 1 oral presentations — poster sessions 15 research papers Spring Semester critical review papers PSY 211** Developmental Psychology (MR) 3 videotaping ENGL 133** Composition II (GCR) 3 simulations CS 131 Computing for the Arts and Sciences (GCR/MR) 3 Students are encouraged to keep a portfolio of their GO 102 American Government work as a means of tracing their own development, as well Area II Requirement (A&SR/MR) 3 as to demonstrate their abilities and accomplishments PEHR 153-199 Lifetime Activities Series 1 when applying to graduate school and/or for positions in MATH xxx Mathematics Requirement (GCR) 3 — the field of psychology. 16 Sophomore Year General and School Requirements Credit See General College Requirements and School of Arts Fall Semester Hours and Sciences Requirements, pp. 36-38. PSY 207* Statistics for the Social Sciences (MR) 3 Course of Study PSY 313* ** Learning (MR) 3 PH xxx Area I Requirement – 1. Required courses (27 credit hours): Philosophy (A&SR) 3 PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology EC xxx Area II Requirement (A&SR/MR) 3 PSY 207 Introduction to Statistics for the BIO 101 Basic Biology: Organisms Social Sciences — or — PSY 211 Developmental Psychology BIO 103 Life Sciences I (required of PSY 306 Abnormal Psychology candidates for elementary PSY 309 Methods and Techniques of education certification) Experimentation Laboratory Science PSY 310 Experimental Psychology Requirement (GCR) 3 PSY 312 Physiological Psychology — PSY 313 Learning 15 PSY 420 History of Psychology 104 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Spring Semester Block including the specific math, history, government and other PSY 306 Abnormal Psychology (MR) 3 requirements necessary for teaching certification in Massachusetts. PSY 3xx/4xx Psychology Required Elective (MR) 3 ENGL xxx Area I Literature Requirement (A&SR) 3 GEN xxx General Elective 3 LAB xxx Laboratory Science Requirement (A&SR) 3 SOCIAL WORK MAJOR — 15 School of Arts and Sciences Junior Year Credit Fall Semester Hours General Information PSY 309* ** Methods and Techniques of The study of professional social work is designed for Experimentation (MR) 3 those dedicated to helping people to satisfy their biological, PSY 312 Physiological Psychology (MR) 3 psychological, and social needs; to helping society to be ARTS xxx Elements of Culture – more responsive to human need; to developing mutually Arts Requirement 3 beneficial relationships between people and their SO 314 American Culture and the environments; and to empowering people to recognize Black Experience and mobilize their strengths. Area II Requirement (MR) 3 The overall mission of the Department of Social Work GEN xxx General Elective 3 is to prepare students for generalist social work practice — at the entry level and for graduate level social work 15 education. This preparation is developed through offering Spring Semester the student a broad liberal arts education combined with PSY 310** Experimental Psychology (MR) 3 a social work foundation that incorporates the knowledge, PSY 3xx/4xx Psychology Required Elective (MR) 3 values, and skills for the social work profession. Both the ARI xxx Area I Elective (A&SR) 3 liberal arts sequence and the professional social work HUM 2xx Elements of Culture (GCR) 3 sequence emphasize a holistic view of the person-in- GEN xxx General Elective 3 environment and the impact of biological, psychological, GEN xxx General Elective 1 — and social forces upon human functioning. Underlying the 16 knowledge base of social work education at Western New Senior Year England College are values and ethics that emphasize the Credit value and dignity of all people regardless of race, gender, Fall Semester Hours 2 age, creed, ethnic or national origin, disability, political PSY 420* ** History of Psychology (MR) 3 orientation, sexual orientation, or social class. The goals GEN xxx General Elective 3 and objectives of the Department of Social Work teach GEN xxx General Elective 3 students the skills to work in partnership with clients to GEN xxx General Elective 3 support and develop strengths and competencies to GEN xxx General Elective 3 — procure the resources necessary to meet their basic 15 human needs and develop human potential. This Spring Semester Department is accredited by the Council on Social Work GEN xxx General Elective 3 Education at the BSW level and students are eligible to GEN xxx General Elective 3 apply for advanced standing to graduate schools of social GEN xxx General Elective 3 work. GEN xxx General Elective 3 GEN xxx General Elective 3 — Career Opportunities 15 Students develop the knowledge, values, and skills to Notes: work in a wide variety of social service settings under both 1 Note that BIO is a prerequisite for PSY 312 Physiological Psychology. governmental and private voluntary auspices. Rewarding 2 Students intending to become certified as teachers of behavioral career opportunities include work with diverse science at the secondary level, or students intending to become populations of children, adults, and families at the certified in elementary education, would need to take PSY 420-421 individual, group, and community levels in agencies that in their junior year so that the fall of their senior year would be provide health care and protective services, substance free to take the Ed Block. They must also take PSY 304 and Ed 301 abuse rehabilitation, family services, residential child prior to the spring of their senior year. In addition these students should refer to the elementary and secondary program care and treatment, educational settings, criminal justice requirements that list the necessary prerequisites for the Ed programs for juvenile and adult offenders, nursing home and elderly services, services for pregnant and parenting teens, services to people affected by HIV/AIDS, and many Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 105

other programs for people whose emotional and physical 2. Possess a minimum grade point average of 2.0 and health and safety is at risk. Students are prepared for a grade of “C” or better in any social work course taken. entry-level professional generalist social work practice at (Except for transfer students who have not taken these the BSW level and for further social work education at the courses.) graduate level. 3. Submit to the department chair a completed appli- cation form, a personal essay that shows evidence of a Faculty desire to help others and values consistent with the social Professor: George Caulton work profession, a sample of the student’s academic Associate Professor: Sara Weinberger writing, a letter of reference, and a degree audit form. Assistant Professor: Jeff Schrenzel 4. Interview with department chair. Program Objectives Required Courses 1. To acquire the knowledge, values, and skills to SW 100 Introduction to Social Work engage in entry level generalist social work practice in a SW 216 Human Behavior and the Social variety of settings with diverse populations using micro, Environment mezzo, and macro levels of intervention. SW 301 Social Work Interventive Methods I 2. To possess the knowledge, values, skills, self-aware- (The Problem Solving Process) ness, maturity, and academic competencies needed to SW 302 Social Work Interventive Methods II engage and succeed in graduate social work education. (Social Work Interviewing Skills) 3. To have a respect for and appreciation of human SW 303 Social Work Interventive Methods III diversity within a pluralistic society. (Social Work Practice with Communities 4. To respect and appreciate the value and dignity of and Organizations) all people and to use approaches that enhances client self- SW 304 Social Work Interventive Methods IV worth and dignity. (Social Work Practice with Families and 5. To incorporate both personally and profession- Groups) ally the promotion of social justice by advocating for the SW 313 Social Welfare and Social Policy rights of all human beings and working to change systems SW 314 Field Instruction in Macro Practice that contribute to people’s oppression. SW 319 Social Work Research 6. To possess competent verbal and written commu- SW 320 The Dynamics of Oppression and nication skills that enable effective communication in Empowerment multi-cultural and multi-disciplinary environments. SW 409-412 Field Instruction in Social Work I-IV 7. To be able to engage in all elements of the problem- SW 414 Field Instruction Seminar I solving process in social work practice from a bio-psycho- SW 415 Field Instruction Seminar II social perspective and in partnership with clients. GO 102 American Government 8. To bring a spirit of scientific inquiry to social work SO 101 Introduction to Sociology practice, recognizing the dual-role of the social worker as SO 205 Cultural Anthropology practitioner and researcher SO 311 Sociology of Minority Groups 9. To engage in professional decision-making from PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology knowledge base incorporating social work values and PSY 211 Developmental Psychology or another ethics. human development course as 10. To commit to career-long professional growth and approved by BSW Department Chair development through affiliation with professional groups, EC 106 The Economics of Poverty and professional continuing education, and other forms of Discrimination ongoing professional development. BIO 101 Basic Biology: Organisms (counts as college lab science requirement) BIO 102 Basic Biology: Populations (counts as General and School Requirements college lab science requirement) See General College Requirements and School of Arts MATH 207 Math Statistics (counts as one of two and Sciences Requirements, pp. 36-38. required math courses) PH 2xx Ethics for Social Work (counts as Requirements for Acceptance into the college philosophy requirement) ENGL 336 Ethnic American Literature (counts as BSW Program college literature requirement) 1. Apply during the sophomore year. (Transfer stu- SPAN xxx Spanish for Social Services dents at the junior level must also apply for admission to the social work program prior to beginning their social Note: Requirements for the major satisfy the student’s Area II work methods courses.) requirements (84 credit hours). 106 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Total credit hours required for graduation – 122 Junior Year Credit The 2.0 required grade point average in the major is Fall Semester Hours based on all SW courses pursued as part of the student’s SW 301#* ** Social Work Interventive degree program. Methods I (MR) 3 SW 319** Social Work Research (MR) 3 Suggested Sequence of Courses SO 311#* Sociology of Minority Groups (MR) 3 # Must be taken in sequence GEN xxx General Elective 3 * Is a prerequisite ARTS xxx Elements of Culture – Arts Requirement 3 ** Has a prerequisite — MR Major Requirement 15 GCR General College Requirement Spring Semester A&SR School of Arts and Sciences Requirement SW 302#** Social Work Interventive Methods II (MR) 3 Freshman Year SW 313#** Social Welfare and Social Credit Policy (MR) 3 Fall Semester Hours SW 320#** Dynamics of Oppression and (GCR) LA 100 First Year Seminar 2 Empowerment (MR) 3 MATH 105* Contemporary Mathematics I (GCR) 3 SW 303** Social Work Interventive (GCR) ENGL 132* English Composition I 3 Methods III (MR) 3 SW 100* Introduction to Social Work (MR) 3 SW 314** Field Instruction in Macro Practice 3 PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology — (A&SR/MR) 3 15 BIO 101 Introduction to Biology (GCR/MR) 3 Senior Year — Credit 17 Fall Semester Hours Spring Semester SW 304#** Social Work Interventive ENGL133** English Composition II (GCR) 3 Methods IV (MR) 3 GO 102* American Government (A&SR/MR) 3 SW 409#** Field Instruction in Social CS 131 Computing for the Arts and Work IA (MR) 3 Sciences (GCR) 3 SW 410#** Field Instruction in Social SO 101 Introduction to Sociology Work IB (MR) 3 (A&SR/MR) 3 SW 414#** Seminar in Field Instruction I PEHR 151* Personal Health and (MR) 2 Wellness (GCR) 1 GEN xxx General Elective 3 BIO 102 Basic Biology (GCR/MR) 3 — — 14 16 Spring Semester Sophomore Year GEN xxx General Electives (MR) 6 Credit SW 411#** Field Instruction in Social Fall Semester Hours Work IIA (MR) 3 PH 208# Ethics (A&SR/MR) 3 SW 412#** Field Instruction in Social SW 216* ** Human Behavior and the Social Work IIB (MR) 3 Environment (MR) 3 SW 415#** Seminar in Field Instruction II EC 106* The Economic of Poverty and (MR) 1 Discrimination (MR) 3 ENGL 336 Ethnic American Literature MATH 207* ** Introductory Statistics for the (A&SR/MR) 3 Arts and Sciences (GCR/MR) 3 — PEHR 153-199** Lifetime Activities Series (GCR) 1 16 HIST xxx History Requirement (GCR) 3 — 16 Spring Semester SO 205 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (MR) 3 HUM 2xx Elements of Culture – Humanities Requirement (GCR) 3 PSY 211 Developmental Psychology (MR) 3 ARI xxx Area I Elective (A&SR) 3 SPAN xxx Spanish for Social Services 3 — 15 Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 107

SOCIOLOGY MAJOR SO 314 American Culture and the Black Experience School of Arts and Sciences SO 322 Sociological Theory and Methods SO 323 Seminar in Theory and Methods General Information SO 324 Comparative and Historical Sociology The sociological perspective helps us to recognize 2. Eighteen additional credit hours selected from upper- that individuals’ lives are shaped by society. Sociologists level courses in criminal justice, social work, and learn to see social patterns in individual behavior and to sociology (CJ, SW, or SO 300-400). apply scientific reasoning to all aspects of social life. Areas of special interest include the family, education, the 3. Twelve additional credit hours in Area II to consist of economy, poverty, social inequality, social change, and three credit hours each of economics, government, deviance. While contemporary American society is the history, and psychology. (Also satisfies the Area II main focus of the major, comparative and cross-cultural requirement.) approaches are also included. The unique perspective The 2.0 required grade point average in the major is and insight offered by sociology provide a significant based upon all SO and CJ courses pursued as a part of opportunity to understand forces that shape and determine the student’s degree program. our lives. Research and writing skills are emphasized, and students have an opportunity to conduct their own Suggested Sequence of Courses research. Notes: * Is a prerequisite Career Opportunities ** Has a prerequisite The sociology major provides an excellent background MR Major Requirement for careers in teaching, career counseling, personnel GCR General College Requirement management, insurance, school administration, health A&SR School of Arts and Sciences Requirement administration, state police, and corrections.

Faculty Freshman Year Associate Professor: Richard Luxton Credit Fall Semester Hours Assistant Professor: Raymond Kerns-Zucco SO 101* Introduction to Sociology (MR) 3 Professional Educators: Denise Kindschi Gosselin, ENGL 132* Composition I (GCR) 3 Alfred Ingham HIST xxx History Requirement (GCR/MR) 3 CS 131 Computing for the Arts and Program Objectives Sciences (GCR) 3 1. To understand the social forces that shape indi- LA 100 First Year Seminar (GCR) 2 vidual lives. MATH 105* Contemporary Mathematics I (GCR) 3 — 2. To understand the processes of social develop- 17 ment and social structure. Spring Semester 3. To understand the methods and theories of social SO 205 Cultural Anthropology (MR) 3 research. 4. To understand the value of comparative social SO 2xx/3xx analysis. — or — 5. To understand human interaction, people in CJ 2xx/SW 3xx 3 groups, and modes of social organization. ENGL 133** English Composition II (GCR) 3 6. To understand contemporary social issues. HUM 2xx Elements of Culture – Humanities Requirements (GCR) 3 General and School Requirements MATH 106** Contemporary Mathematics II (GCR)3 PEHR 151 Personal Health and Wellness (GCR) 1 See General College Requirements and School of Arts — and Sciences Requirements, pp. 36-38. 16 Sophomore Year Course of Study Credit 1. Required sociology and psychology (21 credit hours) Fall Semester Hours SO 101 Introduction to Sociology PSY 207* Statistics for the Social SO 205 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology Sciences** (MR) 3 PSY 207 Introduction to Statistics for the SO 203 Social Problems Social Sciences — or — 108 Undergraduate Academic Programs

SO 3xx Senior Year — or — Credit CJ 3xx Fall Semester Hours — or — SO 322 Sociological Theory and 1 SW 3xx Required Elective (MR) 3 Method 3 PH xxx Area I Philosophy SO 3xx Requirement (A&SR) 3 — or — EC xxx Area II Economics CJ 3xx/4xx Requirement (A&SR/MR) 3 — or — PEHR 151-199 Lifetime Activities Series (GCR) 1 SW 3xx Required Elective 3 LAB xxx Laboratory Science GEN xxx General Elective 3 Requirement (GCR) 3 — GEN xxx General Elective 3 16 GEN xxx General Elective 3 — Spring Semester 15 SO 314 Black Experience (MR) 3 Spring Semester SO 3xx SO 323 Seminar in Theory and Methods 3 — or — GEN xxx General Elective 3 CJ 3xx GEN xxx General Elective 3 — or — GEN xxx General Elective 3 GEN xxx General Elective 3 SW 3xx Required Elective (MR) 3 — ENGL xxx Area I Literature Requirement 15 Note: (A&SR) 3 1 Students must take PSY 207 prior to their senior year and must GO xxx Area II Government Requirement take SO 322 Sociological Theory and Methods in the fall of their (A&SR/MR) 3 senior year. LAB xxx Laboratory Science Requirement (GCR) 3 — 15 Junior Year Credit Fall Semester Hours SPORT MANAGEMENT SO 3xx — or — MAJOR CJ 3xx School of Business — or — SW 3xx Required Elective (MR) 6 General Information ARTS xxx Elements of Culture – A student majoring in sport management should be Arts Requirement (A&SR) 3 prepared to assume a position of responsibility within a PSY xxx Area II Psychology sports-oriented organization. The sport management Requirement (A&SR/MR) 3 major should be able to mobilize the resources available GEN xxx General Elective 2-3 —----- to that organization in order to meet the mission, goals, 14-15 and objectives of both the organization and its Spring Semester stakeholders. SO 324 Comparative and Historical Successful graduates in sport management should be Sociology (MR) 3 prepared to begin their careers in sport promotion, health and fitness center management, sporting goods SO 3xx management and sales, and other sport-related businesses. — or — The Management Department emphasizes innovation, CJ 3xx creativity, leadership, customer focus, and the importance — or — of quality in providing goods and services to customers. SW 3xx Required Elective (MR) 3 The sport management major engages in a course of ARI xxx Area I Elective (A&SR) 3 academic study that introduces and reinforces these GEN xxx General Elective 3 critical success factors to adequately prepare them for a GEN xxx General Elective 2-3 rewarding career in sport-related organizations. —----- 14-15 Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 109

Career Opportunities All sport management majors are required to complete The sport management major is prepared to assume a three-credit Practicum in Sport Management which positions of responsibility in the private and public sectors. provides students with the opportunity to plan, organize, Graduates work in the following settings: professional and lead various elements of the athletic and recreational sports, sport facility management, collegiate sports, programming offered through the Alumni Healthful Living recreation, sports clubs, sports journalism, sport Center, the College’s state-of-the art health and fitness marketing, entrepreneurship, and the sporting goods center. industry. Sport management majors who meet the College’s academic requirements for internships (grade point average of 2.0 or above overall and 2.2 or above in the Faculty major) are eligible for the three-credit Internship in Sport Professors: Anthony Chelte, Russell Fanelli, Management which places students in regional sport- William Ferris, Peter Hess, Ned Schwartz related organizations. Associate Professors: Harvey Shrage, Julie Siciliano Sport management majors with a grade point average Assistant Professors: Daniel Covell, Sharianne Walker of 3.0 and above are eligible to apply for the Advanced Field Experience (MAN 460-461) program. This program Program Objectives places students in semester-long, full-time intern positions 1. Develop an ability to apply managerial competen- within a sport organization. In place of the six credit hours cies to sport organizations. of general electives and the six credit hours of management 2. Understand internal and external factors that shape electives, students in this program earn 12 credit hours sport in a culture. through a combination of the work they do at their 3. Achieve competency in sport marketing including placement site and a series of papers and presentations fundamental aspects of sport products, markets, con- relating their field experience to the concepts and sumer research, sponsorship, and promotion. principles learned in their courses. Students are not 4. Achieve competency in the finance of sport concurrently enrolled in courses during the Advanced organizations including key elements of budgeting, Field Experience program. accounting, public/private joint financing, and revenue development. Electives 5. Achieve competency in legal aspects of sport Electives supplement the sport management student’s including state/federal legislation, liability, risk business program. Humanities, social science, management, contracts, and collective bargaining. communication, and statistics for sport management may 6. Achieve competency in the economics of sport be selected from the list of courses approved by the including fundamental concepts of supply and demand, School of Business. Special care is given to ensure that the economic forecasting, and economic impact assessment. elective sections complement the sport management 7. Understand the governance and regulation of sport student’s course of study leading to a successful career in organizations. sport-related industries. 8. Understand the key elements of ethical behavior in sport organizations including consideration of both Course of Study personal and professional ethical systems in sport organi- zation management. 9. Develop the ability to apply theoretical concepts 1. Core Requirements for All Business Majors (80 of sport management in a practical setting through a credit hours) See page 39. supervised field experience. — plus — 2. Required Management, Marketing and Legal Studies Courses (21 credit hours) General and School Requirements LS 460 Sport Law See General College Requirements and School of MAN 350 Structure of Sport Industry Business Requirements, pp. 36-37, 38-40. MAN 423 Human Resources Management MAN 455 Sport Facility Planning and Practicum, Internship, and Advanced Management (4cr) MAN 465 Seminar in Sport Management (4cr) Field Experience Options MK 366 Sport Marketing (4cr) Students majoring in sport management are afforded — plus — three different kinds of opportunities to apply their 3. Other required courses (6 credit hours) classroom learning to field experiences. EC 340 The Economics of Sports CL 390 Sports in Society — plus — 110 Undergraduate Academic Programs

4. Electives (18 credit hours) Spring Semester MAN480 Management Internship (3cr) ENGL 133** English Composition II (GCR) 3 — or — MATH 112** Analysis for Business and Business Elective (3 cr) Economics II (GCR/BUSR) 3 Business Elective (3 cr) — or — Non-Business Electives (12 cr) MATH 124** Calculus I for Management, Life and Social Sciences (GCR/BUSR) Total credit hours required for graduation – 125 Non-Business Elective (BUSR) 3 This major offers the option of 12 credits of advanced MAN 101* Principles of Management (BUSR) field experience (using the two business electives — or — above, plus an additional six credits) for a total of 131 CIS 102 * Computer Tools for credits. Business (BUSR) 3 Students must take 33 credit hours of course work in PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology (BUSR) 300-400 level courses. All students must take 12 hours — or — of upper level (300-400) courses in their major at SO 101 Introduction to Sociology (BUSR) 3 Western New England College. PEHR 153-159** Lifetime Activity Series (GCR) 1 — Courses to be included in computing the 2.0 minimum 16 average in the major are as follows: Sophomore Year All MAN and LS courses and BUS450. Credit Fall Semester Hours Suggested Sequence of Courses AC 201* ** Financial Reporting (BUSR) 3 Notes: MK 200* ** Principles of Marketing (BUSR) 3 * Is a prerequisite CIS 202* ** Introduction to Information ** Has a prerequisite Systems (BUSR) 3 EC 205* Principles of Economics I (BUSR) 3 MR Major Requirement Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 GCR General College Requirement 15 BUSR School of Business Requirement Spring Semester AC 202** Managerial Accounting (BUSR) 3 Freshman Year QM 201** Introduction to Statistics (BUSR) 3 Credit Fall Semester Hours FIN 214** Corporation Finance (BUSR) 3 BUS 101 First Year Seminar (GCR/BUSR) 3 EC 206** Principles of Economics II (BUSR) 3 ENGL 201** Principles of Communication (BUSR)3 ENGL 132* English Composition I (GCR) 3 — MATH 111* Analysis for Business and 15 Economics I (GCR/BUSR) 3 Non-credit career planning – Completion of individual — or — development/career plan required for registration for MATH 123* Calculus I for Management, Life Junior year. and Social Sciences (GCR/BUSR) History History Requirement (GCR) 3 Junior Year

MAN 101 Principles of Management (BUSR) Credit — or — Fall Semester Hours CIS 102 * Computer Tools for BUS 301 Integrated Business Business (BUSR) 3 Operations (BUSR) 3 PH 310 Ethics in the Professions (BUSR) 3 PEHR 151* Personal Health and EC 340 The Economics of Sports (MR) 3 Wellness (GCR)1 — MAN 350 Structure of Sport Industry (MR) 3 16 Lab Science Laboratory Science Demonstrated proficiency in Excel required for 2nd Requirement (GCR) 3 semester registration. — 15 Spring Semester LS 301 Legal Aspects of Business (BUSR) 3 QM 310 Quality and Operations Management (BUSR) 3 Purposes and ObjectiUndergraduate Undergraduate Academic Programs 111

HUM xxx Elements of Culture Requirement (GCR) 3 MK 366 Sport Marketing (MR) 4 Lab Science Laboratory Science Requirement (GCR) 3 — 16 Senior Year Credit Fall Semester Hours LS 460 Sport Law 3 MAN 455 Sport Facility Planning and Management 4 MAN 480 Management Internship (MR) — or — Business Elective 3 CL 390 Sports in Society 3 Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 — 16 Spring Semester BUS 450 Business Strategy (BUSR) 3 MAN 465 Seminar in Sport Management (MR) 4 Business Elective (MR) 3 MAN 423 Human Resource Management (MR) 3 Non-business Elective (BUSR) 3 — 16 Purposes and OUnderUndergraduate Academic Programs 113

CHEM 209-210 Organic Chemistry I-II Descriptions of Minor — and — Programs CHEM 219-220 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I-II* — or — CHEM 317-318 Physical Chemistry I-II — and — CHEM 327-328 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I-II*

The chemistry minor is open only to students who have MINORS completed one semester of college-level physics (PHYS In addition to the academic major, which all students 103 or PHYS 133) and one of the following mathematics must take, students have the option of electing a minor. courses: MATH 106, MATH 109, MATH 112, MATH 123, or To elect a minor or to obtain further information, stu- MATH 133. dents should consult the office of the dean of the School *These courses have prerequisites. of Business for the following minors - business, interna- tional business, management studies, and quantitative Computer Science Minor analysis and the office of the dean of the School of Arts The minor requirement is 20 credit hours as follows: and Sciences for all others. When students elect a minor, they should inform CS 181 Computer Science I their dean. The requirements in effect at that time are CS 182 Computer Science II those that should be fulfilled. If a student wishes to fulfill CS 184 Introduction to Ada requirements of an earlier date (for example, of the CS 283 Data Structures catalogue he or she entered under) the agreement of the MATH 261 Discrete Structures I department chair must be obtained. CPE 271 Digital Design The minors are described below. — or — CPE 310 Machine and Assembly Language Plus one 300 to 400 level CS course or CPE 450. Biology Minor The minor requirement is 19 credit hours, as follows: Criminal Justice Minor BIO 107-108 General Biology I-II BIO 117-118 General Biology I-II laboratory The minor requirement is 18 credit hours comprised of BIO 201 Plant Biology the following courses: BIO 210 Vertebrate Physiology CJ 101 Introduction to Criminal Justice BIO 220 Vertebrate Physiology Laboratory CJ 218 Introduction to Law Enforcement BIO 213 Ecology CJ 210 Criminology CJ 211 Corrections CJ 310 Criminal Law Business Minor CJ 312 Criminal Procedure The minor requirement is 18 credit hours, as follows: A student must take CJ 101 and CJ 210 (in any order) prior AC 201 Financial Accounting to taking the remaining courses. AC 202 Managerial Accounting CIS 202 Introduction to Information Systems Economics Minor FIN 214 Corporation Finance The minor requirement is 18 credit hours of economics MAN 101 Principles of Management courses, including: MK 200 Principles of Marketing EC 205 Principles of Economics I The business minor is not available to students whose — or — major is within the School of Business. EC 101 Introduction to Economic Issues EC 206 Principles of Economics II EC 305 Macroeconomics Chemistry Minor EC 306 Microeconomics The minor requirement is 20 credit hours, as follows: Plus six credit hours of other economics courses. CHEM 105-106 General Chemistry I-II Note: FIN 311 and MAN 301, upper-level requirements in CHEM 211 Analytical Methods the major, are not acceptable in fulfilling the minor re- CHEM 221 Analytical Methods Laboratory quirement if required for the student’s major. 114 Undergraduate Academic Programs

Education Minor ENGL 315 Shakespeare: The Tragedies The minor requirement is 18 credit hours, as follows. — or — ENGL 316 Shakespeare: The Comedies PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology and Histories PSY 211 Developmental Psychology PSY 304 Educational Psychology Plus six additional credit hours at the 300 or 400 level. PSY 317 Psychology of the Exceptional Person Plus any of the two following education or psychology Environmental Science Minor courses: The minor in environmental science includes courses that broaden understanding of environmental issues. Because ED 301 Principles and Problems of several courses in this minor have laboratory science Education courses as prerequisites, the minor is intended primarily ED 302 History of American Education for students majoring in one of the sciences. ED 306 Multimedia Presentations ED 333 Independent Study in Education The minor requirement is 18 credit hours, as follows: ED 350 Teaching of Elementary Reading The following course is required: and Language Arts ENVS 200 Introduction to Environmental ED 375 Elementary Curriculum and Science Methods 15 additional credit hours selected from the following list PSY 307 Use of Psychological Tests must be completed: PSY 313 Learning BIO 213 Ecology GO 336 Public Policy EC 374 Environmental Economics English Minor, Communication Track ENVS 300 Legal Aspects of the Environment The minor requirement is 18 credit hours, as follows: ENVS 301 Waste Management ENGL 201 Principles of Communication ENVS 302 Toxicology ENGL 301 Oral Communication ENVS 344 Environmental Microbiology ENGL 311 The English Language ENVS 390 Special Topics (may be taken twice) ENGL 320 Professional Communication ENGL 340 Business Communication — or — Government Minor ENGL 344 Expository Writing The minor requirement is 18 credit hours as follows: Plus any one of the following: GO 102 American Government ENGL 218 Introduction to Journalism Plus 15 credit hours of 200, 300, or 400 level government ENGL 342 Theatre Practicum courses. ENGL 348 Intercultural Communication Within these course requirements, a student must take at least three credit hours in American politics, international relations, comparative government, and political thought. English Minor, Literature Track The minor requirement is 18 credit hours, as follows: ENGL 212 Introduction to Literary Studies History Minor — or — Two of the following courses: ENGL 311 The English Language ENGL 214 World Literature I HIST 105 World Civilization I — or — HIST 106 World Civilization II ENGL 215 World Literature II HIST 111 United States History to 1877 ENGL 250 Masterpieces of American HIST 112 United States History, 1878 to Literature the Present — or — Nine credit hours of 300 or 400 level history courses. ENGL 231 Masterpieces of British Plus three additional credit hours of history. Literature I Within these course requirements, a student must take at — or — least three credit hours each in non-Western, European, ENGL 232 Masterpieces of British and American history. Literature II Purposes and OUnderUndergraduate Academic Programs 115

International Studies Minor 2. Elective Courses (six credit hours): The minor requirement consists of seven courses (21 MAN 3xx-4xx Management Elective credit hours), as follows: MAN 3xx-4xx Management Elective INST 101/GO 101 Introduction to Contemporary The management studies minor is not open to manage- Global Issues ment and sport management majors. GO 203 International Relations plus either: HIST 106 World Civilization II Mathematics Minor — or — The minor requirement is 18 or 20 credit hours as SO 205 Introduction to Cultural follows: Anthropology MATH 123-124 Calculus for Management, Life, and plus one of the following: Social Sciences I & II ENGL 205 Mass Communication — or — ENGL 215 World Literature II MATH 133-134 Calculus I-II PH 308 Environmental Ethics MATH 261 Discrete Structures I PH 320 Western Religions PH 321 Eastern Religions Three additional courses numbered 262 or above, Plus any three courses from the international studies cur- at least one of which must be: riculum list at the 300-level or above, one of which must MATH 418 Introduction to Modern Algebra be in the Department of Economics. — or — MATH 421 Real Analysis Latin American Studies Minor The minor requires 18 credit hours as follows: Philosophy Minor SPAN 101 and SPAN 102 The minor requirement is 18 credit hours consisting of — or — any six philosophy courses. SPAN 203 and SPAN 204 HUM 250 Latin American Civilization ENGL 253 Love, Death, and Power in Psychology Minor Twentieth Century Spanish The minor requirement is PSY 101 plus 15 additional credit American Literature hours in psychology. Note: internships, independent HIST 371 History of Latin America study, and undergraduate research may not be used to — or — fulfill these requirements. HIST 326 Sugar, Slaves, and Cloth SO 311 Sociology of Minority Groups — or — Public Administration Minor SO 325 Introduction to the Mayan World The minor requirement is 18 credit hours selected from the courses listed below: A demonstrated proficiency in Spanish or Portuguese may allow one to waive certain language requirements and to Required courses (nine hours): add courses in Latin American government or history. GO 102 Introduction to American These would require the approval of the dean. Government GO 205 Public Administration GO 338 Public Management in Local Management Studies Minor Government The minor requires the following: Plus any three of the following (nine hours): GO 210 State and Local Government 1. Required courses (12 credit hours): GO 320 The U.S. Congress & Presidency MAN 101 Principles of Management GO 325 Constitutional Law MAN 204 Organizational Behavior GO 336 Public Policy in America MAN 315 Organizational Theory GO 340 International Law and BUS 450 Business Strategy Organizations GO 350 American Foreign Policy 116 Undergraduate Academic Programs

EC 351 Economics and Government SPAN 204 Intermediate Spanish II EC 355 Public Finance SPAN 305 Advanced Conversational Spanish EC 361 Urban Economics ENGL 253 Love, Death, and Power in SO 302 Complex Organizations Twentieth Century Spanish SO 305 Sociology of Urban Life American Literature — or — HUM 250 Latin America Quantitative Analysis Minor The minor is 24 credit hours in the following courses: MATH 123-124 Calculus for Management, Life, and Social Sciences I & II QM 201 Introduction to Business Statistics MK 318 Marketing Research QM 310 Quality and Operations Management CIS 321 Database Management Systems QM 3xx QM 3xx

Social Work Minor The minor requirement is 18 credit hours, as follows: SW 100 Introduction to Social Work SW 216 Human Behavior and the Social Environment SW 301 Social Work Methods I SW 320 The Dynamics of Oppression and Empowerment plus six additional credit hours in social work.

Sociology Minor The minor requirement is 21 credit hours, as follows: SO 101 Introduction to Sociology SO 203 Social Problems SO 305 The Sociology of Urban Life SO 308 Sociology of the Family SO 311 Sociology of Minority Groups SO 341 Occupational Sociology Plus any three-credit sociology course at the 300-level or above.

Spanish Minor The minor requires the following courses: SPAN 101 Elementary Spanish I — or — SPAN 130 Spanish for Criminal Justice SPAN 140 Spanish for Social Services SPAN 102 Elementary Spanish II SPAN 203 Intermediate Spanish I Purposes and OUnderUndergraduate Academic Programs 117

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS In addition to serving traditional undergraduate stu- dents, this program is intended for students who have at least an associate’s degree or advanced undergraduate training, but who want to retrain for a new career or who Certificate Program in Chemistry need familiarity with computing to advance in their Recognizing the need for qualified workers trained in present jobs. The certificate program consists of six chemistry to fill positions in the chemical industry, and in courses (19 credit hours) as specified below. No prior other areas such as hospital and environmental laborato- experience is needed. ries highly dependent upon chemical technology, the College offers a Certificate in Chemistry. The certificate CIS 102 Computer Tools for Business requires the completion of 20 credit hours in chemistry CIS 202 Introduction to Information courses and, in addition, the prerequisites to these Systems courses. CIS 206 Object-Oriented Language I CIS 321 Data Management Systems Certificate requirements are as follows: CIS 413 Data Communications Systems CHEM 209-210 Organic Chemistry I-II and Networks CHEM 219-220 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I-II CIS 417 System Analysis and Design CHEM 211 Analytical Methods CHEM 221 Analytical Methods Laboratory Requirements for admission are the completion of 60 CHEM 312 Instrumental Analysis credit hours with a grade point average of at least 2.0 from CHEM 322 Instrumental Analysis Laboratory an accredited two-year or four-year college or university. CHEM 314 Biochemistry Western New England College students thus cannot be CHEM 324 Biochemistry Laboratory admitted to the program until their junior year. However, they may take courses that count toward the certificate in prior years. Students majoring in computer informa- Certificate Program in Communication tion systems, computer science, and computer engineer- ing are not eligible for the certificate program. Only Recognizing that communication is a skill much needed courses completed within three and one-half years of today; the College offers a program that strengthens un- completion of the program may be counted toward the derstanding, writing, and speaking. Completion of the certificate. At most two courses may be transferred into program requires 18 credit hours (plus any prerequisites). the program and those must be the equivalent of CIS 102 ENGL 201 Principles of Communication and/or CIS 202 only. No transfer credit will be granted for ENGL 301 Oral Communication any other course towards this certificate. ENGL 320 Professional Communication ENGL 340 Business Communication plus two of the following courses: ENGL 348 Intercultural Communication ENGL 39x Media Planning and Public Relations MK 317 Introduction to Marketing Communication/Advertising MK 340 Desktop Applications for Marketing

Certificate Program in Computer Studies Students have an opportunity to undertake a tradi- tional major plus a professional program focusing on information systems. In this program the graduate has the depth of prepa- ration in a major that permits further education plus a career-oriented concentration in information systems that can lead to useful employment. This program may be completed in the normal 122-hour degree plan. Students interested in this program should consult the dean of the School of Business. Undergraduate Courses 119

UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

AC Accounting ...... 120 AMST American Studies ...... 121 ART Art ...... 121 AS Aerospace Studies ...... 121 BIO Biology ...... 122 BME Biomedical Engineering ...... 123 BUS Business ...... 124 CHEM Chemistry ...... 124 CIS Computer Information Systems ...... 126 CJ Criminal Justice ...... 127 CL Colloquia ...... 129 CPE Computer Engineering ...... 129 CS Computer Science ...... 131 EC Economics ...... 132 ED Education ...... 134 EE Electrical Engineering ...... 135 ENGL English ...... 138 ENGR Engineering ...... 142 ENVS Environmental Science ...... 142 FIN Finance ...... 143 FR French ...... 143 GEOG Geography ...... 144 GEOL Geology ...... 144 GO Government and Politics ...... 144 HIST History ...... 145 HON Honors ...... 147 HUM Humanities ...... 147 IE Industrial Engineering ...... 148 INST International Studies ...... 149 LA Liberal Arts ...... 149 LS Legal Studies ...... 150 MAN Management ...... 150 MATH Mathematics ...... 152 ME Mechanical Engineering ...... 155 METR Meteorology ...... 158 MK Marketing ...... 158 MS Military Science ...... 160 MUS Music ...... 160 PA Physicians Assistant ...... 160 PEHR Physical Education, Health and Recreation ...... 160 PH Philosophy ...... 161 PHYS Physics ...... 162 PSY Psychology ...... 162 QM Quantitative Methods ...... 164 SO Sociology ...... 165 SW Social Work ...... 166 SPAN Spanish ...... 166 120 Undergraduate Courses

UNDERGRADUATE COURSES In general, the number of each course is related to the level of the course. The 100 series indicates introductory courses and the higher numbers indicate courses of a more advanced nature. For further information about an academic area, consult the dean of the school listed in parentheses. Courses in the 500- and 600-level series are customarily restricted to graduate students; exceptions will be noted in the section entitled “Graduate Courses.” Undergraduate engineering students may take 500-level engineering courses for which they have satisfied the prerequisites.

AC ACCOUNTING AC 306 FINANCIAL REPORTING III AC 410 COST-BASED DECISION Prerequisite: AC 305. This is the second in a MAKING (School of Business) three-course sequence offering an in-depth Prerequisite: AC 309. This is an advanced AC 201 FINANCIAL REPORTING examination of the financial reporting pro- managerial accounting course that empha- cess. Areas covered include long-term li- sizes the use of quantitative methods in the Prerequisite: MATH 105, 111, or 123. This abilities, owners’ equity, reporting errors, planning, control, and use of costing infor- course provides an introduction to finan- the statement of cash flows, earnings per mation in accounting applications. Areas cial accounting, which involves the mea- share, and financial statement analysis. examined include cost allocation, models surement of economic information about a 3 cr. for planning and control, and capital bud- company and its communication to exter- geting. nal parties such as owners and creditors. AC 309 COST ACCOUNTING 3 cr. Emphasis is placed on the theoretical prin- Prerequisite: MATH 106, 112, or 124, AC ciples underlying the classification, summa- 202. This course offers an in-depth exami- AC 413 FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS rization, and analysis of financial data in nation of the basic principles of cost ac- OF TAXATION the balance sheet, income statement, and counting. Areas covered include budgeting, Prerequisite: AC 202. This course reviews statement of cash flows. cost-volume profit analysis, product and the legislative origins and underlying phi- 3 cr. service costing, and the use of standard losophy of the development of taxing struc- AC 202 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING cost systems. Emphasis is placed on the tures. Specific applications of these con- impact of these topics in profit determina- cepts to individuals, partnerships, and cor- Prerequisite: AC 201. This course provides tion, managerial control, and decision mak- porations are made. Emphasis is also an introduction to managerial accounting, ing. placed on researching answers to tax ques- with an emphasis on the planning, control, 3 cr. tions. and decision-making functions of manage- 3 cr. ment. Specific topics examined include cost AC 311 MUNICIPAL AND FUND behavior, product costing, cost-volume- ACCOUNTING AC 414 ADVANCED TOPICS IN profit analysis, budgeting, and identifica- Prerequisite: AC 202. The course is a study TAXATION tion of relevant costs for decision making. of the types of accounting systems used in Prerequisite: AC 413. This course offers 3 cr. government and institutions, including mu- detailed coverage of taxation topics such as AC 203 GOVERNMENTAL nicipalities, colleges and hospitals. Atten- partnerships, corporate tax planning, com- ACCOUNTING tion is given to procedural similarities with binations, reorganizations, liquidations, commercial accounting, as well as to func- trusts, estates, and gifts. Prerequisite: AC 202. This course examines tional differences. 3 cr. state and local governmental budgeting, 3 cr. reporting, and auditing principles. Financial AC 419 AUDITING AND ASSURANCE reports of each level of government are AC 333 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN SERVICES analyzed, as are the financial and compli- ACCOUNTING Prerequisite: AC 305. This course intro- ance issues associated with federally See “Independent Study” on p. 30. duces students to the role of financial state- funded programs. The thirteen basic ac- 1-3 cr. ment audits and other assurance services counting and reporting principles appli- AC 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN in enhancing the relevance and reliability of cable to state and local government are ACCOUNTING information. Specific topics include consid- covered, including terminology, fund ac- This is a study of advanced topics in ac- eration of risk analysis, internal controls, counts, and budgetary control techniques. counting of special interest to accounting information technology, sampling, legal This course is normally offered only in the majors, but not carried in the catalog on a liability, and professional conduct. Off-Campus Program. regular basis. The course may be repeated 3 cr. 3 cr. for credit if the topic varies. AC 420 ADVANCED TOPICS IN AC 305 FINANCIAL REPORTING II 1-3 cr. AUDITING AND ASSURANCE Prerequisite: Math 106, 112, or 124, AC 201. AC 407 FINANCIAL REPORTING IV SERVICES This second course in financial reporting is Prerequisite: AC 306. This is the third in a Prerequisite: AC 419. This course examines the first of a three-course sequence that three-course sequence offering an in-depth in-depth the nature of financial statement offers an in-depth examination of the finan- examination of the financial reporting pro- audits and assurance services. A variety of cial reporting process. Emphasis is placed cess. Among the areas covered are inter- factors affecting these activities are exam- on the application of theory to the prepara- corporate investments, consolidations, ined, including the role of professional tion and use of financial accounting infor- pensions, comprehensive income, and ac- judgment, ethics, and confidentiality. Stu- mation. Areas covered include the flow of counting for international operations. dents also complete a comprehensive risk information through the accounting cycle, 3 cr. analysis project as part of course require- cash, receivables, inventories, plant and ments. equipment, intangible assets, and current 3 cr. liabilities. 3 cr. Undergraduate Courses 121

AC 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN Projects include work in perspective, still ART 210 20TH CENTURY ART ACCOUNTING life, figure drawing, and portraiture. This course is a survey of important Euro- See “internships” on p. 31. 3 cr. pean and American art movements, explor- 3 cr. ing the individual achievements of major ART 110 FIGURE DRAWING AND artist such as Picasso, Dali, O’Keeffe, and PORTRAITURE Moore. Concentrating on the human form, this 3 cr. course includes techniques and exercises AMST AMERICAN designed to impart and improve drawing ART 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ART skills. Topics in art that are not offered on a regu- STUDIES 3 cr. lar basis are examined. The course may be (School of Arts and Sciences) repeated for credit if the topic varies. ART 115 WATERCOLOR PAINTING 1-3 cr. AMST 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN This course is an approach to watercolor AMERICAN STUDIES using transparent and opaque techniques. This course covers topics in American Basics such as stretching paper and laying studies that are not offered on a regular a graded wash are explored. Subjects range basis. The course may be repeated for from studio still life to location landscapes. AS AEROSPACE credit if the topic varies. 3 cr. 1-3 cr. STUDIES ART 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ART (Air Force ROTC/School of AMST 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN Topics in art that are not offered on a regu- Business) AMERICAN STUDIES lar basis are examined. The course may be This course covers topics in American repeated for credit if the topic varies. AS 111 THE AIR FORCE TODAY I studies that are not offered on a regular 1-3 cr. Informal lectures examine the structure of basis. The course may be repeated for the Air Force and military establishment as credit if the topic varies. ART 201 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL a whole. Classroom discussions focus on 1-3 cr. ART (formerly Origins of Art) military customs, courtesies, and profes- This is an overview of the origins of art and sionalism. Course requirements: two one- AMST 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN its evolution from cave paintings in France hour exams, an oral presentation, and a AMERICAN STUDIES and Spain to the stained glass windows and short written assignment. No credit two- See “Internships” on page 31. sculptures of the great cathedrals of Eu- hour weekly leadership laboratory, graded rope. Art of the ancient Egyptians, Greeks, AMST 490 AMERICAN STUDIES on a pass/fail basis, applies leadership prin- Etruscans, and Romans as well as that of ciples encountered in a military environ- SEMINAR the medieval Vikings and Christians is stud- Prerequisite: Senior standing and fifteen ment and is optional for non-cadets. Text- ied to enhance understanding of the ideas books are provided. The academic portion credit hours of American studies or permis- and images that form part of the artistic sion of instructor. An exploration of se- of the course is open to all students. heritage of Western Civilization. 1 cr. lected topics in American studies with an 3 cr. emphasis on developing research and ana- AS 112 U. S. AIR FORCE TODAY II lytical skills. These skills are incorporated ART 202 FROM THE RENAISSANCE Informal lectures examine the structure of into a research project on a topic selected TO IMPRESSIONISM (formerly Art the Air Force and military establishment as by the student. This course may be re- Masterpieces and Master Artists) a whole. Discussions focus on military cus- peated if the topic differs. All senior Ameri- This is an overview of the art and artists of toms, courtesies, and professionalism. can studies majors are required to enroll in the four great ages of art: Renaissance, Ba- Course requirements: two one-hour exams, this course. roque, Enlightenment, and Modern. From an oral presentation, and a short written 3 cr. Michelangelo to Monet, the course empha- assignment. No credit two-hour weekly sizes how great artists of Europe and leadership laboratory, graded on a pass/fail America produced distinctive expressions basis, applies leadership principles encoun- of themselves and their ages. tered in a military environment and is op- 3 cr. tional for non-cadets. Textbooks are pro- ART ART ART 203 THE ART OF FILM vided. The academic portion of the course (School of Arts and Sciences) Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two is open to all students. (All ART courses satisfy Elements of courses in English writing with grades of 1 cr. Culture “A” requirement) “C” or better. Cinematography as a world- AS 191 ADVANCED PHYSICAL wide cultural movement of the twentieth FITNESS ART 101 ART APPRECIATION century is studied. Works from different This course is designed to encourage physi- This course is an introductory study of countries are studied to illustrate the his- cal fitness and improve self-confidence. It selected examples from the arts of painting, torical development of the art of film. covers warm-up exercises, calisthenics, sculpture, and architecture in various cul- 3 cr. running, and various team sports. All exer- tures -primitive, Western and Oriental, an- ART 204 FROM PYRAMIDS AND cises are accomplished as a group. cient, and modern. Special attention is 1 cr. given to the purposes and functions of art CASTLES TO CATHEDRALS AND for the individual and for society and to SKYSCRAPERS (formerly Pyramids, AS 223 THE AIR FORCE WAY I ways of understanding artistic creativity. Castles and Cathedrals) Informal lectures and student discussions 3 cr. This course uses a slide presentation intro- center on the growth of air power as a pri- ducing students to significant buildings of mary component of our national security, ART 105 ELEMENTARY DRAWING: Europe and America from ancient times to the role of air power in our military today, LINE, DESIGN, COLOR the present. and leadership skills. The course covers This course is an introduction to the use of 3 cr. the period from early balloons to World pencil, charcoal, Conte crayon, and pastels. War II. Course requirements: two one-hour 122 Undergraduate Courses

exams, oral presentation, and a short writ- AS 441 NATIONAL SECURITY BIO 104 LIFE SCIENCES II ten assignment. No credit two-hour weekly POLICY/PREPARATION FOR ACTIVE This course is an introduction to human leadership laboratory, graded on a pass/fail DUTY reproduction development and inheritance, basis, applies leadership principles encoun- Formulation and implementation of na- evolution behavior and ecology. This tered in a military environment and is op- tional security policy, issues of national course is intended for elementary educa- tional for non-cadets. Textbooks are pro- strategy, and international and regional tion majors. (Satisfies lab science require- vided. The academic portion of the course security issues are studied. The focus is on ment). is open to all students. role of the armed forces in the national 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. 1 cr. security process. Course requirements: two one-hour exams, an oral presentation, and BIO 107 GENERAL BIOLOGY I AS 224 THE AIR FORCE WAY II writing assignments. No credit two-hour Prerequisite: One unit of secondary school Informal lectures and student discussions weekly leadership laboratory for cadets chemistry or CHEM 102; corequisite: BIO center on the growth of air power as a pri- pursuing a commission graded on pass/fail 117. Intended for science majors, this mary component of our national security, basis is also required. Textbooks are pro- course focuses on evolution, biochemistry, the role of air power in our military today, vided. The academic portion of the course cells, and genetics. Students learn the ba- and leadership skills. The course covers is open to all students. sic concepts of biology and write about the period from early balloons to World 3 cr. them using the appropriate vocabulary. War II. Course requirements: two one-hour Students also use their new knowledge to exams, oral presentation, and a short writ- AS 442 NATIONAL SECURITY practice problem solving. ten assignment. No credit two-hour weekly POLICY/PREPARATION FOR ACTIVE 3 cr. leadership laboratory, graded on a pass/fail DUTY II basis, applies leadership principles encoun- Informal lectures and student discussions BIO 108 GENERAL BIOLOGY II tered in a military environment and is op- focus on military officership, Air Force Prerequisite: BIO 107 or permission of the tional for non-cadets. Textbooks provided. roles and missions, military law, military- instructor; corequisite: BIO 118. Intended The academic portion of the course is open civilian relations, and other pre-commis- for science majors, the focus is on the di- to all students. sioning topics useful in preparing for active versity of life, the function of organs in ani- 1 cr. duly. Course requirements: two one-hour mals, and ecology. Students learn the basic exams, an oral presentation, and writing concepts of biology and write about them AS 335 USAF PROFESSIONAL assignments. No credit two-hour weekly using the appropriate vocabulary. Students OFFICER: LEADERSHIP AND leadership laboratory (pass/fail) for cadets also use their new knowledge to practice MANAGEMENT pursuing a commission is also required. problem solving. Concepts of management and leadership Textbooks are provided. The academic 3 cr. are studied in relation to the role of the U.S. portion of the course is open to all stu- BIO 117 GENERAL BIOLOGY Air Force officer. Includes systems theory, dents. LABORATORY I management of change, decision making, 3 cr. goal setting, planning, policy making, coor- Prerequisite: BIO 107 or concurrently. Stu- dinating, staffing, personnel appraisal and dents apply scientific thinking and basic evaluation, controlling, management poli- technical skills to the study of cells. Meth- tics and tactics, organizational and per- ods practiced include microscopy, spec- sonal value conflicts. Course requirements: BIO BIOLOGY troscopy, and chromatography as well as the collection, graphing, and interpretation two exams, oral presentations, and writing (School of Arts and Sciences) assignments. No credit two-hour weekly of data. Three-hour lab. leadership laboratory, graded on a pass/fail BIO 101 BASIC BIOLOGY: 1 cr. Laboratory fee $40. basis, applies leadership principles encoun- ORGANISMS BIO 118 GENERAL BIOLOGY tered in a military environment and is op- This is an introduction to the biology of LABORATORY II tional for non-cadets. Textbooks are pro- organisms and their component parts. In- vided. The academic portion of the course Corequisite: BIO 108 or concurrently. Stu- tended primarily for non-majors, the em- dents examine the difference between vari- is open to all students. phasis is on the structure and function of 3 cr. ous types of organisms and dissect a typi- human cells and organs. Two class hours, cal mammal to study its internal structure. AS 336 USAF PROFESSIONAL three-hour lab. They also learn and use the applicable ter- 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. OFFICER: LEADERSHIP AND minology. Three-hour lab. MANAGEMENT II BIO 102 BASIC BIOLOGY: 1 cr. Laboratory fee $40. Informal lectures focus on Air Force writing POPULATIONS BIO 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN and speaking skills and formats. Student Prerequisite: BIO 101. This is an introduc- BIOLOGY discussions include case studies that pro- tion to the interactions of organisms. In- vide insight into managerial, leadership, Topics in biology that are not offered on a tended primarily for non-majors, the em- regular basis are examined. The course and decision-making responsibilities of phasis is on inheritance, evolution, and military officers. Course requirements: two may be repeated for credit if the topic var- ecology. Two class hours, three-hour lab. ies. exams, oral presentations, and writing as- 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. signments. No credit two-hour weekly lead- 1-3 cr. ership laboratory, graded on a pass/fail BIO 103 LIFE SCIENCES I BIO 201 PLANT BIOLOGY (formerly basis, applies leadership principles encoun- This course is an introduction to cells, BIO 301) tered in a military environment, and is op- plant biology and human anatomy and Prerequisite: BIO 108. Students examine tional for non-cadets. Textbooks are pro- physiology. It is intended to meet lab sci- various kinds of plants as well as their struc- vided. The academic portion of the course ence requirement for elementary education ture, internal workings, ecological relation- is open to all students. majors. ships, and evolution. They learn basic con- 3 cr. 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. cepts and write about them using the appro- priate terminology. Data collecting, analysis, and interpretation are also practiced. Three class hours, three-hour lab. 4 cr. Laboratory fee $40. Undergraduate Courses 123

BIO 210 VERTEBRATE PHYSIOLOGY presentation is also required of every stu- BME BIOMEDICAL Prerequisite: BIO 108. This course is a dent. Data collecting, analysis, and inter- study of the structural and functional pretation are practiced in the laboratory. ENGINEERING mechanisms that underlie the life pro- Three class hours, three-hour lab. (School of Engineering) cesses and organ systems in vertebrates. 4 cr. Laboratory fee $40. 3 cr. BME 301 ENGINEERING BIO 312 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY PHYSIOLOGY I BIO 213 ECOLOGY Prerequisite: BIO 108; CHEM 106 or concur- Prerequisite: EE 206, MATH 350 or concur- Prerequisite: BIO 108 and BIO 201. This is a rently. Students examine the embryonic rently. This course combines the study of study of the interaction of plants and ani- development of animals and its genetic physiology, anatomy, and engineering. Stu- mals and their relationship to the physical control. They learn basic concepts and dents gain an in depth understanding of environment. Such topics as population write about them using the appropriate specified physiological systems and addi- dynamics, food chains, energy flow, and terminology. Students practice the manipu- tionally study appropriate engineering adaptations are included. lation of sea urchin, salamander, and models and concepts associated with the 3 cr. chicken embryos in the laboratory. Three various systems. The systems covered in- class hours, three-hour lab. clude introduction to cell physiology, me- BIO 220 VERTEBRATE PHYSIOLOGY 4 cr. Laboratory fee $40. tabolism, the nervous system, the senses, LABORATORY skeletal muscles, and mass balances. BIO 313 MICROBIOLOGY Prerequisite: BIO 108. Corequisite: BIO 210. Course objectives are assessed with home- LABORATORY This course consists of laboratory exer- work, quizzes, laboratory experiments, and cises in vertebrate physiology. Emphasis is Prerequisite: BIO 108, BIO 303, or concur- exams. placed on data manipulation and problem rently. This is an introduction to tech- 4 cr. solving. Three-hour lab. niques for working with bacteria and vi- 1 cr. Laboratory fee $40. ruses including isolation, identification, and BME 302 ENGINEERING enumeration of bacteria. Three-hour lab. PHYSIOLOGY II BIO 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN 1 cr. Laboratory fee $40. Prerequisite: BME 301. This is the second of BIOLOGY a two-part course that combines the study BIO 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics in biology that are not offered on a of physiology, anatomy, and engineering. IN BIOLOGY regular basis are examined. The course Students gain an in depth understanding of may be repeated for credit if the topic var- See “Independent Study” on page 30. specified physiological systems and addi- ies 1-3 cr. Laboratory fee may be required. tionally study appropriate engineering 1-3 cr. BIO 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN models and concepts associated with the BIO 303 MICROBIOLOGY BIOLOGY various systems. The topics covered in- Prerequisite: BIO 108; corequisite: BIO 313. Prerequisite: BIO 108 and permission of the clude blood dynamics, cardiovascular This is an introduction to bacteria and instructor. Members of the biology faculty physiology, respiratory system, renal sys- viruses. offer selected topics in their areas of spe- tem, gastrointestinal system, and endocri- 3 cr. cialty. These courses are not offered on a nology. Course objectives are assessed regular basis and may be repeated for with homework, quizzes, laboratory experi- BIO 304 HISTOLOGY credit if the topic differs. ments, and exams. Prerequisite: BIO 108. This is a microscopic 1-3 cr. Laboratory fee may be required. 4 cr. study of tissues. The course discusses their origin, structure, and relationships to or- BIO 440 UNDERGRADUATE BME 331 BIOINSTRUMENTATION gans. There is an introduction to histologi- RESEARCH Prerequisite: EE 206. This course studies cal techniques. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: Senior standing. data acquisition techniques as applied to Three class hours, three-hour lab. 1-3 cr. Laboratory fee may be required. the human body. Topics include measure- 4 cr. Laboratory fee $40. ment, conversion of analog and digital sig- BIO 455 EVOLUTION nals, transduction, electrodes, electrocar- BIO 306 GENETICS Prerequisite: BIO 213 and BIO 306 or per- diograms, electroencephalograms, elec- Prerequisite: BIO 108; CHEM 209 or concur- mission of the instructor. This is a study of tromyograms, respiratory measures, and rently. This is a study of classical organic evolution and its theoretical basis. medical imaging. Students design basic organismal heredity and its molecular ba- This course develops three major themes: biomedical amplifier circuits, understand sis. Topics include Mendelian principles, the history of evolutionary thought, the the terminology associated with instrumen- gene structure and function, and changes in mechanisms of evolution, and highlights in tation and measurement, specify off-the- genetic material. Offered in alternate years. the history of life. Offered in alternate shelf equipment, and make biomedical mea- Three class hours, three-hour lab. years. surements. Course objectives are assessed 4 cr. Laboratory fee $40. 3 cr. with homework, quizzes, term papers, and exams. BIO 308 COMPARATIVE BIO 480 INTERNSHIP IN BIOLOGY 3 cr. VERTEBRATE ANATOMY See “Internships” on page 31. Prerequisite: BIO 210, 220. This course is an 3 cr. BME 340 BIOMATERIALS evolutionary approach to the study of ver- Prerequisite: CHEM 105 and PHYS 134. This tebrate structure. Offered in alternate is an introduction to the fundamental con- years. Three class hours, three-hour lab. cepts of materials science with applications 4 cr. Laboratory fee $40. in biomedical engineering. Students analyze physical properties of biomaterials, under- BIO 310 CELL BIOLOGY stand the interaction of the biomaterial Prerequisite: BIO 108; CHEM 209 or concur- with the human body, examine material rently. Students examine cellular structure specifications and fabrication methods, and and function including the molecular orga- compare and contrast various materials for nization of the various cell organelles. They an application. Course objectives are as- learn basic concepts and write about them sessed with homework, quizzes, case stud- using the appropriate terminology. An oral ies, a design project, and exams. 3 cr. 124 Undergraduate Courses

BME 350 BIOTHERMODYNAMICS BUS BUSINESS windows and other software techniques, Prerequisite: CHEM 105 and MATH 235. and interactions between programs. This is a study of the physical and math- (School of Business) 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. ematical concepts of thermodynamics with BUS 101 FIRST YEAR BUSINESS BUS 450 BUSINESS STRATEGY an emphasis on physiological and biologi- SEMINAR cal examples. Students apply the first and Prerequisite: Senior standing. This is an This is a course designed specifically for second law of thermodynamics to biomedi- integrative examination of the strategic new college students in the School of Busi- cal examples involving gas mixtures, phase planning process and its relationship with ness. The emphasis is on personal develop- and chemical equilibrium, and material the various functions within the business ment: an understanding of self and the hab- balances. Course objectives are assessed environment. Competencies in effective its necessary for personal effectiveness and with homework, quizzes, and exams. managerial decision-making are explored for effective relationships with others. Top- 3 cr. from case studies and experiences of actual ics include taking responsibility as well as businesses from a variety of industries, BME 380 BIOENGINEERING developing personal mission statements, both domestic and global. PRACTICUM time management skills, and listening skills. 3 cr. Prerequisite: Junior standing and permis- The course includes a term project and an sion of instructor. Projects in which engi- exposure to the range of career options neering analysis and design are applied to available to college graduates. There is a practical engineering problems in the reha- high level of interaction with the faculty bilitation, instrumentation, biological, or and peers both inside and outside the CHEM CHEMISTRY medical fields. A written plan at the time of classroom. An introduction to critical think- (School of Arts and Sciences) registration and a final oral and written ing skills is also covered. report are required. 3 cr. CHEM 101 MODERN CHEMISTRY I 3 cr. BUS 301 INTEGRATED BUSINESS This is an introductory course intended to OPERATIONS help students with little background in the BME 437 DESIGN PROJECTS physical sciences to understand the mate- Corequisites: Approval of the bioengineer- Prerequisites: AC 202, CIS 202, FIN 214, QM 201, MAN 101, MK 200. This course is case- rial environment. Modern concepts of ing faculty advisor. Selected students work atomic and molecular structure are devel- on an independent design project in the and/or simulation-based, emphasizing the interrelationships among the various op- oped and used to explain the properties of semester prior to enrolling in BME 440. familiar substances including solids, liq- This course is intended to provide students erations systems of business (accounting, finance, MIS, marketing, management) and uids, and gases. Laboratory work is de- with the opportunity for a two-semester signed to enhance understanding of funda- project sequence culminating with the various dimensions of the business environment (economic, political, techno- mental concepts at the practical level and BME 440. may include field sampling and demonstra- 3 cr. logical, etc.) in business decision making and problem solving. Students are required tions as well as individual experiments. Two class hours, three-hour lab. BME 440 SENIOR PROJECTS to apply the discipline-specific learning 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. Prerequisite: IE 410 or BME 437. Working from their introductory-level business under the supervision of project advisors, courses to operational-level business deci- CHEM 102 MODERN CHEMISTRY II students complete the work on a capstone sions and problems. Instructors in this Prerequisite: CHEM 101 or one year of sec- project that was proposed in IE 410, Engi- course serve primarily as course facilita- ondary school chemistry. A study of basic neering Project Management. Students are tors, with several options available to pro- chemical models is applied to topics in encouraged to work in multidisciplinary vide students with access to “consultants” current technology. Topics include the teams on clinically and industrially relevant in each discipline area. chemistry of synthetic materials, of living projects. They organize formal design re- 3 cr. systems, of energy sources, and of environ- views with faculty, other students, and in- mental pollution as well as the ethics of dustrial sponsors. Course objectives are BUS 302 PRESENTATION TECHNOLOGIES FOR BUSINESS science and technology. Laboratory work assessed with weekly progress reports, a includes polymer synthesis, sampling and midterm oral report, a final written report, Prerequisite: CIS 101; Freshman English. This is an introduction to the basic skills analysis of household products and foods, and an oral defense of the project. and environmental analysis. Two class 3 cr. needed in desktop publishing and other presentation technologies commonly used hours, three-hour lab. 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. BME 451 BIOMECHANICS in modern business. Emphasis is on design, Prerequisite: ME 203. This is a study of the typography, and production. Text is CHEM 105 GENERAL CHEMISTRY I human body and materials applied to the supplemented with several lab exercises to Prerequisite: One unit of secondary school human body and their reaction to forces enhance specific skills in the creation of chemistry. This is the first course of a two- and moments. Topics include statics and finished documents. Students are required semester sequence intended for science dynamics applied to the body, mechanics to create a portfolio of several documents and engineering majors and students who of deformable bodies, and strength of mate- for a specific company and are also re- wish a more in-depth study of chemical rials. Course objectives are assessed with quired to make a formal presentation using principles than is provided in CHEM 101. homework, quizzes, and exams. the technologies they have studied. The following topics are explored: stoichi- 3 cr. 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. ometry, atomic and molecular structure, BME 490 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BUS 303 WINDOWS DEVELOPMENT states of matter, and properties of solu- BIOENGINEERING Prerequisite: CIS 200; QM 201. This course tions. Three class hours, three-hour lab. 4 cr. Laboratory fee $40. This is a study of an advanced topic in explores the Microsoft Windows operating bioengineering of special interest to engi- system, focusing on the development of CHEM 106 GENERAL CHEMISTRY II neering majors, but not offered on a regular business applications using a variety of Prerequisite: CHEM 105. An extension of basis. Windows-compatible application software CHEM 105, this course illustrates and am- 3 cr. packages. Issues explored include common plifies the principles developed previously. graphical user interface, development of New material includes the descriptive Undergraduate Courses 125

chemistry of the elements, chemical equi- CHEM 221 ANALYTICAL METHODS CHEM 322 INSTRUMENTAL libria, energetics and rates of reaction, elec- LABORATORY ANALYSIS LABORATORY trochemistry, nuclear chemistry, and an Prerequisite: CHEM 211 or concurrently. Prerequisite: CHEM 312 or concurrently. introduction to organic and polymer chem- Laboratory for CHEM 211. The objective of Laboratory for CHEM 312. The instrumental istry. The laboratory illustrates these top- the laboratory is the development of pre- methods used include ultraviolet, visible, ics and provides the student with experi- cise experimental techniques and organiza- infrared, and atomic absorption spectros- ence in the separation and identification of tional skills. Classical gravimetric and volu- copy; nuclear magnetic resonance spec- inorganic species in solution. Three class metric methods are applied in order to de- trometry; and potentiometry. Four-hour hours, three-hour lab. termine the percent composition of several lab. 4 cr. Laboratory fee $40. samples of minerals, ores, or alloys and to 1 cr. Laboratory fee $40. characterize qualitative aspects of selected CHEM 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN systems. Four-hour lab. CHEM 324 BIOCHEMISTRY CHEMISTRY 1 cr. Laboratory fee $40. LABORATORY Topics in chemistry that are not offered on Prerequisite: CHEM 314 or concurrently. a regular basis are examined. The course CHEM 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN Laboratory for CHEM 314. This course con- may be repeated for credit if the topic var- CHEMISTRY sists of laboratory exercises designed to ies. Topics in chemistry that are not offered on introduce modern techniques for the sepa- 1-3 cr. a regular basis are examined. The course ration, purification, and determination of may be repeated for credit if the topic var- structure and function of biological com- CHEM 209 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I ies. pounds. Four-hour lab. Prerequisite: CHEM 106; CHEM 219 or con- 1-3 cr. 1 cr. Laboratory fee $40. currently. This is an introduction to the basic principles of organic chemistry. Em- CHEM 312 INSTRUMENTAL CHEM 327 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY phasis is on functional group recognition ANALYSIS LABORATORY I and reactivity of the simpler structural Prerequisite: CHEM 209; CHEM 211; CHEM Prerequisite: CHEM 317 or concurrently. classes. Nomenclature, stereochemistry, 219; CHEM 221; CHEM 322 or concurrently; Laboratory for CHEM 317. Emphasis is on and selected reaction mechanism are stud- or permission of the instructor. Building techniques for the determination of the ied. upon the concepts of classical quantitative chemical and physical properties of materi- 3 cr. analysis, the course includes the modern als. Four-hour lab. instrumental methods currently used for 1 cr. Laboratory fee $40. CHEM 210 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II qualitative and quantitative analysis. For Prerequisite: CHEM 209; CHEM 219; CHEM each major instrumental method, the fun- CHEM 328 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 220 or concurrently. This is a continuation damental interaction of energy with mate- LABORATORY II of CHEM 209. The higher functional groups rial samples is developed, followed by de- Prerequisite: CHEM 318 or concurrently. and structural classes are considered. Ad- tailed examination of instrument design, Laboratory for CHEM 318. This is a continu- ditional reaction mechanisms, synthesis, operation, and application. ation of CHEM 327. Experiments continue and spectroscopic methods are introduced. 3 cr. to emphasize techniques necessary for the 3 cr. determination of the chemical and physical CHEM 314 BIOCHEMISTRY properties of materials. Four-hour lab. CHEM 211 ANALYTICAL METHODS Prerequisite: CHEM 210 and CHEM 324 or 1 cr. Laboratory fee $40. Prerequisite: CHEM 106; CHEM 221 or con- concurrently. This is an examination of the currently. This is a study of the theory and chemistry of living systems with emphasis CHEM 333-334 INDEPENDENT methodology of classical and modern ana- on human biochemistry. Topics include the STUDY IN CHEMISTRY lytical chemistry. Topics include statistical biosynthesis, metabolism, and function of See “Independent Study” on page 30. treatment of data, errors, precipitation pro- proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, and 1-3 cr. Laboratory fee may be required. cesses, the equilibria associated with gravi- lipids. CHEM 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN metric procedures, acid-base and redox 3 cr. titrations, and related items. CHEMISTRY 3 cr. CHEM 317 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I Topics in chemistry that are not offered on Prerequisite: CHEM 211; CHEM 221; CHEM a regular basis are examined. The course CHEM 219 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 327 or concurrently, MATH 235, PHYS 134; may be repeated for credit if the topic var- LABORATORY I or permission of the instructor. This course ies. Prerequisite: CHEM 209 or concurrently. is an exploration of the fundamental physi- 1-3 cr. Laboratory for CHEM 209. The laboratory cal laws governing the behavior of all sub- CHEM 421 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY exercises are designed to increase stu- stances. Among the topics examined are dents’ skills in planning, conducting, and the kinetic theory of gases, real gas behav- Prerequisite: CHEM 312, CHEM 317, CHEM interpreting the results of experimental ior, the basic laws of thermodynamics, and 322. This is a theoretical course work. Students are introduced to the basics chemical equilibria. discussing the wave mechanical concept of of synthetic organic chemistry techniques. 3 cr. electronic structure and modern bonding Four-hour lab. theories including molecular orbitals. Addi- 1 cr. Laboratory fee $40. CHEM 318 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II tional topics include periodic properties, Prerequisite: CHEM 317; CHEM 327; CHEM covalent and ionic compounds, advanced CHEM 220 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 328 or concurrently; or permission of the acid-base and solvent interactions, and the LABORATORY II instructor. A continuation of CHEM 317, structure, properties, and reactions of co- Prerequisite: CHEM 210 or concurrently. this course includes a study of the behavior ordination compounds. Laboratory for CHEM 210. This is a continu- of liquids, the thermodynamics of solu- 3 cr. ation of CHEM 219. Emphasis is on the iden- tions, phase equilibria, chemical kinetics, CHEM 425 INTRODUCTION TO tification of chemical compounds by both electrolyte behavior, and an introduction to POLYMER SCIENCE AND chemical and spectroscopic techniques. quantum mechanics. ENGINEERING Four-hour lab. 3 cr. 1 cr. Laboratory fee $40. Prerequisite: CHEM 210 and CHEM 318, or permission of the instructor. This is an in- troductory survey of the organic and physi- cal chemistry of polymer molecules. Em- 126 Undergraduate Courses

phasis is on methods of preparation, kinet- CIS 206 OBJECT-ORIENTED dustry-standard SQL data language. Topics ics and mechanisms, techniques of charac- LANGUAGE I include physical data organization, data- terization, and the details of conformations Pre or co-requisite: CIS 202. This course is base architecture, data models with empha- and chain dimensions. Other topics include an introduction to computer programming sis on the relational model, logical database structure-property relationships, mechani- for information systems with emphasis on design, normalization, and relational query cal and rheological properties, and the programming logic and algorithms. Stu- languages. A design and an implementation thermodynamics of polymers. dents are taught computer programming, project are required. This course is equiva- 3 cr. utilizing object-oriented language and rapid lent to CS 364. application development environment. It is 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. CHEM 430 ADVANCED TOPICS geared toward solving business data pro- Prerequisite: CHEM 317; CHEM 421 or con- cessing problems. Topics include data CIS 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY currently. Members of the chemistry fac- types (variables, arrays, records, and IN COMPUTER INFORMATION ulty offer selected topics in their areas of classes), control structures, procedures, SYSTEMS specialty with emphasis on advanced con- functions, and modules. The students are See “Independent Study” on page 30. cepts. Topics to be covered are available required to develop several programming 1-3 cr. Laboratory fee may be required. from the department chair. Offered in alter- projects that include program design, soft- CIS 361 MANAGEMENT OF nate years. ware development, and user/maintenance INFORMATION SYSTEMS 3 cr. Laboratory fee may be required. documentation. A common object-oriented programming language is utilized. Prerequisite: CIS 200; senior standing. This CHEM 440 UNDERGRADUATE 4 cr. Laboratory fee $30. course addresses information systems from RESEARCH a management perspective. Emphasis is Prerequisite: Senior standing. See “Under- CIS 210 TECHNOLOGICAL placed on the potential role of information graduate Research,” page 35. FOUNDATIONS OF INFORMATION and information systems in organizations. It 1-3 cr. Laboratory fee may be required. SYSTEMS: HARDWARE AND also examines the major problems and op- SOFTWARE portunities for organizations to exploit the CHEM 480 INTERNSHIP IN Pre or co-requisite: CIS 206. This course is a power of information systems while recog- CHEMISTRY hands-on introduction to the hardware, nizing the limitations of both technology See “Internships” on page 31. software, and networking technologies un- and employees. The strategic use of infor- 3 cr. derlying contemporary business informa- mation systems is emphasized. tion systems. Topics include computer ar- 3 cr. chitecture and organization; peripheral and communications devices and technologies; CIS 390-391 SPECIAL TOPICS IN the nature and function of computer soft- COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS CIS COMPUTER ware; operating system functions and orga- Prerequisite: Junior in CIS or permission of nization; representative operating systems the instructor. Topics offered depend upon INFORMATION and associated hardware architectures; student interests as well as particular inter- SYSTEMS and basic communications concepts and ests of instructors. This course is offered as (School of Business) technologies. often as faculty time and student interest 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. permit and may be repeated for credit if the topic differs. CIS 102 COMPUTER TOOLS FOR CIS 305 OBJECT-ORIENTED 3 cr. Laboratory fee may be required. BUSINESS LANGUAGE II This course has two components: The first Prerequisite: CIS 206 or equivalent. An ad- CIS 413 DATA COMMUNICATION is a hands-on introduction to database vanced computer-programming course for SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS management systems with an emphasis on information systems with emphasis on the Prerequisite: CIS 210 or equivalent. This is a using and developing database applications object-oriented methodology, this course study of the concepts and terminology of in a business context. The second, which focuses on the concepts of object-oriented data communications, network design, and accounts for approximately one third of the programming (encapsulation, inheritance, distributed information systems. Major course, focuses on the practical implemen- and polymorphism). Topics include dy- topics include communication concepts, tation of spreadsheet models to address namic data structures (linked lists, stacks, network architectures, data communica- business problems. and trees), advanced file processing, and tions software and hardware, and the im- 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. event-driven programming techniques. Vi- pact of communications technology on in- sual programming tools are explored. A formation systems. This course is equiva- CIS 202 INTRODUCTION TO common object-oriented programming lan- lent to CS 360. INFORMATION SYSTEMS guage implemented in a GUI environment is 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This utilized. course is an introduction to information 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. CIS 417 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND systems as a discipline including a survey DESIGN and overview of what IS includes, the role CIS 315 COBOL Prerequisite: CIS 321. This is an introduc- and function of MIS in the business organi- Prerequisite: CIS 205. This course examines tion to the systems development life cycle zation, IS job functions and career paths, structured programming techniques in the with emphasis on the analysis and design and the nature and vocabulary of major COBOL programming language. Topics in- phases. Structured methodologies utilizing information system technologies. A lab, clude data manipulation, report generation, CASE tools, as well as prototyping tech- comprising at most one third of the course, simple and advanced file handling, table niques, are covered. A substantial analysis will provide students with a business-ori- handling, subprogramming, file mainte- and design project is required. ented introduction to Internet and World nance, and interactive programming. 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. Wide Web concepts and technologies. CIS 419 DECISION SUPPORT AND 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. CIS 321 DATABASE MANAGEMENT EXPERT SYSTEMS SYSTEMS Prerequisite: CIS 200; senior standing. This Prerequisite: CIS 206. This is a study of con- course covers decision support systems cepts, theory, design techniques, and re- and expert systems in roughly equal mea- trieval methods particularly using the in- sure. Issues that integrate the two fields, Undergraduate Courses 127 such as executive information systems, are CJ CRIMINAL JUSTICE various courts of the United States. These addressed briefly. This is a hands-on rules are drawn from the rules of evidence course primarily using spreadsheets as (School of Arts and Sciences) as they existed at common law and were examples of DSS and expert systems gen- CJ 101 INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL modified by various U.S. Federal Courts. erators when addressing ES. Students de- JUSTICE The course is designed to give students velop a comprehensive understanding and some background into the origin, usually This course is an overview of the U.S. crimi- appreciation of the role of each class of dictated by a need, of certain rules of evi- nal justice system and the interaction of its system as well as an understanding of the dence at common law, and to view these components: the police, prosecution, the limitations of technology. rules as modified by contemporary courts. court systems, the correctional systems, 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. It has become increasingly important for all parole, and probation. Career opportunities individuals working in the field of criminal CIS 422 ADVANCED DATABASE in criminal justice are explored. 3 cr. justice to have some familiarity with evi- MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS dentiary rules so that significant evidence Prerequisite: CIS 321. This course is a CJ 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN may be perceived and preserved, and that practicum in data modeling and system CRIMINAL JUSTICE criminal investigation may avoid the pitfall development. The emphasis is on host lan- Topics in criminal justice that are not of- of obtaining evidence of little or no value in guage interface in a database environment. fered on a regular basis are examined. The the courtroom. Topics include investigation and applica- course may be repeated for credit if the 3 cr. tions of advanced database concepts such topic varies. CJ 221 CRIMINAL LAW FOR NON-CJ as integrity, security, concurrency, and 1-3 cr. recovery; object-oriented database design; MAJORS and current developments and trends in CJ 210 CRIMINOLOGY This course is a study of the major felonies DBMS. Completion of two major projects is Prerequisite: CJ 101; SO 101, or permission (murder, rape, robbery, assault, larceny, required. of the instructor. This is an examination of burglary, and arson), their definitions, and 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. the various categories of offenses and of- methods of proof. 3 cr. CIS 428 SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT fenders including casual and habitual indi- PROJECT vidual offenders, organized criminal enter- CJ 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN prises, and white-collar criminals. Current Prerequisite: CIS 417 and senior standing in CRIMINAL JUSTICE theories and research, with an emphasis on CIS. This is an integration of previous Topics in criminal justice that are not of- understanding the causative factors and course work and an exploration of new is- fered on a regular basis are examined. The sociological implications of criminal and sues in CIS. Topics include alternatives to course may be repeated for credit if the delinquent behavior, are included. the traditional life cycle methodology; 3 cr. topic varies. analysis, design, coding, testing, and imple- 1-3 cr. mentation of a system in a computer-aided CJ 211 CORRECTIONS CJ 310 CRIMINAL LAW software engineering (CASE) environment; Prerequisite: CJ 101; CJ 210; or six credit Prerequisite: CJ 101; any 200-level CJ. This the maintenance implications of the hours of sociology or psychology. This is a study of the major felonies (murder, choices made; and team development using course is an empirical analysis of the main rape, robbery, assault, larceny, burglary, modern management techniques. Presenta- considerations of correctional behavior and arson), their definitions, and methods tions, demonstrations, reports, and a com- and practice. Topics include the prison of proof. plete project are required. community, problems of treatment from 3 cr. 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. the viewpoints of the offender and the CIS 430 ENTERPRISE COMPUTING treatment staff, and prevention and treat- CJ 311 CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION ment in the community at large. Prerequisite: CJ 101; any 200-level CJ. This Pre- or co-requisite: CIS 413, CIS 417. This is 3 cr. a capstone course, building on knowledge is an introduction to the process of crimi- and skills acquired by the students in ear- CJ 214 DRUGS, SOCIETY, AND THE nal investigation. Emphasis is on investiga- lier courses. It covers issues and tech- CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM tive techniques including interrogation of suspects and witnesses; use of informants; niques in the design and programming of Prerequisite: SO 101 or CJ 101. This is a surveillance and undercover assignments; enterprise-wide applications. A use of dis- study of the legal and social background of photographing, collecting, and processing tributed-computing objects and technolo- the pressing problem of drugs and alcohol physical evidence; obtaining information; gies is emphasized. The students are ex- and their use and abuse in American soci- and identifying and locating suspects. posed to the complexities of integrating a ety. This course is equivalent to SO 214. 3 cr. multi-leveled and distributed infrastruc- 3 cr. ture. In particular, client (end-user), CJ 312 CRIMINAL PROCEDURE middle-ware, and enterprise database sys- CJ 218 INTRODUCTION TO LAW tems and tools are explored. The students ENFORCEMENT Prerequisite: CJ 101; any 200-level CJ. This course studies the constitutional restric- are required to develop projects for client- Prerequisite: CJ 101; SO 101. This is a study tions upon each aspect of a felony prosecu- server computing in a multi-tier architec- of the history of policing, particularly in the tion: arrest, investigation, booking, initial ture. Highly productive development tools United States, to include the police role, appearance, preliminary hearing, trial and are utilized. recruiting, and police organization. This sentencing. Major areas of interest are due 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. course investigates the various police mis- process, arrest, search and seizure, right to sions, crime, community relations, and po- counsel, and sentencing. CIS 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN lice accountability, and the ever increasing 3 cr. COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS demands on law enforcement being made See “Internships” on page 31. by the American public of today. CJ 313 CRIMINAL JUSTICE 3 cr. 3 cr. INTERVIEWING AND INTERROGATION CJ 220 EVIDENCE Prerequisite: PSY 101, SO 101, CJ 101 and Prerequisite: CJ major or permission of the any 200 level CJ courses, or permission of instructor. The purpose of this course is to the instructor. This course focuses on the provide students with a general overview of art of inquiry and persuasion. The aim of the rules of evidence as practiced in the 128 Undergraduate Courses

the course is to complement standard tech- CJ 340 ETHICAL DECISION-MAKING ger involved, but from bureaucratic frustra- niques of communication while offering Prerequisite: CJ 101; any 200-level CJ. This tion and public pressure and how police options for eliciting information. Interview- course examines the major philosophical management at each level of command can ing procedures for obtaining statements points of ethical theories and the decision anticipate, identify, and respond to stress. from children and difficult adult popula- process. Classical and modern viewpoints The course examines in-depth the known tions are explored. Emphasis is on investi- are studied in an attempt to gain a better effects of traumatic job-related experiences gative methodologies consistent with fed- understanding of the major social issues in as well as the strains resulting from the eral and state constitutional principles. today’s world. Cultural implications are ordinary demands of the job both on the 3 cr. addressed and students gain a better un- street, in the office, and in the family. Stu- derstanding of their values and their per- dents then examine the consequences of CJ 314 THE JUDICIAL PROCESS sonal philosophy. stress both on the individual and the orga- Prerequisite: CJ 101 plus any 200-level CJ 3 cr. nization such as job and unit performance, course or permission of the department. its effect on appropriate police behavior, This is a study of the nature of law and the CJ 342 JUVENILE JUSTICE police corruption, brutality, inappropriate courts; the State and Federal Court systems Prerequisite: CJ 101 plus any 200-level CJ treatment of the public, and its effect on of the United States, as well as the U.S. Su- course. This course focuses on the history, the various career stages, early and ad- preme Court and its jurisdiction, operation, causes, behavior, laws, and treatment of vanced. The course develops stress inter- and workload. The concept of judicial re- juveniles. It includes the criminal justice vention models tailored to the various com- view is analyzed, and the courts of England, system, the process within the system, mand levels. Students are required to ex- Wales, and Germany are examined for com- court decisions, and alternatives to incar- amine their own methods of coping with parative purposes. ceration. Where possible, on-site locations stress and are encouraged to assess its 3 cr. are visited. An in-depth perspective of juve- effect on their own career plans. This course nile gangs, drugs, and crime is included. is normally offered only in the Off-campus CJ 319 POLICE ADMINISTRATION 3 cr. program. Prerequisite: CJ 101, any 200 level course 3 cr. and junior standing. This course examines CJ 343 DOMESTIC VIOLENCE that specific area of public administration Prerequisite: PSY 101, SOC 101, CJ 101 or CJ 346 SUPERVISION OF POLICE that applies to criminal justice organiza- permission of the instructor. Domestic vio- PERSONNEL tions. It is an in-depth study of the develop- lence between adults is studied from an Prerequisite: CJ 101, any 200 level course, ment and present structure and processes interdisciplinary perspective. The cycle of junior standing. This course of law enforcement agencies. Students are violence, dominance, and control are is an overview of police supervision, par- introduced to the complexities of adminis- among the issues covered sociologically ticularly as it relates to the first line super- tration and control at all levels of command and psychologically. The legal perspective visor and the problems presented by the and the means of evaluating organizational includes discussion of proactive arrest poli- modern police environment and an increas- effectiveness. Central to the course is an cies, restraining orders, and anti-stalking ingly complex legal world. The role of the understanding of the specific areas of ad- legislation that have emerged across the supervisor is examined with respect to the ministration in traditional law enforcement United States. This course is equivalent to general problems of personnel selection such as collective bargaining, hiring prac- SO 343. and development and with respect to the tices, and public accountability and also 3 cr. specific problems imposed by state and how successful administrative techniques federal laws such as the Fair Labor Stan- CJ 344 POLICE FUNCTIONS AND have facilitated the innovations of the last dards Act, the Family Medical Leave Act, COMMUNITY POLICING two decades such as community policing. Americans with Disabilities Act, and public This course is normally offered only in the Prerequisite: CJ 101, any 200 level course, labor law and collective bargaining as they Off-campus program. junior standing. This course is designed to apply to the daily operations of law en- 3 cr. provide an in-depth understanding of the forcement units. The areas of employee new organizational strategy of community discipline, the requirements of due pro- CJ 320 PROBATION AND PAROLE policing. It traces the development of the cess, handling of complaints against offic- Prerequisite: CJ 101; any 200-level CJ. This theory of community policing from its be- ers by the public, communication, ad- course is an analysis of both past and ginnings at Michigan State University to its equate training, civil liability consideration, present-day systems for probation and pa- present application in the major urban ar- and performance appraisals are also cov- role, an examination of state local referral eas of America. It examines the new under- ered. This course is normally offered only in systems of probation and parole, and an lying assumptions as to the place and func- the Off-campus program. introduction to present-day innovation tion of police in society and how these 3 cr. within the field. Topics include probation theories are being realized in daily opera- and parole in the United States, intensive tions. It investigates new ways of solving CJ 347 POLICE INTERNAL supervision programs, the role of the pro- community problems and develops an ap- INVESTIGATION bation and parole officer, and substance preciation of the expanded responsibilities Prerequisite: CJ 101, any 200 level course, abuse treatment methods. of the community-policing officer. Methods junior standing. This course presents stu- 3 cr. to assist experienced as well as new offic- dents with the current principles and ex- ers to develop problem-solving based ap- pertise whereby the police investigate CJ 325 FORENSIC SCIENCE proaches to the deliverance of police ser- themselves. It provides a thorough under- Prerequisite: CJ 311 and CHEM 101. This is vices are explored. This course is normally standing of the internal investigative func- a study of scientific principles applied to offered only in the Off-campus program. tion together with an appreciation of differ- the investigation and prosecution of crime. 3 cr. ent department methods, policies, present Topics are drawn from biology, chemistry, laws, and recommended procedures uti- CJ 345 STRESS REACTION AND and physics. lized by present administrations. The MANAGEMENT OF POLICE 3 cr. course addresses the handling of com- PERSONNEL plaints of police misconduct by the public, CJ 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN Prerequisite: CJ 101, any 200 level course, CRIMINAL JUSTICE discoveries of misconduct, investigation junior standing. The focus of this course is and disposition by administrative action, See “Independent Study” on page 30. upon the stress that is inherent in police 1-3 cr. discipline, dismissal, review board action, work, which results not only from the dan- civil suit, and criminal prosecution. It exam- Undergraduate Courses 129

ines current strategies in the challenging CJ 390-395 SPECIAL TOPICS IN software solutions to engineering and sci- area of self investigation, the daily opera- CRIMINAL JUSTICE entific problems. Students learn procedural tions of the internal affairs unit, the prob- Topics in criminal justice that are not of- approaches to designing small to medium lems of secrecy, security and unit morale, fered on a regular basis are examined. The scale systems. After successfully complet- and the crucial issue of public trust. The course may be repeated for credit if the ing this course, students understand the course begins with a review of the evolu- topic varies. issues involved in moving from a general tion of police professionalism, problems of 1-3 cr. problem statement to a software solution in police corruption, and then considers cur- the C language. Students learn a variety of rent response. Students are given a prob- CJ 396 CURRENT ISSUES IN software design techniques including di- lem of misconduct and are required to de- CORRECTIONS vide and conquer, top down design, and sign and conduct an internal investigation Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing. bottom up design. They develop skills in and present findings in compliance with This seminar looks at current trends in logic, algorithm design, data structure de- appropriate legal procedures and adminis- correctional management as they relate to sign, and debugging. Students develop trative requirements. This course is nor- issues including overcrowding, classifica- these skills through individual effort and mally offered only in the Off-campus tion, inmate programs, health issues, racial lab exercises. They apply these skills to a program. and gender issues, constitutional rights of variety of engineering, mathematical, and 3 cr. the confined, and the growing trend of numerical method problem areas. The privatization of prisons. An underlying methods of assessing student learning in CJ 350 INTRODUCTION TO SECURITY theme is the impact of current management the course are homework assignments, Prerequisite: CJ 101, any 200 level course, trends on the work environment faced daily weekly quizzes, short and long term pro- junior standing or permission of the in- by thousands of correctional staff. gramming assignments, and exams. One structor. The purpose of this course is to 3 cr. class hour, two-hour lab. provide an understanding of the interrela- 2 cr. tionship between physical security and CJ 410 RESEARCH SEMINAR IN crime prevention including a study of the CRIMINAL JUSTICE CPE 240 COMPUTER evolution of the security profession in the Prerequisite: Junior standing and PSY 207. INSTRUMENTATION AND United States. It covers proper planning The aim of this course is to provide stu- MEASUREMENTS and security design in industry, physical dents with the research methods necessary Prerequisite: EE 205 and MATH 134 (MATH security in business, and how to reduce to conduct an in-depth study of one special 134 may be taken concurrently.) loss and threat of loss, from both the small- aspect of the criminal justice system. Under This is an introductory course designed for est business to the largest of international supervision of a faculty member, each stu- non-electrical engineering majors to pre- corporate enterprises. This course seeks to dent selects a subject area and appropriate pare them for using computerized data introduce students to the career opportuni- methods of research. An extensive research acquisition systems in laboratory and ties in the enormous field of private secu- paper, properly documented and suitable project work. Students analyze and design rity as well as the role law enforcement for publication, is required. simple circuits that provide the interfaces officers play in the development of home 3 cr. between various types of transducers and a and business security in their particular digital computer. These circuits include CJ 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN areas. Students are introduced to the con- bridge circuits, analog conditioning cir- CRIMINAL JUSTICE cepts, techniques, and technologies now cuits, and digital circuits. Students learn being developed in the areas of physical See “Internships” on page 31. how sampling circuits, analog-to-digital security, computer security, privacy of per- 3 cr. converters, and digital-to-analog converters sonnel information management, safeguard- work. In the laboratory, students design ing proprietary information, retail security, and build some of the circuit types listed facility security design, access control and above, and test their operation. The meth- systems integration, executive protection, ods of assessing student learning in this and the application of these to the public CL COLLOQUIA course are homework assignments, quiz- sector, utilities, public buildings, and insti- zes, tests, laboratory experiments, and tutions. CL 190 SPECIAL TOPICS short reports on experiments. Two class 3 cr. Topics that are not offered on a regular hours, two-hour lab. basis are examined. The course may be 3 cr. CJ 351 GOVERNMENT INDUSTRIAL repeated for credit if the topic varies. SECURITY 1 cr. CPE 271 DIGITAL DESIGN Prerequisite: CJ 101, any 200 level course, This is an introductory level course that junior standing. This course examines the CL 200-201 COLLOQUIUM gives its participants ability to analyze and Government Industrial Security Program Topics that are not specific to departments design digital circuits. Students learn pro- that is administered by the Department of and that are not offered on a regular basis cedural approaches to designing digital Defense for the protection of classified in- are examined. The course may be repeated circuits starting from specification of the formation and materials. An in-depth study for credit if the topic varies. problem. Students become familiar with the of the program’s various subsystems is 1-3 cr. number systems that are used in comput- undertaken with special emphasis placed ers and other digital circuits. They learn to upon Automated Information System Com- use Boolean algebra and logic gates. Meth- puter Security and Special Program Opera- ods of manipulating and simplifying Bool- tions. This course is tailored for students ean expressions are learned. Basic combi- whose career path is in the federal govern- national-logic function models are de- ment and who perceive the need to be fa- CPE COMPUTER signed. Students become familiar with miliar with federal security requirements, ENGINEERING arithmetic functional blocks, latches, flip- security clearances, classified material, and (School of Engineering) flops, counters and registers. Sequential working knowledge of the national indus- circuits are also designed and students are trial security program. This course is nor- CPE 205 INTRODUCTION TO introduced to PLD programming. In addi- mally offered only in the Off-campus COMPUTER PROGRAMMING tion to the classroom portion of the course, program. Prerequisite: ENGR 110 or equivalent. This there are several laboratory sessions where 3 cr. is an introductory course in the design of students build and test their logic designs. 130 Undergraduate Courses

Students use the CUPL compiler to pro- CPE 420 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE CPE 460 OBJECT ORIENTED DESIGN gram and test a programmable logic circuit. Prerequisite: CPE 271, CPE 310 or equiva- Prerequisite: CPE 205. This is an introduc- 3 cr. lent. This is a senior level course in the tory course in object oriented design using theory and design of modern computer the C++ programming language. After com- CPE 310 MACHINE AND ASSEMBLY architectures. Students learn the fundamen- pleting this course, students understand LANGUAGE tal organization of processors, controllers, the fundamentals of object-oriented pro- Prerequisite: ENGR 110. This is an introduc- memory, and communication links as well gramming (OOP) in C++. They learn to iden- tory course in low level computer program- as the issues involved with internal data tify and practice the OOP concepts and ming. Students learn skills in writing pro- representation. They understand the close techniques, practice the use of C++ classes grams using the fundamental operations correlation between registers, bus intercon- and class libraries, modify existing C++ that electronic circuits on a processor can nections, and instruction sets. Students classes, develop C++ classes for engineer- perform. IBM PC’s and clones are used as gain skills in computer performance predic- ing applications, use the Standard Tem- example machines for running and testing tion by analyzing advanced features includ- plate Library (STL), and practice the con- programs. Students learn assembly lan- ing instruction pipelines, arithmetic circuits cepts of Object-Oriented Analysis and De- guage instructions, different addressing or co-processors, cache, and virtual sign (OOA/OOD) by developing a C++ based modes, and their use in different situations. memory. After successfully completing this project for an engineering application. The They use basic programming constructs course students understand the issues in- methods of assessing student learning in such as branching and loop control, data volved with instruction set design and the course are homework assignments, structures, and program debugging and implementation and are able to evaluate quizzes, a final exam, and a final design testing. The methods of assessing student new architectures. The methods of assess- project with a formal presentation. learning in this course are programming ing student learning in the course are 3 cr. assignments, quizzes and tests. Two class homework assignments, a term project and hours, two lab hours. exams. CPE 490 SPECIAL TOPICS IN 3 cr. 3 cr. COMPUTER ENGINEERING This is a study of an advanced topic in engi- CPE 350 ADVANCED PROGRAMMING CPE 427 COMPUTER ENGINEERING neering of special interest to computer en- LANGUAGES LABORATORY gineering majors, but not offered on a regu- Prerequisite: CPE 205, CPE 310 or equiva- Prerequisite: EE 322, CPE 360. Corequisites: lar basis. The course may be repeated for lent. This is an introductory course in the CPE 420. This course provides hands-on credit if the topic varies. theory and design of modern programming experience in support of CPE 360, Micro- 3 cr. languages. Students learn the basic ele- processor System Design and CPE 420, ments of a language translator (compiler); Computer Architecture. Students work on CPE 525 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING lexical analysis, parsing, code generation, mini-projects designed to interface periph- Prerequisite: CPE 350. This is a first year symbol table management, and error recov- erals like keypad and displays. They learn graduate course in software system design ery. They learn to write regular expressions to work at the PC bus level and use periph- fundamentals. Students learn the ap- and context free grammars. Students also eral support chips such as Intel 8255 and proaches to designing medium to large- learn the separate phases of compilation Intel 8254. The experience combines hard- scale systems. After completing this and the issues involved in designing a me- ware and software design, system integra- course, students understand lifecycle is- dium sized translator. To facilitate student tion, and debugging. Assembly and C pro- sues in modern software design. They learn understanding, a semester long, incremen- gramming languages are used for software a variety of software design methodologies tal design project is employed. As a result development. Students design digital sys- including structured design, top down de- of building their own compiler, students tems using programmable logic and a suit- sign, bottom up design, and incremental understand the operation and messages able compiler language for that and design design and are introduced to object ori- presented by any modern commercial a part of processor arithmetic unit and as- ented design. Students participate in a se- translator. The methods of assessing stu- sociated control unit to reinforce ideas mester long team project with design docu- dent learning in the course are homework learned in computer architecture course. mentation delivered and presented at assignments, quizzes, an hour exam and a Three lab hours. specified design review milestones. The semester long design project that culmi- 2 cr. methods of assessing student learning in nates in a formal presentation. the course are homework assignments, a 3 cr. CPE 450 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF research paper, and a semester long design ALGORITHMS project which culminates in a formal pre- CPE 360 MICROPROCESSOR Prerequisite: CPE 205 or equivalent com- sentation. SYSTEMS AND DESIGN puter programming course. The goal of this 3 cr. Prerequisite: CPE 310. In this course, stu- course is to substantially increase the stu- dents become aware of basic principles and dents’ ability to design and correct efficient CPE 545 COMPUTER GRAPHICS practice of microprocessor based system algorithms and to analyze their perfor- SOFTWARE design covering hardware and software mance. This is achieved by making stu- Prerequisite: CPE 310 and CPE 205. This is design and system integration. Intel 8088/ dents analyze standard algorithms and ap- an introductory course in computer graph- 86 processor and support chips are used plying some metrics such as step counting ics. Participants in the course learn the for hands on experience. They design and time complexity as an integral part of hardware organization of graphic display memory systems with static and dynamic the problem solving process. Students ap- system in an IBM PC for both alphanumeric RAM and EPROM chips and learn design ply analysis techniques to sorting and and bit mapped graphics. They write pro- consideration for basic input/output sys- searching algorithms, graph algorithms, grams in C and assembly language to con- tems, memory mapped and isolated input/ number theoretic algorithms, and encryp- trol, query, optimize, and write to and read output, and direct memory access. Stu- tion algorithms. They learn techniques for from graphic controller chips in order to dents also learn how standard input/output designing algorithms including divide and use the full capability of the display hard- interfaces such as Centronic and RS232 conquer, greedy method, backtrack, branch ware. They write programs to generate and work. The methods of assessment in this and bound, dynamic programming, and manipulate alphanumeric display; read and course are homework assignments, quiz- hashing. The methods of assessing student write to display memory to generate points, zes, tests, laboratory projects. learning in the course are homework as- lines, and circles; read and write to the 3 cr. signments, quizzes, exams, and a project. color tables; and control the start address 3 cr. to allow panning and scrolling and anima- Undergraduate Courses 131

tion. An individual project is required. The dict real-time performance of an operating and classes, defining and implementing assessment of student learning in this system. They also learn the fundamentals classes, conditional execution, iteration, course is based on writing program as of distributed (and network) operating sys- and vectors. Three class hours and 3 lab homework, supervised laboratory work, tems. Students also understand the interac- hours. Offered in the fall semester. and the quality of the project. tion between operating system design and 4 cr. 3 cr. computer architectures. The methods of assessing student learning in this course CS 182 COMPUTER SCIENCE II CPE 550 TOPICS IN COMPILER are homework assignments, quizzes, class- Prerequisite: CS 181 or comparable com- DESIGN THEORY room discussions, two exams, and a term puting experience and permission of the Prerequisite: CPE 205, CPE 310. This is a project. instructor. This course continues the sys- first year graduate course in the theory and 3 cr. temic study of software development using design of modern programming languages. an object-oriented language, and continues Students learn the basic elements of a lan- CPE 580 COMPUTER NETWORKS the focus on the basic concepts of software guage translator (compiler); lexical analy- Prerequisite: ENGR 212. This is a first year engineering and data abstraction, preparing sis, parsing, code generation, symbol table graduate course on communication net- students for the deeper study of data struc- management, type checking, scope resolu- works. After completing this course, stu- tures. The course typically covers the use tion, code optimization, and error recovery. dents understand the structure and issues of arrays, testing, recursion, examples, in- They also learn to write regular expres- of network design using the ISO Seven heritance, exceptions, applets, GUI’s, and sions and context free grammars and un- Layer Model as a reference. They under- threads. Four class hours. Offered in the derstand the separate phases of compila- stand the limitations placed on specific spring semester. tion and the issues involved in designing a network architectures from the physical 4 cr. medium sized translator. To facilitate stu- (hardware) layer up through the upper dent understanding, a semester long, incre- layers (transport). They also understand CS 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN mental design project is employed. As a the problems of error detection and recov- COMPUTER SCIENCE result of building their own compiler, stu- ery. Students learn to use delay models to Topics in computer science that are not dents learn the operation and messages predict network specific performance mea- offered on a regular basis are examined. presented by any modern commercial sures and understand the limitations of The course may be repeated for credit if translator. The methods of assessing stu- these models. Students also understand the the topic varies. dent learning in the course are homework issues associated with routing and flow 1 cr. assignments, quizzes, an exam, a research control. The methods of assessing student CS 283 DATA STRUCTURES paper, and a semester long design project learning in the course are homework as- which culminates in a formal presentation. signments, quizzes, three exams, and re- Prerequisite: CS 182. This course is a study 3 cr. search paper with a formal presentation. of data structures and the implementation 3 cr. of abstract data types. Topics include lists, CPE 560 MICROCOMPUTER strings, and arrays; graphs and trees; HARDWARE DESIGN CPE 590 SPECIAL TOPICS IN stacks and queues; hashing and symbol Prerequisite: CPE 360 or equivalent. This is COMPUTER ENGINEERING tables; and sorting and searching tech- an advanced level course in This is a study of an advanced topic in engi- niques. Students apply analysis and design microcomputer hardware design. The neering of special interest to computer en- techniques to algorithms that act on data course participants survey a wide variety of gineering majors, but not offered on a regu- structures and use algorithmic analysis and microprocessors, memory, and peripheral lar basis. The course may be repeated for design criteria. Offered in the fall semester. components focusing on learning advan- credit if the topic varies. 3 cr. tages and disadvantages to enable them in 3 cr. CS 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN selecting the optimal components for the COMPUTER SCIENCE design task. Students design interface logic that makes all the components work to- Topics in computer science that are not gether. In addition to logical design, stu- offered on a regular basis are examined. dents analyze timing and electrical loading CS COMPUTER The course may be repeated for credit if and ensure that their design will work reli- the topic varies. ably under the worst conditions. The stu- SCIENCE 1-3 cr. dents design interfaces with parallel and (School of Arts and Sciences) CS 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY serial input/output ports, programmable IN COMPUTER SCIENCE CS 131 COMPUTING FOR THE ARTS counter-timers, and direct memory access See “Independent Study” on page 30. controllers, for user input/output systems AND SCIENCES 1-3 cr. such as keyboards and displays, communi- This is an introduction to computer sys- cation systems, and mass storage systems. tems, primarily from the user’s viewpoint. CS 340 COMPUTER GRAPHICS: An individual project that involves design Topics include hardware, software, vocabu- PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS of interface for a specific application is re- lary, and applications. Students use soft- Prerequisite: CS 283, CIS 205, CPE 205 or quired. The assessment of student learning ware packages on microcomputers and the equivalent, or permission of instructor. in this course is based on participation in mainframes. Not open to those who have This course focuses on rendering the syn- class discussion, tests, and design project. completed CIS 101. thesis of realistic 3D images, the major con- 3 cr. 3 cr. cern in computer graphics today. Following a study of light, color, and shading, each CS 181 COMPUTER SCIENCE I CPE 570 OPERATING SYSTEMS student develops a simple program to gen- Prerequisite: CPE 350 and CPE 420. This is a This course begins the systemic study of erate images using ray-tracing, the most first year graduate level course in operating software development using an object-ori- widely used photo-realistic rendering tech- system theory and design. After success- ented language. This course focuses on the nique. Additional topics include 2D and 3D fully completing this course, students un- basic techniques of programming and the transformations, generation of 2D images derstand concurrent processes, process basic concepts of software engineering and on a screen, use of a simple 2D graphics communication, resource allocation, and data abstraction, preparing students for the package, and graphical user interfaces. Of- resource scheduling. In addition, they learn deeper study of data structures. The fered in alternate fall semesters. how to apply basic queuing models to pre- course typically covers the use of objects 3 cr. 132 Undergraduate Courses

CS 351 ORGANIZATION OF Smalltalk. Problems considered for solution of the market relationship between the PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES come from a wide range of areas including amount of crime and the money spent on Prerequisite: CS 283 or CIS 305 or permis- application systems, databases, and artifi- crime prevention and protection. A basic sion of the instructor. This is an examina- cial intelligence applications. Offered in issue discussed in the course is that given tion of the development of programming alternate fall semesters. limited resources and an obvious recogni- languages. The emphasis is on the interac- 3 cr. tion that crime imposes an economic cost, tion between classes of languages and their society must make choices involving the associated programming paradigms. Topics CS 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN trade-off between the economic costs of include imperative, functional logic, and COMPUTER SCIENCE crime and the costs of purchasing more object-oriented languages. Offered in alter- Prerequisite: CS 182 and junior standing or crime protection. The opportunity cost nate spring semesters. permission of the instructor. principle is used to illuminate this and 3 cr. Topics offered depend upon student inter- other issues including the impact of crimi- est as well as particular interests of instruc- nal activity on the Gross Domestic Product CS 360 DATA COMMUNICATION tors. The course is offered as often as fac- and the impact of changing the legal status SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS ulty time and student interest permit and of certain goods and services. Offered in Prerequisite: Junior standing in CS or CIS or may be repeated for credit if the topic dif- fall semesters. permission of instructor. This is a study of fers 3 cr. the concepts and terminology of data com- 1-3 cr. munications, network design, and distrib- EC 106 THE ECONOMICS OF uted information systems. Major topics CS 411 OPERATING SYSTEMS POVERTY AND DISCRIMINATION include communication concepts, network Prerequisite: CPE 310; CS 283 or CIS 305 or This course does not satisfy the economics architecture, data communications soft- CPE 350; or permission of the instructor. requirement in the Schools of ware and hardware, and the impact of com- This course is an examination of the organi- Business and Engineering. This is an intro- munications technology on information zation and architecture of computer operat- duction to the economic analysis of the systems. This course is equivalent to CIS ing systems including the major concepts problems of poverty and gender and race 413. Offered in alternate years. and the major systems programs associ- discrimination in the United States. Com- 3 cr. ated with operating systems. Offered in peting analytical perspectives are pre- alternate spring semesters. sented and evaluated. The course covers, CS 364 DATABASE MANAGEMENT 3 cr. among other topics, the analysis of govern- SYSTEMS ment policies such as income maintenance, CS 480 INTERNSHIP IN COMPUTER Prerequisite CS 182 or CIS 200. This is a minimum wages, Affirmative Action, and SCIENCE study of concepts, theory, design tech- education policies. niques, and retrieval methods, particularly See “Internships,” page 31. 3 cr. using the industry-standard SQL data lan- 1-3 cr. guage. Topics include physical data organi- EC 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN CS 490 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING zation, database architecture, data models ECONOMICS with emphasis on the relational model, logi- Prerequisite: CS 283 or CIS 305 or CPE 350 Topics in economics that are not offered cal database design, normalization, and or equivalent, and junior or senior stand- on a regular basis are examined. The relational query languages. A design and an ing, or permission of instructor. This is a course may be repeated for credit if the implementation project are required. This software engineering course studying prin- topic varies. course is equivalent to CIS 321. ciples, methods, and ethical aspects of soft- 1-3 cr. 3 cr. ware engineering and featuring a large-scale software engineering project. Offered in EC 205 PRINCIPLES OF CS 370 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE alternate spring semesters. ECONOMICS I AND EXPERT SYSTEMS 3 cr. This course examines the basic principles Prerequisite: Junior standing, and CS 182 or of economics applied to current public CIS 205 or CPE 205, or permission of the problems. The focus is on macroeconom- instructor. This course is a survey of artifi- ics. Topics include national income ac- cial intelligence (AI) including fundamental counting, unemployment and inflation, ideas, techniques, and applications, espe- ECONOMICS money and banking, the issue of govern- cially expert systems. One of the two major EC (School of Arts and Sciences) ment deficits and the national debt, and AI languages, LISP and PROLOG, is used, international trade both for programming and for demonstrat- EC 101 INTRODUCTION TO 3 cr. ing programs and examples. Students must ECONOMIC ISSUES complete a project or a report that may Not open to students who have completed EC 206 PRINCIPLES OF combine an aspect of artificial intelligence EC 205. Does not satisfy 205 and 206 re- ECONOMICS II with their major area (for example, expert quirements in Schools of Business and En- Prerequisite: EC 205 or EC 101. Not open to systems in financial planning or vision sys- gineering. This is an exploratory, relatively students who have taken EC 208. This tems in robotics). Offered in alternate nontechnical examination of some impor- course covers basic principles of econom- years. tant economic issues. The workings of mar- ics with the focus on microeconomics. Top- 3 cr. kets are explained using supply and de- ics include characteristics of the American CS 380 OBJECT-ORIENTED mand analysis. Students are introduced to private enterprise economy; markets, the PROGRAMMING the issues of inflation, unemployment, fiscal price system, and the allocation of re- Prerequisite: CS 351 or some experience in and monetary policy, international trade, sources; the distribution of income; prob- the C language. Object-oriented program- the environment, and poverty. lems of poverty and insecurity; and unions, ming is a new and important paradigm in 3 cr. collective bargaining, and public policy. programming. The course explores the 3 cr. powerful technique of object-oriented pro- EC 105 THE ECONOMICS OF CRIME This course does not satisfy the economics EC 208 PRINCIPLES OF APPLIED gramming, using C++ as a supporting lan- MICROECONOMICS guage, and compares C++ with other object- requirement in the Schools of Prerequisite: EC 205 or EC 101; MATH 133 oriented languages including Eiffel and Business and Engineering. This is an exami- nation at the very basic introductory level or MATH 123. Not open to students who have taken EC 206. This is a complete and Undergraduate Courses 133

rigorous introduction to many of the basic EC 316 AMERICAN ECONOMIC EC 371 INTERNATIONAL MONETARY principles of microeconomics. The course HISTORY ECONOMICS focuses on those topics of greatest interest Prerequisite: EC 205 or EC 101 or EC 106. Prerequisite: EC 206 or EC 205. This is an and importance to managers. These topics This is a problem-oriented approach to analysis of the balance of payments and the include demand, production, cost, pricing, American economic history. Specific prob- foreign exchange market including the market structure, and government regula- lems studied in depth vary, but have in- theory of payments adjustment and poli- tion. Some of the topics included in the cluded the economic experience of Black cies to attain domestic international bal- course are not found in a more traditional, America, the agricultural problems of the ance. The course examines the roles of the theory based introductory course. These post-Civil War years, Southern economic dollar, other currencies, and the Interna- topics include revenue maximation, break- history, the rise of the industrial giants, and tional Monetary Fund in the process of in- even analysis, and constrained profit maxi- the causes and consequences of the Great ternational monetary reform. mization. Depression. Offered in alternate years. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. EC 372 INTERNATIONAL TRADE EC 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN EC 321 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Prerequisite: EC 206 or EC 208. This course ECONOMICS Prerequisite: EC 205 or EC 101. This is an studies the theory and practice of interna- Topics in economics that are not offered on analysis of the characteristics and causes tional trade and investment. Topics include a regular basis are examined. The course of underdevelopment in poor nations and comparative advantage, determination of may be repeated for credit if the topic var- of programs designed to stimulate eco- the pattern of trade, current problems of ies. nomic growth. Offered in alternate years. commercial policy and trade negotiations, 1-3 cr. 3 cr. the role of the multinational corporation, and the theory of economic integration EC 305 MACROECONOMICS EC 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY with special reference to the European Prerequisite: EC 206 or EC 208. This is a IN ECONOMICS Union. Offered in alternate years. theoretical and applicational view of See “Independent Study” on page 30. 3 cr. aggregative economics. A survey of Classi- 1-3 cr. EC 374 ENVIRONMENTAL cal, Keynesian, and neo-Keynesian theory ECONOMICS EC 340 THE ECONOMICS OF SPORTS leads into a study of macroeconomics and Prerequisite: EC 205 or EC 101. This course Prerequisite: EC 206 or EC 101 or EC 105 or economic policies, particularly in the examines the economic aspects of current EC 208. This course applies the tools of United States. Emphasis is on current na- environmental and natural resource issues. economic theory to the market for profes- tional economic goals and the The problems of pollution control and re- sional sport entertainment. The major pro- macrodynamics of inflation, growth, invest- source management are examined from an fessional sports leagues all exhibit several ment, and consumption. economic perspective. Other topics may practices which are unparalleled in other 3 cr. include the global population problem; en- U.S. industries. These practices, both in ergy dependence and the economy; the EC 306 MICROECONOMICS hiring athletes and selling the “entertain- economics of recycling; and the impact of Prerequisite: EC 206 or EC 208 or EC 290. ment product,” are analyzed. Government environmental policy on growth, jobs, and This is an intermediate course in econom- policies towards this unique market are the quality of life. ics covering the theoretical bases used by also investigated. 3 cr. economists in explaining the behavioral 3 cr. patterns of consumers, firms, and indus- EC 386 ECONOMETRICS tries. Problems, readings, and discussions EC 351 ECONOMICS AND Prerequisite: EC 206; MATH 112; QM 201 or are directed to the logical development, GOVERNMENT MATH 207, or PSY 207. This course covers understanding, and application of theoreti- Prerequisite: EC 206 or EC 208. This course methods of detecting and means of remedy- cal models and concepts rather than pure is a critical examination of the role of gov- ing violations of the assumptions of classi- exposition of static analysis. ernments in free enterprise economies. cal regression analysis. While only eco- 3 cr. Topics include the history of governmental nomic models are discussed, the methodol- intervention in business, industry, and fi- ogy is multidisciplinary in nature. EC 311 MONEY AND BANKING nance; major current economic problems; 3 cr. Laboratory fee $10. Prerequisite: EC 206 or EC 208. This is a and the method and degree of government study of the role of money, credit, and fi- action proposed to resolve economic prob- EC 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN nancial institutions in the U.S. economy. lems. Offered in alternate years. ECONOMICS Topics include policies concerning deposi- 3 cr. Prerequisite: Varies according to nature of tory institutions, the role of the Federal course. Topics offered depend upon stu- Reserve System, and monetary theory. EC 355 PUBLIC FINANCE dent interest as well as particular interests 3 cr. Prerequisite: EC 206 or EC 208 or EC 290. of instructors. The course is offered as of- This course studies the effects of govern- ten as faculty time and student interest EC 315 COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC ment expenditure, borrowing, and taxation permit. Recent topics have included “The SYSTEMS upon resource allocation, national income, New England Economy,” “The Economics of Prerequisite: EC 205 or EC 101. This is a employment, and income distribution. Spe- Election Issues,” “The Economics of the study of capitalism and socialism including cial emphasis is placed on the appropriate GOP ‘Contract with America,’” and “Eco- theoretical interpretations of these sys- types of taxation and current and recent nomic Controversies.” May be repeated for tems. Case studies include descriptions of government budgetary choices. credit if the topic differs. the mixed capitalist economies of the 3 cr. 1-3 cr. United States and Western Europe and the transitional economies of the former Soviet EC 361 URBAN ECONOMICS EC 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN Union, China, and Eastern Europe. Offered Prerequisite: EC 206 or EC 208. This course ECONOMICS in alternate years. is a study of the economic aspects of the See “Internships” page 31. 3 cr. social and political problems of the modern 1-3 cr. American city. Offered in alternate years. 3 cr. 134 Undergraduate Courses

EC 490 SEMINAR: ISSUES IN are evaluated by the class. The course is ED 380 SECONDARY EDUCATION CONTEMPORARY ECONOMICS not limited to those planning careers in TOPICS Prerequisite: EC 206 or EC 208 and six addi- education, but is open to anyone who Prerequisite: PSY 304, ED 301; and senior tional credit hours of economics. This wishes background for making media pre- standing and acceptance into the Second- course involves discussions of various top- sentations. ary Teacher Education Program. In this ics of interest in economics. Each student 3 cr. course an array of veteran teachers do pre- prepares a research paper on a topic of sentations on issues relevant for secondary choice. ED 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY education. Topics include teaching special 3 cr. IN EDUCATION education students, the use of computers See “Independent Study” on page 30. in the classroom, the use of multimedia in 1-3 cr. the classroom, legal issues in the teaching profession, among others. At the end of this ED 350 TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY course students are able to apply this READING AND LANGUAGE ARTS ED EDUCATION knowledge to the teaching practicum. Only Prerequisite: Junior standing; ED 301, PSY (School of Arts and Sciences) offered in the first part of the fall semester, 211, or permission of instructor. This is an the course is graded on a pass/fail basis. ED 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN introductory methods course in the teach- 1 cr. EDUCATION ing of children’s reading, writing, and spell- ing skills in grades 1-6. As a result of taking Topics in education that are not offered on ED 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN this course, students learn to guide the a regular basis are examined. The course EDUCATION may be repeated for credit if the topic var- development of children’s skills in a num- Topics in education that are not offered on ies. ber of areas: emergent literacy, word identi- a regular basis are examined. The course 1-3 cr. fication, vocabulary acquisition, compre- may be repeated for credit if the topic var- hension, writing processes, and spelling. ies. ED 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN Students understand and apply teaching 1-3 cr. EDUCATION and learning philosophies related to read- Topics in education that are not offered on ing and language arts strategies, reading ED 403 METHODS OF TEACHING IN a regular basis are examined. The course materials, and classroom organization. A SECONDARY SCHOOLS may be repeated for credit if the topic var- significant component of this course is a Prerequisite: Senior standing and accep- ies. pre-practicum fieldwork experience com- tance into the Teacher Education Program. 1-3 cr. pleted in a local elementary school. Student This course is a study of the process of performance is assessed by exams, written teaching. Topics include objectives of ED 301 PRINCIPLES AND PROBLEMS assignments, lesson plan designs, teaching; class control and management; OF EDUCATION microteaching, and a fieldwork journal. lesson preparation and planning; instruc- Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This is Includes 25 hours of pre-practicum field- tional design and strategies; curriculum an exploration of the issues confronting work at a local elementary school. development; techniques of questioning; education at all levels. Topics include the 3 cr. materials of instruction; use of media; legal goals of educational systems, school orga- and moral responsibilities of the teaching nization and control, moral education, stu- ED 375 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM profession; preparation of individualized dents’ and teachers’ rights, finances, AND METHODS instructional lessons; evaluation proce- mainstreaming, drugs and substance abuse, Prerequisite: Junior standing; ED 301, PSY dures and instruments; and the role of the education, and problems and opportunities 211, ED 350, or permission of instructor. teacher in different classroom situations. associated with diversity. Other topics may This course places an emphasis on the de- Clinical experiences such as communica- include collective bargaining, censorship, velopment of concepts in mathematics, tions exercises, simulation, and micro cooperative education, equity, sex educa- science, and social studies in grades 1-6. As teaching are provided. A required field tion, and at-risk youth. Students intending a result of taking this course, students learn study is integrated with the practicum ex- to enter the Secondary Teacher Education to balance direct elementary instruction perience. The course is offered only in the Program are required to do appropriate with facilitated learning using physical first part of the fall semester. field study. models, manipulatives, and primary 3 cr. 3 cr. sources. Students demonstrate familiarity with current curriculum models and stan- ED 409 PRACTICUM IN SECONDARY ED 302 HISTORY OF AMERICAN dards, instructional strategies, and instruc- TEACHING EDUCATION tional materials. Students complete lesson Prerequisite: ED 301; PSY 304; ED 403. This Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This plans for curriculum units, using the Mass. is a practicum in teaching under the super- course is a study of the educational pro- Curriculum Frameworks as a resource, and vision of experienced teachers. The student cess, both formal and informal, in the plan and demonstrate math, science, and teacher is observed, guided, and evaluated United States from the 17th century to the social studies lessons using appropriate by the cooperating teacher and by the per- present including coverage of the European manipulatives, technology, physical mod- son directing student teaching. Open only antecedents. els, cooperative learning techniques, and to those students in the Teacher Education 3 cr. various assessment tools. Students com- Program. This course and SW 412 may not plete a pre-practicum fieldwork experience both be counted toward the minimum 122 ED 306 MULTIMEDIA in a local elementary school. Student per- credit hours required for the degree. PRESENTATIONS formance is assessed by exams, written 9 cr. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This is a assignments, lesson plan designs, workshop course that treats the planning microteachng, and a fieldwork journal. ED 410 SECONDARY PRACTICUM and production of materials of an instruc- Includes 25 hours of pre-practicum field- SEMINAR tional, informative, or message-bearing na- work at a local elementary school. Prerequisite: ED 301; PSY 304; ED 403; ED ture using various media techniques: televi- 3 cr. 409. Students doing the secondary teaching sion, motion pictures, slides, and audio- practicum participate in a weekly seminar. tapes. Many examples of commercial media As a result of taking this course, students presentations are analyzed. Presentations are able to analyze and refine teaching strategies, curriculum designs, and class- room management and assessment. Stu- Undergraduate Courses 135

dents demonstrate skills as reflective prac- practicum. As a result of this course, stu- EE 301 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS I titioners of the teaching process. They are dents are able to analyze and refine teach- Preprequisites: MATH 236; EE 206 concur- assessed by weekly classroom participa- ing strategies, curriculum designs, and rently. This is the first of a sequence of two tion and a teaching journal that is handed classroom management and assessment. courses that is developed to introduce stu- in at the end of the semester. They demonstrate skills and reflective prac- dents to the concepts of signal modeling 3 cr. titioners of the teaching process. Student and the interaction of signals and linear performance is assessed by weekly class- systems. The focus is on the continuous- ED 425 ELEMENTARY EDUCATION room participation and a teaching journal time cases such as voice and music. Stu- TOPICS that is handed in at the end of the dents learn signal and system modeling Prerequisite: Senior standing, acceptance in practicum. Includes 150 hours of full concepts; time-domain analysis including the Elementary Education Program, ED 301, practicum fieldwork (student teaching) at a concepts of convolution and superposition; PSY 211, PSY 304, ED 350, ED 375. This is an local elementary school. system response to different stimuli includ- investigation of instructional strategies for 3 cr. ing impulse and step; frequency-domain teaching the arts, health, physical educa- analysis including concepts of Fourier se- tion, and technologies for grades 1-6. As a ries, Fourier transforms, and Laplace trans- result of taking this course, students are forms; and applications of analytical tools able to identify curriculum models and in- such as signal representations, transfer structional materials for these content ar- EE ELECTRICAL functions, and filtering. Throughout the eas, and they design and demonstrate ap- semester, MATLAB, a computational soft- propriate lesson plans. Students also de- ENGINEERING ware program, is used to emphasize and to sign strategies for addressing the needs of (School of Engineering) help in understanding important concepts special education students and strategies of the course as well as a tool for solving for the general management and organiza- EE 205 INTRODUCTION TO homework problems. The methods of as- tion of the elementary classroom. An im- ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING I sessing student learning in this course are portant component in the course is a pre- Prerequisite: PHYS 134; MATH 134. The homework assignments, quizzes, in class practicum fieldwork experience undertaken course is designed for both EE majors and exams, and a final exam. at a local elementary school. Student per- non-majors. This course is the first of a 3 cr. formance is assessed by exams, written sequence of two courses designed to give assignments, lesson plan designs, students basic analytical tools used in elec- EE 302 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS II microteaching, 25 hours of pre-practicum trical engineering. Students analyze cir- Prerequisite: EE 301. This is the continua- fieldwork at a local elementary school, and cuits containing resistors, op amps, and DC tion of EE 301 course and develops the stu- a fieldwork journal. sources using Ohm’s law, Kirchoff’s laws, dents’ ability to apply mathematical tech- 3 cr. and several network theorems including niques to analyze discrete signals and sys- Thevinin’s theorem, Norton’s theorem, and tems. Students learn the fundamentals of ED 479 ELEMENTARY TEACHING superposition. Students analyze simple sampling and the representation of dis- PRACTICUM circuits and use computer simulation to crete-time systems and modeling an analog- Prerequisite: ED 301, PSY 211, PSY 304, ED analyze more complex circuits. They also to-digital (A/D) converter. They also learn 350, ED 375, ED 425 and senior standing, learn to perform transient analysis of both ideal and approximate methods of completion of all preliminary elementary simple RL and RC circuits. In the labora- reconstructing a signal from a sequence of education course work. This is a practicum tory, students become proficient in the use samples, and learn z-transform, inverse z- in teaching under the supervision of quali- of simple electrical test equipment includ- transformation, discrete convolution, differ- fied teachers. As a result of taking this ing digital multimeters and oscilloscopes. ence equations, discrete-time transfer func- course, students are able to design and The methods of assessing student learning tions, discrete Fourier transform (DFT), and teach content-appropriate lesson plans, in this course are homework assignments, its realization through the use of fast Fou- utilize a variety of instructional techniques, quizzes, tests, laboratory experiments, and rier transform (FFT) algorithms. Students organize and manage a classroom fairly and written reports on experiments. Three also learn to analyze and design filters such effectively, address a range of student class hours, three lab/tutorial hours. as Butterworth, Chebyshev analog filters, learning needs, assess the performance of 4 cr. Infinite Impulse Response (IIR), and Finite- the students in the classroom, and conduct duration Impulse Response (FIR) digital themselves in a professional manner. Stu- EE 206 INTRODUCTION TO filters. Throughout the semester, MATLAB, dent performance is assessed by unit and ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING II a computational software program, is used lesson plan designs as well as by regular Prerequisite: EE 205; corequisite: MATH to emphasize and to help in understanding observation and evaluation by the cooper- 236. This course builds on the knowledge important concepts of the course as well as ating teacher and the college supervisor, gained and analytical skills developed in EE a tool for solving homework problems. The who will follow Mass. common Teaching 205. Students learn to perform transient methods of assessing student learning in Competencies’ standards. Open only to analysis on simple second order circuits. this course are homework assignments, those students in the Elementary Education They also learn to analyze circuits in steady quizzes, in class exams, and a final exam. Program, this course and SW 412 may not state with alternating voltages and currents 3 cr. both be counted toward the minimum 122 including determining frequency responses credit hours required for the degree. In- of circuits and analyzing resonant circuits. EE 303 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS I cludes 150 hours of full practicum fieldwork Students learn to model transformers and Prerequisite: EE 206 or concurrently. This (student teaching) at a local elementary include them in steady state analysis of AC is the first course in modeling of electronic school. circuits. Students use computer simulation devices and analysis and design of elec- 9 cr. as a tool for both transient and AC steady tronic circuits. After successfully complet- state analysis and use electrical test equip- ing this course the students are familiar ED 480 ELEMENTARY PRACTICUM ment to verify the theory learned. The with the electrical characteristics of semi- SEMINAR methods of assessing student learning in conductor material, know the electrical Prerequisite: ED 301, PSY 211, PSY 304, ED this course are homework assignments, characteristics of the PN junction diode, 350, ED 375, ED 425 and senior standing, quizzes, tests, laboratory experiments, and know how to analyze single-diode circuits completion of all preliminary elementary short reports on experiments. Two class using graphical, numerical, and piecewise education course work, concurrent involve- hours, three lab/tutorial hours. linear approximation methods, have an ment in ED 479. This is a weekly seminar for 3 cr. understanding of some of the techniques students doing the elementary teaching 136 Undergraduate Courses

used in nonlinear analysis, know how to describing such phenomena, a graphics/ eters of device models, and use those for analyze multiple-diode circuits using piece- mathematics software package such as analysis and design of electronic circuits. wise linear diode models, know what a Ze- MATHCAD is used. The methods of assess- The results of the laboratory work are re- ner diode is, are familiar with the Zener ing student learning are weekly homework ported to generate an engineering report. diode regulator circuit, are familiar with AC and quizzes plus several projects and a The assessment in this course is based on to DC converter and waveshaping circuits, final comprehensive exam. the quality of the work done in the labora- know what a FET is and what its major elec- 3 cr. tory and the report. Three laboratory trical characteristics are, know how to de- hours. sign and analyze DC circuits containing EE 319 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2 cr. FETs, know how to simulate circuits using LABORATORY I FETs, know what a BJT is and what its ma- Prerequisite: EE 303 or concurrently. This EE 422 CONTROL SYSTEMS jor electrical characteristics are, know how course is the first of the three course se- Prerequisite: MATH 350; EE 301 or ME 320. to design and analyze DC circuits contain- quence designed to give students hands-on This is an introductory course in analysis ing BJTs, know how to simulate circuits experience in the use of laboratory instru- and design of linear control systems. Stu- using BJTs, are familiar with MOS logic de- ments, collection and interpretation of dents learn to analyze mathematical mod- sign of basic gates, and are familiar with data, and design and debugging of electri- els, systems representation and reduction, CMOS logic design of basic gates. The cal analog and digital circuits. The course steady-state errors, time domain and fre- methods of assessing student learning in also serves to develop technical writing quency domain system performance and this course are homework assignments, skills. Students investigate device charac- specifications, methods of testing for stabil- quizzes, design projects, classroom discus- teristics according to the instructions given ity, Bode, root locus, and frequency domain sions, and a final exam. and compare with those expected from response methods of linear time invariant 3 cr. theory. They also design and build digital systems. They also learn to design lead, lag, and analog electronic circuits and demon- and lead-lag compensation techniques. Stu- EE 312 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS strate by appropriate measurements that dents also learn to use MATLAB computa- AND DEVICES the circuits perform and meet the design tional software to understand new con- Prerequisite: CHEM 105 or equivalent and specifications. Students prepare engineer- cepts and to perform and implement sys- EE 206 or concurrently. The students in this ing reports for every laboratory experi- tem analysis and design techniques. The course learn the relationship between ment. The assessment is based on the qual- methods of assessing student learning in structure, properties, and processing of ity of collected data and the written report. the course are quizzes, exams, homework materials used in the design of devices and Three laboratory hours. assignments, and a project. systems in electrical engineering. Students 2 cr. 3 cr. analyze various devices used in solid state components, design such devices, and se- EE 320 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS II EE 427 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING lect suitable materials for these. To enable Prerequisite: EE 303 and EE 301. This is a LABORATORY III them to do all this, they learn about crystal- second course in modeling of electronic Prerequisite: EE 322. This is the third of a lographic structure; microstructure; diffu- devices and analysis and design of elec- three-course laboratory sequence. The sion; phase diagrams; physical diagnostic tronic circuits. After successfully complet- course consists of several experimental tools; fabrication of thin films; and the elec- ing this course, students are familiar with projects designed to provide students with trical and magnetic properties of metals, the terminology, performance measures, hands-on experience in analysis and design semiconductors, and insulators. The meth- and modeling schemes of amplifiers; are of electronic circuits and systems. After ods of assessing student learning in this familiar with the terminology, performance successfully completing this course the course are homework assignments, quiz- measures and modeling schemes of the students are able to design, construct, and zes, in class exams, and a final exam. A practical operational amplifier; know the test a basic fiber optic communication sys- technical poster presentation is required. small-signal modeling schemes (all three tem; design, simulate, and test digital cir- 3 cr. topologies) for transistors; know the single- cuits using programmable logic devices; stage amplifier types and their design appli- design and test a basic control system; and EE 314 FIELDS AND WAVES cations (inverters, drivers, etc.); know how build and test an amplitude modulator. The Prerequisite: MATH 350 or concurrently. to design multistage transistor amplifiers students reinforce their technical writing This is a one-semester introductory course (with emphasis on interstage coupling and ability by writing an engineering report on in one of the most important subjects in loading problems); know what the hybrid-pi the results of each project. The assessment electrical engineering, electromagnetic field model of a transistor is and how to use it; in this course is based on the quality of the theory and its applications. Radar, televi- know how to analyze amplifiers in the fre- work done in the laboratory and the written sion, electric motors, fiber optics, and quency domain; are familiar with the analy- report. Three laboratory hours. medical imaging all depend on knowledge sis and design of amplifiers with feedback; 2 cr. from this area. Upon completing this are familiar with oscillator performance course the student have a basic under- criteria and circuit applications; and have EE 434 ELECTRICAL POWER standing of the mathematical tools used in an increased ability to analyze linear and ENGINEERING modeling static or dynamic electromag- nonlinear circuits. The methods of assess- Prerequisite: EE 314 and EE 301. This is an netic fields, the behavior of static or dy- ing student learning in this course are introductory level course in namic electromagnetic fields in various homework assignments, quizzes, design electrical energy conversion devices such media with different physical boundaries, projects, classroom discussions, and a final as generators, motors, and transformers. and the use of electromagnetic field theory exam. Students, on successful completion of this in such important applications as transmis- 3 cr. course, understand the structure and com- sion lines, waveguides, and antennas. ponents of an electrical power system and Course material is presented under the EE 322 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING are able to calculate MMF, flux, and flux assumption that students is familiar with LABORATORY II density in electro-magnetic circuits as used the atomic theory of matter, the basic con- Prerequisite: EE 320 or concurrently. This in transformers and rotating electrical ma- cepts of vectors, and has a working knowl- course is the second of a sequence of three chines. Students develop good understand- edge of the fundamental principles of inte- courses. The course builds on the skills ing of the causes of energy losses and are gral and differential calculus. To help stu- developed in EE 319 and material learned in able to calculate these. They learn the need dents visualize and explore field phenom- junior level courses. In this course students for power transformation; the construc- ena and to improve mathematical skills in design and build electronic circuits with tional features of a power transformer; how more than one device, determine param- to use test data for developing circuit Undergraduate Courses 137

model; and how to calculate regulation and periments to investigate causes of either an apply state space techniques to find zero efficiency of transformers. observed phenomenon or a problem in input, zero state, and complete solution They understand principles of energy con- engineering. Students are required to dem- from state space system equations. In addi- version and are able to calculate force, onstrate their achievements using appro- tion students learn to perform system sta- torque, and mechanical power and its rela- priate laboratory exhibits. Students who bility, controllability, and observability tionship to electrical voltage current and select industry-sponsored projects have tests and to design state and output feed- power in generators and motors. Methods the opportunity of working with the indus- back techniques as well as observer design of assessment include homework, quizzes, trial advisor in an actual engineering envi- technique. Students also learn to use tests, and a short paper on one of the top- ronment. The assessment in this course is MATLAB computational software to under- ics related to the course. based on the student’s level of commitment stand new concepts and to perform and 3 cr. demonstrated throughout the semester, the implement system analysis and design level of achievement attained, the record- techniques. The methods of assessment of EE 437 DESIGN PROJECTS ing of activities in a log book, and the qual- student learning in this course are home- Corequisite: EE 439 and approval of the ity of the written report and oral presenta- work assignments, quizzes, tests, and a department. Selected students work on an tion. Meeting hours by arrangement. design project. independent design project in the semester 3 cr. 3 cr. prior to enrolling in EE 440. This course is intended to provide students with the op- EE 490 SPECIAL TOPICS IN EE 530 VLSI DESIGN portunity for a two-semester project se- ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Prerequisite: EE 312 or equivalent and EE quence culminating with EE 440. This is a study of an advanced topic in engi- 320 or equivalent. This is a graduate level 3 cr. neering of special interest to electrical engi- course in VLSI design fundamentals. After neering majors, but not offered on a regular successfully completing this course, stu- EE 439 PROFESSIONAL AWARENESS basis. dents are familiar with two suites of CAD Prerequisite: Senior standing. This course 3 cr. tools (LEDIT, a layer editor, and ICAPS, a is designed to make students aware of circuit simulator) used in VLSI design, are some of the problems, concerns, and re- EE 511 RANDOM SIGNALS AND familiar with process technology (MOSIS in sponsibilities of an engineer as a profes- NOISE this case), know the IC design process (in- sional. In addition, students are guided in Prerequisite: EE 301; ENGR 212. This is a cluding layout constraints), know how to formulating a proposal for a senior design study of signals, both random and non- model electronic device behavior as a func- project in preparation for project work in random. Topics include spectrum analysis, tion of layout geometry, know how to apply EE 440. Students participate in discussions, auto-correlation and cross-correlation func- layout information to simulation models, led by invited speakers, on topics that en- tions, network analysis of systems with know how to design and lay out basic digi- able students to write a professional re- random signals and noise, applications to tal logic gates, are familiar with the layout sume, interview for a job, generate an effec- reception of radar, and space signals. A and operation of analog systems (in par- tive and substantive report, and make an design project is required. ticular, the operational amplifier), and be effective technical oral presentation. Stu- 3 cr. aware of the problems associated with dents are exposed to ethical issues in engi- mixed-mode IC design. The methods of as- EE 523 COMMUNICATIONS neering environments, made aware of the sessing student learning in this course are necessity of protecting their work with ei- Prerequisite: EE 302, EE 320 and MATH 350. homework assignments, quizzes, classroom ther patents, copyrights, trademarks, and This is a graduate level course in electronic discussions, design projects, and a final trade secrets and of not infringing on the (analog and digital) communication funda- exam. similar rights of others; and apprised of mentals. After successfully completing this 3 cr. issues of safety in the work place, product course students know what analog and digi- liability, and the importance of professional tal signaling methods (PAM, PCM, AM, PM, EE 535 FUZZY LOGIC registration. Faculty and representatives and FM) are available; know how to model, Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing. from industry present ideas for senior de- analyze, and design a basic communication This course covers the fundamentals of sign projects and each student chooses a link; know how to model, analyze, and de- fuzzy logic theory and its applications. Stu- project, and develops and writes a project sign signals that go with the various signal- dents learn to analyze crisp and fuzzy sets, proposal with the supervision and guidance ing methods (including the theories on in- fuzzy propositional calculus, predicate of a faculty advisor. The assessment in this formation measure, signal types and their logic, fuzzy logic, fuzzy rule-based expert course is based on students’ participation measure, encoding schemes, and Fourier systems, and apply fuzzy logic theory to a in discussions, the submission of short analysis); are familiar with the various variety of practical applications. Students papers on some of the issues raised in the types of modulation and demodulation also learn to use MATLAB computational presentations, and the quality of project schemes available; and are familiar with software to understand new concepts and proposal and the oral presentation. One some of the practical applications of modu- to perform and implement fuzzy logic rules class hour. lation/demodulation theory. The methods and systems. The methods of assessing 1 cr. of assessing student learning in this course student learning in this course are home- are homework assignments, quizzes, class- work assignments, quizzes, classroom dis- EE 440 SENIOR DESIGN PROJECTS room discussions, and a final exam. cussions, design projects, and a final exam. Prerequisites: EE 439 and graduating senior 3 cr. 3 cr. status. A capstone design course that pre- pares students for entry-level positions. In EE 525 LINEAR SYSTEMS THEORY EE 545 NEURAL NETWORKS this course each student works on an inde- Prerequisite: MATH 350; EE 301 or ME 320. Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing. pendent engineering project under the su- Students learn the fundamentals of the This is a study of the basic concepts of neu- pervision of a faculty advisor. Students state space approach to systems modeling, ral networks and its application in engineer- apply the design process and communicate analysis, and design. They also learn how ing. In this course students learn the single the results of their project work in both to find the state space model of electrical, layer and multilayer neural network archi- oral and written form. Oral reports are pre- mechanical, and electromechanical sys- tectures; understand linear and nonlinear sented before an assembly of faculty and tems. In addition students learn how to activation functions; and analyze and imple- students. Students apply engineering de- represent a system in the Jordan, first ca- ment McCulloch-Pitts, Hebbian, Hopfield, sign principles either by working on a prod- nonical, and phase variable forms, and to Perceptron, Widrow-Hoff, ADALINE, delta, uct, improving a product, or designing ex- and backpropagation, learning techniques with ample practical applications. Students 138 Undergraduate Courses

also learn to use MATLAB computational study of equilibrium distributions in EE 590 SPECIAL TOPICS IN software to understand new concepts and semiconductor carriers and p-n junctions ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING to perform and implement neural network leads to an understanding of solid state This is a study of an advanced topic in engi- rules and paradigms. The methods of as- device operation. The investigation of neering of special interest to electrical engi- sessing student learning in this course are practical devices such as diodes, IMPATT neering majors, but not offered on a regular homework assignments, quizzes, classroom diodes, bipolar and junction field-effect basis. discussions, design projects, and a final transistors, and MOS devices enhance 3 cr. exam. students’ knowledge of the design and 3 cr. analysis techniques used in real-world applications. A design project is required. EE 548 INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRO- Upon completion of this course students OPTICS should be proficient in the use of solid- ENGLISH Prerequisite: MATH 350; EE 314 or equiva- ENGL state component and system design (School of Arts and Sciences) lent. Electro-optics is the study of the ef- techniques and are familiar with a wide fects of electric fields on optical phenom- variety of semiconductor device ena. A study of light and basic geometrical applications. The methods of assessing WRITING REQUIREMENTS and physical optics theory prepares stu- student learning in this course are English 100-level courses are open only to dents for investigation of the electronic and homework assignments, quizzes, classroom those students who have not completed optical properties of light sources and de- discussions, design projects, and a final their general College requirement of two tectors including LEDS, lasers, display de- exam. courses in English writing with grades of vices, photodetectors, detector arrays, and 3 cr. “C” or better. A $20 laboratory fee is charge transfer devices. After an investiga- charged for 100-level English courses. tion of electro-optics system design and EE 570 COMPUTER-CONTROLLED analysis techniques, students develop an SYSTEMS The number of semesters of 100-level En- understanding of such applications as opti- Prerequisite: EE 302 and MATH 350. Stu- glish required of each student depends cal signal processing, electro-optics sen- dents learn the fundamentals of the state upon the student’s preparation at entrance sors, optical communications, optical com- space approach to discrete systems model- and subsequent progress in achieving a puting, holography, integrated optics, dis- ing, analysis, and design. They also learn to level of competence adequate for the play technologies, and fiber-optics. A de- find the discrete state space model of me- student’s success in college writing assign- sign paper is required. Upon completion of chanical, electrical, and electromechanical ments. Entering freshmen and transfer stu- this course, the student should understand systems, and learn how to solve zero input, dents are tested and placed at the level the design and analysis techniques used in zero state, and complete responses of a appropriate to their writing skills. Entering modern electro-optics systems and apply system represented in discrete state space transfer students who have credit in fresh- these methods in electro-optics applica- form. In addition students learn to analyze man English, but who do not demonstrate tions. The methods of assessing student stability, controllability, and observability writing competence may be required to learning in this course are homework as- of sampled data system and to design com- take further courses in English writing. signments, quizzes, classroom discussions, puter controlled feedback systems to im- design projects, and a final exam. prove performance of a discrete time sys- Most entering freshmen take ENGL 132 En- 3 cr. tems as well as learning to design observ- glish Composition I: College Reading and ers. Students also learn to use MATLAB Writing, a standard course in essay reading EE 550 POWER TRANSMISSION computational software to understand new and expository writing. A limited number Prerequisite: EE 434 or concurrently. Stu- concepts and to perform and implement who demonstrate writing competence may, dents learn theoretical foundation for discrete system analysis and design tech- with the approval of the Director of the power transmission. They also learn electri- niques. Writing and Reading Program, take ENGL cal characteristics and analysis of aerial 3 cr. 14x Tutorial in English Composition concur- transmission lines, current and voltage rently with enrollment in a Cultures Past EE 580 SIGNAL PROCESSING relationships, generalized circuit constants, and Present course. Entering freshmen that circle diagrams, load flow analysis and fault Prerequisites: EE 302 and MATH 350 or demonstrate deficiency in basic writing analysis in symmetrical and unsymmetrical equivalent. This is an introductory course skills are recommended for ENGL 130-131 conditions, system stability, and economic in digital signal processing. It provides the or ENGL132 with a concurrent lab in writing operation of systems. They also learn the necessary background for an entry-level fundamentals, LA 150. Students placed in basis of fault detection mechanism. The position in signal processing or for ad- ENGL 130-131 may have to take additional methods of assessing student learning in vanced study. After successfully complet- credits to fulfill graduation requirements in this course is homework assignments, quiz- ing this course, students are familiar with some programs. Students with exception- zes, classroom discussions and a final the basic theory and practice of digital sig- ally good writing skills may be placed in exam. nal processing. They are able to under- ENGL 133 in their first semester and may 3 cr. stand the concepts of sampling and recon- enroll in an upper level literature course in struction of analog signals, calculate corre- their second semester. The general College EE 567 SOLID-STATE ELECTRONIC lation of discrete time signals, use discrete DEVICES requirement of a “C” or better in at least time Fourier and Z transforms, simulate two English writing courses is satisfied by Prerequisite: EE 312. The electrical and design FIR and IIR digital filters, imple- receiving a “C” in ENGL 131, ENGL 132 or behavior of solids, or the transport of ment FIR and IIR filters in real time on a ENGL 14x, and in 133 or 15x. Students charge through a metal or semiconductor, signal processing microcomputer, use the is determined by the properties of the should take these courses in the freshman DFT and FFT to calculate the spectra of year. electrons and the arrangement of atoms in discrete time signals, and have some famil- the solid. Through a study of the crystal iarity with adaptive filters and wavelets. Following successful completion of the in- structure of electronic materials and the Methods of assessment include homework, troductory course, most students take fundamentals of quantum electronics, tests, and a short paper on a topic related students understand the band theory of ENGL 133 English Composition II: Introduc- to signal processing. tion to Literature, a humanities oriented solids, particle statistics, transport 3 cr. phenomena, and conductivity. Further English course that includes a significant writing component. Students demonstrat- ing exceptional ability in ENGL 132 may, Undergraduate Courses 139

with the permission of the Director of the ENGL 132 ENGLISH COMPOSITION I: ENGL 201 PRINCIPLES OF Writing and Reading Program and the ap- College Reading and Writing COMMUNICATION proval of the Dean of the School of Arts and This is a standard course in essay reading Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two Sciences, take an alternative literature elec- and techniques of academic writing. The courses in English writing with grades of tive if provided for in the curriculum of purposes of the course are to develop skill “C” or better. This is an introduction to the their respective schools. Satisfactory in reading prose non-fiction from a variety fundamental theory of interpersonal com- completion of this course fulfills the English of disciplines, to develop skill in writing munication and public speaking. The writing requirement for these students. accurate and effective informative prose on course explores effective listening, small Students who do not receive a “C” in each a variety of subjects using a variety of tech- group communication, nonverbal communi- of the introductory courses will be required niques, to develop sensitivity to language cation, and similarities and differences be- to take further courses in English writing. and writing, and to develop critical judg- tween speaking and writing. ment of one’s own writing and that of oth- 3 cr. Entering international students or students ers. Particular attention is given to the im- for whom English is not a first language are portance of thesis, audience, and thought- ENGL 205 MASS COMMUNICATION placed according to their skill level. Stu- ful revision. Students who are discovered Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two dents who are at an intermediate level reg- to have marked deficiency in grammar, courses in English writing with grades of ister for ENGL 100 English as a Second Lan- mechanics, and usage take a concurrent lab “C” or better. This is an introduction to the guage. They may be required to complete in writing fundamentals, LA 150, to raise structure and function of mass communica- additional credits of English as a second them to a level of competence adequate to tion including print, film, and telecommuni- language if they do not demonstrate com- complete this course successfully. Not cations. The course addresses the history, petence in understanding and writing En- open to students who have completed an purpose, problems, and power of the mass glish. Students who demonstrate compe- ENGL 140-level course. media. tence may be placed in ENGL 132 or ENGL 3 cr. Laboratory fee $20. 3 cr. 133 with an accompanying support lab, LA 250 or LA 251. Students with exceptional ENGL 133 ENGLISH COMPOSITION ENGL 212 INTRODUCTION TO skill may be placed in a standard section of II: Introduction to Literature LITERARY STUDIES ENGL 132 or ENGL 133. Credit for ENGL 100 Prerequisite: A “C” in ENGL 131, 132 or Prerequisite: Two courses in English writ- may not be counted toward fulfillment of ENGL 140-level, or the equivalent ing with grades of “C” or better the freshman English requirement. This is an introduction to literature includ- This is an introduction to literature, its re- ing fiction, drama, and poetry with a strong sources and research methods. Emphasis is emphasis on writing. Not open to students on textual analysis and learning the lan- ENGL 100-101 ENGLISH AS A who have completed an ENGL 150-level SECOND LANGUAGE I and II guage of, and major approaches to, literary course. Some sections are taught concur- criticism. It may be taken concurrently with This is designed for international students rently with LA 151. freshman English by especially well quali- at an intermediate level in their use of En- 3 cr. Laboratory fee $20. fied English majors. glish. The courses introduce students to 3 cr. college level writing while developing their ENGL 140-149 TUTORIAL IN fluency in the use of the basic elements of ENGLISH COMPOSITION ENGL 214 WORLD LITERATURE I written English. The work is adapted to Occasionally these courses are offered for Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two individual needs. May be repeated for freshmen enrolled in Cultures Past and courses in English writing with grades of credit. Present during the fall semester. The read- “C” or better. Students read selections from 3 cr. Laboratory fee $20. ing and writing assignments are coordi- the time of Homer to approximately 1800. nated with the assignments in the Cultures This course satisfies the Area I literature ENGL 130 ENGLISH COMPOSITION course. The course covers the emphases of IA: College Reading and Writing A requirement for Arts and Sciences stu- the standard ENGL 132 course. dents. This is the first of a two-semester reading 3 cr. Laboratory fee $20. 3 cr. and composition sequence designed for students needing a review of English funda- ENGL 150-159 READINGS IN THE ENGL 215 WORLD LITERATURE II mentals. Topics include sentence structure, HUMANITIES Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two paragraph organization, fundamentals of Prerequisite: ENGL 132 or the equivalent. courses in English writing with grades of researching and writing papers using Occasionally these courses are offered for “C” or better. Students read selections from sources, the writing of expository essays students enrolled in Cultures Past and significant writers of the last 200 years. supporting a thesis, and strategies for criti- Present during the spring semester. They This course satisfies the Area I literature cal reading of prose non-fiction. Note: Stu- provide experience in reading, analyzing, requirement for Arts and Sciences stu- dents placed in ENGL 130 may have to take and discussing literature. Texts assigned in dents. additional credits to fulfill graduation re- Cultures Past and Present, with the addi- 3 cr. quirements in some programs. Taught con- tion of substantial readings chosen for this currently with LA 175. English course, are studied in lectures, ENGL 218 INTRODUCTION TO 3 cr. Laboratory fee $20. class discussions, and writing assignments. JOURNALISM The emphases of the standard ENGL 133 Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two ENGL 131 ENGLISH COMPOSITION course are covered. courses in English writing with grades of IB: College Reading and Writing B 3 cr. Laboratory fee $20. “C” or better. This is an introduction to the Prerequisite: ENGL 130 or permission of the nature, problems, and ethics of newspaper instructor. This is a continuation of ENGL ENGL 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ENGLISH work as well as the organization and tech- 130. Further work is done in sentence and niques of the modern newsroom. The Topics in English that are not offered on a paragraph development, research paper course places special emphasis on writing regular basis are examined. The course construction, and critical reading. Tradi- the news story in its various forms. Exten- may be repeated for credit if the topic var- tional modes of expository discourse are sive written assignments are required ies taught. Taught concurrently with LA 176. 3 cr. 3 cr. Laboratory fee $20. 1-3 cr. 140 Undergraduate Courses

ENGL 231 MASTERPIECES OF ENGL 292 PRACTICUM: WRITING ENGL 316 SHAKESPEARE: THE BRITISH LITERATURE I FOR THE COLLEGE NEWSPAPER COMEDIES AND HISTORIES Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two Prerequisite: Two courses in English writ- Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two courses in English writing with grades of ing with grades of “C” or better. This is an courses in English writing with grades of “C” or better. This is a critical survey of introduction to basic journalistic style as “C” or better. This course consists of inten- selected texts in British literature from its defined by the Associated Press Stylebook. sive reading and discussion of origins to 1789. Emphasis is on major tradi- The course covers basic article formats for Shakespeare’s major comedies and history tions and on major writers such as news and sports articles, editorials, and plays. It satisfies the Area I literature re- Chaucer, Marlowe, Donne, Jonson, Milton, reviews. Most of the articles written for the quirement for Arts and Sciences students. Dryden, Swift, and Johnson. This course class are published in the College’s newspa- 3 cr. satisfies the Area I literature requirement per. for Arts and Sciences students. 1 cr. ENGL 319 EARLY 17th CENTURY 3 cr. PROSE AND POETRY ENGL 301 ORAL COMMUNICATION Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission ENGL 232 MASTERPIECES OF Prerequisite: ENGL 201 or permission of the of instructor, two courses in English writing BRITISH LITERATURE II instructor, two courses in English writing with grades of “C” or better. This is a study Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two with grades of “C” or better. An advanced of non-dramatic poetry and prose from courses in English writing with grades of public speaking course, English 301 pre- 1600 to 1660 including works by authors “C” or better. This is a critical survey of sents a study of the major types of public such as Bacon, Donne, Herbert, Marvell, selected texts in British literature from the communication. Students research and and the young Milton. The political, intel- Romantic period to 1945. Emphasis is on present persuasive speeches and debates, lectual, and religious currents of the period major traditions and on major authors such perform ceremonial speaking, and give im- are included. This course satisfies the Area as Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats, promptu and after-dinner talks. Studies of I literature requirement for Arts and Sci- Shelley, Austen, Tennyson, Browning, contemporary speakers and their work are ences students. Arnold, Dickens, Conrad, Lawrence, Shaw, included. 3 cr. and Yeats. This course satisfies the Area I 3 cr. literature requirement for Arts and Sci- ENGL 320 PROFESSIONAL ences students. ENGL 310 MODERN DRAMA COMMUNICATION 3 cr. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two Prerequisite: ENGL 201 or junior standing, courses in English writing with grades of two courses in English writing ENGL 250 MASTERPIECES OF “C” or better. This is a study of nineteenth with grades of “C” or better. This is a study AMERICAN LITERATURE and twentieth century drama including dra- of several types of communication that are Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two matists such as Ibsen, Chekhov, Shaw, common in business and the professions. courses in English writing with grades of Strindberg, Sartre, Beckett, Ionesco, Brecht, Topics include professional presentations, “C” or better. This is a study of major Pirandello, Williams, Albee, Garcia Lorca, techniques of interviewing, questionnaire American works by authors such as Poe, and Genet. This course satisfies the Area I construction, small group dynamics, sym- Melville, Hawthorne, Emerson, Thoreau, literature requirement for Arts and Sci- posium planning, and presentation. Whitman, James, Crane, Faulkner, ences students. 3 cr. Hemingway, and others. This course satis- 3 cr. fies the Area I literature requirement for ENGL 321 NONVERBAL Arts and Sciences students. ENGL 311 THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE COMMUNICATION 3 cr. Prerequisite: Junior standing, two courses Prerequisite: ENGL 201, two courses in En- in English writing with grades of “C” or bet- glish writing with grades of “C” or better. ENGL 253 LOVE, DEATH, AND ter. This is an overview of the structure and The course explores all of the channels of POWER IN TWENTIETH CENTURY history of the English language, and of its nonverbal communication, analyzing indi- SPANISH AMERICAN LITERATURE (in variation in different speech communities. vidual, cultural, and contextual variables English translation) 3 cr. that affect it. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two 3 cr. courses in English writing with grades of ENGL 312 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE “C” or better. This is a study of twentieth Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission ENGL 324 MEMOIRS: SIGNATURES century Spanish American works (in En- of instructor, two courses in English writing OF THE SELF glish translation) for the purpose of analyz- with grades of “C” or better. This is a study Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two ing the treatment of the themes of love, of Chaucer as literary artist and critic of his courses in English writing with grades of death, and power. By focusing upon these age. Emphasis is on The Canterbury Tales, “C” or better. The course explores the universal themes, students gain insights materials describing the world of the four- imaginative and diverse expressions of men into the cultural uniqueness of the Spanish teenth century, and the oral presentation of and women—in the past and in the American vision. The works examined rep- Chaucer’s verse rather than a linguistic present—who have used the memoir as a resent three different literary genres: short analysis of Middle English. This course sat- vehicle, not for self-indulgent narratives but story, poetry, and novel. This course satis- isfies the Area I literature requirement for for rigorous soul-searching and honest self- fies the Area I literature requirement for Arts and Sciences students. examination. Most of the memoirists stud- Arts and Sciences students. 3 cr. ied have led exceptional lives of personal 3 cr. or public import, and their narratives often ENGL 315 SHAKESPEARE: THE record difficult struggles and triumphs over ENGL 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN TRAGEDIES great odds. This course satisfies the Area I ENGLISH Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two literature requirement for Arts and Sci- Prerequisite: Two courses in English writ- courses in English writing with grades of ences students. ing with grades of “C” or better. Topics in “C” or better. This course consists of inten- 3 cr. English that are not offered on a regular sive reading and discussion of basis are examined. The course may be Shakespeare’s major tragedies. It satisfies ENGL 327 READINGS IN 19th repeated for credit if the topic varies. the Area I literature requirement for Arts CENTURY ENGLISH LITERATURE I 1-3 cr. and Sciences students. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two 3 cr. courses in English writing with grades of “C” or better. This is a study of the signifi- Undergraduate Courses 141

cant attitudes and problems of the early ENGL 337 CREATIVE WRITING ENGL 344 EXPOSITORY WRITING nineteenth century as expressed in poetry Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two and prose. Readings are drawn from au- courses in English writing with grades of courses in English writing with grades of thors such as Wordsworth, Coleridge, “C” or better. This is a course designed for “C” or better. This is a course designed for Keats, Shelley, Austen, Eliot, and others. students who wish to write “creatively.” students who wish to improve their ability This course satisfies the Area I literature Emphasis is on writing poetry and short to write clearly and accurately. Emphasis is requirement for Arts and Sciences stu- fiction. Open to all majors. This course sat- on a variety of techniques for effective writ- dents. isfies the literature requirement for Arts ing. The course is open to students from all 3 cr. and Sciences students. majors. May be repeated once for credit. 3 cr. 3 cr. ENGL 328 READINGS IN 19th CENTURY ENGLISH LITERATURE II ENGL 338 MAJOR AUTHORS ENGL 348 INTERCULTURAL Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two Prerequisite: Two courses in English writ- COMMUNICATION courses in English writing with grades of ing with grades of “C” or better. Investigat- Prerequisite: ENGL 201, two courses in En- “C”’ or better. This is continued study of ing the important work of one to three ma- glish writing with grades of “C” or better. the significant attitudes and problems of jor authors, this course will focus on the This course promotes appreciation of other the nineteenth century as expressed in po- close reading of texts with attention, where cultures by instructing students in the use etry and prose. Readings are drawn from appropriate, to the intellectual and cultural of cross-cultural communication skills. Ac- authors such as Carlyle, Mill, Tennyson, milieu. tivities include discussion, guest lectures, Dickens, Arnold, Hardy, and others. This 3 cr. simulations, case studies, role-playing, and course satisfies the Area I literature re- presentations. quirements for Arts and Sciences students. ENGL 339 CHILDREN’S LITERATURE 3 cr. 3 cr. Prerequisite: Two courses in English writ- ing with grades of “C” or better, ED 350 for ENGL 353 TWENTIETH CENTURY ENGL 329 READINGS IN 20th students in Education Program. The course POETRY CENTURY BRITISH LITERATURE is an introduction to the field of children’s Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two literature. Its focus is primarily literary in courses in English writing with grades of courses in English writing with grades of nature, exploring the diverse literature “C” or better. This is a study of the domi- “C”’ or better. This is a study of selected written for children and young adults nant themes and innovative techniques in British novelists such as Joyce, Woolf, through reading, storytelling, meeting British and American poetry from 1900 to Forster, Amis, Lawrence, Waugh, Fowles, authors, and discussing works in class. 1950 with particular attention to Yeats, and Conrad. Attention is given to social and Students are also introduced to the graphic Eliot, and Frost. This course satisfies the philosophical backgrounds. This course artistry accompanying much of the litera- Area I literature requirement for Arts and satisfies the Area I literature requirement ture and to a variety of cultures and tradi- Sciences students. for Arts and Sciences students. tions depicted in word and picture. The 3 cr. 3 cr. course furthers students’ understanding of children and of the important role of home ENGL 355 THE DEVELOPMENT OF ENGL 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY and school in literacy development. This THE NOVEL IN ENGLISH course satisfies the Area I literature re- Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two Prerequisite: Two courses in English writ- quirement for Arts and Sciences students. courses in English writing with grades of ing with grades of “C” or better. 3 cr. “C” or better. A critical examination of the See “Independent Study” on page 30. novel as an art form, from its origins to the 1-3 cr. ENGL 340 BUSINESS twentieth century. Emphasis is on major COMMUNICATION writers of the nineteenth and twentieth ENGL 335 IMAGES OF BUSINESS IN Prerequisite: Junior standing, two courses centuries-American, British, and European. LITERATURE in English writing with grades of “C” or bet- Works selected are by major authors such Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two ter. The principles of effective professional as Fielding, Austen, Bronte, Dickens, Eliot, courses in English writing with grades of writing are studied. The course requires Hawthorne, Flaubert, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, “C” or better. This is a study of selections extensive practice in planning, organizing, Melville, Hardy, James, Conrad, Forster, from British and American literature (prin- writing, and analyzing letters and short Hemingway, and Faulkner. This course sat- cipally short stories and plays) to under- reports as they are used in business and isfies the Area I literature requirement for stand the views that literature offers of men industry. It also emphasizes oral presenta- Arts and Sciences students. and women in the world of work; ways that tions (except for sections taught through 3 cr. business influences our lives, liberties, and the Internet). pursuits of happiness; and the ethical is- 3 cr. ENGL 357 TWENTIETH CENTURY sues of individual, social, and corporate AMERICAN LITERATURE responsibilities. This course satisfies the ENGL 342 THEATRE PRACTICUM Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two Area I literature requirement for Arts and Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two courses in English writing with grades of Sciences students. courses in English writing with grades of “C” or better. This is a critical survey of 3 cr. “C” or better; satisfies Elements of Culture twentieth century American fiction, poetry, requirement “A.” This is a course in per- and drama. Emphasis is on major writers ENGL 336 ETHNIC AMERICAN forming drama. Students read and analyze such as Pound, Eliot, Frost, Stevens, LITERATURE dramatic texts and participate in the vari- Roethke, Lowell, Fitzgerald, Hemingway, Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two ous activities of theatre production: design- Steinbeck, Faulkner, Updike, Williams, and courses in English writing with grades of ing stage sets and costumes, creating Miller. This course satisfies the Area I lit- “C” or better. This is a critical study of the sound effects and lighting, and acting and erature requirement for Arts and Sciences literature from American minority writers: directing. This course satisfies the litera- students. Black, Native, Hispanic, Asian, and Jewish ture requirement for Arts and Sciences stu- 3 cr. Americans. This course satisfies the Area I dents. literature requirement for Arts and Sci- 3 cr. ences students. 3 cr. 142 Undergraduate Courses

ENGL 390, 392, 394, 395, 399 ENGR ENGINEERING debugging codes and running programs. A SPECIAL TOPICS IN ENGLISH minimum of eight computer projects will be Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, two (School of Engineering) assigned. The method of assessing students courses in English writing with grades of ENGR 102 FIRST YEAR includes computer assignments, in-class “C” or better. Topics offered depend upon ENGINEERING SEMINAR quizzes, and performance during labora- student interests as well as particular inter- tory sessions. Meeting hours: one class Prerequisite: Freshman status in engineer- ests of instructors. This course may be re- hour, one two-hour lab. ing. This is a course designed to introduce peated for credit if topic differs. 2 cr. first-year engineering students both to the 1-3 cr. engineering profession and to the practice ENGR 212 PROBABILITY AND ENGL 401 LITERACY AND of engineering. It enables students to fur- STATISTICS LANGUAGE SKILLS ther develop academic and life manage- Prerequisite: MATH 134; ENGR 110. This is Prerequisite: For students recommended ment skills and to learn how to use College a basic study of probability and statistical by the Western New England College Edu- resources. Students will be assessed theory with emphasis on engineering appli- cation Department. The course is a review through performance on homework, writ- cations. Students become knowledgeable of of the material covered on the Literacy and ten reports, and by participation in course the collection, processing, analysis, and Communication test administered by the activities. interpretation of numerical data. They learn Massachusetts Department of Education as 1 cr. the basic concepts of probability theory part of the teacher certification process. ENGR 103 INTRODUCTION TO and statistical inference, and become aware The course usually meets twice weekly in ENGINEERING of techniques of statistical design. the seven weeks prior to the spring sitting 3 cr. Prerequisite: Freshman status in engineer- of the state test. One day is devoted to a ing. This course is designed to introduce review of the Reading Sub-test, one day to ENGR 333 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN first-year engineering students both to the the Writing Sub-test. ENGINEERING engineering profession and its practices. 1 cr. See “Independent Study” on page 30. The students complete various projects, 1-3 cr. per semester ENGL 410 ENGLISH SEMINAR including a major design project. Through Prerequisite: Senior standing, two courses these projects and other activities, the stu- ENGR 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN in English writing with grades of “C” or bet- dents learn about computer aided visualiza- ENGINEERING ter. Intended primarily for English literature tion, engineering analysis, sketching, criti- See “Internships” on page 31. majors, this course is designed to deepen cal thinking, ethical decision making, the 3 cr. the students’ understanding of literary form design process, how to work in a team envi- and to enlarge their understanding of the ronment, problem formulation, design human concerns that literature may treat. evaluation and selection, team work, oral 3 cr. presentation skills, and effective writing. Student are assessed through performance ENGL 411 MAJOR AUTHORS on projects, exams, quizzes, homework, ENVS Prerequisite: Two courses in English writ- written reports, and oral presentations. ENVIRONMENTAL ing with grades of “C” or better. Investigat- 4 cr. ing the important work of one to three ma- SCIENCE jor authors, this course will focus on the ENGR 110 COMPUTER (School of Arts and Science) close reading of texts with attention, where APPLICATIONS IN ENGINEERING appropriate, to the intellectual and cultural This is an introduction to the application of ENVS 200 INTRODUCTION TO milieu. micro-computers to engineering problem ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 3 cr. solving. Study includes operating systems Prerequisite: Sophomore standing and six and applications software such as spread- credits of lab science. The goals of this ENGL 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN sheets, graphics packages, and mathemati- course are to engender understanding of ENGLISH cal packages. Half of the course involves numerous areas of environmental concern Prerequisite: Two courses in English writ- programming in Visual BASIC. and to show how these problems can be ing with grades of “C” or better 2 cr. effectively addressed. The topics include See “Internships,” on page 31. human population growth and urbaniza- 1-3 cr. ENGR 205 APPLIED VISUAL BASIC Prerequisite: ENGR 110 or equivalent. This tion; health risks; air and water pollution; nuclear and other waste disposal; soil con- ENGL 490 SEMINAR IN introductory and hands-on experience servation; food production; pesticide haz- COMMUNICATION course is offered to students who have ards; forest, wilderness, and wildlife con- knowledge or experience in programming. Prerequisite: Senior standing, two courses servation; energy and mineral resources; in English writing with grades of “C” or bet- Concept of event driven programming is introduced during class lectures while its and economic and political realities. ter. Designed primarily for English commu- 3 cr. nication majors, this course is dedicated to applications are demonstrated during labo- intensive guided research of current topics ratory sessions. Students learn to use the ENVS 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN in communication studies. Students explore object oriented programming approach to ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE various areas of communications and inte- develop true 32-bit applications that can Topics in environmental science that are grate these areas into a cohesive whole. run under a Microsoft Windows 32-bit plat- not offered on a regular basis are examined. 3 cr. form. Practical application exercises re- The course may be repeated for credit if lated to data acquisition and control, data- the topic varies. base management and animation will be 1-3 cr. selected from the fields of engineering, mathematics, science and business. The ENVS 300 LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE development of the programming skills ENVIRONMENT required to analyze practical problems is Prerequisite: Junior standing and ENVS 200. emphasized. An in-class laboratory exercise The purpose of the course is to educate is conducted each week during which stu- students in the laws for the protection of dents practice designing user interfaces, environmental quality. They learn to under- Undergraduate Courses 143 stand the role of the Environmental Protec- FIN FINANCE development of the international financial tion Agency as well as relevant environmen- markets; measurement and control of eco- tal laws including the National Environmen- (School of Business) nomic, contractual, and translation risk; tal Policy Act, Clean Air Act, Clean Water FIN 214 CORPORATION FINANCE international working capital management; Act, Resource Conservation and Recovery and securing funds internationally. The Prerequisite: MATH 105, 106, or 111, 112 or Act, and Wildlife Law. The difficulties of emphasis is on application. 123, 124. This is an introductory course controlling environmental quality through 3 cr. that focuses on the concepts and tools the legal system are discussed. used in financial decisionmaking. It in- 3 cr. FIN 333 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN cludes topics such as time value of money, FINANCE ENVS 301 WASTE MANAGEMENT risk and return, valuation, working capital See “Independent Study” on page 30. Prerequisite: Junior standing and ENVS 200. management, and financial markets. 3 cr. This is a technical and socio-political over- 3 cr. FIN 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN view of the decisions often faced with re- FIN 300 INSURANCE AND RISK gard to types and quantities of waste pro- FINANCE Prerequisite: Junior standing. This is an duced and the disposition of those wastes. This is a study of advanced topics in fi- analysis of the principles and practices of Students are educated in the scientific, leg- nance of special interest to finance majors insurance and risk management. Topics islative, and personal dimensions of waste but not offered on a regular basis. include personal, business, and social as- management, especially hazardous wastes, 1-3 cr. pects of life, health, property, and liability and discuss technical alternatives and ob- risks. FIN 420 ADVANCED CORPORATION stacles to implementing them. 3 cr. FINANCE 3 cr. Prerequisite: FIN 320. This course allows FIN 312 FINANCIAL MARKETS AND ENVS 302 TOXICOLOGY the student to apply the concepts and tools INSTITUTIONS Prerequisite: Junior standing; ENVS 200; of financial management. Real-world cases Prerequisite: FIN 214, EC 205 and 206. This BIO 107-108; CHEM 210-220or permission. are used to solve financial problems. course studies the financial markets, insti- This course provides understanding of the 3 cr. tutions and instruments that allocate both effects of chemical and physical agents, funds and risk in modern economies. Top- FIN 430 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS including environmental contaminants, on ics include intermediaries such as banks, IN FINANCE living systems. By combining the basic ele- insurance companies, and pension funds, ments of biology, chemistry, and molecular Prerequisite: FIN 420 or permission of the the money market and fixed income instru- biology, the relationships between chemi- instructor. This is a study of computer- ments, and regulatory environment in cals and disease states are identified. Stu- aided decision making in several areas of which they operate. finance. dents learn risk assessment, the methods 3 cr. for determination of harmful effects, and 3 cr. safe handling/storage/disposal of chemi- FIN 317 INVESTMENTS FIN 450 READINGS IN FINANCE cals. Prerequisite: FIN 312. This course is a study Prerequisite: FIN 214. This course consists 3 cr. of the theories of risk and return that un- of selected readings including traditional ENVS 333 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN derlie decisions about the allocation of and controversial arguments in financial ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE wealth among competing investment ve- management. Topics may include cost of hicles. Students will be able to measure and Prerequisite: Junior standing and ENVS 200. capital, valuation theory, capital budgeting, manage risk and return as it applies to eq- See “Independent Study” on page 30. and debt capacity. Open only to finance uity and long-term fixed income securities. 1-3 cr. and accounting majors. Topics such as portfolio diversification and 3 cr. ENVS 344 ENVIRONMENTAL immunization will be covered. MICROBIOLOGY 3 cr. FIN 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN FINANCE Prerequisite: CHEM 210, 220; BIO 303, 313; FIN 318 SECURITY ANALYSIS ENVS 200. The goal of this course is to fa- See “Internships” on page 31. Prerequisite: FIN 317. This course is a study cilitate understanding of the role of micro- 3 cr. of how publicly available information can organisms in the earth’s biogeochemical be used to determine both the instrinsic cycles, as components of water pollution, value and credit worthiness of a business as participants in waste water treatment, enterprise. Topics include financial state- and in bioremediation of chemical pollu- ment analysis, industry analysis, and risk tion. FR FRENCH assessment. 3 cr. 3 cr. (School of Arts and Sciences) ENVS 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN FIN 320 INTERMEDIATE FR 101 ELEMENTARY FRENCH I ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE CORPORATION FINANCE This is an “immersion” course in French Prerequisite: Junior standing and ENVS 200. Prerequisite: FIN 214. This course is an in- language and culture using the innovative This is a study of an advanced topic in envi- depth study of the concepts and tools Capretz French in Action method that com- ronmental science. needed to become an effective financial bines video, audio, and print materials. One 3 cr. decision-maker. The topics include valua- hour of lab per week. 3 cr. ENVS 480 INTERNSHIP IN tion, cash management, capital budgeting, ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE cost of capital, capita structure inventory FR 102 ELEMENTARY FRENCH II See “Internships” on page 31. control, and financing choices. Prerequisite: FR 101 or the equivalent. This 3 cr. 3 cr. is a continuation of French in Action. One FIN 322 INTERNATIONAL FINANCE hour of lab per week. Prerequisite: FIN 214, EC 205, EC 206. This 3 cr. is a study of the international dimensions of financial management. Topics include the 144 Undergraduate Courses

FR 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN FRENCH cluded are interpretation of the rock record management. Problems of public service Topics in French that are not offered on a and trends of development as revealed by delivery are explored in relation to the con- regular basis are examined. The course fossils. Two class hours, three-hour lab or temporary American political scene may be repeated for credit if the topic var- field trip. 3 cr. ies. 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. 1-3 cr. GO 207 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT FR 203 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH I Prerequisite: GO 101, GO 102, three credit Prerequisite: FR 102 or the equivalent. This hours of European history or is a continuation of French in Action. GO GOVERNMENT AND sophomore standing. This is a survey of the 3 cr. great political philosophers including Plato, POLITICS Aristotle, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke, FR 204 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH II (School of Arts and Sciences) Rousseau, Hegel, Marx, and modern politi- Prerequisite: FR 203 or the equivalent. This cal writers. is a continuation of French in Action. The GO 101 INTRODUCTION TO 3 cr. emphasis is on fluent oral reports based on CONTEMPORARY GLOBAL ISSUES articles from current French publications. The course examines numerous social, cul- GO 209 AMERICAN POLITICAL 3 cr. tural, economic, and political issue areas THOUGHT from the vantage points of global commu- Prerequisite: GO 102. This is a study of FR 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN FRENCH nity and global citizenship. Areas such as American political thinkers from the colo- Topics in French that are not offered on a the regulation of business, the spread of nial period to the 20th century. regular basis are studied. The course may technology, environmental pollution, 3 cr. be repeated for credit if the topic varies. health, poverty, crime, human rights, immi- 1-3 cr. gration, education, and democracy as well GO 210 STATE AND LOCAL as war and peace are analyzed within the GOVERNMENT FR 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY context of “globalization.” This course is Prerequisite: GO 101, 102 or sophomore IN FRENCH equivalent to INST 101. standing. This is a general survey of politics See “Independent Study” on page 30. 3 cr. in state and local government. Topics given 1-3 cr. special consideration include the power of GO 102 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT governors and mayors, variations in state/ FR 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN FRENCH This is an introduction to the character of local legislative assemblies, budgeting and Topics in French that are not offered on a American democracy. Topics include the taxation issues, intergovernmental rela- regular basis are studied. The course may Constitution, federalism, political parties, tions, citizen ballot initiatives, and policy be repeated for credit if the topic varies. and pressure groups as well as the role of issues including education, criminal justice, 1-3 cr. the executive, legislative, and judicial transportation, and public welfare. branches. 3 cr. 3 cr. GO 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN GO 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN GOVERNMENT GEOG GEOGRAPHY GOVERNMENT/POLITICS Topics in government that are not offered (School of Arts and Sciences) Topics in government that are not offered on a regular basis are examined. The on a regular basis are examined. The course may be repeated for credit if the course may be repeated for credit if the topic varies. GEOG 101 INTRODUCTION TO topic varies. 1-3 cr. GEOGRAPHY 1-3 cr. The course is a basic introduction to the GO 310 POLITICS OF DEVELOPING principles of geography. Basic concepts in GO 201 COMPARATIVE POLITICS SOCIETIES physical geography, cultural geography, Prerequisite: GO 101, GO 102, or sopho- Prerequisite: GO 101 or GO 102. This is a cartography, and other fields are dis- more standing. This is an introduction to study of the developing societies of the cussed. basic concepts of comparative political world in the context of rapidly changing 3 cr. analysis. An appreciation for the diversity socio-economic conditions and competing of political systems across the world is em- political ideologies. Objectives center on a phasized through case studies taken from consideration of the cyclical dynamics of Europe, Latin America, Asia, and Africa. democracy and authoritarianism, the rise 3 cr. of revolutionary pressures, and the role of GEOL GEOLOGY the international economy in shaping do- (School of Arts and Sciences) GO 203 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS mestic politics. Prerequisite: GO 101, GO 102, or sopho- 3 cr. more standing. This is an introduction to GEOL 101 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY the elements essential for analyzing and GO 312 POLITICS OF ETHNIC This is a systematic study of the planet understanding international behavior, orga- CONFLICT: AFRICA Earth with emphasis on the forces, pro- nization, diplomacy, politics, law, and the Prerequisite: GO 101 or GO 102. This is a cesses, and materials that are responsible multistate system. study of the modern state in Africa, tracing for the more familiar land forms. Two class 3 cr. it from colonial origins to the present. The- hours, three-hour lab or field trip. matic content reflects the comparative in- 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. GO 205 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION fluence of authoritarianism, ethnicity, and Prerequisite: GO 101, GO 102, or sopho- economic underdevelopment shared by all more standing. This is an introduction to GEOL 102 HISTORICAL GEOLOGY of these societies. public administration both as a field of 3 cr. Prerequisite: GEOL 101. This is a study of study and in its practical applications in the origin and development of the Earth government. Areas of study include bureau- through the processes that have been at cratic organization, budgeting, and public work upon its surface and its interior. In- Undergraduate Courses 145

GO 316 POLITICS OF EUROPE GO 338 PUBLIC MANAGEMENT: HIST HISTORY Prerequisite: GO 101 or GO 102. This is an ADMINISTRATION IN LOCAL analysis of the governmental and party GOVERNMENT (School of Arts and Sciences) structures of Great Britain, France, Ger- Prerequisite: GO 102. This is a detailed HIST 105 WORLD CIVILIZATION I many, and Russia with comparisons to the study of the tasks and responsibilities of This is an introductory survey of world United States. Special attention paid to Eu- public administrators and managers in the history to 1500. The course focuses on the ropean Union institutions. political context of state and local govern- rise of the world’s major civilizations and 3 cr. ment. Emphasis is given to the practical religions. The emphasis is on the social and application of administrative decision-mak- political history of Europe, Asia, Africa, and GO 318 POLITICS OF THE MIDDLE ing, personnel management, relations with the Americas. Credit for HIST 101 and HIST EAST elected officials, and improving service Prerequisite: GO 101 or GO 102. This is a 105 are not permissible. delivery. 3 cr. study of the Middle East and North Africa in 3 cr. terms of the shared traditions of Arabic and HIST 106 WORLD CIVILIZATION II Islamic culture, authoritarianism, and for- GO 340 INTERNATIONAL LAW AND This course is a survey of world history eign intervention. Specific issues discussed ORGANIZATION from 1500 to the present. Major themes include the Palestinian-Israeli conflict, Is- Prerequisite: GO 101 or GO 102. This is explored include the rise to dominance of lamic fundamentalism, and the impact of oil analysis of international law and organiza- Western society, colonialism, industrialism, production. tion in the 20th century. Special attention is decline of colonial empires, and the rise of 3 cr. paid to landmark cases and principles as new states in the Third World. Credit for well as to the structure and processes of GO 320 THE U.S. CONGRESS AND HIST 102 and HIST 106 are not permissible. the United Nations, European Community, 3 cr. PRESIDENCY and other experiments in international or- Prerequisite: GO 102. This is an examina- ganization. HIST 111 UNITED STATES HISTORY tion of Congress’s and the president’s pow- 3 cr. TO 1877 ers and actions as well as their interac- This is an introduction to U.S. history with tions. Particular emphasis is placed upon GO 350 AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY special emphasis on the colonial period, the roles of these actors in contemporary Prerequisite: GO 101 or GO 102. This is an the American Revolution, the New Nation, domestic and foreign policy making. analysis of American foreign relations. The Westward Expansion, the Civil War, and 3 cr. emphasis is on the formulation and conse- Reconstruction. quences of foreign policy as well as the role 3 cr. GO 324 PARTIES AND ELECTIONS of diplomacy abroad and in the United Na- Prerequisite: GO 102. This is a study of the tions. HIST 112 UNITED STATES HISTORY, electoral process including the roles of 3 cr. 1878 TO THE PRESENT candidates, parties, and political managers. This is a survey of U.S. history with special As part of the course students are required GO 355 COMPARATIVE FOREIGN emphasis on economic revolution, U.S. in- to work for candidates of their own choos- POLICIES volvement in World War I, the Great De- ing Prerequisite: GO 101 or GO 102. This course pression, the New Deal, World War II, the 3 cr. is a comparison and contrast of the deci- Cold War, and contemporary America. sion-making processes and foreign policy 3 cr. GO 325 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW institutions of the major powers and se- Prerequisite: GO 102. This is a study of con- lected other states. Emphasis is on under- HIST 120 PREHISTORY: ORIGINS OF stitutional principles as decided by the U.S. standing contemporary developments in HUMANKIND AND SOCIETY Supreme Court. Emphasis is on the Court’s light of the watershed political changes in This is an introduction to the biological and roles as arbiter of federalism and separa- Europe after the fall of the Berlin Wall. cultural origins of the human race and hu- tion of powers and interpreter of the Bill of 3 cr. man society. Major topics include physical Rights and the Civil War Amendments. evolution, hunting and gathering societies, 3 cr. GO 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN GOVERNMENT the development of agriculture, and the GO 326 CIVIL LIBERTIES rise of complex societies. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. Topics 3 cr. Prerequisite: GO 102. This is a further study offered depend upon student interest as of constitutional law focusing on the First well as particular interests of instructors. HIST 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN Amendment to the U.S. Constitution (Free- The course is offered as often as faculty HISTORY dom of Speech, Press, and Religion). A sec- time and student interest permit. Recent Topics in history that are not offered on a ondary focus is on civil rights, affirmative topics have included “Ethnic and Minority regular basis are examined. The course action, and reproductive rights cases. Politics,” “Politics and Religion,” and “Liber- may be repeated for credit if the topic var- 3 cr. alism versus Conservatism.” May be re- ies peated for credit if topic differs. GO 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 cr. 1-3 cr. IN GOVERNMENT HIST 210 MEN’S WORK/WOMEN’S See “Independent Study” on page 30. GO 490 SEMINAR IN GOVERNMENT WORK: EVERYDAY LIFE IN PRE- 1-3 cr. Prerequisite: Senior standing and fifteen INDUSTRIAL EUROPE credit hours of government or permission G0 336 PUBLIC POLICY IN AMERICA This is a comparative survey of daily life in of instructor. This is an exploration of se- classical Athens, Augustan Rome, a medi- Prerequisite: GO 102. This is an examina- lected topics in government with an empha- tion in the setting of American politics of eval village/castle community, and Renais- sis on developing research and analytical sance Florence. The course focuses on the the process surrounding public decision- skills. These skills are incorporated into a making and implementation. Attention is forces that shaped the daily lives of ordi- research project on a topic selected by the nary men and women including work, fam- devoted to specific policy issues (environ- student. This course may be repeated if the ment, health care, education, etc.) and the ily, social life, and religious belief. topic differs. All senior government majors 3 cr. way in which these are addressed in the are required to enroll in this course. public sector by interest groups, bureau- 3 cr. crats, and elected politicians. 3 cr. 146 Undergraduate Courses

HIST 218 U.S. SOCIAL HISTORY, European context. The focus is on art, lit- HIST 354 CIVIL WAR AND 1607-1877 erature, and music within the political, so- RECONSTRUCTION This is an examination of significant themes cial, and religious environment, which laid Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This is in American social history with special em- the foundation for the humanist values, an examination of the Peculiar Institution, phasis on work, family life, education, cul- imbedded in Western culture. the anti- slavery movement, the intensifica- ture, religion, social order, social mobility 3 cr. tion of sectionalism, the secession crisis, and diverse population groups including why and how war came, the course and Native Americans, African-Americans, and HIST 320 THE TWENTIETH CENTURY conduct of the war, and the reconstruction immigrants. WORLD of the nation. 3 cr. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This is 3 cr. an in-depth survey of the forces and condi- HIST 219 U.S. SOCIAL HISTORY, tions that led to two world wars, the devas- HIST 358 HISTORY OF THE UNITED 1877 TO THE PRESENT tation of those wars, and the changes they STATES SINCE 1945 This is a continuing examination of Ameri- wrought. The focus is on issues and prob- Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This can social history with special emphasis on lems and their worldwide impact. A consid- course will begin with an examination of family, class, ethnicity, immigration, inter- eration of the potential for a third world how America came to be so powerful in nal migration, urbanization, and the mass war and the global peace movement con- 1945, and will continue through the media. clude the course. present, covering such themes and events 3 cr. 3 cr. as the Cold War, Vietnam, the civil rights movement, the “Reagan revolution”, and HIST 230 MEDIEVAL AND HIST 326 SUGAR, SLAVES, AND the paradox of affluence and poverty. The RENAISSANCE ENGLAND, C.400- CLOTH: THE RISE OF ATLANTIC course will end with a consideration of 1688 SOCIETY: 1500-1900 America’s challenges, opportunities, and This is an exploration of the various forces Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This is responsibilites in the post-Cold War world. - political, economic, cultural, religious - an exploration of the rise of the plantation 3 cr. which acted to change England from a complex in the Americas. The course dis- world of knights and kings to one of mer- cusses the growing social, economic, and HIST 359 THE UNITED STATES IN chants, landowners, and parliamentary political connections among Africa, the VIETNAM government. Americas, and Europe. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This 3 cr. 3 cr. course examines U.S. policy in Vietnam within the context of Vietnamese history HIST 231 EVOLUTION OF MODERN HIST 332 THE HISTORY OF RUSSIA and culture with special emphasis on Viet- ENGLAND, 1688 TO THE PRESENT Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This namese nationalism, the French colonial This course traces England’s rise and fall as course consists of brief reviews of the earli- period, both Indochina Wars, and the evo- the world’s first industrialized nation in est Indo-European settlements followed by lution of U.S. policy from the Truman presi- order to study the origins, patterns, and study through the Kievan state to the dency through the Nixon administration. possibilities of modern society. emancipation of the serfs. The course cov- 3 cr. 3 cr. ers the achievements and problems of late Czarist Russia, the Revolutions of 1917, the HIST 360 THE HISTORY OF PRE- HIST 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN history of Soviet Russia, and the present. COLONIAL AFRICA HISTORY 3 cr. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This is a Topics in history that are not offered on a thematic survey of the history of Africa up regular basis are examined. The course HIST 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY to the late 1890s with special emphasis on may be repeated for credit if the topic IN HISTORY the Neolithic revolution, the rise of African varies See “Independent Study” on page 30. states, the transatlantic slave trade, and the 1-3 cr. 1-3 cr. prelude to colonialism. 3 cr. HIST 307 ROMANS AND HIST 341 HISTORY OF MODERN BARBARIANS: 31 BC - 800 AD GERMANY: 1848 TO THE PRESENT HIST 361 AFRICA IN THE Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This is a Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. A sys- TWENTIETH CENTURY survey of culture and society from the tematic examination of constitutional, eco- Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This is Golden Age of Rome through the Germanic nomic, social, cultural, and political issues an examination of the origins of colonialism invasions to the Carolingian Renaissance, at work as Germany moved from a collec- and the conquest in Africa. The develop- with an emphasis on the interpretation of tion of monarchies to empire, to republic, ment of the colonial society and economy surviving evidence (archeology, literature, to dictatorship, and back to republic again. is explored on a regional basis. The course laws, etc.) German contributions to music, literature, ends with the rise of new independent Afri- 3 cr. art, and philosophy are examined in their can states. social and political contexts. 3 cr. HIST 309 KNIGHTS, MONKS, AND 3 cr. PEASANTS: AD 800-1350 HIST 371 THE HISTORY OF LATIN Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This is a HIST 345 WORLD WAR II AMERICA survey of medieval culture and society in Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This is Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This is a which students examine a wide variety of an approach to this world conflict from the brief survey of pre-Columbian American surviving evidence (poetry, architecture, perspective of total war and its impact on cultures and colonial Latin America, fol- memoirs, etc.) with the goal of better un- modern history. Topics include the politics lowed by study of the Wars of Indepen- derstanding how medieval people lived, and diplomacy leading to the war, the mili- dence and the creation of the independent worked, and thought. tary conflict, and the human and material countries of Latin America. The social, eco- 3 cr. costs. nomic, and political dynamics of these soci- 3 cr. eties in the 19th and 20th centuries are dis- HIST 312 RENAISSANCE AND cussed. REFORMATION, 1350-1650 3 cr. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This is an examination of the Italian Renaissance and the German Reformation in their broad Undergraduate Courses 147

HIST 375 HISTORY OF MODERN HONORS HON 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ASIA HON HONORS Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This HON 102 CITIES AND Topics that are not offered on a regular course examines the radical transformation CIVILIZATIONS basis are examined. The course may be of East Asia over the last 150 years, from Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Honors repeated for credit in the topic varies. humbled nations to world powers. For Program. Cities have had a disproportion- 3 cr. China, this course begins with the Opium ate influence on the development of human War (1839-1842), after which China was HON 293 HONORS DIFFERENTIAL society, and it is in cities that one can best EQUATIONS forced to cede Hong Kong to the British; it see much of the creation and interaction of Prerequisite: Math 235 and acceptance into concludes with the return of Hong Kong in cultures. It is crucial to keep in mind that the Honors Program. This is an honors 1997 and rising Western fears over the path no city or civilization has a single, mono- China might take as the next superpower. level course in the theory and applications lithic culture, but is instead a composite of of differential equations. Although the stan- For Japan, this course begins with its different cultures. This course takes a “opening” to Western trade in the 1850s, dard techniques for solving first and order broad view of culture, including such famil- equations are presented, they are explored and ends with Japan seeking to find its way iar areas as art, literature, and philosophy, in depth, both quantitatively and qualita- in the turbulent economic and cultural cur- but also the cultures of the workplace, the tively, and with computer assistance. Some rents of the 1990s. family, and politics. This course is the first 3 cr. of the methods studied include separation in a two-semester Honors gateway se- of variables, integrating factors, character- HIST 380 THE DEVELOPMENT OF quence and it provides a historical back- istic equations, series solutions, operators, MODERN MEDICINE ground to some of the material that will be and LaPlace transforms. In addition, several taught in the second course, Ideas and Cul- Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This unusual applications are considered such tures. This course fulfills the general col- course traces the late 18th century to the as Lorenz equations, Hamiltonian systems, present in three inter-related themes: the lege history requirement. chaos theory, medicine dosages, and dis- . intellectual history of our current system of 3 cr ease dynamics. Some of these applications medicine, the social history of the medical HON 103 IDEAS AND CULTURE also serve as an introduction to the theory profession, and changing patterns of health Prerequisites: Admission to the Honors of linear differential systems. This course and disease. Program; a “C” in ENGL 132 or equivalent. satisfies the differential equations require- 3 cr. Building to some extent on the experience ment for Mathematics and Engineering ma- of students in the first-semester Honors jors. HIST 390-394 SPECIAL TOPICS IN 3 cr. HISTORY course, Cities and Cultures, this course Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. Topics examines selected literary and philosophic HON 389 ART IN NATURE – NATURE of this course vary from year to year de- texts from various periods of Western his- IN ART tory. The emphasis is less on the historical pending on faculty and student interests. Prerequisite: Sophomore Standing and ac- context than on the literary and philo- This course may be repeated if topic dif- ceptance into the Honors Program. This fers. sophic dimensions of the works, introduc- course explores aspects of the natural 3 cr. ing the students to various views of human world and their representations in the art. nature with their psychological, moral, and These aspects include the idea of the infi- HIST 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN political implications. The course also satis- nite, ideas of paradox and chaos, and prop- fies the requirement of a second semester HISTORY erties of the universe and human nature. of college writing, substituting for ENGL See “Internships,” page 31. Also explored are elements of art, such as 1-3 cr. 133, English Composition: Introduction to pattern, symmetry, and self-similarity, that Literature. As such, it includes fiction, are found in nature. Different ways of dis- HIST 490 SEMINAR IN HISTORY drama, and poetry with a strong emphasis covering and understanding these aspects Prerequisite: Nine credit hours of history on writing. are examined using ideas from philosophy, 3 cr. and junior standing or permission of in- science, and the principles of truth, beauty, structor. A study of past and present meth- HON 190-192 SPECIAL TOPICS IN and reality. ods of historiography and writing combines 3 cr. with an in-depth examination of a particular HONORS phase of history in which students under- Topics that are not offered on a regular HON 390-392 SPECIAL TOPICS IN take research on a topic of their choice. basis are examined. The course may be HONORS This course may be repeated if the topic repeated for credit if the topic varies. Topics that are not offered on a regular 1-3 cr. differs. All junior history majors must regis- basis are examined. The course may be ter for this class. HON 201 TECHNOLOGY AND repeated for credit if the topic varies. 3 cr. SOCIETY 3 cr. HIST 495-496 SENIOR THESIS Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Honors Prerequisite: Fifteen credit hours of history, Program. This course examines the influ- senior standing, and permission of instruc- ence of technology on the development of tor. This two-course sequence represents the modern world. Technological changes the capstone course of the history major. have given rise to particular forms of eco- HUM HUMANITIES Senior students select a topic in the first nomic and business organization, shaped (School of Arts and Sciences) semester and carry out supervised re- cultures, allowed the rise of mass society, (Elements of Culture “C” and “CA” require- search. In the second semester, students and had significant political ramifications. ments) write up their projects under a faculty The course will use several technological member’s direction and defend the final breakthroughs as case studies to examine HUM 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN project before the history faculty. these effects. This course satisfies the col- HUMANITIES 2 cr. each. lege wide history requirement. (Not open to Topics that are not offered on a regular students who have taken HON 102.) basis are examined. The course may be 3 cr. repeated for credit if the topic varies. 1-3 cr. 148 Undergraduate Courses

HUM 201-390 CULTURES PAST AND HUM 262 ROME UNDER CAESAR IE 314 MANUFACTURING PRESENT: AND AUGUSTUS PROCESSES Cultures Past and Present is the generic Satisfies Elements of Culture requirement Prerequisite: ME 309. This is a study of vari- title for a series of humanities courses deal- “C.” ous methods of manufacturing ing with cultural comparison. 3 cr. Areas studied include stages of product Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. These processing, equipment determination and courses focus on individuals in relation to HUM 263 FRANCE AND FRENCH justification, tooling metrology, as well as all aspects of their total environment in- CARRIBBEAN CULTURE estimating design-to-product cost. cluding geography, history, art, religion, Satisfies Elements of Culture requirement 3 cr. literature, philosophy, social and economic “CA.” systems, and political institutions. Strong 3 cr. IE 315 QUALITY CONTROL AND emphasis is placed on the development of ENGINEERING STATISTICS HUM 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN writing skills and logical thinking. Prerequisite: ENGR 212 or equivalent. This HUMANITIES course studies statistical techniques used HUM 235 THE UNITED STATES AND Satisfies Elements of Culture requirement in analyzing experimental results and qual- INTERNATIONAL PERSPECTIVES “C.” Topics that are not offered on a regular ity control. Topics include data analysis, Prerequisite: ENGL 100 or equivalent. Open basis are examined. The course may be regression, design of experiments, statisti- only to non-native speakers of English. Sat- repeated for credit if the topic varies. cal process control, control charts, and isfies Elements of Culture requirement 1-3 cr. process capability analysis. “CA.” 3 cr. HUM 310 COMPARATIVE RACE 3 cr. RELATIONS: U.S. AND SOUTH IE 318 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN HUM 241 CLASSICAL GREECE AFRICA LABORATORY I Satisfies Elements of Culture requirement Prerequisite: Any one of the following: HIST Prerequisite: IE 308 concurrently, ENGR 212 “CA.” 111, 112, 218, 219, 326, 354, 360, 361; SO 314; or concurrently. This is a laboratory course 3 cr. HON 392; EC 316; ENGL 336. Satisfies Ele- in industrial engineering. Students use their ments of Culture requirement “C.” knowledge of the design process in per- HUM 242 MOSLEM SPAIN AND 3 cr. forming experiments in methods engineer- SOUTH AFRICA ing, computer controlled physical models, HUM 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY Satisfies Elements of Culture requirement production systems, and robotics. One IN THE HUMANITIES “CA.” class hour, three-hour lab. 3 cr. See “Independent Study” on page 30. 2 cr. HUM 245 KING ARTHUR’S BRITAIN HUM 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN IE 326 PRODUCTION PLANNING AND Satisfies Elements of Culture requirement HUMANITIES CONTROL “C.” Satisfies Elements of Culture requirement Prerequisite: ENGR 212. This is an introduc- 3 cr. “C.” Topics that are not offered on a regular tion to quantitative production manage- basis. The course may be repeated for ment. Topics include inventory control, HUM 246 MODERN ISRAEL credit if the topic varies. production planning, master production Satisfies Elements of Culture requirement 1-3 cr. scheduling, capacity planning, and tech- “C.” niques for shop floor control. The relation- 3 cr. ships between a company’s manufacturing, HUM 247 RENAISSANCE FLORENCE marketing, and financial functions are in- AND RENAISSANCE DUBLIN IE INDUSTRIAL cluded. Satisfies Elements of Culture requirement 3 cr. “CA.” ENGINEERING (School of Engineering) IE 328 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 3 cr. LABORATORY II HUM 248 RUSSIA THEN AND NOW IE 308 WORK ANALYSIS AND Prerequisite: IE 318. This is a continuation Satisfies Elements of Culture requirement DESIGN of IE 318 with increased emphasis on the “C.” Prerequisite: Junior standing. This is a design process. Experiments build on previ- 3 cr. study of past approaches and current ous topics with additional experiments in trends in designing effective and efficient facility layout, manufacturing planning, HUM 250 LATIN AMERICA work systems. Included are investigation CAD/CAM, and quality control. One class Satisfies Elements of Culture requirement and practice of the creative process, design hour, three-hour lab. “CA.” and development procedures, implementa- 2 cr. 3 cr. tion, and problem solving. A major design IE 334 COMPUTER SIMULATION AND and problem-solving project is required. HUM 251 JUSTICE THEN AND NOW: DESIGN 3 cr. THE INFLUENCE OF ROME ON THE Prerequisite: A programming course; ENGR FORM AND REALITY OF THE UNITED IE 312 ENGINEERING ECONOMIC 212 or equivalent. This is a study of dis- STATES SYSTEM OF JUSTICE ANALYSIS crete-event simulation and its use in the Satisfies Elements of Culture requirement Prerequisite: Junior standing. This is a analysis and design of systems. The focus “C.” study of the economic evaluation and com- is on the analysis of manufacturing systems 3 cr. parison of engineering designs and project such as assembly lines, material handling alternatives. Topics include the effects of systems, and production processes. Stu- HUM 261 AUSTRALIA AND NEW cash-flow patterns, earning and inflationary dents write programs using traditional pro- ZEALAND powers of money, interest-rate characteris- gramming languages and simulation soft- Satisfies Elements of Culture requirement tics, financing, and taxes on capital invest- ware. “CA.” ments. Emphasis is on corrective actions. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. Undergraduate Courses 149

IE 410 ENGINEERING PROJECT addition to performing traditional experi- INST MANAGEMENT ments in human factors, CAD/CAM, produc- Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing. tion systems, and robotics. One class hour, INTERNATIONAL Corequisite for IE students: IE 439. This three-hour lab. STUDIES course studies the use of conceptual, ana- 2 cr. lytical, and systems approaches in manag- (School of Arts and Sciences) ing engineering projects and activities. Ma- IE 437 DESIGN PROJECTS INST 101 INTRODUCTION TO jor topics are development and writing Corequisites: IE 439 and approval of the CONTEMPORARY GLOBAL ISSUES project plans including project proposals, department. Selected students work on an project scopes, work breakdown struc- independent design project in the semester The course examines numerous social, cul- tures, network diagrams, project schedules, prior to enrolling in IE 440. This course is tural, economic, and political issue areas and presentations. Other topics include the intended to provide students with the op- from the vantage points of global commu- people side of engineering and project man- portunity for a two-semester project se- nity and global citizenship. Areas such as agement, communication, and documenta- quence culminating with IE 440. the regulation of business, the spread of tion. An industrial project is required. 3 cr. technology, environmental pollution, 3 cr. health, poverty, crime, human rights, immi- IE 439 PROJECT PREPARATION gration, education, and democracy as well IE 414 MANUFACTURING Corequisite: IE 410; graduating senior sta- as war and peace, are analyzed within the ENGINEERING tus. Project management material covered context of “globalization.” This course is Prerequisite: IE 314. This is a study of ad- in IE 410 is applied to business and industry equivalent to GO 101. vanced topics in manufacturing including problems. Each student eventually devel- 1-3 cr. CAD/CAM, flexible and computer-integrated ops a complete senior project plan in an INST 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN manufacturing, and expert systems. A de- industrial setting, obtains approval by a INTERNATIONAL STUDIES sign project is required. faculty and industrial project advisor, and 3 cr. makes an oral presentation of the proposal Topics in international studies that are not to the faculty. Guest lecturers relating to offered on a regular basis are examined. IE 420 OPERATIONS RESEARCH patents, technical writing, ethics, engineer- The course may be repeated for credit if Prerequisite: ENGR 212 or equivalent. This ing registration, and other professional the topic varies. is an introduction to the techniques and concerns are included. 1-3 cr. application of operations research. Empha- 1 cr. INST 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN sis is on the modeling of real-world prob- INTERNATIONAL STUDIES lems. IE 440 SENIOR DESIGN PROJECTS 3 cr. Prerequisite: IE 410; IE 439; graduating se- Topics in international studies that are not nior status. The student works on an inde- offered on a regular basis are examined. IE 425 QUALITY ENGINEERING pendent engineering project under the su- The course may be repeated for credit if Prerequisite: IE 315. This course studies pervision of a project advisor. The design the topic varies. topics in quality assurance and manage- process is emphasized. Progress reports 1-3 cr. ment such as product quality and care of and a final written report are submitted to INST 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN customers, management leadership, team- the student’s project advisor. Oral presen- INTERNATIONAL STUDIES work, continuous improvement and innova- tations of reports are made before the fac- tion, and the influence of human perfor- ulty and students. A student who selects a See “Internships” on page 31. mance on product quality and inspection. A project suggested by industry has the op- INST 490 SEMINAR IN seminar approach is utilized in the presen- portunity of working with an industrial INTERNATIONAL STUDIES tation and discussion of these topics. A sponsor in an actual engineering experi- Prerequisite: Senior standing and fifteen design project in quality engineering is re- ence. credit hours of international studies or per- quired. 3 cr. mission of the instructor. This is an explo- 3 cr. IE 490 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ration of selected topics in international IE 426 PRODUCTION DESIGN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING studies with an emphasis on developing Prerequisite: IE 326 or permission of the This is a study of an advanced topic in engi- research analytical skills. These skills are instructor. This course studies advanced neering of special interest to industrial en- incorporated into a research project on a topics in production planning and control, gineering majors, but not offered on a regu- topic selected by the student. This course operational modeling, and network sched- lar basis. may be repeated if the topic differs. All se- uling. A design project is required. 3 cr. nior international studies majors are re- 3 cr. quired to enroll in this course. IE 515 DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURE 3 cr. IE 427 FACILITY AND MATERIAL Prerequisite: IE 314 or equivalent. This HANDLING DESIGN course examines techniques for analyzing Prerequisite: Senior standing. This is a product structures for ease of assembly study of design techniques for solving and manufacture. Covers choice of material problems in plant layout, materials han- and processes in early design, geometric dling, and facility location. dimensioning and tolerancing, and robust LA LIBERAL ARTS 3 cr. design techniques. (School of Arts and Sciences) 3 cr. IE 428 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN LA 100 FIRST YEAR SEMINAR LABORATORY III This is a course designed especially for new Prerequisite: IE 315; IE 326; IE 328. This is a college students. The emphasis is on learn- continuation of IE 328 with emphasis on ing and adopting the principles and meth- integrating the equipment and topics from ods that promote academic success and previous laboratory courses. Students de- personal development in college. Topics sign and propose their own experiments in include goal setting and decision making; time management; attention, memory, 150 Undergraduate Courses

questioning, reading, note taking, test tak- LA 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN LIBERAL the role of law in the formation of emerging ing, and study skills; health maintenance ARTS business organizations. Specific topics in- and stress management; campus resources; Liberal Arts topics that are not offered on a clude sales, proprietorships, partnerships, and personal identity and relationships. regular basis are examined. The course corporations, security regulations for pub- 2 cr. may be repeated for credit if the topic var- lic offerings, property transactions, secured ies. transactions, wills, trusts and estates, and LA 150 LABORATORY IN WRITING 1-3 cr. applied ethical considerations. FUNDAMENTALS I 3 cr. This is a one-credit laboratory course de- LA 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN LIBERAL signed to supplement the work in ENGL 132 ARTS LS 403 GOVERNMENT CONTRACT English Composition I: College Reading and Liberal Arts topics that are not offered on a LAW Writing with a review of English fundamen- regular basis are examined. The course This is an overview of federal acquisition tals. Topics include sentence structure, may be repeated for credit if the topic var- law and techniques. It examines the law of mechanics, usage, and paragraph organiza- ies. contracts, authority to purchase for the tion and development. 1-3 cr. government, methods of placing contracts, 1 cr. types of contracts, and the relationship LA 391 STUDENT LITERACY between government and contractor during LA 151 LABORATORY IN WRITING VOLUNTEERS contract performance. This course is FUNDAMENTALS II Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or normally offered only in the Off-campus This is a one-credit laboratory course that higher. This is an introduction to the prob- program. applies the principles taught in LA 150 to lems of illiteracy and to the techniques of 3 cr. assignments in ENGL 133 English Composi- teaching literacy. Students receive elemen- tion II: Introduction to Literature. tary training in techniques and practice LS 413 LEGAL ASPECTS OF 1 cr. those techniques under supervision in the MARKETING AND COMPUTER Greater Springfield community. INFORMATION SYSTEMS LA 175 ACADEMIC READING 1-3 cr. Prerequisite: LS 301. This is a continuation STRATEGIES I of LS 301 wherein emphasis is given to the This is a one-credit laboratory course that LA 490 SPECIAL TOPICS IN LIBERAL legal aspects of marketing and the com- provides students with an understanding of ARTS puter and information processing environ- the skills needed for proficiency in college Liberal Arts topics that are not offered on a ment. Specific topics include advertising, reading. Some theory is presented, but the regular basis are examined. The course computer theft, consumer protection, copy- emphasis is on the application of the skills may be repeated for credit if the topic var- rights, trademarks, licensing, other intellec- to actual college reading assignments. ies. tual property considerations, and applied 1 cr. 1-3 cr. ethical considerations. 3 cr. LA 176 ACADEMIC READING LA 491 STUDENT LITERACY STRATEGIES II VOLUNTEERS LS 424 LEGAL ASPECTS OF HUMAN This is a one-credit laboratory course that Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or RESOURCES MANAGEMENT applies the principles taught in LA 175 to higher, LA 391. This is a continuation of the Prerequisite: LS 301. This is a continuation assignments from courses across the cur- work in LA 391. of LS 301 wherein emphasis is given to the riculum. 1-3 cr. legal aspects of human resources manage- 1 cr. ment. Specific topics include employment discrimination, employment contracts, pri- LA 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN LIBERAL vacy of records, drug testing, safety and ARTS health issues, and applied ethical consider- Liberal Arts topics that are not offered on a LS LEGAL STUDIES ations. regular basis are examined. The course 3 cr. may be repeated for credit if the topic var- (School of Business) ies. LS 460 SPORT LAW 1-3 cr. LS 301 LEGAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS Prerequisite: LS 301. This is an overview of the increasing effect the law is having on LA 250 ENGLISH AS A FOREIGN This is a study of the foundation legal prin- sports. Liability issues, title IX, discrimina- LANGUAGE LAB I ciples underlying modern business transac- tion issues, anti-trust laws, contracts, and This is a one-credit laboratory course, tions. Particular emphasis is given to un- derstanding the legal system and its role in labor law are explored. The course exam- which gears instruction to the individual ines the role of legal services within sports needs of students who speak English as a conflict resolution. Specific topics include contracts, agency, torts, negligence, and organizations. foreign, or second language or who come 3 cr. from a bilingual background. Usually taken business crimes. concurrently with a designated section of 3 cr. ENGL 132. May be taken for two credit hours by arrangement. LS 309 LEGAL STUDIES SIMULATION 1-2 cr. Prerequisite: LS 301. This is a simulation focusing upon the legal process and the use MAN MANAGEMENT LA 251 ENGLISH AS A FOREIGN of alternative dispute resolution to resolve (School of Business) LANGUAGE LAB II legal conflicts. Students are expected to This is a one-credit laboratory course that engage in role-playing. MAN 101 PRINCIPLES OF continues the work of LA 250. Usually taken 1 cr. MANAGEMENT concurrently with a designated section of This is a study of management’s role. Top- ENGL 133. Maybe taken for two credit LS 402 LEGAL STUDIES FOR ics include management functions as well hours by arrangement. ACCOUNTANTS AND as principles of effective coordination and 1-2 cr. ENTREPRENEURS control. Prerequisite: LS 301. This is a continuation 3 cr. of LS 301 wherein emphasis is given to the legal responsibilities of accountants and Undergraduate Courses 151

MAN 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN clude union organization, union-manage- MAN 335 TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT ment relationships, public regulation of Prerequisite: MK 101. This is a comprehen- This is a study of topics in management of industrial relations, and alternative dispute sive treatment of managerial and operation special interest to management majors, but resolutions. problems. Transportation is studied from not offered on a regular basis. 3 cr. an historical basis with emphasis on the 1-4 cr. evolving environment of deregulation. This MAN 311 MANAGEMENT OF is a strong, practical course that can be MAN 202 PRINCIPLES OF INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS used by people already working in trans- ACQUISITION AND CONTRACTING Prerequisite: MAN 101, MK 200, or permis- portation or by those who wish to enter the This course studies the management of the sion of instructor. This is an analysis of the field. This course is normally offered only in acquisition function in both the private and complexities of doing business overseas. the Off-campus program. public sector. It examines organization Emphasis is on marketing, though all major 3 cr. structure and contracting procedures, mar- areas of management are considered. Top- keting techniques employed by vendors in ics include cultural differences, market MAN 340 WOMEN AND MEN IN the private sector, types of contracts, pro- barriers, business practices, product/mar- ORGANIZATIONS posal preparation, negotiation procedures, ket strategies, distribution, and organiza- Prerequisite: MAN 101 and PSY 204 or MAN and the effect of the political environment tion for small firms and multinational 204. This is an examination of sex role so- on government contracts. This course is corporations. cialization in women, men, and organiza- normally offered only in the Off-campus pro- 3 cr. tions. gram. 3 cr. 3 cr. MAN 315 ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY Prerequisite: MAN 101. This is an examina- MAN 350 SPORT MANAGEMENT MAN 203 PRINCIPLES OF CONTRACT tion of organization theory and design. Em- Prerequisite: MAN 101. This is an introduc- PRICING phasis is on the relationship of theory and tion to the principles of management in a Prerequisite: AC 202. This course examines research to practical managerial under- sport-related business. Course content in- pricing concepts, price analysis, cost esti- standing and knowledge. cludes organizing, motivating, planning, mating, cost-volume profit analysis, projec- 3 cr. staffing, directing, and controlling. Manage- tion techniques, factors affecting profit or rial ethics are covered, as are issues of so- fee, analysis of pricing arrangement, analy- MAN 317 OPERATIONS cial responsibility. The course provides an sis of the elements of cost direct labor and MANAGEMENT investigation of the scope of the sport in- direct material cost analysis, indirect costs, Prerequisite: MAN 101 or equivalent. This is dustry and implications for managing this and the weighted guideline technique of an examination of the role of operations growing field. profit analysis. A written price negotiation management. Topics include decision-mak- 3 cr. memorandum is prepared. This course is ing, process and selection, choice of tech- normally offered only in the Off-campus pro- nology, flow and layout, capacity, demand MAN 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN gram. strategies, and control techniques. Addi- MANAGEMENT 3 cr. tional topics include the work force, job This is a study of advanced topics in man- enrichment, and issues of measurement agement of special interest to management MAN 204 ORGANIZATIONAL and productivity. majors, but not offered on a regular basis. BEHAVIOR 3 cr. 1-3 cr. Prerequisite: MAN 101. This is a study of individual, interpersonal, and group behav- MAN 330 MANAGERIAL MAN 401 CONTRACT NEGOTIATIONS ior in the organizational context. The em- COMMUNICATION Prerequisite: MAN 202. Both business and phasis is on the application of behavioral Prerequisite: MAN 101; junior standing. interpersonal negotiation techniques are science research in such areas as motiva- This course is an examination of communi- presented in this course. Emphasis is tion, leadership, and group processes. cation from the perspective of the manager. placed on useful and proven tactics and 3 cr. Subjects include channels and dynamics of strategies of conferences, discussions, lead- communication; the manager-subordinate ership, motivation, and many other aspects MAN 301 STRUCTURE OF relationship; controlling and directing; and of the negotiations. Case discussions en- AMERICAN INDUSTRY the development of a personal managerial compass a significant part of this course. Prerequisite: EC 206; junior standing. This style of written, oral, and nonverbal com- This course is normally offered only in the is an analysis of current industry structures munication. Off-campus program. through the use of economic, financial, and 3 cr. 3 cr. accounting tools. Emphasis is on the rela- tion of theory to practice as well as on the MAN 331 A HUMANISTIC APPROACH MAN 410 ETHICAL ISSUES IN integration of material from previous TO LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT BUSINESS courses. Topics include the use of current Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing. Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission business periodicals and research; deci- This is a study of fiction, biography, drama, of the instructor. This is an application of sion-making within the environment of the and film as primary sources to arrive at a ethical concepts to the organizational deci- firm, industry, and the economy; and the better understanding of how effective lead- sion-making process. Contemporary issues influence of world trade, resources, public ership and management occurs. Manage- facing business are discussed from an ethi- policy, and technology. ment theory articles on leadership serve as cal perspective. Students are required to 3 cr. background in the building of managerial apply critical analysis to business decisions initiative, planning, and risk-taking skills. and are expected to become aware of the MAN 308 EMPLOYEE RELATIONS 3 cr. ethical choices available for their resolu- Prerequisite: MAN 101 or permission of the tion. Credit for both this course and PH 310 instructor. This is an introduction to labor- MAN 333 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN is not permissible. management relations and alternative dis- MANAGEMENT 3 cr. pute and conflict resolution. Subjects in- See “Independent Study” on page 30. 3 cr. 152 Undergraduate Courses

MAN 417 MANAGEMENT FOR MAN 447 SMALL BUSINESS MANUFACTURING MANAGEMENT MATH Prerequisite: MAN 101 and junior or senior Prerequisite: Senior standing, or permis- MATHEMATICS standing. This is a case-based course de- sion of instructor. This is a study of the (School of Arts and Sciences) signed to introduce students to the process resources needed for starting, operating, of managing people and resources within and evaluating a small business. Emphasis MATH 099 INTRODUCTION TO manufacturing environments. The focus is is on a full spectrum of business functions ALGEBRA on the various functions within manufactur- as applied to small firms including This is an analysis of basic algebra topics in ing operations and the exploration of cur- proprietorships, partnerships, corpora- preparation for MATH 100. rent topics such as Continuous Improve- tions, and franchised outlets. Topics covered at a review pace include ment Strategies, Total Quality Management, 3 cr. basic operations of real numbers, linear and Team-Based Systems. equations and inequalities, operations of 3 cr. MAN 450 PRACTICUM IN SPORT polynomials, and factoring. This course is MANAGEMENT designed for non-traditional and transfer MAN 422 CONFLICT RESOLUTION This course is conducted in conjunction students who may be lacking the back- Prerequisite: MAN 308. This is an analysis with the Alumni Healthful Living Center. It ground necessary to enter MATH 100. May of methods of conflict resolution including is a supervised opportunity to gain practi- not be counted toward the general college collective bargaining, negotiations, and cal experience in program areas. The mathematics requirement; may be taken for grievance arbitration. practicum provides a base for decision- credit only as a general elective. 3 cr. making, program development, manage- 3 cr. ment, and staffing within a sports-oriented MAN 423 HUMAN RESOURCE facility. MATH 100 ALGEBRA MANAGEMENT 3 cr. FUNDAMENTALS Prerequisite: MAN 101. This is a study of Prerequisite: One year of secondary school the nature and role of personnel adminis- MAN 455 SPORT FACILITY algebra. This is a review of the fundamen- tration. Emphasis is on the core personnel PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT tals of high school algebra designed for functions of selection, training and develop- This course places an emphasis on the ne- students who need a review in preparation ment, performance appraisal, compensa- cessity of proper planning and maintenance for MATH 111 Analysis for Business and tion, and personnel law. in the sport management scheme. Topics Economics I. May not be counted toward 3 cr. include the evaluation in planning, con- the general college mathematics require- struction, and operations of facilities. ment; may be taken for credit only as a gen- MAN 424 BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 3 cr. Slated to become 4 cr in 2001. eral elective. SEMINAR 3 cr. Prerequisite: Three credit hours of psychol- MAN 460-461 ADVANCED FIELD ogy and six credit hours of management. EXPERIENCE IN SPORT MATH 105 CONTEMPORARY This is an integration of management and MANAGEMENT MATHEMATICS I behavioral science with emphasis on cur- This course provides students with the This is a survey of some contemporary ap- rent thinking on such topics as motivation, opportunity to gain extensive hands-on plications of mathematics. Half of the power, and leadership in the workplace. experience in a sport organization. Stu- course focuses on the mathematics of so- 3 cr. dents are placed in a sport business envi- cial choice. Topics include voting theory, ronment and their work experience is com- weighted voting systems, fair division prob- MAN 425 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES municated to the faculty sponsor via fac- lems, and apportionment. The remainder of IN HUMAN RESOURCES ulty-student meetings, on-site visits, written the course focuses on the study of prob- MANAGEMENT assignments, an oral presentation, and a ability and descriptive statistics. Topics Prerequisite: MAN 423. This is a study of final project. The Advanced Field Experi- include graphical representations and nu- advanced personnel functions and a survey ence (AFE) in sport management is de- merical summaries of data as well as the of current issues in human resources man- signed to complement the sport practicum use of formal probability models to solve a agement. Topics include planning; tech- and students are encouraged to consider variety of interesting problems. Students niques for predicting job success, evalua- sites that reflect their career interests in who have successfully completed MATH tion of program effectiveness, career man- the sport industry. Only students who have 112 cannot receive credit for this course. agement, and team building. Current issues demonstrated academic excellence, a high 3 cr. vary, but have included wellness in the degree of commitment to a career in the workplace, comparable worth, and worker sport industry, and the necessary motiva- MATH 106 CONTEMPORARY dislocation. tion and managerial skills to undertake the MATHEMATICS II 3 cr. AFE course are eligible for enrollment. The This is a survey of some contemporary ap- AFE is a 12-credit course designed to be plications of mathematics. Half of the MAN 433 PERFORMANCE TEAM taken in the senior year. course focuses on the use of graph theory LEADERSHIP 6 cr. each. in the area of management science. Topics Prerequisite: Senior standing. This course include Euler circuits, Hamilton circuits studies leadership and team building, an MAN 465 SEMINAR IN SPORT and the Traveling Salesman Problem, mini- extended involvement in project work MANAGEMENT mum network problems, and scheduling. teams. Teams complete a variety of This is an examination of contemporary There is an emphasis on using graph theory projects requiring the application of the full issues in the field. The seminar format con- to model many real world problems and range of managerial skills and understand- sists of an examination of current literature applying mathematical algorithms to solve ing in such areas as HRM, organizational (both academic and applied) with an em- them. The remainder of the course focuses structure and task design, and new busi- phasis on the analysis of strategies, deci- on growth, symmetry, and the connections ness planning, among others. Special em- sions, and resource utilization. between mathematics and nature. Topics phasis is placed on the development of 3 cr. Slated to become 4 cr in 2001. include spiral growth, Fibonacci numbers, leadership skills with each team member the golden ratio, symmetry of scale, and MAN 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN serving as team leader for one of the fractals. MANAGEMENT projects. 3 cr. 3 cr. See “Internships” on page 31. 3 cr. Undergraduate Courses 153

MATH 107 MATHEMATICS FOR MATH 112 ANALYSIS FOR MATH 132 CALCULUS IB (WITH ELEMENTARY EDUCATION I BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS II TRIGONOMETRY) Prerequisite: MATH 100 or the equivalent Prerequisites: MATH 111. A continuation of Prerequisite: MATH 131 or permission of within the last four years or successful per- MATH 111, this course considers modeling instructor. This is a continuation of MATH formance on the Western New England Col- with multi-variable functions. Topics in- 131. Topics include trigonometry review, lege placement test. This course is the first clude compound interest (both discrete derivatives of trigonometric functions, local of a two-semester sequence in mathematics and continuous), present value (both dis- extrema of functions, derivative tests for that satisfies the mathematics requirement crete and continuous), systems of linear extrema, antiderivatives, the definite inte- for prospective elementary teachers. Pro- equations, break-even analysis, Markov gral, the fundamental theorem of calculus, spective elementary teachers are intro- Chains, linear programming, and descrip- and change of variables in indefinite inte- duced to the content of the elementary tive statistics. A brief study of optimization grals. Credit for both this course and MATH mathematics curriculum as well as some of of multi-variable functions using calculus is 123 or MATH 133 is not permissible. TI-86 the teaching methods used at the elemen- also included. TI-83 Calculator is required. calculator is required. tary level. The real number system is stud- 3 cr. 4 cr. ied in depth. Topics include an examination of whole numbers, integers, and rational MATH 123 CALCULUS I FOR MATH 133 CALCULUS I numbers with an emphasis on place value MANAGEMENT, LIFE, AND SOCIAL Prerequisite: MATH 109 or the equivalent. and the associated operations. Topics from SCIENCES This course is an introduction to single- numeration systems, number theory, and Prerequisite: Three years of high school variable differential calculus, with an em- set theory are also developed. Problem mathematics including two years of alge- phasis on trigonometric, exponential, and solving techniques and appropriate use of bra. This is a study of functions, limits, con- logarithmic functions. Topics include func- technology are integrated throughout the tinuity, the derivative, and applications of tions, parametric curves, limits, continuity, course. the derivative. Among the business related the derivative and applications of the de- 3 cr. applied topics are supply and demand func- rivative, and indeterminate forms. Credit tions; marginal revenue, cost, and profit; for both this course and MATH 123, or MATH 108 MATHEMATICS FOR elasticity of demand; inventory control; and MATH 131, or MATH 132 is not permissible. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION II compound interest. Other applied topics TI-86 graphing calculator is required. Prerequisite: MATH 107 or permission of include looking at population trends, ve- 4 cr. the instructor. This course is a continua- locities and accelerations, depreciation of tion of MATH 107. A further study of the resources, and rates of change of medica- MATH 134 CALCULUS II real number system, it focuses on expo- tion in the blood stream. General applica- Prerequisite: MATH 132 or MATH 133. This nents, decimals, and irrational numbers. tions include rates of change, curve sketch- course is an introduction to single-variable Areas such as algebra, geometry, probabil- ing, and maximizing and minimizing func- integral calculus, with emphasis on trigono- ity, and statistics are studied within the tions. Credit for both this course and MATH metric, exponential, and logarithmic func- context of the elementary curriculum. 131 or MATH 133 is not permissible. TI-83 tions. Topics include antiderivatives, the 3 cr. calculator is required. integral, the Fundamental Theorem of Cal- 3 cr. culus, techniques of integration, applica- MATH 109 PRE-CALCULUS tions of integration, differential equations, MATHEMATICS MATH 124 CALCULUS II FOR and infinite sequences and series. Credit Prerequisite: Two years of algebra and one MANAGEMENT, LIFE, AND SOCIAL for both this course and MATH 124 is not year of geometry. This is an overview of the SCIENCES permissible. TI-86 graphing calculator is algebra and trigonometry needed for ana- Prerequisite: MATH 123 or the equivalent. required. lytic geometry and calculus and is designed This is a study of exponential and logarith- 4 cr. for students who need a review before tak- mic function, techniques and applications ing calculus. Topics include basic algebra, of integration, and multivariable calculus. MATH 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN functions and graphs, radicals and expo- Among the applied topics are models of MATHEMATICS nents, trigonometric functions, identities, growth and decay, continuous interest, Topics in mathematics that are not offered and equations. TI-83 calculator is required. payments on loans, consumers’ and pro- on a regular basis are examined. The 3 cr. ducers’ surplus; and probability distribu- course may be repeated for credit if the tions. Credit for both this course and MATH topic varies. MATH 111 ANALYSIS FOR 134 is not permissible. TI-83 calculator is 1-3 cr. BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS I required. MATH 207 INTRODUCTORY Prerequisite: MATH 100 or the equivalent 3 cr. within the last four years, or successful STATISTICS FOR THE ARTS AND performance on the WNEC placement test. MATH 131 CALCULUS IA (WITH PRE- SCIENCES This course covers modeling with single- CALCULUS REVIEW) Prerequisite: MATH 100 or the equivalent variable functions in addition to a study of Prerequisite: Three years of high school within the last four years, or successful calculus as a method of optimization. Top- mathematics including two years of alge- performance on Western New England Col- ics include fitting curves to data as well as bra. This is an introduction to calculus de- lege placement test. This is an introduction linear, quadratic and exponential functions signed for students needing a review of pre- to the basic descriptive and inferential with applications to supply, demand, cost, calculus mathematics. Topics include alge- techniques for presenting, analyzing, and revenue, and profit. A brief study of integral bra review, algebraic functions and graphs, interpreting data that may arise in several calculus as it applies to probability distri- limits of functions, the derivative, differen- fields. Topics include frequency distribu- butions is also included. Emphasis is on the tiation of algebraic functions, the chain tions, measures of central tendency, prob- problem-solving approach with use rule, implicit differentiation, and related ability, sampling, estimation, correlation throughout of the graphing calculator and a rates. Not open to students who have re- and regression, hypothesis testing, and spreadsheet program. TI-83 Calculator is ceived credit for MATH 123 or MATH 133. tests of significance. Emphasis is on under- required. TI-86 calculator is required. standing and interpreting, not on computa- 3 cr. 4 cr. tions. A standard statistical software pack- age is used throughout the course. The course is intended for general students, not for those whose major program requires 154 Undergraduate Courses

PSY 207, QM 203, or ENGR 212. Credit for MATH 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN the specification, design, analysis, and veri- both this course and PSY 207 or QM 201 MATHEMATICS fication of algorithms. Topics include predi- is not permissible. TI-83 calculator is Topics in mathematics that are not offered cate calculus, solution of recurrences, gen- required. on a regular basis are examined. The erating functions, finite state machines and 3 cr. course may be repeated for credit if the formal languages, and introduction to com- topic varies. putability and complexity. Offered in alter- MATH 235 CALCULUS III 1-3 cr. nate years. Prerequisite: MATH 134 or MATH 124. This 3 cr. is an extension of the basic concepts of MATH 306 LINEAR ALGEBRA calculus to functions of several variables. Prerequisite: MATH 124 or MATH 134. Top- MATH 371 MODERN ASPECTS OF Topics include three-dimensional analytic ics include vectors and matrices, systems GEOMETRY geometry, vectors and vector functions, of linear equations, vector spaces, map- Prerequisite: MATH 261. This is an examina- partial differentiation, and multiple integra- pings, determinants, eigenvalues and eigen- tion of various topics in geometry. Topics tion. TI-83 calculator is required. vectors, and transformations. Applications selected depend on the interests of the 3 cr. in many fields are discussed. The computer instructor and the needs of the students is used at the discretion of the instructor. involved. Possible topics include finite ge- MATH 236 DIFFERENTIAL TI-86 calculator is required. ometries, Euclid’s Elements (Book I), ad- EQUATIONS 3 cr. vanced topics in Euclidean geometry, Eu- Prerequisite: MATH 134. This is a survey of clidean constructions and impossible con- the standard techniques for solving ordi- MATH 310 TOPICS IN ACTUARIAL structions, transformations of the plane, nary differential equations. Emphasis is on SCIENCE non-Euclidean geometry, and projective first and second order linear equations Prerequisite: MATH 235 and permission of geometry. Offered in alternate years. with a focus on applications. The Laplace the instructor. This is a course specifically 3 cr. transform method and some “one-step” designed to provide students with addi- numerical methods of solution are in- tional preparation for one or both of the MATH 373 MATHEMATICAL cluded. TI-86 calculator is required. first two actuarial examinations. Topics are STATISTICS 3 cr. selected from the areas of calculus, real Prerequisite: MATH 272. This course and analysis, and probability and statistics de- the prerequisite are intended to prepare MATH 261 DISCRETE STRUCTURES I pending upon the needs of the students. students to take the actuarial exam on Prerequisite: PH 104 and either MATH 124 The course may be repeated for credit sub- probability and statistics. Topics include or MATH 134; or permission. This is a first ject to the permission of the instructor. sampling distributions of certain statistics, course in discrete mathematical structures Offered on demand. confidence intervals, tests of hypotheses, with an emphasis on the foundations of 1-3 cr. regression and correlation, goodness of fit higher mathematics. It is designed for stu- tests, and Bayesian estimation. Offered in dents who need a transitional course to MATH 311 NUMERICAL ANALYSIS alternate years. bridge the gap between the study of calcu- Prerequisite: MATH 124 or MATH 134. This 3 cr. lus and the study of a variety of upper divi- is a study of various approximation tech- sion mathematics courses where the ability niques. Topics include error evaluation, MATH 377 ELEMENTARY NUMBER to think like a mathematician is critical. numerical solution of non-linear equations, THEORY Emphasis is on exploring, thinking, and numerical solution of systems of equations, Prerequisite: MATH 261. This is the study thought processes as opposed to “how to interpolaing polynomials, numerical differ- of integers and their properties. The course do it” when solving problems. The topics entiation, numerical integration, and nu- provides a simple account of classical num- include sets, sequences, relations, func- merical solution of ordinary differential ber theory as well as some of its historical tions, the language of mathematics, proof equations. Students use interactive com- background including divisibility; gcd’s; and exploration, induction, cardinality, puter programs throughout the course. prime factorization; congruencies; theo- algorithms, and recursion. Offered on demand. TI-86 calculator is re- rems of Wilson, Fermat, and Euler; 3 cr. quired. Offered on demand. pseudoprimes; multiplicative functions; 3 cr. and primitiveroots. Other topics include MATH 262 DISCRETE recent applications of the classical subject STRUCTURES II MATH 333-334 INDEPENDENT area in cryptology and computer science. Prerequisite: MATH 261 or permission. This STUDY IN MATHEMATICS Offered in alternate years. is a continuation of the study of discrete Prerequisite: Senior standing. See “Indepen- 3 cr. mathematical structures with an emphasis dent Study” on page 30. on the foundations of higher mathematics. 1-3 cr. MATH 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN The topics include combinatorics, graphs, MATHEMATICS and trees. Emphasis is on the exploration of MATH 350 ENGINEERING Prerequisite: Junior standing and permis- mathematical ideas by working with ex- ANALYSIS I sion of the instructor. Topics offered de- amples, asking questions, making guesses, Prerequisite: MATH 236. This course stud- pend upon student interests as well as par- and testing conjectures. Applications of the ies selected topics from linear algebra, vec- ticular interests of instructors. The course topics are presented in several diverse tor calculus, line and surface integrals, Fou- is offered as often as faculty time and stu- fields. rier series and integrals, and partial differ- dent interest permit. May be repeated for 3 cr. ential equations. The emphasis is on engi- credit if topic differs. neering applications and the use of the 1-3 cr. MATH 272 PROBABILITY computer to illustrate techniques. Prerequisite: MATH 235. This is a calculus- 3 cr. MATH 412 INTRODUCTION TO based course in the theory of probability. TOPOLOGY Topics include sample spaces, combinato- MATH 363 MATHEMATICAL Prerequisite: MATH 261. This course covers rics, axioms and rules of probability, condi- FOUNDATIONS AND METHODS FOR introductory topics in the general theory of tional probability and independence, dis- COMPUTER SCIENCE topological spaces. Included are examina- crete and continuous random variables, Prerequisite: MATH 262 and CS 283; or per- tions of plane topology and topological mathematical expectation, and the moment mission of the instructor. This is a study of properties of metric spaces. Offered on generating function. the mathematical background and methods demand. 3 cr. needed in computer science especially in 3 cr. Undergraduate Courses 155

MATH 418 INTRODUCTION TO ME MECHANICAL students’ awareness of the static behavior MODERN ALGEBRA of deformable bodies and to provide them Prerequisite: MATH 261. This is an intro- ENGINEERING with the necessary background to take ad- duction to the abstract theory of groups, (School of Engineering) vanced courses in solid mechanics. Stu- rings, and fields. Topics include homomor- dents will determine pertinent mechanical phisms and polynomials and their roots. ME 106 STATICS properties of materials from stress-strain The emphasis is on the axiomatic approach Prerequisite: MATH 134 or concurrently; diagrams, analyze statically indeterminate to algebra and the construction of proofs. PHYS 132 or PHYS 133; ENGR 103 or con- members, analyze the effect of temperature Offered in alternate years. currently; ENGR 110 or concurrently. This change in members, determine the state of 3 cr. entry-level course is offered to all engineer- stress and strain at a point resulting from ing students and is designed both to teach uniaxial, biaxial, and triaxial loading, deter- MATH 420 MATHEMATICAL problem solving techniques and to provide mine stresses and displacements in axially, MODELING students with the necessary background to flexurally, and torsionally loaded members, Prerequisite: MATH 272; MATH 236 or take succeeding courses in solid mechan- determine the stresses in thin-walled pres- MATH 311. This is an introduction to the ics. Students will become familiar with the sure vessels, determine the principal construction and refinement of mathemati- analysis of two- and three-dimensional stresses, the maximum in-plane shear cal models. Applications include resource force systems using both scalar and vector stresses, and the absolute maximum shear allocation, environmental planning, and techniques. These systems include frames, stress in members subjected to combined decision theory. The mathematics involves machines, trusses and simple structures. loadings, and determine the critical stress difference equations, Markov chains, linear Additionally, students will have the ability in ideal columns subjected to various types and dynamic programming, game theory, to draw free body diagrams and apply the of supports. An individual written report and queueing theory. principles of static equilibrium to both par- analyzing an aspect of mechanics of materi- 3 cr. ticles and rigid bodies and to analyze prob- als and a group project involving design, lems involving friction. Students will deter- building, and testing are required MATH 421 REAL ANALYSIS mine the centroids of lines, areas and vol- The methods of assessing students in- Prerequisite: MATH 235. This is an intro- umes and the moments of inertia of areas clude homework assignments, quizzes, ex- duction to the rigorous treatment of analy- and masses using calculus and composite aminations, projects, and a final exam. sis. Topics covered include the real number section methods. An individual written re- 3 cr. system, sequences, limits of functions, con- port analyzing an aspect of engineering tinuity, differentiation, integration, infinite mechanics and a group analytical project ME 303 THERMODYNAMICS I series, sequences, and series of functions. involving computer programming or simu- Prerequisite: CHEM 105; MATH 235. This Offered in alternate years. lation are required. The methods of assess- introductory course is offered to both me- 3 cr. ing students include homework assign- chanical engineering majors and non-ma- jors and is intended to familiarize students MATH 427 COMPLEX ANALYSIS ments, quizzes, examinations, projects, and with the fundamental concept of the first Prerequisite: MATH 235. This is an intro- a final exam. 3 cr. and second law of thermodynamics. Stu- ductory course in the theory of functions of dents will/earn how to determine the ther- a complex variable covering standard top- ME 203 DYNAMICS modynamic properties of real and ideal ics: the algebra and geometry of complex Prerequisite: ME 106. This introductory substances by using thermodynamic prop- numbers, differentiation, integration, power course is offered to all engineering students erty tables and mathematical relationships. series expansions, residues, and poles. Of- and is designed to provide students with a The concepts of energy, heat, work, en- fered on demand. clear understanding of the theory and ap- tropy, reversible and irreversible processes 3 cr. plications of dynamics. The course depicts are introduced and applied to real engi- MATH 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN realistic situations encountered in engi- neering systems and thermodynamic MATHEMATICS neering practice. Students will learn how to cycles. Students are expected to use soft- See “Internships” on page 31. apply Newton’s Second Law of Motion to ware packages to perform the assigned 1-3 cr. study the effects caused by an unbalanced computer projects. Weekly quizzes, home- force acting on a particle; use the principle work assignments, a midterm and a final MATH 490 SEMINAR of work and energy to solve problems in- exam will be used to assess a student’s Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. volving forces, displacements, and veloci- performance. Topics discussed depend upon the interest ties; determine the power and efficiency of 3 cr. of the students. Seniors or unusually well machines; solve problems involving impact qualified juniors may be admitted to the of bodies; and analyze problems involving ME 304 THERMODYNAMICS II course only by permission of the Depart- the planar kinematics and kinetics of rigid Prerequisite: ME 303. This intermediate ment. Offered on demand. bodies. A computer simulation package is course is offered to mechanical engineering 3 cr. presented in a problem-solving context and majors and non-majors and is designed to students are encouraged to use the pack- teach thermodynamic analysis of various MATH 501 ENGINEERING age as a tool for building and analyzing dy- power and refrigeration cycles. The first ANALYSIS II namic mechanical systems. An individual and second law analyses of the Carnot, Prerequisite: MATH 350. This is a study of project of a typical dynamics problem is Rankine, Otto, Diesel, Brayton, Sterling, and selected topics from the theory of partial required. The methods of assessing stu- Ericsson cycles will be studied. Reheating differential equations. Topics include vec- dents include homework assignments, quiz- and regeneration concepts will be dis- tor spaces, linear algebra, systems of differ- zes, examinations, projects, and a final cussed and applied to the Rankine cycle. ential equations, Fourier transforms, and exam. Maxwell relations are used to establish the theory of functions of a complex vari- 3 cr. relationships among thermodynamic prop- able including Taylor and Laurent series erties. Students learn how to analyze non- and residues and poles. Offered on de- ME 208 MECHANICS OF MATERIALS reactive ideal gases such as the air-water mand. Prerequisite: MATH 235 or concurrently; vapor mixture. Each student is expected to 3 cr. ME 106. This introductory course is offered work on an independent design project to both mechanical engineering majors and dealing with power or refrigeration systems non-majors and is designed to increase the 156 Undergraduate Courses

and submit a final written report. The works in a team to perform laboratory ex- aerodynamics. An individual project involv- method of assessing students includes periments in dynamics, mechanics of mate- ing an open-ended fluid dynamics design homework assignments, quizzes, exams, rials, measurement techniques, data acqui- problem is required. The methods of as- computer projects, and a design project. sition, and manufacturing. A written report sessing students include homework assign- 3 cr. or technical memorandum is submitted ments, quizzes, examinations, projects, and either by each student or by the group. a final exam. ME 309 MATERIALS SCIENCE Additionally, each student works on an 3 cr. Prerequisite: CHEM 105; PHYS 134. This interdisciplinary semester-long team design course introduces the fundamental con- project under the supervision of faculty ME 320 MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS cepts of material science and engineering. project advisors. Periodic written progress Prerequisite: ME 203; ME 208; MATH 350. Students are provided with information reports and a final written report are sub- This course is an introductory treatment of concerning the interrelationship between mitted. A final oral report is presented be- vibrating systems. Students learn to ana- the microstructure of a material, its proper- fore an assembly of faculty and students. lyze both free and forced, undamped and ties and its processing. The analysis of me- The assessment is based upon the quality damped, single degree-of-freedom systems chanical properties, the manufacturing pro- of both the writing and engineering content using both equilibrium and energy meth- cess, the material specifications for a se- of the written reports. One class hour, one ods. The method of mass and spring lected application or component, and the three hour lab. equivalence as applied to both translational advantages and limitations of the selected 2 cr. and rotational systems is also presented. material are presented. Major topics in- The study of the response of rotating ma- clude: material selection, crystallographic ME 314 MECHANICAL chinery, dynamic transmissibility and vi- structure, diffusion, solidification, phase LABORATORY II bration isolation systems subject to sinu- diagrams, microstructure and mechanical Prerequisite: ME 303; ME 309; ME 313; ME soidal inputs are included. Students learn properties of different classes of materials. 316 or concurrently. This course, the sec- mathematical methods of analyzing The course is presented in a series of class- ond in a three-course sequence, builds on nonsinusoidal inputs using Fourier series; room lectures, selected videos, case stud- the skills developed in ME 313. Experimen- Fourier transforms and convolution meth- ies, and independent investigations. A tal methodology and communication of ods are introduced to solve two degree-of- project and a technical poster presentation experimental results are also stressed freedom systems using matrix methods and are required. The methods of assessing throughout this course. A student works to apply the technique to the design of a students include quizzes, exams, home- with other team members to perform labo- vibration absorber. An introduction to con- work assignments and applications of prin- ratory experiments in materials science, tinuous systems using Rayleigh’s and other ciples to case studies. mechanics of materials, fluid mechanics, approximate numerical methods are made. 3 cr. thermodynamics, data acquisition, and The means of assessing students include manufacturing. A written report or techni- homework assignments, quizzes, in-class ME 312 KINEMATICS AND cal memorandum is submitted either by exams and a comprehensive final exam. DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY each student or by the group. Additionally, 3 cr. Prerequisite: ME 203. This course requires each student works on an interdisciplinary students to use analytical, graphical and semester-long team design project under ME 417 HEAT TRANSFER computer methods to determine the perfor- the supervision of faculty project advisors. Prerequisites: ME 303; ME 316. This senior mance of mechanisms, machinery and con- Periodic written progress reports and a level course is offered to both mechanical trol systems. Students learn displacement, final written report are submitted, and, a engineering majors and non-majors and is velocity, acceleration and force analysis of final oral report is presented before an as- designed to convey the basic principles of linkages, cams, gears, and other machine sembly of faculty and students. The assess- heat transfer by incorporating a broad elements. Additionally students will be in- ment is based upon the quality of both the range of engineering applications. Students troduced to the study and design of control writing and engineering content of the writ- will use conduction, convection and radia- systems for machinery. The course empha- ten reports. One class hour, one three hour tion equations to determine heat transfer sis is placed on the practical design and lab. rates over and through plane, cylindrical, operation of mechanical systems and ma- 2 cr. and spherical surfaces; determine the opti- chinery. Several case studies encompassing mum thickness of insulation; analyze the real design and control problems from in- ME 316 FLUID MECHANICS effect of heat generation on temperature dustry are used both in the classroom and Prerequisite: ME 203; ME 303 or permission distribution and heat rate; determine the in the laboratory to enhance the learning of instructor. This introductory course is performance of extended surfaces; calcu- process. The method of assessing students offered to both mechanical engineering late the temperature distribution and evalu- includes classroom participation, home- majors and non-majors and is designed to ate the heat rate for two-dimensional work assignments, examinations, case provide students with the background and steady-state conduction; determine the projects, and a final exam. Two class hours, tools required to develop a physical feel for temperature and heat transfer rate for one- one three-hour lab. the phenomenon of fluid motion, to de- dimensional and multidimensional tran- 3 cr. velop practical methodologies for the solu- sient conduction; determine the heat trans- tion of engineering flow problems encoun- fer rate over a cylinder, sphere, noncircular ME 313 MECHANICAL tered in modem technology, and to prepare cylinders and on a tube bank in the cross- LABORATORY I students to enter professional practice. flow of a gas; and perform engineering cal- Prerequisite: ME 203; ME 208; CPE 240 or Students become familiar with pressure culations that involve energy balance and concurrently; ENGR 103; ENGR 205 or con- measurement, determine hydrostatic forces appropriate convection correlations for currently; ENGR 212 or concurrently. This on submerged surfaces, develop and use internal flows and radiation exchange be- course is the first in a three-course se- the continuity, momentum and energy tween surfaces. An individual project to quence designed to give students hands-on equations, understand dimensional analy- design cooling systems for integrated cir- experience in the use of laboratory instru- sis and dynamic similitude, analyze flow in cuits and electronic devices is required. ments and in the collection and interpreta- closed conduits, calculate the drag force on The methods of assessing students include tion of data. Experimental methodology and various two- and three-dimensional bodies, homework assignments, quizzes, examina- communication of experimental results are and understand boundary layer theory, tions, projects, and a final exam. stressed throughout the course. The model testing, and fluid measurement tech- 3 cr. course also serves to enhance the technical niques. Additionally, students will learn writing skills of the student. A student design procedures relating to low-drag Undergraduate Courses 157

ME 422 CONTROL SYSTEMS riences four distinct activities: the first is a supervision of a faculty advisor. Students Prerequisite: MATH 350; ME 230. An intro- full three-factor two-level statistical Design apply the design process and communicate ductory course in the analysis and design of Experiments for the evaluation of mate- the results of their project work in both an of controls for mechanical systems. Stu- rial properties; the second is a vibrations oral and written form. Oral reports are pre- dents learn to apply advanced mathemati- analysis; the third is in energy systems sented before an assembly of faculty and cal procedures such as matrix algebra, analysis; and, the fourth is a team design students. Students apply engineering de- complex variables, and Laplace transforms project where team members work on a sign principles either by working on a prod- to model both mechanical and control sys- semester-long project under the guidance uct, improving a product, or designing ex- tems. Control system representation and of a faculty project advisor. Technical writ- periments to investigate causes of either an performance are studied. Students learn ing and presentation skills are honed in observed phenomenon or a problem in methods of modeling and testing systems preparation for the senior design project engineering. Students are required to dem- for stability, time domain analysis and de- capstone course. The assessment is based onstrate their achievements using appro- sign specifications, frequency response, upon the quality of both the writing and priate laboratory exhibits. Students who and feedback characteristics. Computer engineering content of the written reports select industry-sponsored projects have application and modeling are used exten- and the oral presentation. One class hour, the opportunity of working with the indus- sively in the course. Several computer one three hour lab. trial advisor in an actual engineering envi- projects are assigned. The method of as- 3 cr. ronment. The assessment in this course is sessing students includes class participa- based on the students’ level of commitment tion, homework, examinations, projects, ME 437 DESIGN PROJECTS demonstrated throughout the semester, the and a final exam. Corequisites: ME 439 and approval of the level of achievement attained in the 3 cr. Department. Selected students work on an project, the recording of activities in a log independent design project in the semester book, and the quality of the written report ME 425 DESIGN OF MACHINE prior to enrolling in ME 440. This course is and oral presentation. Meeting hours by ELEMENTS intended to provide students with the op- arrangement. Prerequisite: ME 208; ME 309; ME 312 or portunity for a two-semester project se- 3 cr. concurrently; ME 320 or concurrently. This quence with ME 440. See description for ME senior level course is offered to mechanical 440. ME 490 SPECIAL TOPICS IN engineering majors and is designed to intro- 3 cr. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING duce students to the methodologies in- A study of an advanced topic in engineering volved in the analysis and design of simple ME 439 PROFESSIONAL of special interest to mechanical engineer- machine parts. The impacts of social, eco- AWARENESS ing majors. nomic and material constraints on the de- Prerequisite: Senior status. This course is 3 cr. sign process are also considered. Students designed to make students aware of some use failure theories to determine the state of the problems, concerns and responsibili- ME 511 ADVANCED MECHANICS OF of stress in members made of ductile or ties of an engineer as a professional. In ad- MATERIALS brittle materials subjected to either steady, dition, students are guided in formulating a Prerequisite: ME 208; MATH 350. This ad- alternating or combined steady and alter- proposal for a senior design project in vanced course builds on the material pre- nating stresses, construct modified preparation for project work in ME 440. sented in ME 208 and develops the Goodman Diagrams and fatigue failure Students participate in discussions, led by student’s ability to apply the principles of curves, and use Miner’s Equation to ana- invited speakers, on topics that enable advanced mechanics of materials to prob- lyze the state of stress in materials sub- them to write a professional resume, inter- lems. Students will locate the shear center jected to various loading cycles. Topics view for a job, generate an effective and of composite sections; determine the include the design of circular and substantive report and make an effective stresses and deflection of curved bars and noncircular shafts subjected to steady and technical oral presentation. Students are beams, determine the deflection, slope, fluctuating loads, the determination of the exposed to ethical issues in engineering moment, and shear for beams on elastic critical speeds of shafts and the character- environments; made aware of the necessity foundations; determine the stresses and istics of clutches and brakes to satisfy oper- of protecting their work with either pat- deformations in thick-walled cylinders; de- ating conditions; the specification of exten- ents, copyrights, trademarks, and trade termine the deflection and slope in beams sion, compression, torsional and leaf secrets and of not infringing on the similar using Castigliano’s theorem; and, determine springs subjected to either steady or fluctu- rights of others; and apprised of issues of the stresses in initially curved and eccentri- ating loads to satisfy design specifications; safety in the work place, product liability, cally loaded columns. The method of as- and the specification of threaded fasteners, and the importance of professional registra- sessing students will include in class exams v-belt drives, and rived and welded connec- tion. Faculty and representatives from in- and a comprehensive final exam. tions to satisfy loading conditions. A dustry present ideas for senior design 3 cr. project involving the design of machine projects and each student chooses a ME 519 EXPERIMENTAL STRESS elements is required. The method of as- project and develops and writes a project ANALYSIS sessing students includes homework as- proposal under the supervision and guid- signments, quizzes, examinations, and ance of a faculty advisor. The assessment Prerequisite: ME208; ME435 or concur- projects. in this course is based on students’ partici- rently. This senior/graduate course is of- 3 cr. pation in discussions, the submission of fered to mechanical engineering majors and short papers on some of the issues raised is designed to introduce students to the ME 435 MECHANICAL in the presentations and the quality of the most common engineering techniques used LABORATORY III project proposal and oral presentation. to evaluate and improve structural designs. Prerequisite: ME 314; ME 320 or concur- One class hour. Students will learn the basic theory of elec- rently; ME 417 or concurrently; and senior 1 cr trical resistance strain gages, photo-elastic- standing. This is the last course in a three- ity and brittle coatings and use of these course laboratory sequence. The experi- ME 440 SENIOR DESIGN PROJECTS techniques to determine the state of stress mental methodology and communication Prerequisite: ME 439 and graduating senior in structural members. The use of strain skills developed in ME 313 and ME 314 are status. A capstone design course that pre- gages for transducer applications and cali- reinforced and the engineering team ap- pares students for entry-level positions. In bration of finite element analyses are also proach is also used throughout the course. this course, each the student works on an emphasized. During the laboratory ses- Each student, as a member of a team, expe- independent engineering project under the sions, students become proficient in the 158 Undergraduate Courses

mounting of strain gages, the use of strain related to the concepts learned during ME 590 SPECIAL TOPICS IN measuring and photo-elasticity equipment, class lectures. Students will use these com- MECHANICAL ENGINEERING and the use of data acquisition systems. mercial tools to generate solid models and A study of an advanced topic in engineering When possible, modern finite element import the geometry into the simulation of special interest to mechanical engineer- analysis packages, such as I-DEAS Master module to perform finite element analysis ing majors. series, are utilized to analytically determine or design optimization. Each student will 3 cr. the strains in a loaded member in order to complete 14 solid modeling and finite ele- compare them with those obtained using ment assignments outside of the class and strain gages and/or photo-elastic methods. laboratory periods. Additionally, each stu- The methods of assessing students include dent will work on an independent design homework assignments, laboratory experi- optimization project and submit a final METR ments and written reports. Two class written report. The methods of assessing METEOROLOGY hours, one three-hour lab. students include computer assignments, 3 cr. performance during laboratory sessions, (School of Arts and Sciences) and the design project. One class hour, and METR 101 INTRODUCTORY ME 526 GAS DYNAMICS three hour lab. METEOROLOGY Prerequisite: ME 303; ME 316, and senior 3 cr. standing. This course introduces students This is an introductory course in meteorol- to the analysis and design procedures cur- ME 544 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS ogy for the non-technical student. Topics rently used for solving engineering prob- IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING include the earth-sun system, the earth’s lems in compressible fluid flow. Students Prerequisite: ENGR 101; ME 417 or concur- atmosphere, the earth’s heat budget, learn how to combine the concepts of dy- rently; and Senior standing. This advanced weather measurements, clouds, horizontal namics, thermodynamics, and fluid me- course is offered to mechanical engineering air movement, stability, fronts, short-term chanics to generate useful analyses for the majors. Students learn to use computa- weather forecasting, and climate. Two class design of fluid machinery. Students use tional methods and numerical techniques hours, three-hour lab. control volume theory and several derived in conjunction with spreadsheet packages 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. compressible flow analyses to develop de- to solve practical engineering problems METR 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN sign procedures for wind tunnels, exhaust encountered in solid mechanics, fluid me- METEOROLOGY pipe tuning, aircraft inlets and nozzles, chanics, heat transfer, dynamics, machine shock tubes, and gas turbines. Several case design, measurements and vibrations. The Topics in meteorology that are not offered studies encompassing contemporary de- development of computer algorithms/mac- on a regular basis are examined. The sign problems from industry are used in the ros for either design or analysis is also em- course may be repeated for credit if the classroom to enhance the learning process. phasized. Students use case studies to in- topic varies. An individual design project using these vestigate problems requiring a 1-3 cr. methods is assigned. The method of assess- multidisciplinary approach. A total of ten ing students includes classroom participa- computer projects will be assigned. Each tion, homework assignments, examinations, student is expected to work on two inde- projects and a final exam. pendent design projects and submit a final 3 cr. written report for each project. The meth- MK MARKETING ods of assessing students include computer (School of Business) ME 540 DESIGN OF ALTERNATIVE assignments and the design projects. ENERGY SYSTEMS 3 cr. MK 200 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING Prerequisite: ME 417 or both ME 303 and (Formerly MK 101) This course is an explo- graduate standing. This course is an intro- ME 551 FLUID MACHINERY DESIGN ration of the role of marketing both within duction to the theory and design of solar, Prerequisite: ME 304; ME 316; and senior the firm and within society. The course water, wind, and geothermal power genera- standing. This course introduces students examines concepts, functions, and institu- tion systems. Students will become familiar to the analysis and design of fluid machin- tions involved in the process of developing with fiat-plate collector performance, prac- ery. Topics include control volume theory, and distributing products and services to tical considerations for fiat-plate collectors, fluid flow, fluid power analyses, boundary consumer, industrial, and international estimation of residential heating and cool- layer theory and airfoil theory. Students markets. ing loads, and thermal design methods. A learn to use these theoretical procedures 3 cr. project involving the design of an energy both in the conceptual design of aircraft independent home is assigned. The meth- components and fluid machinery and to MK 201 PRINCIPLES OF ods of assessing students include home- apply specific speed, actuator disk theory, PURCHASING work, quizzes, examinations, classroom and flow-through analysis to select and This course studies the principles and discussions, design projects and a final design pumps, blowers, and propellers for practices involved in industrial purchasing exam. specific applications. Design analysis pro- and materials management. It also exam- 3 cr. cedures for compressors and turbines are ines buying practices, inventory policy, presented and utilized. Students are also source selection, and professional ethics. ME 542 COMPUTER-AIDED introduced to similitude and model testing This course is normally offered only in the ENGINEERING of fluid machinery. Several case studies Off-campus program. Prerequisite: Senior or graduate engineer- encompassing actual industrial design 3 cr. ing standing. This course is offered to all problems are used in the classroom to en- engineering majors. Students learn the fun- hance the learning process. An individual MK 301 BUYER BEHAVIOR damentals of conceptual design and engi- fluid machinery design project is required. Prerequisite: MK 200. This course exam- neering analysis/simulation. Computer The method of assessing students includes ines the marketing of goods, services, hardware and software required to perform classroom participation, homework assign- ideas, places, people, and events to tradi- solid modeling and finite element analysis ments, examinations, projects and a final tional and organizational consumers. Spe- are presented. Commercial software pack- exam. cial emphasis is placed on buyer behavior ages such as SDRC Master Series and Fluent 3 cr. theories with marketing management impli- are used during the laboratory sessions to cations, and data collection for problem provide students with hands-on-experience discovery relative to buyer behavior. 3 cr. Undergraduate Courses 159

MK 306 NEW PRODUCT will be both strategic and managerial – stra- clude marketing research, computer appli- MANAGEMENT tegic in the sense that marketing channels cations, and communication. Prerequisite: MK 301. New products are are value adding chains that create com- 3 cr. Slated to become 4 cr in 2001. the fuel of future growth for any organiza- petitive advantage, managerial in the sense tion. This course focuses on a creative that channels must be designed, developed, MK 370 E-COMMERCE process that begins with an innovative and maintained as the marketing environ- Prerequisites: CIS 202 and MK 317. This charter, combines various inputs, and ment changes. course investigates the dynamic world of yields three outputs; a product, an evalua- 3 cr. electronic commerce, the technological tion system, and a marketing plan. New innovation that has taken the business products are seen as emanating from three MK 333 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN world by storm. An overview of electronic bases; customer need, technology, and MARKETING commerce and the development of a digital form. The creative process taught employs See “Independent Study” on page 30. marketing strategy will be the primary fo- interdisciplinary teams, and is managed 1-3 cr. cus of the class. Readings from current from a marketing perspective. journals, trade books, cases and simula- MK 340 DESKTOP APPLICATIONS 3 cr. tions will be used as a basis for class dis- FOR MARKETING cussions. MK 317 PROMOTIONAL STRATEGY Prerequisites: CIS 202 and MK 200. This 3 cr. Prerequisite: MK 301. This course inte- course is an application course designed to grates marketing communication theory, give students experience in developing pro- MK 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN concepts, and research with in-depth treat- motional material such as brochures, fly- MARKETING ment of all elements of the promotional mix ers, advertising copy, web pages and news- This course is a study of advanced topics in – advertising, sales promotions, direct mar- letters using desktop publishing. This marketing of special interest to marketing keting, public relations and publicity, and course helps students develop a high level majors, but not carried in the catalog on a personal selling. The course covers the of skill in desktop publishing as it relates to regular basis. fundamentals of integrated marketing com- marketing. 1-3 cr. munications. 3 cr. MK 411 MULTINATIONAL 3 cr. MK 344 CAMPAIGN PLANNING AND MARKETING MK 318 MARKETING RESEARCH MANAGEMENT Prerequisites: Junior standing and MK 200. Prerequisites: CIS 202, MK 200, QM 201. Prerequisite: MK 317. This course is an This course is an introduction to the com- This course is a study of the quantitative investigation of the role of integrated mar- plexities and implications of foreign mar- and qualitative techniques of marketing keting communication, the application and kets, the contemporary environment, prob- research and their effective use in market- purchase of various media, and the impact lems, and practices in international and ing management. The course emphasizes on the client, consumer, business, and soci- global marketing. Emphasis is on decision- the flow of marketing information, the de- ety. The focus of the course is to provide making and policy formulation including velopment of sound primary research, and students with an overview of and practical demographic, cultural, economic, political, the adaptation of research tools to manage- experience with the use and effectiveness legal, technological, logistical, and competi- ment planning and decision making. of marketing media such as television, ra- tive aspects of doing business outside the 3 cr. dio, outdoor, print, and newer technolo- home country. gies. Integrated marketing communication 3 cr. MK 320 PRICE AND PRODUCT strategies are developed and investigated. STRATEGY 3 cr. MK 421 MARKETING MANAGEMENT Prerequisites: EC 206 or 208, MK 200. This Prerequisites: Senior standing and MK 318. course examines factors pertinent to effec- MK 346 RELATIONSHIP MARKETING This course focuses on the problem-solving tive pricing and produce-related decisions Prerequisites: CIS 202 and MK 317. This and decision-making process of marketing by marketing managers. Special emphasis course is an examination of relationship managers as they endeavor to harmonize is placed on strategic pricing, costs of pric- marketing strategies and techniques to the objectives and resources of the organi- ing and financial analysis as well as price develop long-term relationships with cus- zation with the needs and opportunities in segmentation and life cycle pricing. Also tomers, suppliers, and other relevant stake- the marketplace. Case analysis is used to emphasized are developing a product strat- holders. Students will analyze the elements investigate managerial strategies and tac- egy and creating a product portfolio, man- of relationship marketing and relate those tics and their implementation in a variety of aging growing and mature products, prod- elements to contemporary marketing com- marketing situations. uct deletion decisions, and financial analy- munication issues. Topic areas include 3 cr. sis for product management. customer communication patterns, cus- MK 440 MARKETING SEMINAR 3 cr. tomer database management, interpreta- tion of customer databases, database sup- Prerequisites: Senior Marketing or Market- MK 322 SALES AND SALES pliers and end users, the impact of relation- ing Communications/Advertising standing, MANAGEMENT ship marketing on quality, service, and the intended to be taken during the student’s Prerequisite: MK 301. This course is an ex- marketing mix, measuring and tracking cus- final semester. This course is an examina- amination of the role of personal selling in tomer satisfaction, building and maintain- tion of a variety of viewpoints regarding the marketing mix. Planning, training, orga- ing customer loyalty, and the organiza- marketing and business. Through reading nization, forecasting, and reporting of indi- tional prerequisites for relationship market- and discussion, students develop a critical vidual sales personnel and group sales ac- ing. perspective of the field. An area of interest tivities are emphasized. 3 cr. is researched, and findings are presented in 3 cr. a position paper. MK 366 SPORT MARKETING 3 cr. MK 323 DISTRIBUTION STRATEGY Prerequisite: MK 200. This course is an in- Prerequisite: MK 301. This course examines troduction to sport marketing as a broadly MK 480 INTERNSHIP channels of distribution as organizational defined profession with particular empha- See “Internships” on page 31. networks that create value for the cus- sis on marketing management in sports. In 3 cr. tomer through the generation of posses- addition to career considerations in the sion, time, and place utilities. The approach sport industry, sport marketing topics in- 160 Undergraduate Courses

MILITARY MS 412 SEMINAR IN MILITARY PHYSICAL MS LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT PEHR SCIENCE Prerequisite: MS IV cadet standing. This is a EDUCATION, HEALTH, (Army ROTC/School of Business) study of the managerial problems inherent AND RECREATION in military staff planning and administra- MS 115 INTRODUCTION TO THE tion. Weekly and monthly laboratory re- (School of Arts and Sciences) ARMY AND THE NATIONAL DEFENSE quired. Note: PEHR 151 and PEHR 153-199 is a two SYSTEM 3 cr. credit hour coupling. PEHR 151 is lecture This is an introduction to the structure of format, and PEHR 153-199 are practica. the national defense system. MS 413 MILITARY LAW AND ETHICS Topics include the organization of the Prerequisite: MS IV cadet standing. This is a Army, civilian control of the military, the study of military ethics and law. Topics PEHR 151 PERSONAL HEALTH AND role of the citizen-soldier in national de- include the constitutional basis of powers, WELLNESS fense, the historical development of mili- the Constitution and the individual, the This is an exploration of current health tary customs and traditions, and civilian basic principles of criminal law, rules of issues and self-responsibility in achieving and military concerns about the modern evidence, the military judicial system, and optimal health. Personal Health is intended volunteer army. Laboratory required. the administration of military justice. to educate students in health issues perti- 1 cr. Weekly and monthly laboratory required. nent to the college-aged population. Subject 3 cr. matter includes nutrition and weight con- MS 116 INTRODUCTION TO THE trol, disease prevention, the body’s func- NATIONAL DEFENSE SYSTEM tions, medical self-care, and the wellness This is an introduction to the components model. In addition, students learn about of the U.S. national defense system. Topics issues specific to the college-age popula- include Congress, National Command Au- MUS MUSIC tion including substance abuse, sexually thority, Joint Chiefs of Staff, and the Armed (School of Arts and Sciences) transmittable diseases, and eating disor- Services; the U.S. Defense establishment (All MUS courses satisfy Elements of Cul- ders. All students are required to take this during the Vietnam War; and the evolution ture “A” requirement.) course in their freshman year. of national strategy related to the prin- 1 cr. ciples of war. Laboratory required. MUS 101 MUSIC APPRECIATION 1 cr. This is a non-technical course designed PEHR 153-199 LIFETIME ACTIVITIES with the listener in mind. The course SERIES MS 215 CONTEMPORARY MILITARY guides students in approaching classical Prerequisite: PEHR 151. These courses are THEORY music of the 16th-20th centuries. Topics to be taken in the semester following the Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or per- include the diversity of musical forms, his- completion of PEHR 151. In keeping with mission of instructor. This is an introduc- torical backgrounds, composer biogra- the College philosophy on physical educa- tion to the principles and fundamentals of phies, and selected musical examples. tion, the emphasis is on lifetime, carry-over modern military tactics. Topics include the 3 cr. value activities such as racket sports, golf, analysis, interpretation, and use of topo- walking and jogging, aerobic dance, funda- graphic maps; land navigational tech- MUS 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC mentals of martial arts, personal fitness/ niques; and communication procedures Topics in music that are not offered on a strength and endurance training, games and equipment. Leadership laboratory re- regular basis are examined. The course children play and rape/aggressive defense quired. may be repeated for credit if the topic var- training for women 2 cr. ies. 1 cr. 1-3 cr. MS 216 LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT PEHR 163 GAMES CHILDREN PLAY Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or per- MUS 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC Prerequisite: PEHR 151. Instruction is given mission of instructor. This course examines Topics in music that are not offered on a in age appropriate physical education ac- development and application of basic man- regular basis are examined. The course tivities and games for students planning to agement skills. The emphasis is on problem may be repeated for credit if the topic var- teach children at the elementary level. The analysis, decision-making, planning, orga- ies. course includes an introduction to the Mas- nizing, and delegating authority. Labora- 1-3 cr. sachusetts comprehensive health curricu- tory required. lum frameworks, cooperative games, in- 2 cr. MUS 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC door and playground activities, folk dance Topics in music that are not offered on a and multicultural games, special needs and MS 312 MILITARY LEADERSHIP I regular basis are examined. The course management strategies, and the integration Prerequisite: MS III cadet standing. This is a may be repeated for credit if the topic var- of physical education in the elementary study of leadership topics including the ies. school curriculum. Required for all stu- leader, the group, and the situation and 1-3 cr. dents pursuing certification in elementary motivation, behavior, and leadership styles education. within a military setting. Weekly and 1 cr. monthly laboratories required. 3 cr. MS 313 MILITARY LEADERSHIP II PA PHYSICIAN Prerequisite: MS III cadet standing. This is a ASSISTANT study of the individual, tactical, and admin- (see Massachusetts College of istrative skills required of a junior officer. Pharmacy and Health Sciences Weekly and monthly laboratories required. 3 cr. catalogue) Undergraduate Courses 161

PH PHILOSOPHY PH 210 ETHICS FOR SOCIAL PH 304 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION WORKERS Prerequisite: PH 103 or permission of the (School of Arts and Sciences) This course presents students with prin- instructor. This course consists of analysis, PH 103 INTRODUCTION TO ciples drawn from moral philosophy and interpretation, and evaluation of religious PHILOSOPHY social work to be used in identifying, as- responses to the world of human experi- sessing, and resolving ethical dilemmas in ence. Topics include the concern of religion This is a critical examination of basic as- social work practice. The course covers with reason, order and pattern, moral in- sumptions about reality, knowledge, and basic theories of ethics including utilitari- sight, and art, and the context of the prob- values. Questions to be discussed include anism and Kantian ethics as well as concep- lems for which religion proposes solutions. “Does God exist?” “Are we a combination of tions of virtue and vice. Case studies in Some attention is given to the history of the body and soul?” “Do we have free will?” social work are used throughout, applying subject. “What do we know?” “Can moral beliefs be theory to practice. 3 cr. objectively true or false?” “What is the best 3 cr. form of government?” PH 307 CONTEMPORARY MORAL 3 cr. PH 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PROBLEMS PHILOSOPHY PH 104 ELEMENTARY LOGIC Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This is a Topics in philosophy that are not offered critical examination of moral issues such as This is an examination of formal methods on a regular basis are examined. The abortion, capital punishment, euthanasia, for determining the validity of arguments course may be repeated for credit if the poverty and economic justice, pornography and inferences. Topics include informal topic varies. and censorship, racism and affirmative ac- fallacies, as well as methods employing 1-3 cr. tion, sexism and sexual equality, the just truth tables, truth trees, and natural deduc- war, animal rights, and environmental pro- tion in both sentence logic and predicate PH 301 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS tection. The course covers the social di- logic. Prerequisite: PH 103 or PH 104 or permis- mensions of these issues and the ethical 3 cr. sion of the instructor. A critical examina- principles that apply in reaching sound PH 110 CRITICAL THINKING tion of the thought of several philosophers conclusions regarding them. including Plato, Aristotle, Aquinas, This is a study of informal reasoning tech- 3 cr. Descartes, Spinoza, Locke, Hume, Kant, and niques. Topics include methods of under- Russell. Topics may include moral and po- PH 308 ENVIRONMENTAL ETHICS standing and evaluating deductive and in- litical thought, philosophy of religion, phi- This is an examination of threats to the ductive arguments, ways of detecting falla- losophy of mind, theory of knowledge. This environment and proposed remedies in- cious reasoning, and skills helpful in mak- course is normally offered only in the Off- cluding policies of sustainable develop- ing practical judgments. Emphasis is on campus program. ment. Human centered, bio-centered, and enabling students to think more clearly and 3 cr. deep ecological philosophy theories are reason more precisely. 3 cr. applied to such questions as the following: PH 302 THE AMERICAN “Do people have a right to a livable environ- INTELLECTUAL TRADITION PH 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ment?” “What duties do presently existing PHILOSOPHY Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This is a people have to future human generations?” critical examination of American thought Topics in philosophy that are not offered 3 cr. from the colonial period to the present. The on a regular basis are examined. The course covers Puritan thought, the Republi- PH 310 ETHICS IN THE course may be repeated for credit if the can and Democratic traditions, romanti- PROFESSIONS topic varies. 1-3 cr. cism and transcendentalism, pragmatism, Prerequisite: Junior standing. This is an and the tradition of social reform. Writers examination of ethical problems confront- PH 208 ETHICS covered may include Winthrop, Edwards, ing people in business and the professions. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This is Paine, Jefferson, Madison, Emerson, Issues include employee rights and duties, an introduction to the basic concepts and Thoreau, Lincoln, Frederick Douglass, Will- professional and corporate responsibility, principles of ethics as developed from an- iam James, Dubois, Dewey, and Jane affirmative action, environmental pollution, cient to modern times. The course covers Addams. worker health and safety, advertising, gov- theories of the good life such as hedonism, 3 cr. ernment regulation, competing conceptions stoicism, and self-realization as well as is- of justice, and alternative economic sys- PH 303 SOCIAL AND POLITICAL tems. sues of relativism, egoism, and determin- PHILOSOPHY ism. Concepts to be discussed may include 3 cr. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This is virtue and vice, moral duty, moral rights, an examination of basic questions of social PH 320 WESTERN RELIGIONS and moral responsibility. 3 cr. and political philosophy focusing on issues Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This is of justice, equality, liberty, and rights. Com- an examination of the beliefs, rituals, and PH 209 PHILOSOPHY IN bining the work of classical and modern histories of the major religions of Europe, LITERATURE political thinkers, the course addresses the United States, and the Middle East. Be- This is an exploration of fundamental is- such questions as the following: “Should all ginning with an overview of religion in the sues in philosophy as they are presented in people be treated equally?” “What makes a ancient Near East, Greece, and Rome, the major literary and philosophic works. The society just?” “How much liberty should course concentrates on the development of course explores the concept of the self, the people have?” “What rights do people Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. problem of evil, free will and determinism, have?” “What is the best form of govern- 3 cr. ment?” “Is capitalism preferable to social- ideals in living, and views on the nature of PH 321 EASTERN RELIGIONS reality. The readings may include Kafka’s ism?” Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. This is “Metamorphosis,” Voltaire’s 3 cr. an examination of the beliefs, rituals, and “Candide,”Dostoevsky’s “Notes from Under- histories of the major religions of Asia. Par- ground,” and Crane’s “The Open Boat.” ticular attention is given to the develop- 3 cr. ment of Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucian- ism, and Taoism. 3 cr. 162 Undergraduate Courses

PH 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY PHYS 123 PHYSICS FOR PHARMACY PHYS 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN IN PHILOSOPHY Prerequisite: MATH 123 and MATH 124. PHYSICS See “Independent Study” on page 30. This course is a calculus-based introduc- Topics in physics that are not offered on a 1-3 cr. tion to the fundamental principles of me- regular basis are examined. The course chanics covering applications to biology may be repeated for credit if the topic var- PH 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN and the life sciences. Emphasis is placed ies PHILOSOPHY upon problem solving and the development 1-3 cr. Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of solutions from first principles. Students of the instructor. Topics offered depend gain an understanding of kinematics, stat- PHYS 333-334 INDEPENDENT upon student interests as well as particular ics, gravitation, Newton’s laws of motion, STUDY IN PHYSICS interests of instructors. The course is of- and their application to translational and See “Independent Study” on page 30. fered as often as faculty time and student rotational dynamics, energy, momentum, 1-3 cr. Laboratory fee may be required. interest permit. Recent topics have in- hydrostatics, and fluid flow. PHYS 390 SPECIAL TOPICS cluded “Philosophy of Mind,” “Philosophy 4 cr. of Love,” and “Aesthetics.” The course may Topics in physics that are not offered on a be repeated for credit if topic differs. PHYS 131 ELEMENTS OF regular basis are examined. The course 1-3 cr. MECHANICS I may be repeated for credit if the topic var- Corequisite: Enrollment in MATH 131. This ies is a course designed for students who have 1-3 cr. no background in secondary school phys- PHYS 440 UNDERGRADUATE ics or for those needing a review. This RESEARCH PHYS PHYSICS problem-solving course covers concepts in Prerequisite: Permission of the Department, (School of Arts and Sciences) mechanics such as motion, Newton’s laws, and energy. Credit for both this course and approval of the dean. See “Undergraduate PHYS 101 PHYSICS OF ENERGY I Physics 101 is not permissible. Research” on page 35. Students who show an interest and aptitude for independent This is a study of the principles of mechan- 3 cr. and creative work may engage in under- ics and thermodynamics applied to energy- related topics including transportation, PHYS 132 ELEMENTS OF graduate research. Students are expected heating, air conditioning, and applications MECHANICS II to write a report based on this work. Class of solar energy. Two class hours, three- Prerequisite: Physics 131, MATH 131, or the hours by arrangement. 1-3 cr. Laboratory fee. hour lab. equivalent. This is a discussion of concepts 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. in mechanics such as linear motion, Newton’s laws, energy, momentum, rota- PHYS 102 PHYSICS OF ENERGY II tion, simple harmonic motion, and waves This is a study of electricity, electronics, with an emphasis on problem solving. and nuclear physics with particular atten- Three class hours, three-hour lab. PSY PSYCHOLOGY tion to energy supply and demand, sources 4 cr. (School of Arts and Sciences) of electrical power, and nuclear generation of electricity. Two class hours, three-hour PHYS 133 MECHANICS PSY 101 INTRODUCTION TO lab Prerequisite: One unit of secondary school PSYCHOLOGY 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. physics; MATH 123, 124, 133 or concur- This is a survey of the primary topics of rently. This is an introductory course deal- psychology including its historical evolu- PHYS 103 ELEMENTARY PHYSICS I ing with Newton’s laws of motion and their tion, aims, and methods. Topics include the This is an elementary non-calculus based applications. Linear and rotational kinemat- physiological bases of behavior, social de- course for general students. Kinematic mo- ics and dynamics are presented with par- terminants, and psychology’s applications tion, Newton’s laws, conservation laws, ticular emphasis on the laws of conserva- in various fields of human activity. rotational motion, fluid behavior, and wave tion of linear momentum, angular momen- 3 cr. motion are discussed. Two class hours, tum, and energy. Mechanical oscillations three-hour lab are discussed. Three class hours, three- PSY 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. hour lab. PSYCHOLOGY 4 cr. Laboratory fee $40. Topics in psychology that are not offered PHYS 104 ELEMENTARY PHYSICS II on a regular basis are examined. The Prerequisite: PHYS 103 or equivalent. This PHYS 134 ELECTRICITY AND course may be repeated for credit if the is a continuation of PHYS 103 covering elec- MAGNETISM topic varies. tricity and magnetism, optics, and atomic Prerequisite: PHYS 132 or PHYS 133; MATH 1-3 cr. physics. Two class hours, three-hour lab. 123, 124, 132 or 133. This course is the 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. study of electrostatics, electric and mag- PSY 204 ORGANIZATIONAL netic fields, DC circuits, electrical measure- PSYCHOLOGY PHYS 113 GENERAL ASTRONOMY ments, electromagnetism, electrical and Prerequisite: PSY 101. Not open to those This is an introductory course designed to magnetic properties of matter, and AC cir- who have received credit for MAN 204. This acquaint students with an elementary de- cuits. Three class hours, three-hour lab. is a study of the behavior of individuals scription, in both qualitative and quantita- 4 cr. Laboratory fee $40. within complex social systems. The focus is tive terms, of the solar system and the be- upon groups and subgroups and their re- havior and characteristics of the stars and PHYS 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN sponses to internal and external stimuli. galaxies. No prior background in the physi- PHYSICS Concerns of the industrial psychologist cal sciences is presupposed. Occasional Topics in physics that are not offered on a (recruitment, selection, training, and incen- observations are held, weather permitting. regular basis are examined. The course tives) are treated. The course satisfies the lab science re- may be repeated for credit if the topic 3 cr. quirement. varies 3 cr. 1-3 cr. Undergraduate Courses 163

PSY 205 PSYCHOLOGY OF GENDER PSY 301 INTRODUCTION TO PSY 310 EXPERIMENTAL (formerly PSY 105) INTERVIEWING PSYCHOLOGY Prerequisite: PSY 101. This is an examina- Prerequisite: PSY 101 or SO 101. This is an Prerequisite: PSY 309. This is a continua- tion of the social, cultural, political, and overview of the techniques of interviewing. tion of PSY 309. Students undertake a criti- biological influences on human sex roles, The course is intended to familiarize stu- cal review of a research area of their choice attitudes, stereotypes, and other behaviors. dents with interviewing skills in a wide and design an original research proposal The course also considers the historical range of business and human service situa- based on their findings. significance and validity of gender similari- tions. Topics include theoretical orienta- 3 cr. ties and differences in the behavior of tions, ethical issues, and community appli- males and females. cations PSY 311 CHILD BEHAVIOR 3 cr. 3 cr. MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND PRACTICE PSY 207 AN INTRODUCTION TO PSY 304 EDUCATIONAL Prerequisite: PSY 101, 211, or 313, or per- STATISTICS FOR THE SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY mission. This is an examination of the basic SCIENCES Prerequisite: PSY 101. This is a psychologi- principles of behavior management with Prerequisite: MATH 100 or equivalent. This cal analysis of the educational process with children. Emphasis is on the practical appli- is an introduction to the basic descriptive special attention to the nature of learning cation of learning principles and communi- and inferential techniques for presenting, and to the factors that condition it. Topics cation theory with the goal of developing analyzing, and interpreting data gathered in examined include mental development, the psychologically healthy relationships be- the social sciences. Topics include fre- learning process, and social learning as tween parents (or other caregivers) and quency distributions and graphs, measures well as current educational situations. children. Topics include how to communi- of central tendency and variability, score 3 cr. cate with a child, authority versus respect, conversions, correlation and regression, how to reward good behavior, and strate- sampling and sampling distributions, hy- PSY 306 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY gies for dealing with undesirable behavior pothesis testing, and tests of significance. Prerequisite: PSY 101 and sophomore with the emphasis on time-out procedures. Credit for both this course and MATH 207 standing. The concept of abnormality is 3 cr. or QM 207 is not permissible. considered from a perspective that views 3 cr. the contribution of both constitutional PSY 312 PHYSIOLOGICAL factors and life experiences to the PSYCHOLOGY PSY 211 DEVELOPMENTAL manifestation of behavioral disorders. Prerequisite: PSY 101; BIO 101 or 103; or PSYCHOLOGY Major categories of disorders, relevant permission of the instructor. This is a sys- Prerequisite: PSY 101. This is a study of the research findings, various theoretical tematic study of the physiological bases of behavioral changes from infancy through orientations, and treatment options are behavior with an emphasis on the role of childhood. Topics examined include prena- presented. Within these topics, attention is the central nervous system. Topics include tal development and the development of paid to the importance of such forces as the structure and function of the nervous motor, perceptual, social, emotional, and culture, race, ethnicity, gender, age, and system, sensation and perception, neu- cognitive behavior. The interaction of ge- socioeconomic class as they relate to our roanatomy and the biochemistry of learn- netic, physiological, and environmental understanding of normal and abnormal ing, memory, emotions, affective disorders, variables at each stage is considered. Top- development. and substance abuse. ics of contemporary interest such as devel- 3 cr. 3 cr. opmental disabilities, parenting, and educa- tion are briefly considered. PSY 307 PSYCHOLOGICAL PSY 313 LEARNING 3 cr. ASSESSMENT Prerequisite: PSY 101 and sophomore Prerequisite: PSY 101; PSY 207 or QM 201 standing. This is an examination of the PSY 212 ADOLESCENT or the equivalent. This course considers theoretical principles of classical and oper- PERSONALITY AND DEVELOPMENT the application of the basic principles asso- ant conditioning through human and com- Prerequisite: PSY 101. This course ex- ciated with psychological tests and assess- parative studies in laboratory, educational, plores the adolescent experience through ment measures as a systematic means of and therapeutic settings. the examination of a variety of theories sampling, describing, and understanding 3 cr. (Freud, Erikson, Piaget, etc) that look at individual behavior. Tests of ability, physical, emotional, and intellectual devel- achievement, aptitude, and personality are PSY 314 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY opment, and also the domains of family life, presented along with the importance of Prerequisite: PSY 101 and sophomore peer relationships, schooling, community, situating test results within a broader eco- standing. This is a study of the individual in and cross-cultural experience. Students logical framework. Additional topics in- society including interactions and role- will reflect on their own adolescent experi- clude historical considerations, continuing relationships with group members. The ences and seek to discover ways of relating controversies, collection and evaluation of emphasis is on socio-cultural factors affect- to contemporary adolescents which will observational data, basic principles of test ing behavior and their effects on motiva- foster growth and positive development. construction, and appropriate test selec- tion, personality, attitudes, prejudices, Learning will be assessed by quizzes, tests, tion. opinions, interpersonal perceptions, and and class discussions on theories of adoles- 3 cr. non-verbal communication. cent development and by paper assignment 3 cr. where a contemporary adolescent will be PSY 309 METHODS AND PSY 315 THE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT interviewed and profiled. TECHNIQUES OF EXPERIMENTATION AND HUMAN BEHAVIOR 3 cr. Prerequisite: PSY 101; PSY 207; or permis- sion of the instructor. This is a study of the Prerequisite: Six credit hours of psychology PSY 290 SPECIAL TOPICS methodology of psychological research and/or sociology. This is a social systems Topics in psychology that are not offered from the initial conception of a hypothesis approach to the relationships among indi- on a regular basis are examined. The to the publication of the results of system- viduals, groups, families, communities, and course may be repeated for credit if the atic investigation. Special attention is given organizations. The emphasis is on human topic varies. to the problems of experimenter bias and diversity and its influence upon the social 1-3 cr. ethics. Supervised laboratory exercises are environment as well as the impact of vari- conducted. 3 cr. 164 Undergraduate Courses ous psychological and environmental the development of counseling skills. QM QUANTITATIVE factors upon human growth, development, Through the extensive use of modeling, and behavior, and their importance in role playing, and video playback, students METHODS society. learn the skills of Rogerian nondirective (School of Business) 3 cr. counseling. The emphasis is on the integra- tion of theories, skills, and practice of coun- QM 201 INTRODUCTION TO PSY 317 PSYCHOLOGY OF THE seling. BUSINESS STATISTICS EXCEPTIONAL PERSON 3 cr. Prerequisite: CIS 101, MATH 112. This is a Prerequisite: PSY 101 and sophomore comprehensive introduction to the use of standing. This is a survey of the unique PSY 418 BEHAVIORAL COUNSELING statistics in business decision-making. This needs and problems of exceptional people METHODS course provides the analytical tools needed including those who have mental retarda- Prerequisite: Senior standing in psychology for making informed business decisions tion, learning disabilities, autism, gifted- or permission of instructor. using data. The focus is on decision-making ness, sensory handicaps, cultural disadvan- This is a survey of current, empirically sup- using the tools of statistics. Topics include tages and emotional disturbance as well as ported methods of behavioral counseling. graphical and numerical summaries of data, those who belong to multiple categories of The emphasis is on helping clients change probability distributions; hypothesis tests exceptionality. The course extends beyond their behavior. Case materials include ex- of mean and proportion, the chi-squared identification criteria and treatment and amples from a wide range of settings and test of statistical independence, and simple considers these individuals as they func- client characteristics. linear regression. The use of computing tion in, influence, and are influenced by 3 cr. tools in statistical analysis is emphasized their families, schools, and larger cultural heavily. Credit for both this course and PSY 420 HISTORY OF PSYCHOLOGY contexts. MATH 207 is not permissible. 3 cr. Prerequisite: PSY 101 and junior psychol- 3 cr. Laboratory fee $10. ogy standing or permission of the instruc- PSY 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY tor. This is an examination of the history of QM 302 FORECASTING FOR See “Independent Study” on page 30. modern psychology that includes its philo- BUSINESS 1-3 cr. sophical and scientific influences, with an Prerequisite: QM 201; CIS 200 or CIS 201. emphasis on psychology since the 1800s. This is an exploration of statistical forecast- PSY 390 SPECIAL TOPICS Topics covered include such major figures ing techniques for business. The major fo- Topics in psychology that are not offered as Darwin, Wundt, Freud, Galton, James, cus is on the development and utilization of on a regular basis are examined. The Watson and Skinner, and systems of psy- forecasting models to assist managers in course may be repeated for credit if the chology such as structuralism, functional- decision-making. Students develop and topic varies. ism, behaviorism, and psychoanalysis. The explore several computer-based forecasting 1-3 cr. course traces philosophical concepts such models. Topics include the business-plan- as rationalism, empiricism, mechanism, PSY 413 ANIMAL LEARNING AND ning environment for forecasting, basic dualism, and determinism. BEHAVIOR concepts of forecasting, time series models, 3 cr. Prerequisite: PSY 101; 313 and junior psy- and regression models. 3 cr. Laboratory fee $10. chology standing or permission of the in- PSY 421 MODERN THEORIES OF structor. This is an examination of the ba- PSYCHOLOGY QM 310 QUALITY AND OPERATIONS sic research and theories in animal learning Prerequisite: PSY 420 or permission. This is MANAGEMENT and their applications to human behavior. an examination of the development of mod- Prerequisites: MATH 1xx, MATH 1xy, QM Inherited behavior and the basic research ern behaviorism and cognitive psychology 201, MAN 101, MK 200, AC 202, FIN 214, CIS in classical and operant conditioning are as two dominant paradigms in modern psy- 202. This course is the second quantitative covered. Topics include learning by obser- chology. They are compared to each other methods course. Topics to be covered in- vation, schedules of reinforcement, stimu- and to other areas of modern psychology clude inventory management including JIT lus control and conceptual behavior, and including Psychoanalytic, Humanistic, and and MRP, statistical quality control, linear biological influences on learning. Developmental fields. These comparisons programming, optimal scheduling, and fa- 3 cr. examine how each theory defines psychol- cility layout. These topics are presented ogy as a subject matter. Topics include PSY 414 ANIMAL LEARNING LAB from the perspective of a quality and con- scientific methodology, the role of scientific tinuous improvement paradigm and in the Prerequisite: PSY 313. The basic principles explanation in psychology, the study of of operant conditioning are demonstrated context of the problem solving model. verbal behavior and creativity, Skinner’s 3 cr. using standard operant conditioning equip- writings on behaviorism and cognitivism, ment with rats. Each student is responsible and applications of these paradigms to the QM 336 LOGISTICS/PHYSICAL for one rat and takes it through a series of development of educational, social, and DISTRIBUTION exercises designed to illustrate basic oper- cultural systems. Prerequisite: MK 101, QM 201. This is a ant conditioning principles covered in PSY 3 cr. study of physical distribution functions and 313: unconditioned and conditioned rein- their relationships within an organization. forcement, extinction, shaping, schedules PSY 440 UNDERGRADUATE Case studies and readings are utilized to of reinforcement, discrimination training, RESEARCH study elements of distribution other than and behavior chaining. The care and ethical Prerequisite: PSY 310, senior standing or transportation: inventory control, ware- treatment of laboratory animals and the permission of the chair. See “Undergradu- housing and distribution centers, customer extension of the principles to the behavior ate Research” page 35. service, materials handling, industrial pack- or organisms outside the laboratory are 1-3 cr. Laboratory fee may be required. aging, and international distribution. A covered. quantitative analysis approach is empha- PSY 480 INTERNSHIP IN 3 cr. sized. PSYCHOLOGY 3 cr. Laboratory fee $10. PSY 416 INTRODUCTION TO See “Internships” on page 31. COUNSELING SKILLS 1-3 cr. Prerequisite: Senior standing in psychology or permission of instructor. This is a survey of counseling theory and Undergraduate Courses 165

SOCIOLOGY SO 305 THE SOCIOLOGY OF URBAN SO 323 SEMINAR IN THEORY AND SO LIFE METHOD (School of Arts and Sciences) Prerequisite: SO 101. This is an examination Prerequisite: SO 322. This course is a con- SO 101 INTRODUCTION TO of the influence of the city upon social rela- tinuation of the Theory and Methods SOCIOLOGY tions, institutional life, and personality de- course. Students conduct their own socio- velopment. Attention is given to both logical research project involving research This course is an overview of the three ma- American and non-American areas. The design, literature review, data collection, jor sociological perspectives, social science greater Springfield area is used as a labora- and analysis. research methods, and the processes of tory for research. 3 cr. socialization. Study of social groups, orga- 3 cr. nizations, and institutions of the family, SO 324 COMPARATIVE AND education, economy is included. Other top- SO 308 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY HISTORICAL SOCIOLOGY ics include social stratification based on Prerequisite: SO 101. This is a review of the Prerequisite: SO 101 and junior standing. class, gender, race and ethnicity, deviance, historical development of the family as the This course introduces basic analytic tools and social change. most fundamental institution in society and for describing and comparing macro-level 3 cr. the source of primary socialization. Topics social structures. Particular attention is SO 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN include traditional and contemporary func- paid to the distinctive traditions of socio- SOCIOLOGY tions, problems of single-parent families, logical thinking in Europe and the United two-career families, alternative family struc- States. Students are expected to research Topics in sociology that are not offered on tures, and current family policies. and prepare a comparative and historical a regular basis are examined. The course 3 cr. study of a chosen area of concern: family may be repeated for credit if the topic var- life, education, deviance, or social policy. ies. SO 309 SOCIAL DEVIATION AND 3 cr. 1-3 cr. CONTROL SO 325 INTRODUCTION TO THE SO 203 SOCIAL PROBLEMS Prerequisite: SO 101. This is an analysis of social norm violations and group responses MAYAN WORLD Prerequisite: SO 101. This is a study of the to deviant behavior. Emphasis is on the Prerequisite: PSY 101, SO 101 or SO 205. incidence, distribution, interrelations, and nature of social norms and rules; styles of This course directly involves the student in nature of social problems characteristic of social control; sources and varieties of de- experiencing the Yucatec Mayan world of highly industrialized urban societies. The viant behavior; the development of uncon- southern Mexico. After preparatory lec- focus is on social structure and modern ventional ideologies and world views; and tures and orientation, students spend ten technology as causes of problems and on the role of deviant subcultures, associa- days in the Yucatan on a tour of the Mayan the role of government and social institu- tions, and organizations. world. Students visit archaeological sites, tions in their solution. 3 cr. 3 cr. caves and altars, colonial churches, Span- ish towns and cities, native markets, and SO 311 SOCIOLOGY OF MINORITY SO 205 INTRODUCTION TO the Caribbean coast. Students are encour- GROUPS CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY aged to experiment with local foods and Prerequisite: SO 101. This is an examination This is an introduction to the academic language and gain insight into the tradi- of the relative socio-economic status of discipline of anthropology including physi- tional native American ways of life, history, various social groups and of the relations cal anthropology, anthropological linguis- and custom. among them. Selected cross-cultural stud- tics, archaeology, and cultural anthropol- 3 cr. ies are reviewed, but emphasis is on the ogy. The emphasis is on the concept of United States. SO 330 SOCIOLOGY OF culture, cultural behavior, and cultural dy- 3 cr. COMMUNICATION namics. Cultures are seen, in part, as an Prerequisite: PSY 101 or SO 101. This is a ecological adaptation to certain environ- SO 314 AMERICAN CULTURE AND study of the theories, research findings, mental niches. Concepts dealing with cul- THE BLACK EXPERIENCE and behavior of small groups. Topics in- tural relativity are stressed. Prerequisite: Six credit hours of psychology 3 cr. clude development, structure, and function; and/or sociology. A study of the impact of the influence of the group upon the behav- SO 214 DRUGS, SOCIETY, AND THE Black people upon American culture. The ior of the individual; and intragroup and CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM course traces the historical, psychological, intergroup relations. sociological, and anthropological influ- Prerequisite: SO 101 or CJ 101. This is a 3 cr. ences of the Black experience on American study of the legal and social background of society. The focus is on the processes of SO 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY the pressing American problem of drugs socialization, accommodation, and accul- IN SOCIOLOGY and alcohol and their use and abuse in turation. See “Independent Study” on page 30. American society. This course is equivalent 3 cr. 1-3 cr. to CJ 214. 3 cr. SO 322 SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY AND SO 341 OCCUPATIONAL SOCIOLOGY METHODS SO 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN Prerequisite: SO 101. This is a study of the SOCIOLOGY Prerequisite: SO 101, PSY 207. This is an in- occupational structure of the United States. depth survey of the major sociological Topics include relationships to stratifica- Topics in sociology that are not offered on theories from the nineteenth century to the tion, ethnic groupings, demography, urban- a regular basis are examined. The course present including the work of Max Weber, ization, and technology. Emphasis is on the may be repeated for credit if the topic var- Emile Durkheim, Karl Marx, and contempo- changing requirements of society and the ies. 1-3 cr. rary American sociology. The course pro- probable outlook for various careers. vides an introduction to quantitative meth- 3 cr. SO 302 COMPLEX ORGANIZATIONS ods: questionnaire design, interviewing, SO 343 DOMESTIC VIOLENCE Prerequisite: SO 101. This is a study of com- data collection, analysis, and presentation. Prerequisite: PSY 101, SOC 101, CJ 101 or plex organizations and their effects upon 3 cr. permission of instructor. Domestic violence individuals in industrialized and post-indus- between adults is studied from an interdis- trialized societies. 3 cr. ciplinary perspective. The cycle of vio- 166 Undergraduate Courses

lence, dominance, and control are among SPAN 130 SPANISH FOR CRIMINAL SPAN 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN the issues to be covered sociologically and JUSTICE SPANISH psychologically. The legal perspective in- Prerequisite: Criminal justice major or mi- Topics in Spanish that are not offered on a cludes discussion of proactive arrest poli- nor. This is an introduction to the special- regular basis are examined. The course cies, restraining orders, and anti-stalking ized vocabulary and basic grammatical may be repeated for credit if the topic var- legislation that have emerged across the structures needed by people working in the ies United States. This course is equivalent to field of law enforcement. The course pro- 1-3 cr. CJ 343. vides students with the opportunity to use 3 cr. their linguistic foundation to develop con- SPAN 305 ADVANCED versational facility in Spanish. Their con- CONVERSATIONAL SPANISH I SO 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN versational skills are developed through Prerequisite: SPAN 204 or the equivalent. SOCIOLOGY creating dialogues and presenting original This course studies oral aspects of the lan- Topics in sociology that are not offered on skits centering on probable law enforce- guage: colloquialisms, pronunciation, vo- a regular basis are examined. The course ment situations. cabulary building, and practical use of ad- may be repeated for credit if the topic var- 3 cr. vanced Spanish. Class discussions; conver- ies. sations; oral exercises from Spanish texts, 1-3 cr. SPAN 140 SPANISH FOR SOCIAL newspapers, and magazines; and audio- SERVICES lingual drills are used to develop fluency in SO 410 SOCIAL CHANGE Prerequisite: Social Science major or minor the spoken language. A portion of the Prerequisite: SO 101. This is a study of the (SO, SW, PSY, or CJ). The course intro- course is devoted to techniques in compo- major social and cultural changes occur- duces students to the specialized vocabu- sition and translation. ring in contemporary societies with major lary and basic grammatical structures 3 cr. emphasis on the United States. Topics in- needed by people working in the field of clude social trends, planned social change social services. It gives students the oppor- SPAN 306 ADVANCED and social invention, technological develop- tunity to use their linguistic foundation to CONVERSATIONAL SPANISH II ment as a cause of unplanned social develop conversational ability in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPAN 305 or permission of the change, the transformation of the work- Each lesson in the supplementary text fo- instructor. This is a continuation of SPAN place in industrial and information societ- cuses on a situation commonly encoun- 305 with emphasis on cultural and societal ies, and social movements. tered by social service professionals. Con- conditions in contemporary Latin America. 3 cr. versational skills are developed through 3 cr. realistic dialogues and original skits and SO 413 SOCIAL INEQUALITY AND SPAN 333-334 INDEPENDENT conversations, which introduce the words JUSTICE STUDY IN SPANISH and expressions that social service profes- Prerequisite: SO 101 and junior standing. sionals need in their daily work. See “Independent Study” on page 30. This is a consideration of the causes of in- 3 cr. stitutionalized inequality in social life. Top- SPAN 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ics include theories of social class and the SPAN 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SPANISH distribution of social powers and privileges. SPANISH Topics in Spanish that are not offered on a Special attention is given to caste and class Topics in Spanish that are not offered on a regular basis are examined. The course in America and their relationship to the regular basis are examined. The course may be repeated for credit if the topic development of civil rights. may be repeated for credit if the topic varies 3 cr. varies 1-3 cr. 1-3 cr. SPAN 203 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH I Prerequisite: SPAN 102 or the equivalent. SW SOCIAL WORK SPAN SPANISH This is a systematic review of Spanish (School of Arts and Sciences) (School of Arts and Sciences) grammar and sentence structure with study and practice in the more complex struc- SW 100 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SPAN 101 ELEMENTARY SPANISH I tures. The emphasis is on vocabulary build- WORK This is an introduction to the language in- ing through conversation, reading, and This is an introduction to the development cluding basic pronunciation, simple conver- composition aimed at providing an under- of the social work profession including its sation structure, structural analysis of sen- standing of the culture of Hispanic groups body of knowledge, values, ethics, and tences, and dialogue construction. Included and societies. skills. Students learn about core practice is practice in speaking, listening, and 3 cr. concepts such as person-in-environment, simple reading. Approximately eight hours generalist practice, and systems theory, of laboratory work are required in half-hour SPAN 204 INTERMEDIATE and they explore the settings where social periods. SPANISH II work practice takes place, problems and 3 cr. Prerequisite: SPAN 203 or the equivalent. issues requiring social work intervention, This is a continuation of SPAN 203. Empha- and social work practice at particular SPAN 102 ELEMENTARY SPANISH II sis is on conversational skill through oral stages of human growth and development. Prerequisite: SPAN 101 or the equivalent. and audio-lingual practice. Reading materi- The course addresses the impact of race, This is a continuation of SPAN 101 at a level als are selected to expand the student’s ethnicity, and culture on human function- of increasing complexity and with some oral and reading skills. ing. An emphasis is placed on helping stu- attention to writing the language. Approxi- 3 cr. dents assess their motivation to pursue a mately eight hours of laboratory work are career in social work. required in one-half-hour periods. 3 cr. 3 cr. Undergraduate Courses 167

SW 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL tive interviewing approaches with referrals, most risk, and looks at the progression of WORK interviewing for advocacy, telephone and alcohol use to alcoholism. Students learn Topics in social work that are not offered referral skills, and engaging difficult clients about the effects of substance abuse in the on a regular basis are examined. The are covered. Students use critical thinking family and discuss differential interventions course may be repeated for credit if the skills to recognize and assess their use of and treatment. The course looks at sub- topic varies. interviewing concepts and their progress as stance abuse policy in the United States 1-3 cr. social work interviewers. including the effects of the mass media on 3 cr. use. SW 203 CHILD WELFARE 3 cr. This is a survey of the history and develop- SW 303 SOCIAL WORK ment of children’s services. Topics include INTERVENTIVE METHODS III SW 313 SOCIAL WELFARE AND foster care, adoption, day care, and protec- Prerequisite: SW 301 and junior standing. SOCIAL POLICY tive and other services for minors and fami- Students learn the knowledge, values, and Prerequisite: SW 100, GO 102, and junior lies; public and private services; policy for- skills of macro level social practice with social work standing. This is an examina- mulation; the decision-making process for communities and organizations. The course tion of the structure and policies of social authoritative intervention; foster care applies the social work problem solving institutions as they relate to social welfare placement; permanency planning; and ethi- process and social work values and ethics and the profession of social work. Students cal guidelines for practice with children to macro level problems. Theories of com- are introduced to the history, philosophy, and families. munity practice that address problem iden- and development of social welfare includ- 3 cr. tification and intervention strategies on a ing a close review of American social wel- continuum ranging from the local level to fare institutions. The history and ideology SW 216 HUMAN BEHAVIOR IN THE large-scale social change are covered. The of contemporary social welfare programs SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT course examines the role of the social ser- are reviewed to provide students with a Prerequisite: Six credit hours of psychol- vice organization in the community and the framework for policy analysis and to foster ogy, sociology, or social work. This course impact of the community and organiza- skill in identifying the impact of social is a social systems approach to the rela- tional systems on human functioning. The policy on human functioning. tions among individuals, families, groups, relationship between micro and macro 3 cr. communities, and organizations. Emphases level practice, the social worker’s ethical are human diversity and its influence on responsibility for promoting social justice, SW 314 FIELD INSTRUCTION IN the social environment; the impact of the and macro level approaches for promoting MACRO PRACTICE social environment on human growth, de- social justice are covered. This course, taken concurrently with SW velopment, and behavior; and the rel- 3 cr. 303, Social Work Methods III and SW 313, evance of these issues to social work prac- Social Welfare and Social Policy provides tice. SW 304 SOCIAL WORK students with the opportunity to experien- 3 cr. INTERVENTIVE METHODS IV tially learn about social work practice at Prerequisite: SW 301, 302, and 303. This is a the macro level. Students spend eight SW 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL focus on social work practice with families hours per week practicing social work in a WORK and small groups. Students learn family community setting under the supervision of Topics in social work that are not offered systems theory and its application to the a skilled community worker. This experi- on a regular basis are examined. The problem solving process in social work ence enables students to integrate knowl- course may be repeated for credit if the practice. Roles of family practitioners at the edge and skills from their social policy and topic varies. BSW level are discussed with an emphasis macro methods courses while gaining skills 1-3 cr. on family preservation and family skill in advocacy, community education, em- building programs. Students learn social powerment, and policy analysis. SW 301 SOCIAL WORK group work theory including types of social 3 cr. INTERVENTIVE METHODS I work groups, steps in creating a social Prerequisite: SW 100, SW 216, junior stand- work group, stages of group development, SW 315 THE FAMILY AND SOCIAL ing and permission of Social Work Depart- group dynamics, the roles of the group fa- WORK PRACTICE ment chair. This is a study of the theoreti- cilitator and group members, and the ben- This is an examination of the social cal framework of social systems and of in- efits of social group work. Diversity issues worker’s role in working with families in- tervention. The focus is on generic prin- in social group work are discussed as well cluding family assessment, support, treat- ciples of intervention and the role of the as values and ethics specific to social work ment, and referrals. Students learn family social worker as generalist. The course with groups. Students learn about the use systems theory, how to identify family provides an analysis of professional values, of groups as a modality for client empower- strengths, the impact of situational and value dilemmas, culturally sensitive social ment. developmental factors on family function- work practice, and ethics in practice. 3 cr. ing, stress situations that interfere with the 3 cr. personal and social functions of the family, SW 310 SUBSTANCE ABUSE AND and the role of the family therapist. Topics SW 302 SOCIAL WORK THE FAMILY include family life, life-styles, strengths, and INTERVENTIVE METHODS II Although this is a 300 level course because common problems of troubled families, as Prerequisite: SW 301 and junior standing. of the reading and workload, it is not neces- well as assessment and treatment methods. Students learn interviewing skills as they sary to have previous social work courses 3 cr. are used in social work practice. The to take this course. Some background in course focuses on micro-level interviews, sociology, psychology, or social work is SW 319 SOCIAL WORK AND but students also learn how to apply inter- useful, but not a prerequisite. Through un- RESEARCH viewing skills to diverse populations at mi- derstanding concepts of prevention, inter- Prerequisite: PSY 207 or MATH 207 and cro, mezzo, and macro levels. Students vention, and treatment, along with under- junior standing. This course is designed to learn use of self, attending, questioning, standing issues regarding substance abuse equip social work majors with a basic un- active listening, and reflection of feelings policy, students survey the field of sub- derstanding of research procedures and skills in the context of intentional interview- stance abuse prevention, diagnosis, and analysis so that they will become more so- ing. An emphasis is placed on cultural sen- treatment. The course discusses the myths phisticated consumers of professional re- sitivity in the interviewing process. Effec- surrounding alcoholism, identifies who is at search and mass media reporting. The fo- 168 Undergraduate Courses

cus is on understanding research proce- SW 411, 412 FIELD INSTRUCTION IN dures related to the social worker’s own SOCIAL WORK II practice and agency programs. Ethical is- Prerequisite: SW 409, SW 410, and senior sues in social work research are addressed. standing in social work. Students continue 3 cr. experiential learning through engagement in actual practice (240 clock hours) under SW 320 DYNAMICS OF OPPRESSION the supervision and guidance of profes- AND EMPOWERMENT sional personnel. The placement experi- Prerequisite: Junior standing and SO 311. ence allows the implementation of theoreti- This is an examination of the impact of op- cal learning and its integration with the pression on human functioning focusing on demands and constraints of practice. The teaching students specific practice ap- trainee should develop a sense of compe- proaches for empowerment practice with tence and self-reliance as a future practitio- oppressed groups. Students examine the ner in social work. This course and ED 409 social worker’s ethical role as an advocate may not both be counted toward the mini- for social justice. Specific approaches for mum 122 credit hours required for the de- helping clients gain access to opportunities gree. Students are limited to a total of six for growth are taught from micro and credits for SW 411 and SW 412. These macro level perspectives. The course helps courses are graded on a pass/fail basis. students continue to develop culturally 6 cr. sensitive social work practice skills and an appreciation of the impact of power on the SW 414 SEMINAR IN FIELD client-worker relationship. INSTRUCTION I 3 cr. Prerequisite: Completion of all Social Work Methods courses, Corequisite: Concurrent SW 383 WOMEN’S ISSUES registration in SW 409 and 410. This is a This course is designed to give students an seminar emphasizing the integration of understanding of the nature of the difficul- academic knowledge with fieldwork educa- ties that women bring to social workers. tion. The focus is on helping students ad- Topics such as incest, rape, eating disor- just to their new role as a social work in- ders, alcoholism, wife battering, poverty, tern. Discussion topics relevant to the ageism, sexual harassment, codependency, knowledge, values, and skills of social work and AIDS are explored from individual, fam- practice are generated by students in their ily, and societal systems perspectives. So- field practica. The seminar emphasizes ciocultural theories of female development ethical issues faced by student interns in are contrasted with traditional theories of their field practicum setting. Students cre- personality development. The unique prob- ate research proposals for field-based re- lems of special populations of oppressed search projects. women, such as women of color and lesbi- 2 cr. ans, are explored as are issues related to women’s physical health. The course gives SW 415 SEMINAR IN FIELD students a framework for working with INSTRUCTION II women clients. Prerequisite: SW 409, 410, and 414. 3 cr. Corequisite: Concurrent registration in SW 411 and 412. This is a continuation of the SW 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL emphasis on the integration of academic WORK knowledge with fieldwork education. Stu- Topics in social work that are not offered dents present problematic cases from the on a regular basis are examined. The field in a “team conference” setting to en- course may be repeated for credit if the able them to develop critical thinking abili- topic varies. ties with cases from a variety of settings. 1-3 cr. Students are responsible for carrying out research projects evaluating a component SW 409, 410 FIELD INSTRUCTION IN of their field practicum experience. SOCIAL WORK I 1 cr. Prerequisite: SW 301, SW 302, SW 303, and senior standing in social work. Corequisite: concurrent registration in SW 414. This is an introduction to the practice of social work in an agency setting (240 clock hours). Students have the opportunity as trainees to develop an identity as a social work practitioner by actual socialization within the agency and by beginning partici- pation in the delivery of some services un- der the supervision and guidance of profes- sional personnel. Students are limited to a total of six credits for SW 409 and SW 410. These courses are graded on a pass/fail basis. 6 cr. Graduate Programs 171

GRADUATE PROGRAMS AND COURSES

GRADUATE PROGRAMS—GENERAL INFORMATION ...... 173 Requirements for the Degrees ...... 173 Grading System ...... 173 Incomplete Work ...... 173 Academic Performance ...... 173 Withdrawal ...... 174 Undergraduate Students Registration ...... 174 GRADUATE PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES ...... 174 Master in Public Administration ...... 174 GRADUATE PROGRAMS IN BUSINESS ...... 174 One Year Weekend MBA Program ...... 174 Accelerated MBA Program ...... 174 Master of Business Administration ...... 174 Master of Science in Accounting ...... 180 Master of Science in Criminal Justice Administration (Off-campus program only) ...... 181 Master of Science in Information Systems ...... 182 Certificate Program for Graduate Study in Management ...... 183 GRADUATE PROGRAMS IN ENGINEERING ...... 183 Master of Science in Electrical Engineering ...... 184 Master of Science in Engineering Management ...... 184 Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering ...... 185 CONTINUING EDUCATION ...... 186 SCHOOL OF LAW ...... 186 GRADUATE COURSES IN BUSINESS ...... 187 GRADUATE COURSES IN ENGINEERING ...... 193 GRADUATE COURSE IN ARTS AND SCIENCES ...... 198 Graduate Programs 173

GRADUATE PROGRAMS — second week of classes, but within two weeks after the mid- semester closing of grades. A grade of “W” may also be GENERAL INFORMATION given up until two weeks prior to the last day of classes provided the student’s work and attendance are satisfac- Requirements for the Degrees tory at the time of withdrawal. A grade of “W” carries no In order to qualify for a master’s degree, a student must: academic penalty or prejudice. 1. Be formally admitted to the degree program. I (Incomplete) Awarded only when work is not completed due to 2. Complete the required program as approved by the circumstances beyond the student’s control (such as se- dean of the degree-granting school within eight years vere illness). The student has six weeks from the last day of prior to the date of graduation. All graduate courses final examinations to satisfy course requirements. Exten- transferred into the program must be taken within sion may be granted only for continued circumstances this eight-year period as well. beyond the student’s control and must be approved by the 3. Apply no more than 12 credit hours of transfer credit instructor and the dean of the school. The “I” becomes “F” toward 600-level courses in any graduate program. for work not completed after six weeks, or by the conclu- Normally, the final courses needed to complete the sion of an approved extension period. degree are to be taken at Western New England College, but in exceptional circumstances students Academic Performance may apply to the appropriate dean to have their final one, two, or three courses approved to be taken Graduate students are expected to maintain a high elsewhere. degree of academic excellence in all of their studies. A graduate student must have a minimum grade point 4. Take at least 24 credit hours of the master’s degree average of 3.0 in all courses applied toward the degree in graduate course requirements at the College. order to qualify for a graduate degree. Subject to the 5. Attain a grade point average of 3.0 or higher (in all approval of the dean of the school within which the student courses that are applied toward the degree). is enrolled, a course with a grade of “C+” or lower may be 6. A student continuously enrolled, with no interruption repeated and the grade point average will be computed on of academic program longer than one semester’s the basis of the most recent earned grade. Credit for the absence, is expected to fulfill the requirements of the course will be awarded only once. The official transcript catalogue current at the time of admission to the will show the complete record. College. A student not continuously enrolled is In cases where a course grade of “F” has been assigned expected to meet the requirements current at the as a penalty for academic dishonesty, the student may not time of readmission. A one-year leave of absence may replace that grade in the cumulative GPA. If the student is be granted at the discretion of the appropriate dean. allowed to retake the course, the resulting grade will be 7. Complete an Application for Degree form which will counted as a separate course. place the student’s name on the graduation list for Any student who receives three or more grades of “C+” October, February, or May graduation as appropriate. or lower, or two or more grades of “F” will be dismissed from the program. Graduate students admitted condition- Grading System ally must also fulfill the conditions set forth by the appro- priate dean at the time of admission. With regard to Work in graduate courses is graded as follows: dismissal, all grades in all courses are considered. Superior A (4.0) In all cases where a letter of intent to dismiss for Above Average A- (3.7) B+ (3.3) academic reasons has been sent, the student has the right Average B (3.0) to appeal to the Graduate Committee within two weeks of Below Average B- (2.7) C+ (2.3) C (2.0) notice. If an appeal is successful and the student is allowed Failure F(0) to continue, the conditions of the continuance are spelled out for the student in a letter. If an appeal is unsuccessful, Incomplete Work or if no appeal is filed, the student is formally dismissed and W (Withdraw) such action becomes part of the permanent record. To withdraw from a course the student must complete Graduate courses in the Schools of Business and Engi- a form available from the Office of Student Administration neering may be audited on a space-available basis by Services or the Office of Continuing Education. Absence alumni who have completed bachelors’ or masters’ de- from class without completing the form does not constitute grees at Western New England College and who also have withdrawal and may result in a failing grade. the listed prerequisites for the course selected. Courses in If the student withdraws from a course within the first the Weekend MBA, the Accelerated MBA, and the School of two weeks of the semester, or during the period published Law are not available for alumni auditors. The College does in the summer session schedule, no grade is assigned. A not maintain any record or registration or completion of grade of “W” indicates that the student withdrew after the courses by alumni auditors. 174 Graduate Programs

Withdrawal from the College GRADUATE PROGRAMS IN Failure to attend class does not constitute a formal BUSINESS withdrawal and may result in a grade of “F.” If it becomes necessary to withdraw from the College, an official with- The programs of graduate study offer advanced edu- drawal form must be completed and filed with Student cation to enhance the professional competence of those Administrative Services. Withdrawal forms are available employed in business or those preparing to enter profes- in the Office of Continuing Education, 206 Herman Hall. sional careers. The majority of graduate courses are of- When personal appearance is prevented by such condi- fered in the evening. The graduate faculty is drawn from a tions as severe illness or absence from the area, applica- variety of disciplines, from specialists practicing in the tion for withdrawal may be made by mail. The letter business world and from the full-time faculty. should state the reasons for the withdrawal. The date on The graduate business programs lead to the following which the official withdrawal form is filed with Student degrees: Administrative Services is considered to be the date of A general Master of Business Administration (MBA); withdrawal. an MBA with a concentration in accounting; acquisition and contracting; finance, health care management, hu- Undergraduate Student Registration for man resource management, international business, man- agement information systems, or marketing; Master of Graduate-Level Business Courses Science in Accounting; Master of Science in Criminal Several regulations, listed below, apply to under- Justice Administration; and Master of Science in Informa- graduate students wishing to register for graduate courses tion Systems. Also offered is a certificate program for in business: graduate study in management. 1. A final-semester senior with a minimum cumulative The One Year Weekend MBA Program provides the average of 3.0 may elect to take two 500-level opportunity for students to earn their MBA in one year courses or two 600-level courses (or one of each). with all classes taking place on the weekends. Classes are The graduate courses may be taken for graduate scheduled on Saturdays from 9 a.m. to 1 p.m. and 2 p.m. to credit providing they do not exceed the normal 6 p.m. and on Sundays (in the winter and spring semes- load of five courses. ters) from 9 a.m. to 1 p.m. Students are provided with 2. Courses at the 500 level are not open to under- everything necessary from breakfast and books, to lunches, graduates who have completed the corresponding and a laptop computer. undergraduate course. All students follow the same set on courses leading to a Master’s Degree in Business Administration. Individual 3. The student must complete all undergraduate interests may be pursued by choice of topics for projects requirements in the semester in which the graduate and papers. Success in this program depends on the courses are taken. The graduate course cannot be student’s ability to work intensively outside of class, counted toward the undergraduate degree or in the either in independent study or in small teams. undergraduate cumulative average. 4. The student is not considered a matriculating The Accelerated MBA is a fast-paced program lead- graduate student until officially accepted by the ing to a degree in just 18 months. Each class meets graduate school. Mondays and Thursdays from 6:15 p.m. to 9:45 p.m. There are 12 courses in the program. 5. Upon acceptance into the graduate program, the Team-building is an important component of this student may request transfer of these graduate program. Entering students remain together in all 12 courses. classes. Outside of class, students communicate on-line 6. Undergraduates registering for graduate courses with each other and also with the instructor. Prospective are responsible for submitting all proper forms candidates for the program must have at least a four year which are available from the assistant dean, School undergraduate degree from an accredited college or uni- of Business. versity and have acquired the necessary academic foun- dations for unconditional acceptance into the program. Students must also have three years of paid, full-time, professional career experience. A laptop computer is provided to all students in this program. Students also receive all books, manuals, and GRADUATE PROGRAM IN software as well as dinner each night of the program. ARTS AND SCIENCES Master of Business Administration (MBA) Master in Public Administration will be offered in the Purpose. The MBA is designed to develop and en- Fall 2000. For more information, contact the Office of hance the skills of those who hold or aspire to hold Continuing Education. positions of responsibility within organizations. Students Graduate Programs 175

attain a theoretical understanding and practical grasp of Students without undergraduate preparation in the effective business and organization principles in both following foundation areas must take graduate modules global and domestic environments. preparing them for the formal MBA curriculum: account- Student in the MBA program will extend and refine ing, math, communication, spreadsheet and presentation their knowledge of business through study, experiential software, Internet skills, and economics. Waivers may be exercises, and assessment of performance in the areas granted for previous work or academic experience or by listed under program objectives. a proficiency test through the Dean’s office. Foundation requirements: 11 credit hours (waiver Program Objectives: possible, as noted below) Managerial Skills: a theoretical understanding and Core Courses: 28 credit hours (graduate level practical grasp of managerial skills, such as organizing, courses to be taken by all students who have no previous planning, controlling, and resolving conflicts. graduate work) Problem-solving Skills: the ability to define prob- lems, generate alternative solutions, select techniques, Electives: 9 semester hours (graduate level courses) and develop solutions, utilizing critical thinking skills, Foundation Requirements: All students are expected innovation, and creativity. to demonstrate proficiency through academic experience Decision-making Capabilities: the capacity to weigh or work in the following five foundation areas: the risks and rewards, as well as costs and benefits, 1. Quantitative Analysis involved in making business decisions. 2. Business Communication Quantitative Skills: the ability to solve problems in 3. Computer Software/Internet Skills the business environment utilizing mathematical and sta- 4. Economics tistical techniques. 5. Accounting Information Systems: an understanding of how in- formation and technological systems can assist in the The Admissions committee will evaluate each workplace and the ability to utilize the appropriate com- applicant’s prior academic record to determine if the puter technology. student meets all or some of these requirements. Students Communication Skills: the ability to present ideas who meet some of the foundation requirements must persuasively to others orally; and the ability to write achieve proficiency in the remaining areas. clearly, concisely, and effectively. Instruction in each of the first four above-listed foun- Leadership Skills: the ability to set direction, influ- dation areas will be provided via a two-credit module. ence, and support others in the pursuit of the organization’s Students must complete the required foundation mission and goals. module(s) with a grade of B or higher. The foundation area Team-based Competencies: the skills in team-based requirement must be completed before taking the core or performance situations developed through competency elective course(s) in the program for which the founda- in such areas as cooperation, group problem-solving, and tion area is a prerequisite. consensus building. Students who have no prior academic preparation, Ethical Analysis: the evaluation of business deci- but have documented relevant work experience, may sions involving ethical conflicts between stakeholders demonstrate proficiency by obtaining a grade of B or and societal values. better in a waiver examination in the foundation area. Environmental Analysis: an understanding of how In addition, the MBA program requires one year (two demographic diversity affects the political, social, and semesters) of accounting with a combined grade point legal business environment. average of B or better, completed within the eight years Integrative Perspective: the ability to integrate func- prior to application. If the candidate for the program has tional areas in the analysis of organizational issues. not taken the courses or received the required grades, Western New England College has an accounting course, Structure. The MBA is composed of three areas: a AC 500: Accounting Perspectives, which will fulfill the foundation course, core courses, and concentration requirement. This Course is offered several times during courses. In addition to the general MBA, seven concentra- the academic year. tions are available: accounting, finance, health care man- Core Courses: Core courses may only be taken follow- agement, human resource management, international ing successful completion of the foundation requirements. business, marketing, or management information sys- Nonmatriculated students must obtain permission of the tems. Students may earn a second graduate concentration Assistant Dean of the School of Business prior to taking (but not a second MBA degree) by returning following 600 level courses in accounting and finance. graduation as a non-degree student to fulfill the require- Concentration/Electives courses: Elective courses ments of the additional concentration. All courses for the must be chosen in keeping with the students’ interests, second concentration must be completed within eight professional needs, and the requirements of the program. years of the date of degree conferral. Electives are chosen from the graduate 600-level courses offered for MBA students. Nonmatriculated students must 176 Graduate Programs

obtain permission of the Assistant Dean of the School of Master of Business Administration (MBA) Business prior to taking 600 level courses in accounting and finance in order for such courses to count towards the Concentration in Accounting degree. Electives are listed in this catalogue with their The concentration in accounting provides students course codes. Elective courses may be taken anytime the opportunity to study accounting systems from a man- during the program as long as the prerequisite agement point of view. requirements of the course are satisfied. In the general Foundation requirements—11 credit hours program electives are listed as BUSE 6xx. Any 600 level BUS 510 Quantitative Analysis course offered by the School of Business satisfies this BUS 520 Business Communication requirement. BUS 530 Computer Software/Internet Skills BUS 540 Economics AC 500 Accounting Perspectives Master of Business Administration (MBA) Cluster A courses—9 credit hours General Program CIS 610 Information Technology The general program provides students with the op- Management and Applications portunity to select electives that meet personal and ca- MAN 600 Team Leadership reer goals not addressed by the other concentrations. MK 640 Marketing Management Foundation requirements—11 credit hours Foundation requirements must be completed before BUS 510 Quantitative Analysis starting the course for which the foundation is a prerequi- BUS 520 Business Communication site. Courses in a cluster may be taken in any order as long BUS 530 Computer Software/Internet Skills as all the prerequisites are met. Floating course BUS 650 BUS 540 Economics can be taken as part of Cluster B or Cluster C. Floating AC 500 Accounting Perspectives electives may be taken in any of clusters A, B, or C as long as all course prerequisites are met. Cluster A courses—9 credit hours CIS 610 Information Technology Cluster B courses—12 credit hours Management and Applications MAN 610 Organizational Behavior MAN 600 Team Leadership QM 610 Decision Support Models MK 640 Marketing Management AC 630 Accounting for Decision Makers FIN 630 Corporate Financial Management Foundation requirements must be completed before Cluster C course—3 credit hours starting the course for which the foundation is a prerequi- BUS 680 Strategic Management site. Courses in a cluster may be taken in any order as long as all the prerequisites are met. Floating course BUS 650 Floating electives—13 credit hours (including 9 credit can be taken as part of Cluster B or Cluster C. Floating hours of general electives) electives may be taken in any of clusters A, B, or C as long BUS 650 The Changing Social, Political, as all course prerequisites are met. Ethical, and Legal Environment of Cluster B courses—12 credit hours Business MAN 610 Organizational Behavior AC 602 Financial Accounting II QM 610 Decision Support Models AC 6xx Accounting Elective AC 630 Accounting for Decision Makers AC 6xx Accounting Elective FIN 630 Corporate Financial Management Cluster C course—3 credit hours BUS 680 Strategic Management Master of Business Administration (MBA)

Floating electives—13 credit hours (including 9 credit Concentration in Acquisition and hours of general electives) Contracting BUS 650 The Changing Social, Political, (Please note: This program is only offered at Western Ethical, and Legal Environment of New England College’s off-campus locations. For further Business information please call 1-800-446-9632 or 781-933-1595.) BUSE 6xx Business Elective In every evaluation of government purchases of major BUSE 6xx Business Elective systems, whether for defense or other agencies, the evalu- BUSE 6xx Business Elective ators have felt that the personnel responsible for business relations with industry require greater professionalism, increased sophistication, and more innovative contract- ing techniques. The increasing technical complexity in Graduate Programs 177

the purchasing field places increased emphasis and de- practical application of concepts to actual case problems. mand upon the skill and resourcefulness of acquisition Also, a study of the investment markets, analysis, and a personnel. To provide personnel with the broad under- survey of financial institutions are covered. standing of federal policy, business strategy, and system Foundation requirements—11 credit hours complexities, the program of graduate study in acquisi- BUS 510 Quantitative Analysis tion and contracting has been established. The degree BUS 520 Business Communication program provides students with an overall understanding BUS 530 Computer Software/Internet Skills of business operations; improves their analytic, decision- BUS 540 Economics making, and communication skills; and enables them to AC 500 Accounting Perspectives better understand the many economic, social, legal, tech- nical, and political considerations present in the field of Cluster A courses—9 credit hours federal acquisition. CIS 610 Information Technology Management and Applications Foundation requirements—11 credit hours MAN 600 Team Leadership BUS 510 Quantitative Analysis MK 640 Marketing Management BUS 520 Business Communication BUS 530 Computer Software/Internet Skills Foundation requirements must be completed before BUS 540 Economics starting the course for which the foundation is a prerequi- AC 500 Accounting Perspectives site. Courses in a cluster may be taken in any order as long as all the prerequisites are met. Floating course BUS 650 Cluster A courses—9 credit hours can be taken as part of Cluster B or Cluster C. Floating CIS 610 Information Technology electives may be taken in any of clusters A, B, or C as long Management and Applications as all course prerequisites are met. MAN 600 Team Leadership MK 640 Marketing Management Cluster B courses—12 credit hours MAN 610 Organizational Behavior Foundation requirements must be completed before QM 610 Decision Support Models starting the course for which the foundation is a prerequi- AC 630 Accounting for Decision Makers site. Courses in a cluster may be taken in any order as long FIN 630 Corporate Financial Management as all the prerequisites are met. Floating course BUS 650 can be taken as part of Cluster B or Cluster C. Floating Cluster C course—3 credit hours electives may be taken in any of clusters A, B, or C as long BUS 680 Strategic Management as all course prerequisites are met. Floating electives—13 credit hours (including 9 credit Cluster B courses—12 credit hours hours of general electives) MAN 610 Organizational Behavior BUS 650 The Changing Social, Political, QM 610 Decision Support Models Ethical, and Legal Environment of AC 630 Accounting for Decision Makers Business FIN 623 Federal DOD Budgeting FIN 6xx Business Elective Cluster C course—3 credit hours FIN 6xx Business Elective BUS 680 Strategic Management FIN 6xx Business Elective Floating electives—13 credit hours (including 9 credit hours of general electives) BUS 650 The Changing Social, Political, Master of Business Administration (MBA) Ethical, and Legal Environment of Business Concentration in Health Care LS 692 Principles of Government Management Contracting This concentration is designed for health care profes- LS 6xx Elective sionals or those who wish to be health care professionals. MAN 6xx Elective The foundation requirements are the same as in all other MBA degree programs, but some core courses study management issues within a health care setting. Concen- tration courses cover additional topics in health care. Master of Business Administration (MBA) Many courses in this concentration are offered by our faculty on site at area hospitals. Concentration in Finance Foundation requirements—11 credit hours The concentration in finance provides students with BUS 510 Quantitative Analysis an opportunity to understand the financial theory and BUS 520 Business Communication 178 Graduate Programs

BUS 530 Computer Software/Internet Skills MAN 600 Team Leadership BUS 540 Economics MK 640 Marketing Management AC 500 Accounting Perspectives Foundation requirements must be completed before Cluster A courses—9 credit hours starting the course for which the foundation is a prerequi- CIS 610 Information Technology site. Courses in a cluster may be taken in any order as long Management and Applications as all the prerequisites are met. Floating course BUS 650 MAN 600 Team Leadership can be taken as part of Cluster B or Cluster C. Floating MK 628 Marketing for Health Care electives may be taken in any of clusters A, B, or C as long Organizations as all course prerequisites are met. Foundation requirements must be completed before Cluster B courses—12 credit hours starting the course for which the foundation is a prerequi- MAN 610 Organizational Behavior site. Courses in a cluster may be taken in any order as long QM 610 Decision Support Models as all the prerequisites are met. Floating course BUS 650 AC 630 Accounting for Decision Makers can be taken as part of Cluster B or Cluster C. Floating FIN 630 Corporate Financial Management electives may be taken in any of clusters A, B, or C as long Cluster C course—3 credit hours as all course prerequisites are met. BUS 680 Strategic Management Cluster B courses—12 credit hours Floating electives—13 credit hours (including 9 credit MAN 610 Organizational Behavior hours of general electives) QM 610 Decision Support Models BUS 650 The Changing Social, Political, AC 605 Managerial Accounting for Health Ethical, and Legal Environment of Care Systems Business FIN 613 Financial Aspects of Health Care MAN 631 Human Resource Management Delivery Systems MAN 6xx* Elective Cluster C course—3 credit hours MAN 6xx* Elective BUS 680 Strategic Management *These electives must be selected from MAN 621, MAN 630, MAN Floating electives—13 credit hours (including 9 credit 640, MAN 641, MAN 642, or MAN 643. hours of general electives) BUS 650 The Changing Social, Political, Ethical, and Legal Environment of Master of Business Administration (MBA) Business MAN 660 Health Care Management Concentration in International Business MAN 6xx Health Care Elective* The concentration in international business is in- MAN 6xx Health Care Elective* tended to provide students with a global business per- *These courses must be selected from MAN 661, MAN 662, MAN spective and the skills necessary to operate in the world 663, MAN 664, or MAN 665 of international business Students examine subjects such as management of international operations, international marketing, international finance, and multinational busi- ness. Master of Business Administration (MBA) Foundation requirements—11 credit hours Concentration in Human Resource BUS 510 Quantitative Analysis Management BUS 520 Business Communication The concentration in human resource management is BUS 530 Computer Software/Internet Skills intended to provide students with the skills and knowl- BUS 540 Economics edge necessary to work in the human resource environ- AC 500 Accounting Perspectives ment of a business. Cluster A courses—9 credit hours Foundation requirements—11 credit hours CIS 610 Information Technology BUS 510 Quantitative Analysis Management and Applications BUS 520 Business Communication MAN 600 Team Leadership BUS 530 Computer Software/Internet Skills MK 640 Marketing Management BUS 540 Economics AC 500 Accounting Perspectives Foundation requirements must be completed before starting the course for which the foundation is a prerequi- Cluster A courses—9 credit hours site. Courses in a cluster may be taken in any order as long CIS 610 Information Technology as all the prerequisites are met. Floating course BUS 650 Management and Applications Graduate Programs 179

can be taken as part of Cluster B or Cluster C. Floating electives may be taken in any of clusters A, B, or C as long electives may be taken in any of clusters A,B, or C as long as all course prerequisites are met. as all course prerequisites are met. Cluster B courses—12 credit hours Cluster B courses—12 credit hours MAN 610 Organizational Behavior MAN 610 Organizational Behavior QM 610 Decision Support Models QM 610 Decision Support Models AC 630 Accounting for Decision Makers AC 630 Accounting for Decision Makers FIN 630 Corporate Financial Management FIN 630 Corporate Financial Management Cluster C course—3 credit hours Cluster C course—3 credit hours BUS 680 Strategic Management BUS 680 Strategic Management Floating electives—13 credit hours (including 9 credit Floating electives—13 credit hours (including 9 credit hours of general electives) hours of general electives) BUS 650 The Changing Social, Political, BUS 650 The Changing Social, Political, Ethical, and Legal Environment of Ethical, and Legal Environment of Business Business CIS 632 Data Management MK 627 International Marketing CIS 633 Communications, Networking, MAN 633 Management of International Internet, and Web Technologies Business CIS 634 Systems Analysis, Modeling, and FIN 622 International Finance Design

Master of Business Administration (MBA) Master of Business Administration (MBA) Concentration in Management Concentration in Marketing Information Systems The concentration in marketing is designed for stu- The concentration in management information sys- dents whose present professional responsibilities or plans tems provides students the opportunity to study systems for career development require basic understanding and and information concepts in organizations from a man- competency in the functional areas of marketing. Stu- agement point of view. Students completing the program dents in this concentration benefit from the special em- have sufficient knowledge to become information ana- phasis on marketing research methodologies, the devel- lysts—those who work in a user department performing opment and marketing of new products, physical distribu- the liaison between their department and a computer tion and channel management, and marketing planning department. The concentration in MIS would also be and strategy. appropriate for any manager who works with or is con- cerned with information systems in organizations. This Foundation requirements—11 credit hours concentration is not open to students with an under- BUS 510 Quantitative Analysis graduate major in computer information systems or man- BUS 520 Business Communication agement information systems. BUS 530 Computer Software/Internet Skills BUS 540 Economics Foundation requirements—11 credit hours AC 500 Accounting Perspectives BUS 510 Quantitative Analysis BUS 520 Business Communication Cluster A courses—9 credit hours BUS 530 Computer Software/Internet Skills CIS 610 Information Technology BUS 540 Economics Management and Applications AC 500 Accounting Perspectives MAN 600 Team Leadership MK 640 Marketing Management Cluster A courses—9 credit hours CIS 610 Information Technology Foundation requirements must be completed before Management and Applications starting the course for which the foundation is a prerequi- MAN 600 Team Leadership site. Courses in a cluster may be taken in any order as long MK 640 Marketing Management as all the prerequisites are met. Floating course BUS 650 can be taken as part of Cluster B or Cluster C. Floating Foundation requirements must be completed before electives may be taken in any of clusters A, B, or C as long starting the course for which the foundation is a prerequi- as all course prerequisites are met. site. Courses in a cluster may be taken in any order as long as all the prerequisites are met. Floating course BUS 650 Cluster B courses—12 credit hours can be taken as part of Cluster B or Cluster C. Floating MAN 610 Organizational Behavior QM 610 Decision Support Models 180 Graduate Programs

AC 630 Accounting for Decision Makers Additional MBA Concentration FIN 630 Corporate Financial Management A student who has completed any Western New En- Cluster C course—3 credit hours gland College MBA program may earn an additional MBA BUS 680 Strategic Management concentration, but not a second MBA degree, by complet- Floating electives—13 credit hours (including 9 credit ing additional graduate courses in a postgraduate hours of general electives) nondegree status. The requirement is usually three or BUS 650 The Changing Social, Political, more School of Business 600-level courses, depending Ethical, and Legal Environment of upon the concentration selected. Business MK 6xx Marketing Elective Master of Science in Accounting (MSA) MK 6xx Marketing Elective Purpose. The Master of Science in Accounting degree MK 6xx Marketing Elective has been developed to provide students with the oppor- tunity to further their interest in professional accounting with particular emphasis on a specialized career goal. To accomplish this, students have the opportunity to make a Master of Business Administration (MBA) selection of electives. The philosophy of this program is to One Year Weekend MBA Program provide students with a challenging academic environ- ment in which to develop a knowledge and understanding The One Year Weekend MBA Program at Western New of the problems and controversies within a given area of England College provides the opportunity for students to accounting. earn their MBA in one year with all classes taking place on Because the computer plays such an important role in the weekends. all areas of business and society today, the use of the It provides a selected course of advanced studies to computer and its applications is an important element in meet the needs of individuals who have career experience all segments of this program. and insights into the management of organizations. The Quantitative methods and applications are also im- program also provides for the changing educational needs portant tools for the accounting profession today and in of the surrounding community and the growing complex- the future. For this reason, exposure to quantitative and ity of lifestyles and business commitments. Prospective operations research models is stressed in the Master of candidates for the program must have at least a four year Science in Accounting degree. This program is designed undergraduate degree from an accredited college or uni- for students with any undergraduate major. versity and three years of paid, full-time professional career experience. Structure. The MSA is composed of three areas: foun- The tuition for the program covers courses, books, dation courses, core courses, and elective courses. All manuals, software, a laptop computer, and meals. students in the MSA program with no prior graduate work For further information refer to the MBA catalogue must take core courses and electives totaling 30 credit which is available through the School of Business. hours. Seven foundation courses are also required, but may be waived depending on previous education. The Accelerated MBA Program maximum number of credit hours for a student required The Accelerated MBA is a fast-paced program leading to take all courses in the program is 51. to a degree in just 18 months. Each class meets Mondays Students with an undergraduate grade point average and Thursdays from 6:15 to 9:45 p.m. There are 12 courses of “B” or better in each of the following courses: six hours in the program. of elementary accounting, six hours of intermediate ac- Team-building is an important component of this counting, three hours of auditing, three hours of taxation, program. Entering students remain together in all 12 and three hours of advanced accounting are only required classes. Outside of class, students communicate on-line to take the core and elective courses totaling 30 credit with each other and also with the instructor. Prospective hours. Core courses may only be taken following success- candidates for the program must have at least a four year ful completion of the appropriate foundation courses or undergraduate degree from an accredited college or uni- through waivers of the appropriate foundation courses. versity and three years of paid, full-time professional Courses are offered mainly in the evening. No thesis is career experience. required. A laptop computer will be provided to all students in Foundation Courses—21 credit hours this program. Students will also receive all books, manu- AC 500 Accounting Perspectives als, and software as well as dinner each night of the AC 602 Financial Accounting II program. AC 603 Financial Accounting III AC 613 Fundamental Concepts of the Tax Structure AC 619 Auditing Graduate Programs 181

AC 621 Financial Accounting IV 3. Be acquainted with the more commonly accepted AC 630 Accounting for Decision Makers theories of the origin of community conflict and the sources of violence. Core Courses—12 credit hours 4. Understand the fabric of federal, state, and local AC 610 Cost-Based Decision-Making government agency interaction and politics in order to be AC 622 Accounting Theory and able to provide the leadership and political acumen to Contemporary Issues gain access to the resources necessary for the efficient AC 661 Accounting Seminar and effective operation of their own departments and QM 610 Decision Support Models* agencies. Have an understanding of the importance of * QM 610 has a prerequisite of CIS 610. Students may take CIS 610 public relations. as one of their electives or they may demonstrate proficiency in a 5. Have a theoretical understanding and practical PC-based spreadsheet program. grasp of the basic principles of public agency administra- Designated Electives—9 credit hours tion and personnel management. AC 609 CPA Problems 6. Have a theoretical understanding and a practical AC 611 Municipal and Fund Accounting grasp of public agency planning, accounting, budgeting, AC 614 Advanced Topics in Taxation and finance. AC 620 Advanced Topics in Auditing 7. Be able to identify, understand, and make efficient AC 631 Controllership and effective use of technologies for law enforcement, AC 632 CPA Law Concepts data analysis, communications, and routine office work. CIS 648 Computer Auditing, Security, and 8. Have a theoretical and practical understanding of Control policing strategy and tactics. Understand and be able to FIN 630 Corporate Financial Management apply the various investigatory techniques, and under- Applications stand the latest scientific methods in forensics, data col- AC 690 Special Topics lection and analysis, and detection. 9. Provide leadership in the development of high Electives – 9 credit hours professional standards by being able to write clear and Chosen from 600-level courses with the advice and effective reports, to make persuasive and interesting pre- concurrence of an advisor. sentations, and to provide clear and expert testimony. Understand and practice high standards of ethical con- duct. Master of Science in Criminal Justice 10. Have an understanding and appreciation of, and the ability to make use of, the substantial literature of Administration policing in both fiction and non-fiction. Recognize moral (Please note: This program is only offered at Western ambiguity. New England College’s off-campus locations. For further information please call 1-800-446-9632 or 781-933-1595 or, in Admissions Standards the Springfield area, 413-782-1249.) The educational goal of this program is to provide 1. An undergraduate degree from an accredited col- students seeking a high quality Masters Degree in Crimi- lege or university. nal Justice Administration with a theoretical understand- 2. In-service law enforcement experience required. ing and a practical grasp of the dynamics of the culture 3. Up to six credit hours can be waived if the candi- and community in which law enforcement agencies and date can demonstrate sufficient police and/or FBI acad- correctional facilities perform their vital services. Also, emy coursework provided no previous credit has been the program provides students with the knowledge and granted. tools necessary to administer and manage those agencies 4. Up to 12 credit hours from a different master’s level and facilities efficiently and effectively. CJ program can be applied toward the satisfaction of the degree requirements. 5. A minimum of 24 credit hours must be completed Program Graduates’ Capabilities at Western New England College. 1. Have an understanding and appreciation of the role 6. Each candidate will be reviewed by the Admissions of law enforcement and corrections in their communities. Committee to determine whether the candidate has the Have a basic understanding and appreciation of the role of necessary requirements. law in the regulation and protection of public and private interests. Understand changes in practice required by Foundation Courses recent decisions of federal, state, and municipal courts. MCJA 501 Management Theory and Concepts 2. Have an understanding and appreciation of the for Criminal Justice cultural and ethnic diversity within their community to MCJA 502 Law Enforcement in America enable their agencies to perform necessary services effectively. 182 Graduate Programs

Required Core Courses 1. An understanding of issues in the management of MCJA 601 Criminal Justice Administration information systems organizations including: MCJA 602 Organizational Behavior in • Management of information systems and Criminal Justice information technology resources MCJA 611 Criminal Procedure • Development and implementation of MCJA 612 Criminal Law information systems policies and standards MCJA 616 Budgeting and Planning in • Information systems planning and its Criminal Justice relationship to organizational objectives MCJA 620 Ethical Issues in Criminal Justice • Ethical and social issues in development and MCJA 625 Data Base Management in use of information technologies Criminal Justice MCJA 695 Advanced Community Policing 2. Technical competency in core technologies and techniques of management information systems Electives (select two): including: MCJA 609 Constitutional Law MCJA 610 Report Writing for the Justice • Data management and database management Professional systems MCJA 613 Security and Loss Prevention for • Systems analysis and design Management • Data communications, networking, and Internet MCJA 614 Police and the Public: technologies Communication Techniques • Software development MCJA 615 Risk Management in Criminal 3. An understanding of the strategic application of Justice information systems in business and the use of MCJA 630 Field Research in Criminal Justice information systems technologies for competitive MCJA 640 Management, Unions, and advantage. Collective Bargaining in Criminal Justice MCJA 641 Stress Management in Criminal Admission Requirements Justice 1. A baccalaureate degree from an accredited MCJA 642 Organizational Development in college or university. Criminal Justice 2. Experience with a Windows-based GUI operating system and with Microsoft Office or comparable productivity software. 3. Experience and/or training equivalent to a 3-credit, Master of Science in Information undergraduate course in computer programming Systems (MSIS) with a third-generation programming language. Students who have not met requirement 2 and 3 may Purpose be given provisional admission but will not be permitted The MSIS program is designed as an applied program to matriculate in the program or to enroll in all graduate intended to address the career-enhancement aspirations CIS courses until the requirements are met by completing of two general categories of people: 1) information sys- the appropriate undergraduate courses or their equiva- tems professionals who seek to enhance and broaden lent. their understanding of management issues and techniques in order to quality themselves for more management- Common Body of Knowledge oriented roles and 2) management and general business professional who seek to enhance their understanding of Requirements information systems technologies and associated man- To receive the MSIS degree, students will be required agement issues and techniques to qualify themselves for to demonstrate academic competency in each of the management-oriented positions in an information sys- following business common body knowledge areas: ac- tems and information technology context. counting or finance, economics, and marketing. Academic competency in a common body of knowl- Program Objectives edge area may be demonstrated in any of several different ways, subject to the approval of the graduate admissions The fundamental objective of the Master of Science in committee or of the chairperson of the Computer Informa- Information Systems program is to provide students with tion Systems department, e.g., completion of an under- the knowledge and skill to support a career in information graduate or graduate course in the area, completion of the systems management including: appropriate MBA graduate foundation module, or satis- factory completion of a standard competency examina- tion. Business courses taken in fulfillment of other pro- Graduate Programs 183

gram requirement (as program electives, for example) level. It is equally appropriate for MBA-holders who need may be used to demonstrate competency in common to update or augment their knowledge of management body of knowledge areas. theory and technique, or for students who have few or no previous management courses. A completed application Curriculum will include official transcripts sent directly from all insti- The curriculum consists of three parts: tutions of higher education attended. The curriculum consists of six 600-level graduate 1. A common IS core (one course) courses (18 credit hours) from the management depart- 2. A customizable IS core (five courses) ment chosen by the student with the concurrence of an 3. Electives (two courses) advisor. Only courses completed within three and one-half As follows: years of the certificate completion date may be counted IS Common Core Course* — 4 credit hours toward the requirements. • CIS 630 MIS Technology and Management Issues Requirements for admission are a graduate degree or (4 credits) an undergraduate degree with a cumulative average of at least 2.5, or permission of the assistant dean of the School IS Customizable Core Courses (any 5 of the following)— of Business. 20 credit hours Further information on specific program options and • CIS 632 Data Management academic standards is available from the Office of Con- • CIS 633 Communications, Networking, Internet, and tinuing Education. Web Technologies Courses may be taken in any order as long as prereq- • CIS 634 Systems Analysis, Modeling, and Design uisites are met. A suggested program of study is: • CIS 635 Issues in Software Development MAN 610 • CIS 636 Management of MIS MAN 631 • CIS 637 Information Technology Integration and MAN 630 or MAN 621* Infrastructure MAN 651 MAN 6xx Electives (two 3 or 4-credit graduate IS or Business MAN 6xx electives)—6-8 credit hours *The other course may be taken as an elective. *CIS 630 must be completed in the first 16 hours of the MSIS program.

All IS core courses are four credits and IS electives are three credits. Thus, the minimum number of credit hours for the degree is 30.

Course Waivers, Transfer Credits, and Substitutions GRADUATE PROGRAMS IN In some cases, a student may possess a high degree of ENGINEERING competence in the subject matter of a core course; how- ever, it is unlikely that a student will be competent in all The Master of Science program provides specializa- areas covered by a four credit course or that the course tion in electrical engineering, engineering management, would be of no value at all to the student. Accordingly, the and mechanical engineering. At the graduate level, pro- graduate admission committee may waive up to three grams of study become less structured and more special- credit hours of a four-credit core course requirement if ized. Although it is possible to earn a degree strictly on the warranted by the student’s prior academic preparation basis of course work alone, students with research inter- and experience or to transfer or substitute credit for ests or the intention of further graduate work may under- another comparable graduate course. In that event, the take a thesis project. student will be required to complete a one-hour indepen- dent study covering the additional material for the course. Master’s Advisor. The progress of each student to- If a core requirement is waived, the student will be ward the M.S. degree is guided and directed by a master’s required to take an additional three credit graduate elec- advisor, who is a School of Engineering faculty member tive. nominated by the student and approved by the dean of the School of Engineering. Incoming students seeking the degree are urged to discuss their proposed concentration Certificate Program for Graduate Study area with faculty members in that area with a view toward in Management selecting an advisor later in the semester. This program is intended for college graduates in any Degree Requirements. The master of science pro- major who wish to study management at the graduate gram requires a minimum of 30 credit hours of graduate 184 Graduate Programs

courses (with a B or better average) for completion in Core Courses. Core courses for the electrical engineer- either a thesis or a non-thesis option. A minimum of five ing program are as follows: courses must be at the 600 level. Courses are offered in the EE 525 Linear Systems Theory evening. MATH 501 Engineering Analysis II Thesis Option-Minimum Curriculum Requirements: and two courses chosen from: The curriculum for the master of science program, CPE 525 Software Engineering thesis option, requires a minimum of 24 credit hours of CPE 560 Microcomputer Hardware Design course work and six hours of thesis. The student is admit- EE 511 Random Signals and Noise ted to candidacy after satisfactory completion of 12 hours EE 567 Solid-State Electronic Devices of graduate course work with a “B” average or better and EE 580 Signal Processing after selecting an approved thesis topic. Upon completion of the thesis, a final oral defense of it is required. The Computer Concentration. Students electing the com- distribution of course credits is: puter concentration select a minimum of three courses Engineering Core Courses 12 from the following: Engineering Concentration Electives 9 CPE 545 Computer Graphics Software Electives 3 CPE 550 Topics in Compiler Design Theory Thesis 6 —— CPE 620 Advanced Computer Architecture Total 30 CPE 655 Computer Network Architecture CPE 660 Microprocessor Software Design CPE 680 Distributed Processing Non-thesis Option – Minimum Curriculum Require- ments: Electrical Concentration. Students electing the electri- cal concentration select a minimum of three courses The curriculum for the master of science program, from the following: non-thesis option, requires a minimum of 30 credit hours EE 535 Fuzzy Logic of graduate course work. Students are admitted to EE 545 Neural Networks candidacy as soon as possible after satisfactory EE 570 Computer Controlled Systems completion of 12 hours of course work maintaining a “B” EE 611 Digital Communication Systems average or better. A final comprehensive examination is EE 614 Advanced Electromagnetics required which covers all course work completed by the EE 625 Stochastic Processes student for the degree. In the MSEM program, EMGT 680 EE 650 Advanced Digital Signal Processing replaces the comprehensive examination. The course EE 667 Advanced Electrical Materials distribution is: EE 670 Optimal Control Systems Engineering Core Courses 12 Engineering Concentration Electives 9 Approved Electives. Students in the electrical engineer- Electives 9 ing program may select elective CPE or EE courses in —— Total 30 the concentration areas and other CPE, EE, EMGT, and ME courses at the 500 and 600 levels approved by the master candidate’s advisor. Master of Science in Electrical Engineering (MSEE) Master of Science in Engineering High-technology industries are an important sector of the economy, particularly in the Northeast. The MSEE Management (MSEM) program provides an engineering science-intensive ap- Nearly half of the engineers working in industry serve proach to increase students’ understanding and problem- in management capacities, yet many undergraduate engi- solving abilities. Concentrations are offered in either com- neering curricula do not include information on the devel- puter or electrical engineering in addition to core courses opment of management problem-solving skills. The MS in that focus on mathematical analysis, signal and system Engineering Management program addresses this need theory, microcomputers, software engineering, and solid- by including core courses in engineering administration, state electronic devices. statistical methods for quality assurance, and the eco- Course Requirements. In addition to the required core nomic aspects of engineering decisions. Near completion courses, the student must elect one of the concentra- of the program, a project course (EMGT 680) finishes the tion areas listed below. Elective courses and thesis core requirements. topics are selected in consultation with the master’s candidate advisor. Graduate Programs 185

Core Courses Electives - nine credit hours of the following EMGT 605 Engineering Management courses or other graduate courses approved in consul- EMGT 609 Engineering Economy tation with the master candidate’s advisor. EMGT 615 Statistical Quality Control CIS 625 Database Management EMGT 680 Engineering Management Project CIS 671 Management Support Systems Program concentrations: In addition to the required CIS 675 Database Systems core courses above, students can expand their technical CPE 525 Software Engineering knowledge in keeping with their interest and professional CPE 545 Computer Graphics Software needs by either selecting a general concentration, a con- * Any engineering management or other engineering graduate- centration in production and manufacturing systems, a level course approved by the master candidate’s advisor. concentration in quality engineering, or a concentration ** Any graduate-level course approved by the master candidate’s in computer and engineering information systems. advisor. General Concentration Engineering Electives - nine credit hours minimum* Master of Science in Mechanical Electives - nine credit hours maximum** Engineering (MSME) Production and Manufacturing Systems Concentration (EMGT 622 Production Management and a This program has been designed to meet the needs of minimum of two of the following engineering courses) both the practicing professional and the person planning EMGT 629 Manufacturing Engineering further graduate study. The tremendous impact of com- EMGT 637 Ergonomics puters on mechanical engineering has created a need for EMGT 640 Energy Management advanced training that blends the computational aspects EMGT 643 Design of Experiments of engineering science with current applications in com- EMGT 647 Facility Planning puter-assisted engineering, CAD and CAM. Modern mate- IE 515 Design for Manufacture rials testing and fluid flow facilities are available for re- ME 543 Introduction to Computer-Aided search studies. Manufacturing Course Requirements. In addition to four required ME 640 Flexible Manufacturing Systems core courses, students must take concentration courses ME 654 Computer Control of as specified below. Manufacturing Core Courses Electives - nine credit hours maximum** EMGT 609 Engineering Economy — or — Quality Engineering Concentration EE 525 Linear Systems Theory EMGT 607 Quality Management MATH 501 Engineering Analysis II EMGT 643 Design of Experiments ME 542 Computer Aided Engineering EMGT 644 Quality Systems and Process — or — Improvement ME 544 Computer Applications in Electives - nine credit hours maximum** Mechanical Engineering ME 610 Measurement Systems Computer and Engineering Information Systems Concentration Mechanical Engineering Concentration Courses (CIS 610 Computer Systems and Tools for Busi- (Select a minimum of three courses) ness and a minimum of two of the following courses) ME 620 Computational Methods in EMGT 624 Engineering Management Vibrations and Structural Analysis Information Systems ME 630 Computational Methods in Heat EMGT 626 Computer Simulation of Operating Transfer and Fluid Mechanics Systems ME 635 Design of Thermodynamic Systems EMGT 648 Project Management ME 640 Flexible Manufacturing Systems — or — ME 646 Applied Finite Element Analysis CIS 640 Systems Design and Project ME 654 Computer Control of Management Manufacturing ME 542 Computer-Aided Engineering Mechanical Engineering Approved Electives ME 543 Introduction to Computer-Aided Any graduate-level course approved by the Manufacturing master candidate’s advisor. ME 645 Computer Control of Manufacturing 186 Graduate Courses

CONTINUING EDUCATION has been formally admitted. Advising and registration of non-degree graduate students takes place in the Office of Director Janet L. Castleman Continuing Education. Associate Director Harold F. Neunder Coordinator of Services for Part-time Students Additional MBA Concentration Judith A. Cadden A student who has completed any Western New Western New England College has a long tradition of England College MBA program may earn an additional providing continuing education for students who need MBA concentration, but not a second MBA degree, by part-time day and evening study, those who are older completing additional graduate courses in a postgradu- than 18- to 22-year-old full-time students, and those who ate nondegree status. The requirements are three or are beginning or returning to higher education after time more School of Business 600-level courses depending spent in other pursuits. upon the concentration selected. Part-time students may be admitted into the Master’s Degree programs offered by the School of Arts and Sciences, the School of Business, and the School of Engineering. Temporary non-degree study is also available for qualified undergraduate and graduate part-time students who need to take required courses prior to formal admis- sion or who wish to explore new subject areas before SCHOOL OF LAW entering a degree program. Non-degree students may also apply for the certificate programs, which are de- Dean Donald J. Dunn scribed in greater detail below. Associate Dean Arthur Leavens For more than three-quarters of a century, Western New England College School of Law has been preparing Graduate Non-degree Options men and women to enter the legal profession. It is the Certificate Program only Massachusetts law school outside of the Boston Graduate Study in Management area accredited by the American Bar Association and Western New England College makes this Certificate with membership in the Association of American Law Program available to those who do not wish a degree, but Schools. who want specialized training that goes beyond a few Though its academic programs are rigorous, the courses. The program is intended for college graduates learning environment at the School of Law promotes in any major who wish to enhance their career prospects cooperation and interaction at every level. Faculty, staff, by studying management theory and applications at the and administration are highly accessible and supportive. graduate level. Flexible curriculum options make this In recent Princeton Review/National Jurist surveys, the program appropriate both for business students and for School of Law was ranked third in the nation for student those with no previous business courses or experience. satisfaction, and ranked 27th in the best law school for A detailed description can be found on p. 183. Further women. information on admission and program options may be The School of Law has more than 6,000 alumni who obtained from the School of Business or the Office of live and practice in 46 states and several U.S. territories. Continuing Education. For admissions information, contact the School of Law at 413-782-1406 or 800-782-6665 or on the web at www.law.wnec.edu. Graduate Non-degree Courses The temporary non-degree status is intended for those who wish to explore graduate study before being admitted to a degree program and for visiting graduate students from other institutions. Permission to register may be granted to qualified students up to a total of four courses (12 credit hours), taken part-time. Registration may require that the applicant submit college or univer- sity transcripts for review by an advisor. In all cases, published course prerequisites must be met. Any final grade below B (3.0) in a graduate course and/or rejection of a graduate admission application will result in suspen- sion of further registration privileges until the student Graduate Courses 187

GRADUATE COURSES Courses are listed alphabetically by prefix. In the graduate engineering programs, the 500-level courses are open to both undergraduates who have met the course prerequisites and graduate students who have not taken the equivalent as part of their undergraduate program of study. Courses numbered 600 and above are open only to graduate students. As part of the master’s degree requirement, a minimum of five courses must be taken at the 600 level. In the graduate business programs, the 500-level courses are foundation courses. Courses numbered 600 and above are open only to graduate students who have successfully completed the related 500-level foundation courses or received waivers. Only 600-level courses may be used as electives in the graduate business programs.

modeling, planning, control analysis of costs, AC 620 ADVANCED TOPICS IN GRADUATE COURSES IN and cost-volume-profit relationships. Not AUDITING BUSINESS: open to students who have taken AC 630. Prerequisite: AC 619. This course examines 3 cr. the statements on auditing standards issued by the AICPA. Also considered are the effect AC 610 COST-BASED DECISION- ACCOUNTING of standards on audit reports, current MAKING issues in auditing, audit CPA examinations. Prerequisite: AC 630 and QM 610. This 3 cr. AC 500 ACCOUNTING PERSPECTIVES course is an advanced study of managerial This course is an introduction to accounting accounting. Subjects include cost allocation, AC 621 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING IV as an information system by which financial capital budgeting and evaluation, alterna- Prerequisite: AC 603. This course examines information is communicated and inte- tive costs, direct costing, and models for advanced accounting theory and practice in grated into user’s decision-making process. planning and control. The emphasis is on specialized areas. Topics include partner- Emphasis is placed on the analysis and planning, control, use of costing informa- ships, business combinations and consoli- interpretation of financial statements, tion, and use of quantitative methods in dations, and accounting for international application of accounting principles, accounting applications. Recent CPA and operations Problems from the AICPA’s concepts of cash flow, and use of internal CMA examination questions are used. uniform examinations for certified public controls. 3 cr. accountants are used extensively. 3 cr. 3 cr. AC 611 MUNICIPAL AND FUND AC 602 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING II ACCOUNTING AC 622 ACCOUNTING THEORY AND Prerequisite: AC 500. This course is Prerequisite: AC 500. This course examines CONTEMPORARY ISSUES designed to develop the power of analysis accounting concepts for non-profit Prerequisite: AC 603. This course is a study in using accounting data. The emphasis is organizations. Areas covered include of accounting literature. Subjects include on theory and the application of theory in governmental and municipal organizations, accounting research bulletins, opinions of problem-solving. After a brief review of the educational institutions, hospitals, and the Accounting Principles Board, state- basic accounting cycle, the emphasis is on social organizations. ments and interpretations of the FASB, and in-depth considerations of balance sheet 3 cr. trends and controversies in accounting accounts, cash and temporary investments, theory. CPA theory examinations are receivables, inventories, current liabilities, AC 613 FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS studied. investments, and plant equipment. OF THE TAX STRUCTURE 3 cr. Knowledge of spreadsheets required. Prerequisite: AC 500. This is a comprehen- 3 cr. sive explanation of the federal and state tax AC 630 ACCOUNTING FOR DECISION structure. The emphasis is on practice in MAKERS AC 603 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING III applying tax principles to specific problems Prerequisite: AC 500, CIS 610. This course Prerequisite: AC 602. This is a continuation related to individuals, corporations, and focuses on the accounting information of AC 602. The emphasis is on the theory of partnerships. needed to operate effectively in a competi- analyzing balance sheet accounts and the 3 cr. tive business environment. It explores the use and interpretation of financial data. use of such information for planning, Areas covered are intangibles, long-term AC 614 ADVANCED TOPICS IN controlling, decision-making, and evaluating liabilities, stockholders’ equity section of TAXATION performance. It integrates the traditionally the balance sheet, statements from Prerequisite: AC 613. This course examines separate functions of accounting and incomplete records, errors and their advanced issues of taxation. Topics include management for the successful operation of correction, use of analysis of financial corporate tax planning; partnerships; the business entity. Topics include standard statements, funds flow, and price level combinations, reorganizations, and costs, cost-volume-profit analysis, budget- changes. liquidations; employee benefit plans; and ing, relevant costs for decision-making, 3 cr. tax planning for trusts, estates, and gifts. activity-based cost/management, transfer 3 cr. pricing, and performance measurement in AC 605 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING decentralized organizations. Quantitative FOR HEALTH CARE SYSTEMS AC 619 AUDITING Prerequisite: AC 603. This course explores tools, such as regression are utilized for Prerequisite: AC 500. This course is a study analysis. Familiarity with a spreadsheet of the generally accepted accounting the auditing procedures and techniques used in public accounting. Emphasis is on program is expected. principles and procedures of not-for-profit 3 cr. accounting with special reference to health the preparation of audit working papers. care delivery systems. Emphasis is on the 3 cr. budget, control, and financial reporting of governmental regulations. Topics include 188 Graduate Courses

AC 631 CONTROLLERSHIP BUS 540 ECONOMICS to information technology and the major Prerequisite: AC 630. This course studies This module studies how resources are components of information technology the collection, analysis, and presentation of allocated in western nations. Half the infrastructure, the nature and role of information used by executives in corporate module will investigate how markets set information technology in the organization planning and decision-making. prices, determine production levels, and and issues and concerns in management of 3 cr. affect social welfare. The other half will MIS and in the integration of MIS with the focus on aggregate phenomena including organization (from both a business and AC 632 CPA LAW CONCEPTS interest rates, employment levels, and political perspective), and the role of IS and Prerequisite: AC 603. This course considers national output levels. The role of govern- IT in providing a basis for gaining competi- the SEC regulations and requirements ment in economic resource allocation will tive advantage. The course will include applicable to accounting and the prepara- be considered throughout. coverage of social and ethical issues tion of financial statements for organiza- 2 cr. affecting the selection and design of tions subject to SEC regulation. information systems in support of organiza- 3 cr. BUS 650 THE CHANGING SOCIAL, tional objectives. Technical topics are POLITICAL, ETHICAL AND LEGAL introduced primarily through readings and AC 652 INTERNAL AND ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS lecture; management issues and concerns OPERATIONAL AUDITING Prerequisite: BUS 540 or equivalent. This Prerequisite: AC 500. This course examines are developed through lecture and through course examines business in its relation to reading and discussion of actual business auditing concepts applied to the internal ethics, social responsibility, public policy, structure of an organization. The emphasis cases. Course work will include written legal and regulatory issues, and the global assignments, individual presentations and is on the evaluation of an organization’s and domestic marketplace. It focuses on the effectiveness in meeting management goals leading class discussions on cases and dynamics of leadership and influence that readings, team project papers, and a team and objectives. Publications of the Institute will be required of the effective manager in of Internal Auditors are used. presentation. today’s organizational/business environ- 4 cr. 3 cr. ment. Demographic trends and the many AC 661 ACCOUNTING SEMINAR diversities developing in the pluralism of CIS 632 DATA MANAGEMENT Prerequisite: 15 hours of accounting credit the 21st century will serve as the backdrop This course explores the world of data in at either the foundation or core level. This for this study. business: its generation, storage, retrieval, course involves individual and/or group 4 cr. manipulation and transformation into research in current accounting practice information. To do so, the following topics BUS 680 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT will be covered: storage models, modeling problems, auditing, theory, and practical Prerequisites: AC 630, BUS 650, CIS 610, FIN applications. Normally taken at the end of of derived data, data relationships, design of 630, MAN 610, MK 640, QM 610. This databases (focusing on normalization), data the program. capstone course integrates the functional 3 cr. definition and input, data manipulation areas of an organization in the analysis of (focusing on SQL), and information complex business situations. Emphasis is generated by a DBMS. The relational on the external and internal environments database management system model will be BUSINESS as well as the supportive strategies and emphasized. policies necessary to achieve success for 4 cr. BUS 510 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS the enterprise. This module provides an analysis of the 3 cr. CIS 633 COMMUNICATIONS, fundamentals of algebra and introductory NETWORKING, INTERNET, AND WEB statistics, with emphasis on applications to TECHNOLOGIES business and economics. Topics include This course investigates managerial aspects COMPUTER INFORMATION as well as software and hardware architec- applications of linear equations, basic SYSTEMS functions, fundamental probability tures of communications systems. It focuses concepts, and descriptive statistics. on the relationship of communications 2 cr. CIS 610 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY technologies to the whole organization and MANAGEMENT AND APPLICATIONS its environment. It examines different BUS 520 BUSINESS Prerequisite: BUS 510 or equivalent, BUS 530 communication and networking technolo- COMMUNICATION or equivalent. This course presents current gies and systems, including the Internet and This module further develops student skills issues and development trends in utilization Web systems. Topics include the relation- in writing and presenting for business. and management of information systems in ships of communications technology with Students must show proficiency both in organizations. It examines and explores new information systems, the regulatory writing and in oral presentation before paradigms for computer application environment, the impact of communications being certified for credit. Use of a word development and systems design. This technologies on people and organizations, processing program is recommended. A course also discusses the impact of Internet/ Intranet/Extranet systems, and well-organized, grammatically correct information systems and technology on website engineering and management. position paper of at least 1000 words on organization structure, strategy, and 4 cr. some aspect of business is a final course operations. A variety of computer applica- requirement. A proficient 5 minute oral tions will be introduced. Topics will be CIS 634 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS, presentation is also required. selected from spreadsheet modeling, MODELING, AND DESIGN 2 cr. database management, knowledge acquisi- This course is an introduction to the tools tion and management, data modeling, and E- and techniques of system analysis and BUS 530 COMPUTER SOFTWARE/ Commerce. design and project management within the INTERNET SKILLS 3 cr. general framework of the Systems Develop- This module provides instruction in ment Life Cycle. Examples of topics to be spreadsheet and presentation software as CIS 630 MIS TECHNOLOGY AND covered include modeling system logic, well as basic techniques of web and e-mail MANAGEMENT ISSUES business processes, data flows and navigation, data bank searching, and Intended to be of value both to technical relationships. Corresponding tools would elementary website construction. MIS professional and to non-technical include decision tables, Process Diagrams, 2 cr. management and business professionals, Data Flow Diagrams, Entity Relationship this course will provide a basic introduction Diagrams, and CASE. Other topics include Graduate Courses 189

project management considerations and CIS 648 COMPUTER AUDITING, FIN 617 INVESTMENT THEORY project scheduling tools and techniques SECURITY AND CONTROL Prerequisite: FIN 630. This course intro- such as Gantt charts and PERT/CPM Prerequisite: CIS 610. This course addresses duces investments and fundamental and networks. The course will also consider the need for various security controls technical analysis. Topics include an organizational and behavioral factors to be within the information center. Both overview of markets and corporate considered in system design. automated and manual control techniques securities including stocks, bonds, options, 4 cr. currently in use in the industry are futures, and commodities discussed. The course also explores the 3 cr. CIS 635 ISSUES IN SOFTWARE suitability of new technologies such as DEVELOPMENT FIN 618 SECURITY ANALYSIS AND expert systems as audit tools. The recent Prerequisites: Working knowledge of trends in the computer security field are PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT programming in a 3rd or 4th Generation addressed. Offered fall semester of odd- Prerequisite: BUS 640 and FIN 617. This Language. This course includes an examina- numbered years. Students with an under- course examines both fundamental and tion of current ideas and trends in the graduate CIS major cannot receive graduate technical analysis of securities. Topics software development technology. Major credit for this course. include methodology for analyzing financial strengths and weaknesses of different 3 cr. reports, valuing securities, selecting application development systems and tools investments, and managing a portfolio. are analyzed and discussed. Students CIS 671 MANAGEMENT SUPPORT 3 cr. develop computer applications for typical SYSTEMS business and management functions with Prerequisite: QM 610. This course is an FIN 622 INTERNATIONAL FINANCE AND MULTINATIONAL BUSINESS the emphasis on programming database and introduction to quantitative modeling and Web applications. Popular application analysis. Model building from the manage- Prerequisite: FIN 630 and BUS 640. This development tools are utilized and rial perspective is discussed along with the course studies business operations in a examined. use of general-and-special-purpose multinational environment. The course 4 cr. computer software (spreadsheet and addresses the international monetary Management Science programs). Topics are environment and financing foreign invest- CIS 636 MANAGEMENT OF MIS selected from forecasting, decision theory, ments and operations. This course introduces the student to the linear programming, network modeling, 3 cr. ongoing operations of Management CPM/PERT, simulation, inventory control, Information Systems, but does not address FIN 623 THE FEDERAL DOD BUDGET queuing systems. Emphasis is on the use of The course covers the federal budget cycle their creation. Key topics include develop- these models in managerial decision- ment of an information architecture, making using Department of Defense procedures as making. the model. The complete Department of effective use of data as an operational and 3 cr. Laboratory fee $30. strategic asset, Information Technology Defense planning and budget cycle is planning; addressing the unique features of CIS 680 SYSTEMS PROJECT examined beginning with the development IT personnel, building a responsive IT Prerequisite: 15 credits of CIS courses. This of the five-year Defense Plan and continuing infrastructure, and using IS for competitive course provides students with a formal through the submission of the annual advantage. Students will be expected to be opportunity to design and develop a budget to Congress and ending with the familiar with, or willing to become familiar practical computer-based application final enactment of the budget by Congress. with, these issues with past and present incorporating features and techniques Congressional procedures are examined as employers. studied earlier in various required courses well as pertinent rules and restrictions for 4 cr. in the MSIS program. Team projects are budget execution. This course is normally developed using modern tools. offered only in the Off-campus program. CIS 637 INFORMATION 3 cr. 3 cr. TECHNOLOGY INTEGRATION AND INFRASTRUCTURE FIN 630 CORPORATE FINANCIAL This course is an introduction to systems MANAGEMENT APPLICATIONS integration (or applying multiple information FINANCE Prerequisite: CIS 610 and AC 630. This systems techniques, technologies, platforms, course studies techniques of raising and and systems) to integrate the enterprise and FIN 611 MONEY, BANKING, AND investing funds. It examines how corpora- work-group processes and functions through MONETARY THEORY tions benefit society by raising funds in the development of a cohesive set of business Prerequisite: BUS 640. This course examines financial markets and employing them in processes and the development, selection, the organizations, functions, and problems productive activity. All aspects of resource and coordination of inter-connected of modern financial institutions including allocation including working capital management, capital budgeting, operating functional applications to meet current and commercial banks, thrifts, and credit control, financial structure, and capital risk anticipated organizational needs. The course unions. The emphasis is on monetary considers the development and maintenance theory and current monetary policy as they management are considered. Knowledge of of an integrated architecture to serve intra- affect credit markets and the international a spreadsheet required. 3 cr. and inter-organizational needs in a rapidly economy. changing, competitive social and technologi- 3 cr. FIN 650 ADVANCED FINANCIAL cal environment. Topics include MANAGEMENT interoperability, standards, vendor strategies, FIN 613 FINANCIAL ASPECTS OF HEALTH CARE DELIVERY SYSTEMS Prerequisite: FIN 630, QM 610 and AC 630. enterprise-wide architectural and data This course discusses advanced topics in models, technology directions, Enterprise Prerequisite: AC 500 and QM 610. This course is a study of the financial manage- the financial operation of the firm. Concep- Resource Planning (ERP) systems, and tual tools are developed and applied to ment principles and techniques of health collaborative work systems (groupware). actual case problems faced by financial 4 cr. care delivery systems. Topics include cost control, budgeting, planning and reporting officers. 3 cr. processes, sources of operating revenues and the impact of regulations governing third-party reimbursement. 3 cr. 190 Graduate Courses

LEGAL STUDIES role of quality and continuous improvement governments, intercultural communications, from the perspective of the manager in relations with labor and labor unions, LS 654 ENVIRONMENTAL pursuit of the goal attainment of the organization of the firm, planning, and CONSIDERATION IN SYSTEMS organization. control. ACQUISITION 3 cr. 3 cr. This interdisciplinary course examines the MAN 610 ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY MAN 640 MANAGEMENT, UNIONS, systems manager’s concern for environmen- AND BEHAVIOR AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION tal issues from economic, technical, This course analyzes the structural and This course examines labor forces and labor administrative, and legal viewpoints. The behavioral aspects of organizations. Macro markets. Topics include management statutory authority, practices, effectiveness issues covered are organizational life cycle, problems, opportunities, and policy and implications for management of various organizational communication, cross- alternatives in personnel management; the federal and local organizations such as EPA, cultural management, organization culture, development and nature of union organiza- ERDA, NRC, and OSHA are explored. The and planned change. Micro issues studied tions; the collective bargaining process; cost, schedule, and productivity implica- include group dynamics, management alternative dispute resolution (ADR); and tions of environmental protection are ethics, power, motivation, and decision- other conflict resolution strategies. studied in the context of systems manage- making processes. Cases, experiential 3 cr. ment. This course is normally offered only in exercises, and a team project help connect the Off-campus program. theory and practice. MAN 641 STRESS MANAGEMENT 3 cr. 3 cr. This course involves the identification and appraisal of stress and tension in the LS 692 PRINCIPLES OF MAN 621 LAW AND THE BUSINESS corporate setting. Topics include planning GOVERNMENT CONTRACTING ENTITY and implementing proven programs, This is an overview of federal acquisition This course surveys the law as it applies to techniques, and strategies to reduce stress and contracting policies, law, and tech- business. Topics include the legal system, at work. niques. It examines the law of contracts, “white collar” crime, employment law, the 3 cr. authority to purchase for the government, business entity, property, and the protec- methods of placing contracts, and types of tion of ideas and processes. MAN 642 ORGANIZATIONAL contracts. Emphasis is upon requirements 3 cr. DEVELOPMENT AND CHANGE to be met prior to award, problems STRATEGIES associated therewith, and methods for MAN 627 SMALL BUSINESS This course studies behavior science resolving such problems. This course is MANAGEMENT principles and practices applied to normally offered only in the Off-campus This course integrates students’ previous organizations. The focus is on organiza- program. graduate study into a concentration on tional culture, its human and social 3 cr. small business. The emphasis is on the unit processes, and the role of planned system- as a whole from feasibility and creation to atic change. LS 693 THE ADMINISTRATION OF operation. The course draws on the 3 cr. GOVERNMENT CONTRACTS practical experience of the S.B.A.’s consult- Prerequisites: LS 692 or the equivalent. This ing program, guest speakers, lectures, and MAN 643 CAREER DEVELOPMENT is a study of the procedures and rules selective research. This course examines the concepts, tools, applicable to the resolution of contract 3 cr. and approaches to managing the careers of claims and disputes, the role of the others. Also included is an examination of administrative contracting officer, surveil- MAN 630 A HUMANISTIC APPROACH various psychological instruments used for lance methods, subcontracts, authority of TO LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT collecting and assessing data about government agents, rules of contract This course studies fiction, biography, individuals and organizations. interpretation, defective performance, drama, and film as primary sources to 3 cr. arrive at a better understanding of how excusable delay, changes, contract clauses, MAN 648 OPERATIONS effective leadership and management occur. inspection, acceptance, termination, and MANAGEMENT payment. This course is normally offered only Management theory readings on leadership serve as background in building managerial Prerequisite: QM 610. This course examines in the Off-campus program. the operations function in an enterprise. 3 cr. initiative, planning, and risk-taking skills. Students work to develop a coherent Topics include problems; analytical personal leadership style. techniques; recent developments; various 3 cr. behavioral, economic, mathematical, and MANAGEMENT technical aspects of the field; and relation- MAN 631 HUMAN RESOURCE ships and interactions between operations MAN 600 TEAM LEADERSHIP MANAGEMENT and other functions of the firm. Prerequisite: BUS 520 or equivalent. This This course considers the management of 3 cr. course focuses on the development of human resources in an enterprise. Emphasis is on translating the theories of behavioral MAN 650 COMMUNICATION IN leadership and team-related competencies. BUSINESS Reading and research in the areas of science into policy and action in selecting, training, and motivating members of the This course explores communication from leadership and teams are reviewed and the perspective of the manager. Topics discussed. Students practice skills in team organization as well as in structuring their work roles in a context cognizant of the include formal and informal channels of leadership including providing direction communication; structure and content of and support, leadership communications, legal environment. 3 cr. messages; theories and models of communi- conflict management, providing perfor- cation; and identifying a personal style of mance feedback, and meeting management. MAN 633 MANAGEMENT OF oral, written, and nonverbal communica- 3 cr. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS tion. MAN 601 PRINCIPLES AND This course is a study of management 3 cr. FUNCTIONS OF MANAGEMENT approaches used by multinational corpora- tions in their foreign operations. Topics MAN 651 ETHICS IN BUSINESS Planning, leadership, organizing, and This course examines and reflects upon the resource allocation strategies are discussed include the foreign investment decision, market analysis, relations with host inevitable moral dilemmas and in this course. Emphasis is placed on the ethical responsibilities facing business Graduate Courses 191

professionals. The relative needs of all MAN 695 MATERIALS HANDLING economic factors, foreign cultures, stakeholders are explored using case MANAGEMENT nationalism, government influence of studies and arguments taken from the study This is a study of the various subsystems of national labor organizations, and the of moral philosophy, law, economics, and the physical distribution with special diverse common markets. social customs. Students are encouraged to emphasis on industrial and military 3 cr. develop and refine a personal ethical packaging, material handling, and transpor- business code that can be used for tation. The various elements that affect MK 628 MARKETING FOR HEALTH guidance. physical distribution, i.e., cost, information CARE ORGANIZATIONS 3 cr. control, documentation, and shipping This course’s major emphasis is on hazardous and sensitive materials are application of marketing in the healthcare MAN 660 HEALTH CARE analyzed from a management point of view. field, addressing some of the unique MANAGEMENT This course is normally offered only in the problems/opportunities. The use of This course is an in-depth survey of the Off-campus program. problem solving techniques and decision functional organization and structure of the 3 cr. tools currently utilized by marketing American health system. Topics include managers in making decisions are exam- organizational structure, institutional MAN 696 DOD REQUEST FOR ined. Involvement of significant interdiscipli- interrelationships, and the managerial PROPOSAL (RFP) PREPARATION nary approaches that clarify and heighten process at several levels within various Prerequisite: LS 692 or the equivalent. The reality are stressed. health service institutions. course covers the preparation and 3 cr. 3 cr. coordination of, as well as the interrelation- MK 630 MARKETING RESEARCH ships among, the major documents MAN 661 LEGAL ASPECTS OF associated with the preparation of a DOD METHODOLOGIES HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT RFP. Source selection planning and conduct Prerequisite: MK 640 and QM 610. This This course studies the laws and regula- are also covered. A typical system acquisi- course includes examination, application, tions controlling health care. Topics include tion is traced from the issue of the Program and utilization of quantitative research consumer protection; malpractice and Management Directive through Contract techniques to marketing problems and licensure; and the rights, responsibilities, Award. This course is normally offered only processes. and liabilities of individual providers, in the Off-campus program. 3 cr. consumers, and institutions. 3 cr. 3 cr. MK 632 DEVELOPMENT AND MAN 697 MANAGEMENT OF MAJOR MARKETING OF NEW PRODUCTS MAN 662 ETHICS AND THE HEALTH SYSTEMS ACQUISITION Prerequisite: MK 640. This course is CARE PROFESSION Prerequisite: LS 692 or the equivalent. This designed to help the student appreciate the This course explores basic concepts in is a seminar in policies and regulations diverse environmental, managerial, and ethics and their relation to the health care relating to the management of major promotional aspects of product problems professional. Topics include confidentiality; acquisition systems. The roles of the with emphasis on innovation in the product consent; patient rights; professional executive, legislative, and the judicial management process. responsibilities; cost; and dilemmas such as branches of the government; the defense 3 cr. euthanasia, abortion, and sterilization. industry; and the program manager are 3 cr. MK 634 CHANNELS OF analyzed in relation to their impact on the DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT MAN 663 CURRENT ISSUES IN systems acquisition process. This course is Prerequisite: MK 640. This course involves HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT normally offered only in the Off-campus the study of the management of channels of This course explores current concepts and program. distribution. The application of concepts in issues in the health care field. Topics may 3 cr. an interorganizational setting is explored in include competition, the medical market- MAN 698 ACQUISITION SUPPORT both industrial and consumer goods place, strategic planning issues such as FUNCTIONS channels. “Place” strategy analysis is corporate reorganization and organizational Prerequisite: LS692 or the equivalent. The presented as part of the mainstream of diversification, social/medical care issues course familiarizes students with the most marketing problem solving and decision- such as the care of the elderly and poor, the significant functions in support of systems making. role of government in health care, and the and equipment acquisition. It relates their 3 cr. concept of wellness and its impact on planning and execution to the overall MK 636 BUSINESS TO BUSINESS health care organization and delivery. responsibilities of the program manager, the 3 cr. MARKETING principal contracting officer, and the other Prerequisite: MK 640. This course studies MAN 664 COMMUNITY HEALTH related system program office disciplines the application of the marketing mix to the ADMINISTRATION within the acquisition cycle. This course is development of marketing strategy by firms This course studies major health organiza- normally offered only in the Off-campus selling to business markets, and by tions and their problems. Topics include program. marketing intermediates marketing social and political influences on commu- 3 cr. products to industrial users. The role of nity health agencies, models of planning, differentiation, pricing policy, service, and and health care delivery. promotion in implementing the industrial 3 cr. MARKETING marketing mix is emphasized. 3 cr. MAN 665 INTERNAL SYSTEMS OF HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT MK 627 INTERNATIONAL MK 638 MARKETING PLANNING AND This course examines the internal organiza- MARKETING STRATEGY tional structure of modern health care Prerequisite: MK 640. This course explores Prerequisite: MK 640. This course is an in- facilities. Topics include payment modes, the management of marketing in a global depth study of decision-making in marketing facility requirements, personnel policies, environment. Marketing problems arising from the position of the chief marketing labor relations, community relations, from various degrees of foreign involvement executive of a company or of a division of a professionalism, and the interrelationship of are considered. Emphasis is on the large corporation. Emphasis is given to health personnel and support elements. management of the marketing functions in a strategic marketing planning, managerial 3 cr. multinational context, i.e., international analysis of the marketing environment, 192 Graduate Courses

market opportunity evaluation, and the MCJA 602 ORGANIZATIONAL and physical security in business. It design of marketing plans and programs BEHAVIOR IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE includes the interrelationship between consistent with the objectives of the This course provides an examination of the physical security and crime prevention as organization and integrated with other behavioral aspects of criminal justice well as the functions of the manager functional segments of the enterprise. organizations. Emphasis is placed on necessary to provide intrusion and access 3 cr. research findings and the applications of control as well as internal theft and control. behavioral science to CJ organizations. This course is normally offered only in the MK 640 CONTEMPORARY Topics include leadership, group dynamics, Off-campus program. MARKETING FOR MANAGERS and communication. This course is normally 3 cr. This course explores marketing manage- offered only in the Off-campus program. ment issues that challenge managers in 3 cr. MCJA 614 POLICE AND THE PUBLIC today’s organizations. The course focuses COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES on the analysis, planning, and decision- MCJA 609 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW This course is designed to enable students making processes required of marketing This is a study of the major constitutional to make persuasive and interesting public managers to develop successful marketing decisions which have shaped the current presentations; to deal with the press, radio, plans and strategies. Interactive case status of America including Federalism, the and television media in an effective manner; studies and/or computer simulations are Separation of Powers, powers of the state to understand and be able to use proper used to provide a dynamic learning and federal governments, the nationaliza- interviewing techniques; and to be able to environment. Topics studied include tion of the Bill of Rights, First Amendment present an honest, professional, yet customer and competitor analysis, rights, the rights of persons accused of authoritarian face to the public in order to technological and regulatory issues, crime, and equal protection of the law. This gain and keep its respect. This course is marketing plan development, product course is normally offered only in the Off- normally offered only in the Off-campus development, pricing decisions, promotion campus program. program. strategy, and distribution management. The 3 cr. 3 cr. course also integrates current issues facing businesses today including E-Commerce, MCJA 610 REPORT WRITING FOR MCJA 615 RISK MANAGEMENT IN THE JUSTICE PROFESSIONAL CRIMINAL JUSTICE international and ethics topics. 3 cr. Techniques of writing clear and effective The purpose of this course is to inform the reports, and the ability to teach subordi- justice professional of actions and tech- nates to do the same, is the major emphasis niques designed to reduce or eliminate of this course. Students should be able to needless liability suits against criminal CRIMINAL JUSTICE observe and report salient facts relating to justice agencies. Specific topics include the ADMINISTRATION crime scenes, interviews, demonstrations, hiring and firing of personnel, types of suits meetings, and arrests. The development of brought by employees, record keeping MCJA 501 MANAGEMENT THEORY the more lengthy format for a position techniques which work, liability problems of AND CONCEPTS FOR CRIMINAL paper/study is included. This course is high speed chases, the failure to respond, JUSTICE normally offered only in the Off-campus improper training, identifying municipal program. This course provides a fundamental liability problems, and sexual harassment. 3 cr. This course is normally offered only in the examination of the role of management in Off-campus program. criminal justice and law enforcement MCJA 611 CRIMINAL PROCEDURE 3 cr. organizations. Management theories and This is a study of the concepts and concepts are discussed and applied through practices of prosecution including jurisdic- MCJA 616 BUDGETING AND case analysis. This course is normally offered tion, extradition, statute of limitations, and PLANNING IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE only in the Off-campus program. jeopardy. This includes proceedings by the Criminal justice administrators are regularly 3 cr. prosecution prior to trial including faced with the challenges of managing the MCJA 502 LAW ENFORCEMENT TO complaint, warrant, arrest, summons, financial resources funded by taxpayers. AMERICA preliminary examinations, indictments, This course provides professionals with an This course begins with a study of the bench warrants, and arraignments. Steps opportunity to learn about the procedures available to defendants such as bail, habeas involved in planning, forecasting, preparing, history of law enforcement in America, and corpus, and the various types of pleas are and implementing a budget in a governmen- extends to the role of law enforcement in This course is normally offered present day America. Concepts of patrol, discussed. tal or not-for-profit criminal justice agency. only in the Off-campus program. community policing, peacekeeping, police Relevant accreditation standards are 3 cr. This course is normally offered corruption, police discretion, and police reviewed. only in the Off-campus program. organizations are studied as well as the role MCJA 612 CRIMINAL LAW 3 cr. of corrections. This course is normally This course covers such major common law offered only in the Off-campus program. felonies as robbery, rape, arson, sodomy, MCJA 620 ETHICAL ISSUES IN 3 cr. burglary, larceny, and murder as well as CRIMINAL JUSTICE MCJA 601 CRIMINAL JUSTICE other common law crimes and certain This is a study of the moral and ethical ADMINISTRATION statutory crimes, both state and federal. issues facing the criminal justice profes- The course also includes recent changes in sional, taught from the background of This course covers criminal justice organizations, their processes, power, and the law regarding such crimes and their numerous literary works involving this field This course is normally offered organization conflicts. Problems of prosecution. of criminal justice. The basis of ethical only in the Off-campus program. communication, motivation, job design, considerations in the various fields of 3 cr. leadership, and group behavior are studied criminal justice are examined. Students should ultimately understand and practice as well as steps in decision-making, MCJA 613 SECURITY AND LOSS high standards of ethical conduct, and be organizational effectiveness, and change PREVENTION FOR MANAGEMENT This and innovation. This course is normally able to recognize moral ambiguity. The purpose of this course is to provide the course is normally offered only in the Off- offered only in the Off-campus program. professional manager with proven tech- 3 cr. campus program. niques of reducing loss or threat of loss, 3 cr. both through security design in industry Graduate Courses 193

MCJA 625 DATA BASE MANAGEMENT Actual and theoretical situations are used to display memory to generate points, lines, IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE develop problem-solving based approaches. and circles; read and write to the color This is a study of concepts, theory, This course is normally offered only in the tables; and control the start address to terminology, and design techniques in Off-campus program. allow panning, scrolling, and animation. An databases. Topics include physical data 3 cr. individual project is required. The assess- organizations, database architecture, data ment of student learning in this course is models with emphasis on relational model, based on writing programs as homework, logical database design, normalization, and supervised laboratory work, and the quality relational query languages. Two projects are QUANTITATIVE METHODS of the project. required. This course is normally offered only 3 cr. in the Off-campus program. QM 610 DECISION SUPPORT 3 cr. MODELS CPE 550 TOPICS IN COMPILER Prerequisite: CIS 610. This course uses an DESIGN THEORY MCJA 630 FIELD RESEARCH IN intensive problem-solving approach to Prerequisite: CPE 205, CPE 310. This is a CRIMINAL JUSTICE explore a variety of Management Science/ first year graduate course in the theory and This course covers basic scientific methods Operations Research models implemented design of modern programming languages. and principles of research as well as in a computerized environment. The major Students learn the basic elements of a evaluation techniques used in the criminal focus is on model building and interpreta- language translator (compiler), lexical justice field. Students are required to use tion of modeling outcomes for managerial analysis, parsing, code generation, symbol these techniques in doing an extensive decision-making. A spreadsheet software table management, type checking, scope research project in the field of criminal program is used. resolution, code optimization, and error justice in order to demonstrate the ability to 3 cr. recovery. They also learn to write regular properly collect and analyze data. This expressions and context free grammars. course is normally offered only in the Off- They understand the separate phases of campus program. compilation and the issues involved in 3 cr. designing a medium sized translator. To facilitate student understanding, a semester MCJA 640 MANAGEMENT, UNIONS, GRADUATE COURSES IN long, incremental design project is em- AND COLLECTIVE BARGAINING IN ployed. As a result of building their own CRIMINAL JUSTICE ENGINEERING: compiler, students understand the opera- This course analyzes the role of collective tion and messages presented by any bargaining in criminal justice and analyzes modern commercial translator. The the perspectives of management and COMPUTER ENGINEERING methods of assessing student learning in unions. Topics include public sector the course are homework assignments, bargaining, the role of mediation and CPE 525 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING quizzes, an exam, a research paper, and a arbitration, and policy alternatives to Prerequisite: CPE 350. This is a first year semester long design project which personnel management. The development graduate course in software system design culminates in a formal presentation. of union organizations, the collective fundamentals. Students learn the ap- 3 cr. bargaining process, and other related topics proaches to designing medium to large are explored. This course is normally offered scale systems. After completing this course, CPE 560 MICROCOMPUTER only in the Off-campus program. students understand lifecycle issues in HARDWARE DESIGN 3 cr. modern software design. They also learn a Prerequisite: CPE 360 or equivalent. This is an advanced level course in microcomputer MCJA 641 STRESS MANAGEMENT IN variety of software design methodologies including structured design, top down hardware design. The course participants CRIMINAL JUSTICE survey a wide variety of microprocessors, This course is designed to study the design, bottom up design, incremental design, and are introduced to object memory, and peripheral components identification and appraises of stress and focusing on learning advantages and tension in the criminal justice environment. oriented design. They participate in a semester long team project with design disadvantages to enable them in selecting Topics include planning and implementing the optimal components for the design task. proven programs, techniques, and strate- documentation delivered and presented at specified design review milestones. The Students design interface logic that makes gies to reduce stress at work. This course is all the components work together. In normally offered only in the Off-campus methods of assessing student learning in the course are homework assignments, a addition to logical design, students analyze program. timing and electrical loading and ensure 3 cr. research paper, and a semester-long design project which culminates in a formal that their design will work reliably under MCJA 642 ORGANIZATIONAL presentation. the worst conditions. They design inter- DEVELOPMENT IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 3 cr. faces with parallel and serial input/output This course examines behavioral science ports, programmable counter-timers, direct principles and practices applied in criminal CPE 545 COMPUTER GRAPHICS memory access controllers, for user input/ justice organizational culture, its human and SOFTWARE output systems such as keyboards and social processes, and the role of planned Prerequisite: CPE 310 and CPE 205. This is displays, communication systems, and mass systematic change. This course is normally an introductory course in computer storage systems. An individual project that offered only in the Off-campus program. graphics. Participants in the course learn involves design of interface for a specific 3 cr. the hardware organization of the graphic application is required. The assessment of display system in an IBM PC for both student learning in this course is based on MCJA 695 ADVANCED COMMUNITY alphanumeric and bit mapped graphics. participation in class discussion, tests, and POLICING They write programs in C and assembly a design project. Designed to provide the actual methodology language to control, query, optimize, and 3 cr. of implementing community policing in a write to and read from graphic controller particular department, this course covers chips in order to use the full capability of CPE 570 OPERATING SYSTEMS new ways of solving community problems the display hardware. They also write Prerequisite: CPE 350 and CPE 420. This is a using examples from a number of cities programs to generate and manipulate first year graduate level course in operating which have introduced community policing. alphanumeric display; read and write to system theory and design. After success- fully completing this course, students 194 Graduate Courses

understand concurrent processes, process CPE 660 MICROPROCESSOR modulation/demodulation theory. The communication, resource allocation, and SOFTWARE DESIGN methods of assessing student learning in resource scheduling. In addition, they learn Prerequisite: CPE 525 and demonstrated this course are homework assignments, how to apply basic queuing models to knowledge of assembly language. This is a quizzes, classroom discussions, and a final predict real-time performance of an survey of fundamental concepts of exam. operating system. Students also learn the structured programming of microproces- 3 cr. fundamentals of distributed (and network) sors. Topics include theoretical bases, operating systems. They also understand semantic and information structure models, EE 525 LINEAR SYSTEMS THEORY the interaction between operating system and top-down and bottom-up approaches to Prerequisite: Math 350; EE 301 or ME 320. design and computer architectures. The software design Students learn the fundamentals of the state methods of assessing student learning in 3 cr. space approach to systems modeling, this course are homework assignments, analysis, and design. They learn how to find quizzes, classroom discussions, two exams CPE 670 SPEECH SIGNAL the state space model of electrical, and a term project. PROCESSING mechanical, and electromechanical 3 cr. Prerequisite: EE 580 or equivalent. This is an systems. In addition students learn how to advanced study of speech processing represent a system in the Jordan, first CPE 580 COMPUTER NETWORKS techniques. The emphasis is on current canonical, and phase variable forms, to Prerequisite: ENGR 212. This is a first year literature and developments in speech apply state space techniques to find zero graduate course on communication analysis, transmission, synthesis, and input, zero state, and complete solution networks. After completing this course, recognition by machine. from state space system equations. In students understand the structure and 3 cr. addition they learn to perform system issues of network design using the ISO stability, controllability, and observability Seven Layer model as a reference. They CPE 680 DISTRIBUTED PROCESSING tests and to design state and output understand the limitations placed on Prerequisite: CPE 450 or equivalent. This feedback techniques as well as observer specific network architectures from the course examines advanced topics in design technique. Students also learn to use physical (hardware) layer up through the distributed processing. Topics include MATLAB computational software to upper layers (transport). They also scheduling algorithms, routing algorithms, understand new concepts and to perform understand the problems of error detection concurrency control, distributed databases, and implement system analysis and design and recovery. Students learn to use delay and distributed operating systems. techniques. The method of assessment of models to predict network specific 3 cr. student learning in this course are home- performance measures and understand the CPE 690 SPECIAL TOPICS work assignments, quizzes, tests, and a limitations of these models. They also This is a study of an advanced topic in design project. understand the issues associated with engineering of special interest to computer 3 cr. routing and flow control. The methods of engineering majors, but not carried in the assessing student learning in the course are EE 530 VLSI DESIGN catalogue on a regular basis. Prerequisite: EE 312 or equivalent and EE homework assignments, quizzes, three 3 cr. exams, and research paper with a formal 320 or equivalent. This is a graduate level presentation. course in VLSI design fundamentals. After 3 cr. successfully completing this course ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING students are familiar with two suites of CAD CPE 590 SPECIAL TOPICS tools (LEDIT, a layer editor and ICAPS, a This is a study of an advanced topic in EE 511 RANDOM SIGNALS AND circuit simulator) used in VLSI design, are engineering of special interest to computer NOISE familiar with process technology (MOSIS in engineering majors, but not carried in the Prerequisite: EE 301; ENGR 212. This is a this case), know the IC design process catalogue on a regular basis. study of signals, both random and non- (including layout constraints), know how to 3 cr. random. Topics include spectrum analysis, model electronic device behavior as a function of layout CPE 620 ADVANCED COMPUTER auto-correlation and cross-correlation functions, network analysis of systems with geometry, know how to apply layout ARCHITECTURE information to simulation models, know Prerequisite: CPE 420 or permission of random signals and noise, applications to reception of radar, and space signals. A how to design and lay out basic digital logic instructor. This is an advanced study of gates, are familiar with the layout and computer architecture. Topics may include design project is required. 3 cr. operation of analog systems (in particular, stack computers, pipeline computers, the operational amplifier), and are aware of parallel computers, micro-programming, EE 523 COMMUNICATIONS the problems associated with mixed-mode performance evaluation, and distributed Prerequisite: EE 302, EE 320 and MATH 350. IC design. The methods of assessing student processing. This is a graduate level course in electronic learning in this course are homework 3 cr. (analog and digital) communication assignments, quizzes, classroom discus- CPE 655 COMPUTER NETWORK fundamentals. After successfully completing sions, design projects, and a final exam. ARCHITECTURE this course students know what analog and 3 cr. digital signaling methods (PAM, PCM, AM, Prerequisite: Graduate standing. This is a EE 535 FUZZY LOGIC comprehensive study of the way computer PM, and FM) are available; know how to model, analyze, and design a basic commu- Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing. networks are designed and operated This course covers the fundamentals of focusing on basic principles that guide the nication link; know how to model, analyze, and design signals that go with the various fuzzy logic theory and its applications. In development of computer networks, e.g., this course students learn to analyze crisp management of complexity, standardization signaling methods (including the theories on information measure, signal types and and fuzzy sets, fuzzy propositional calculus, of connectivity, and resource sharing. Seven predicate logic, fuzzy logic, fuzzy rule-based textural models such as IEEE 802, DOD, TOP, their measure, encoding schemes, and Fourier analysis); are familiar with the expert systems, and learn to apply fuzzy MAP, and ISDN are briefly covered. logic theory to a variety of practical 3 cr. various types of modulation and demodula- tion schemes available; and are familiar with applications. Students also learn to use some of the practical applications of MATLAB computational software to understand new concepts and to perform Graduate Courses 195

and implement fuzzy logic rules and fault detection mechanism. The methods of concepts of sampling and reconstruction of systems. The methods of assessing student assessing student learning in this course are analog signals, calculate correlation of learning in this course are homework homework assignments, quizzes, classroom discrete time signals, use discrete time assignments, quizzes, classroom discus- discussions, and a final exam. Fourier and Z transforms, simulate and sions, design projects, and a final exam. 3 cr. design FIR and IIR digital filters, implement 3 cr. FIR and IIR filters in real time on a signal EE 567 SOLID-STATE ELECTRONIC processing microcomputer, use the DFT and EE 545 NEURAL NETWORKS DEVICES FFT to calculate the spectra of discrete time Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing. Prerequisite: EE 312. The electrical behavior signals, and have some familiarity with This is a study of the basic concepts of of solids, or the transport of charge through adaptive filters and wavelets. Methods of neural networks and its application in a metal or semiconductor, is determined by assessment include homework, tests, and a engineering. In this course students learn to the properties of the electrons and the short paper on a topic related to signal single layer and multilayer neural networks arrangement of atoms in the solid. Through processing. architectures, linear and nonlinear activa- a study of the crystal structure of electronic 3 cr. tion functions, and analyze and implement materials and the fundamentals of quantum McCulloch-Pitts, Hebbian, Hopfield, electronics, students understand the band EE 590 SPECIAL TOPICS Perceptron, Widrow-Hoff, ADALINE, delta, theory of solids, particle statistics, This is a study of an advanced topic in and backpropagation, learning techniques transport phenomena, and conductivity. engineering of special interest to electrical with ample practical applications. Students Further study of equilibrium distributions in engineering majors, but not carried in the also learn to use MATLAB computational semiconductor carriers and p-n junctions catalogue on a regular basis. software to understand new concepts and leads to an understanding of solid state 3 cr. to perform and implement neural network device operation. The investigation of rules and paradigms. The methods of practical devices such as diodes, IMPATT EE 611 DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS assessing student learning in this course are diodes, bipolar and junction field-effect SYSTEMS homework assignments, quizzes, classroom transistors, and MOS devices enhances Prerequisite: EE 580; EE 523 or equivalent. discussions, design projects, and a final students’ knowledge of the design and This is a study of digital communication exam. analysis techniques used in real-world systems. Topics include information theory, 3 cr. applications. A design project is required. spectral representation of signals, sampling Upon completion of this course students theorem, modulation methods, error and EE 548 INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRO- should be proficient in the use of solid-state error correcting codes, communication OPTICS component and system design techniques networks, terminals, interfacing message Prerequisite: MATH 350; EE 314 or equiva- and are familiar with a wide variety of switching, queuing, digital filters, and fast lent. Electro-optics is the study of the semiconductor device applications. The Fourier transform. effects of electric fields on optical phenom- methods of assessing student learning in 3 cr. ena. A study of light and basic geometrical this course are homework assignments, EE 614 ADVANCED and physical optics theory prepares quizzes, classroom discussions, design students for investigation of the electronic ELECTROMAGNETICS projects, and a final exam. Prerequisite: EE 314 or equivalent. This is a and optical properties of light sources and 3 cr. detectors including LEDS, lasers, display study of the microscopic and macroscopic devices, photodetectors, detector arrays, EE 570 COMPUTER CONTROLLED properties of magnetic and insulating and charge transfer devices. After an SYSTEMS materials. Topics include gyromagnetism, investigation of electro-optics system Prerequisite: EE 302 and MATH 350. permeability tensor, reflection and design and analysis techniques, students Students learn the fundamentals of the state refraction, skin effect, antenna analysis, and develop an understanding of such applica- space approach to discrete systems relativistic electrodynamics. tions as optical signal processing, electro- modeling, analysis, and design. They also 3 cr. optics sensors, optical communications, learn to find the discrete state space model EE 621 COHERENT OPTICS optical computing, holography, integrated of mechanical, electrical, and electrome- Prerequisite: MATH 501; EE 314 or equiva- optics, display technologies, and fiber- chanical systems, and how to solve zero lent. Modern optical techniques rely heavily optics. A design paper is required. Upon input, zero state, and complete responses of on the analysis of the coherent properties of completion of this course, students a system represented in discrete state space light and the Fourier transform to explain understand the design and analysis form. In addition students learn to analyze the diffraction and interference associated techniques used in modern electro-optics stability, control ability, and observability of with optical wave propagation and image systems and are able to apply these sampled data system and to design formation. Beginning with a review of basic methods in electro-optics applications. The computer controlled feedback systems to electromagnetic wave principles and methods of assessing student learning in improve performance of a discrete time Maxwell’s equations, students develop an this course are homework assignments, system as well as learning to design understanding of those modern optical quizzes, classroom discussions, design observers. Students also learn to use techniques used to analyze coherence, projects, and a final exam. MATLAB computational software to polarization, interference, and diffraction. A 3 cr. understand new concepts and to perform study of light quanta and optical spectra and implement discrete system analysis and EE 550 POWER TRANSMISSION leads to an understanding of laser opera- design techniques. tion, and throughout the course, theoretical Prerequisite: EE 434 or concurrently. 3 cr Students learn the theoretical foundation analysis is supplemented with discussions for power transmission. They also learn EE 580 SIGNAL PROCESSING of such applications as holography, optical electrical characteristics and analysis of Prerequisites EE 302 and MATH 350 or data processing, optical sensing, fiber aerial transmission lines, current and equivalent. This is an introductory course in lasers, and other current topics. A design voltage relationships, generalized circuit digital signal processing. This course project is required. Upon completion of the constants, circle diagrams, load flow provides the necessary background for an course, students should be able to under- analysis and fault analysis in symmetrical entry level position in signal processing or stand the theory and analysis techniques and unsymmetrical conditions, system for advanced study. After successfully used in modern optical systems and stability, and the economic operation of completing this course students are familiar develop some proficiency in the design and systems. They also learn the basis of the with the basic theory and practice of digital implementation of simple optical systems signal processing. They understand the for applications. The methods of assessing 196 Graduate Courses

student learning in this course are home- analysis and design techniques. The EMGT 609 ENGINEERING COST work assignments, quizzes, classroom methods of assessing student learning in ANALYSIS discussions, design projects, and a final this course are homework assignments, Prerequisite: Graduate standing. This is a exam. classroom discussions, design projects, and study of the economic aspects of engineer- 3 cr. a final exam. ing decisions. Topics include comparison of 3 cr. alternatives in engineering programs and EE 625 STOCHASTIC PROCESSES economic factors in selecting and replacing Prerequisite: EE 525 or EE 570. This course EE 680 PATTERN RECOGNITION machinery, equipment, and structure. covers the basic principles of stochastic Prerequisite: EE 580; ENGR 212. This is an 3 cr. processes and control systems. Students examination of pattern recognition. Topics learn and review summary state space include statistical decision theory, pattern EMGT 615 STATISTICAL QUALITY representations for continued and discrete classification by distance functions and CONTROL systems, random variables and processes. likelihood functions, trainable pattern Prerequisite: ENGR 212 or permission of In addition they learn random processes, classifiers, deterministic and statistical instructor. This is an overview of popular moments of random processes, and approaches, pattern preprocessing and statistical methods as applied to quality statistical properties of outputs of stochas- feature selection, and syntactic pattern assurance. Topics include a review of data tic systems as well as analysis and design of recognition. analysis and hypothesis testing, coverage Kalman filters. Students also learn to use 3 cr. of statistical process control (variable and MATLAB computational software to attribute control charts), process capability understand new concepts and to perform EE 690 SPECIAL TOPICS IN analysis, and acceptance sampling (lot-by- ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING and implement system analysis and design lot and continuous). techniques. The methods of assessing This is a study of an advanced topic in 3 cr. student learning in this course are home- engineering of special interest to electrical work assignments, classroom discussions, engineering majors, but not carried in the EMGT 620 OPERATIONS RESEARCH design projects, and a final exam. catalogue on a regular basis. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. This is a 3 cr. 3 cr. study of techniques of mathematical formulation, analysis, and solution of EE 650 ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL EE 698-699 THESIS RESEARCH technical management problems and the PROCESSING This is a research course open to electrical interpretation of results. Computer Prerequisite: ENGR 212; EE 580 or equiva- engineering graduate students who have applications are included. lent. This is an advanced study of digital completed requirements for admission to 3 cr. signal processing and its applications to candidacy for the master’s degree. Prior to speech, radar, and image processing. Topics registration, written permission to enroll EMGT 622 PRODUCTION include least squares filter design, adaptive must be obtained from the student’s MANAGEMENT filters, time and frequency-domain analysis advisor. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. This is a of two-dimensional (2D) signals and 6 cr. study of the problems, analytical tech- systems; 2D DFT and Z-transform, theory niques, and recent developments that relate and design of 2D filters, homomorphic to the production function. Topics include signal processing, and spectral estimation. forecasting, inventory control, production ENGINEERING planning, scheduling, quality control, and Some computer programming and simula- MANAGEMENT tion required. the relationships between manufacturing 3 cr. and other functions of the firm. Emphasis is EMGT 590 SPECIAL TOPICS IN on mathematical and statistical methods of EE 667 ADVANCED ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT performing these functions. MATERIALS This is a study of an advanced topic in 3 cr. Prerequisite: EE 312; EE 302; EE 314 or engineering of special interest to industrial equivalent. This is a study of electrical and engineering management majors, but EMGT 624 ENGINEERING materials. Topics include crystal structure not carried in the catalogue on a regular MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS of solids, quantum theory and mechanics of basis. solids, semiconductor physics, magnetic 3 cr. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. This is an theory and materials, modern devices, overview of computerized systems for EMGT 605 ENGINEERING integrated electronic materials and devices, information handling and reporting MANAGEMENT and materials and devices for direct energy including spreadsheets, database systems Prerequisite: Graduate standing. This is a conversion. A design project is required. and graphics. Emphasis is on development, 3 cr. study of the major management functions of installation, and control of information the firm with emphasis on engineering and systems for production and operational EE 670 OPTIMAL CONTROL research. Topics include organization, managers. Hands-on experience is provided SYSTEMS planning, coordination, and control of using popular personal computer software. Prerequisite: EE 525 or permission of operations; corporate objectives; manage- 3 cr. instructor. Students learn the basic rial decision making; human relations; and principles of optimal control theory. They product development. EMGT 626 COMPUTER SIMULATION also learn minimum time, minimum control 3 cr. OF ENGINEERING/BUSINESS effort, terminal control, tracking and Prerequisite: FORTRAN or BASIC; ENGR 212 EMGT 607 QUALITY MANAGEMENT regulator forms of performance measures or equivalent. This is a study of the Prerequisite: Graduate standing. This as well as calculus of variations, and the computer simulation applied to queuing course covers the fundamental concepts of variational approaches including linear networks, inventory and production regulators and the Pontryagin’s minimum quality management including the manage- control, and material handling systems. principle methods as applied to the optimal ment philosophy underlying QM. Product 3 cr. quality and care of customers, management control theory. In addition students learn to EMGT 627 LEGAL ASPECTS OF analyze and design linear quadratic leadership, teamwork, constant improve- ment and innovation, and the influence of ENGINEERING regulators and tracking problems. They also human performance in product quality and Prerequisite: Graduate standing. This is a learn to use MATLAB computational study of legal concepts useful to the software to understand new concepts and inspection are included. 3 cr. engineering manager. Topics include a to perform and implement optimal control Graduate Courses 197

general background of the law, contract law, EMGT 648 PROJECT MANAGEMENT and the theory of functions of a complex patent law, trade secrets, employment Prerequisite: Graduate standing. This variable including Taylor and Laurent series contracts, product liability law, and other course examines project techniques which and residues and poles. Offered on demand. legal issues of interest to engineers. place emphasis on organizational and 3 cr. 3 cr. behavioral issues. It provides hands-on project management experience developing EMGT 629 ADVANCED project plans with the use of computer MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING software. MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 3 cr. ENGINEERING Prerequisite: Graduate standing. This is a study of manufacturing systems techniques EMGT 680 ENGINEERING ME 511 ADVANCED MECHANICS OF with special emphasis on cost estimating, MANAGEMENT PROJECT MATERIALS automation, group technology, expert Prerequisite: EMGT 605; EMGT 609; EMGT Prerequisite: ME 208; MATH 350. This is a systems, flexible assembly, cellular 615, and nine credit hours minimum of the continuation of ME 208. Topics include manufacturing, and other related special engineering electives in the concentration beams of different materials, composite topics. area. Students must select a project faculty beams, continuous beams, theories of 3 cr. advisor and obtain topic approval prior to failure, energy methods, thick-walled registration for this course. This is an cylinders, curved bars, shear center, and EMGT 637 ERGONOMICS independent engineering project under the Prerequisite: Graduate standing. This is a unsymmetrical bending. supervision of a project faculty advisor. The 3 cr. study of research related to the interface of design process is emphasized. Progress human beings and machines. Topics include reports and a final written report are ME 519 EXPERIMENTAL STRESS human factors, product and equipment required. An oral presentation and defense ANALYSIS design, capabilities and limitations of the of the project is made before a faculty Prerequisite: ME 208; ME 435 or concur- human sensory-motor system, design of committee. This course replaces the final rently. This is a survey of engineering displays, and interaction between individual comprehensive examination in the MSEM techniques used to evaluate and improve groups and machine systems. program. structural designs. Topics include strain 3 cr. 3 cr. gauges, photoelasticity, Moire fringe patterns, and brittle coatings. Two class EMGT 640 ENERGY MANAGEMENT EMGT 690 SPECIAL TOPICS IN Prerequisite: EMGT 609 or equivalent. This hours, one three-hour lab. ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT 3 cr. is an examination of energy cost and its This is a study of an advanced topic in impact on technical and management engineering of special interest to engineer- ME 526 GAS DYNAMICS approaches to conservation programs. ing management majors, but not carried in Prerequisite: ME 303; ME 316. This is a study Topics include energy reduction in electrical the catalogue on a regular basis. of the dynamics and thermodynamics of and thermal systems; heating, ventilation, 3 cr. compressible fluid flow. Topics include one- and air conditioning systems; and methods dimensional flow; numerical techniques; of initiating and managing an effective EMGT 698-699 THESIS RESEARCH and concepts relating to exhaust pipe conservation program. This is a research course open to engineer- tuning, wind tunnel design, and gas turbine 3 cr. ing management graduate students who design. have completed requirements for admission 3 cr. EMGT 643 DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS to candidacy for the master’s degree. Prior Prerequisite: EMGT 615. This is an overview to registration, written permission to enroll ME 540 DESIGN OF ALTERNATIVE of statistical methods for design of products must be obtained from the student’s ENERGY SYSTEMS and processes. Topics include experimental advisor. Prerequisite: ME 417 and senior or graduate design and analysis, regression analysis, 6 cr. standing. This is an introduction to the robust design, and Taguschi’s methods. theory and design of solar, water, wind, and Currently popular methods are surveyed. geothermal power generation systems. 3 cr. INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING Students examine the estimation of EMGT 644 QUALITY SYSTEMS AND residential heating and cooling loads and PROCESS IMPROVEMENT the sizing of domestic hot water systems. IE 515 DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURE An individual project involving the design of Prerequisite: EMGT 607 or equivalent. This Prerequisite: IE 314 or equivalent. This is a quantitative course covering an analysis an energy independent home is required. course examines techniques for analyzing of quality system structures in industry 3 cr. product structures for ease of assembly and today and the process improvement tools manufacture. It covers choice of material ME 542 COMPUTER-AIDED used in quality systems. Process and quality and processes in early design, geometric ENGINEERING tools such as SPC, Gage R & R, ISO 9000, 6 dimensioning and tolerancing, and robust Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing. Sigma, Benchmarking, and the Malcolm design techniques. This course is designed to assist students to Baldrige National Quality Award are studied. 3 cr. develop a knowledge and the experience of Course is on applications of these quality solid based conceptual design. Concept and principles. applications of solid modeling, engineering 3 cr. MATHEMATICS analysis using Finite Element Analysis, and EMGT 647 FACILITY PLANNING. design optimization are emphasized. SDRC Prerequisite: Graduate standing. This is a Master Series and Fluent packages are MATH 501 ENGINEERING study of techniques for facility location, utilized in the lab to supplement the lecture ANALYSIS II design, and planning. Other related topics materials. Prerequisite: MATH 350. This is a study of include materials handling, warehousing, 3 cr. selected topics from the theory of partial computer-aided designs, and maintenance differential equations. Topics include ME 543 INTRODUCTION TO considerations. COMPUTER-AIDED MANUFACTURING 3 cr. vector spaces, linear algebra, systems of differential equations, Fourier transforms, Prerequisite: ME 203 and senior standing. This is an introduction to the design of machine tools. Topics include the role of 198 Graduate Courses

computers in manufacturing; introduction ME 630 COMPUTATIONAL METHODS interfaces (AtoD, DtoA, DtoD), position and to NC, DNC, CNC, and AC systems; design of IN HEAT TRANSFER AND FLUID velocity feedback control loops, and interpolators; computers in process MECHANICS programmable logic controllers. planning; and robotics, group technology, Prerequisite: ME 417; MATH 501; ME 544. 3 cr. and FMS. This is a review of the basic equations of 3 cr. fluid mechanics and heat transfer. Topics ME 690 SPECIAL TOPICS IN include finite difference solution tech- MECHANICAL ENGINEERING ME 544 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS niques; studies of stability, accuracy, and This is a study of an advanced topic in IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING convergence; solutions of the wave engineering of special interest to mechani- Prerequisite: ME 417 or concurrently and equation, heat equation, Laplace equation, cal engineering majors, but not carried in senior or graduate standing. This is a study and Burger’s equation; numerical methods the catalogue on a regular basis. of commonly used computational methods for solving boundary layer equations; 3 cr. for solving engineering problems. Topics techniques for solving for the viscous forces include problems in thermodynamics, heat and heat transfer over complex bodies; and ME 698-699 THESIS RESEARCH transfer, dynamics, and structural analysis. computer simulation. This is a research course open to mechani- Case studies are used to investigate 3 cr. cal engineering graduate students who have problems requiring a multidisciplinary completed requirements for admission to approach. ME 635 DESIGN OF candidacy for the master’s degree. Prior to 3 cr. THERMODYNAMIC SYSTEMS registration and written permission to enroll Prerequisite: ME 304. This is a study of the must be obtained from the student’s ME 551 FLUID MACHINERY DESIGN design of thermodynamic systems. Topics advisor. Prerequisite: ME 304; ME 316. This is a study include zeroth, first, second, and third laws 6 cr. of fluid machinery design. Topics include of thermodynamic potentials; phase; boundary layer theory; procedures for chemical equilibrium for single and analyzing fluid flow losses; compressible multicomponent systems; and computer flow effects; design concepts and analyses applications of thermal systems applied to for airfoils, airfoil cascades, compressors, chemical reactions, combustion processes, GRADUATE COURSE and turbines; model testing and evaluation; and mechanical system designs. IN PUBLIC and introduction to gas turbine analysis and 3 cr. design. ADMINISTRATION: 3 cr. ME 640 FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS ME 590 SPECIAL TOPICS IN Prerequisite: ME 543 or ME 544. This is an PUB 600 ENVIRONMENT OF PUBLIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING introduction to management decisions ADMINISTRATION This is a study of an advanced topic in during FMS project planning, design, and Prerequisite: Acceptance into the master’s engineering of special interest to mechani- implementation. Topics include distributed program. The vast majority of Americans cal engineering majors, but not carried in processing; integrated CAD/CAM systems live and work in major urban centers today. the catalogue on a regular basis. and part program preparation; tool Those who serve them in public manage- 3 cr. databases; industrial robots, automated ment must oversee and administer a wide ME 610 MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS warehouses, and guided vehicles; coordi- range of programs that deeply impact the quality of life citizens enjoy, from the Prerequisite: ME 320; ME 435 or equivalent. nate measuring machines in computer This is a study of the theory and design of integrated systems; interfacing computers, provision of affordable housing to alleviat- instrumentation for measurement and machine tool controllers, and industrial ing traffic congestion, attracting economic control. Emphasis is on the analysis of robots; computer-aided project planning development, fighting violent crime, and stimulus-response relations for dynamic and dynamic part scheduling; economic dozens of other vital services. As the first course in the Master of Public Administra- measurement. Topics include application of considerations; and social aspects. tion program, PUB 600 will assist beginning instrumentation to the field of mechanical 3 cr. graduate students with developing a better engineering, industrial instruments for ME 646 APPLIED FINITE ELEMENT control and measurement, and electrical appreciation for the political environment ANALYSIS they will encounter as they seek to carry and pneumatic components. Prerequisite: Baccalaureate degree in 3 cr. out their responsibilities in an efficient, mechanical, civil, or aeronautical engineer- equitable, and accountable manner in ME 620 COMPUTATIONAL METHODS ing or permission of the instructor. This is a government. IN VIBRATIONS AND STRUCTURAL course designed to assist engineers in Who makes the decisions? Where is the ANALYSIS understanding the basic concepts of the real power in urban governance? Through- Prerequisite: MATH 501; ME 544. This is a finite element method and the use of the out the semester, efforts will be made to study of computational methods used in ANSYS program to perform computer-aided develop a model of decision making and analysis of vibrations and structures. Topics modeling and analysis. Topics include power that best fits the world of urban include eigenvalue, transient and steady- linear, nonlinear, static, dynamic, and politics and administration. Students will state analysis of conservative and non- thermal analyses of models. Emphasis is on test different explanatory models and conservative vibratory systems, matrix programming using graphics terminals and incorporate their impressions into a methods applied to multi-degree-of-freedom workstations. seminar paper that will be delivered to the systems, modal analysis methods, exact and 3 cr. class during the last two weeks of the approximate analysis method of distributed ME 654 COMPUTER CONTROL OF semester. This course is offered only in the parameter systems, Lagrange equations MANUFACTURING Off-campus program on the Springfield campus. with engineering applications, and the This is an introduction to NC systems. 3 cr. solution of equations of motion by numeri- Topics include point-to-point positioning cal procedures. Computer applications are control and continuous path contouring emphasized. control, interpolation methods, actuating 3 cr. devices and sensors, digital computer PStudent Services 201

UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT SERVICES AND INFORMATION

STUDENT SERVICES AND INFORMATION ...... 202

Wholistic Student Development ...... 202

Campus Life ...... 202

Parents Association ...... 203

Student Assistance ...... 203

The First Year Program ...... 204

Student Government ...... 207

Student Organizations ...... 207

Professional Societies ...... 208

Honor Societies ...... 209

Athletics ...... 209

ROTC ...... 210

Student Conduct Code ...... 210 202 Student Services

UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT apartments with full kitchens and baths. Residence facili- ties serve as an integral part of the educational program. SERVICES AND INFORMATION Students proceed through various types of residential facilities as they progress through their undergraduate programs. Freshmen are normally assigned to traditional LEARNING BEYOND THE CLASSROOM residence halls. Sophomores normally reside in either traditional or suite-style living units. Juniors and seniors Wholistic Student Development – may reside in apartments at Gateway Village. All resi- dence facilities are furnished with twin or bunk beds, Learning through Participation and wardrobes, bureaus, desks, and chairs. Apartment units Reflection are also furnished with kitchen appliances, a dining table, A philosophy of wholistic student development, where and living area furnishings. Information regarding ser- students are encouraged to reflect, think, talk, and write vices, laundry facilities, etc., is provided at the time of on their outside of the classroom experiences, governs room assignment. Assignment is largely determined by student life at Western New England College. Through the student’s housing preferences, class level, and dem- involvement as well as reflection, students are encouraged onstrated academic performance. Requests for college to participate in the learning process as they develop. All housing are honored depending on availability of facilities programs and activities in student life embody the tenets and fulfillment of payment deadlines. Each area within the of this philosophy. This organizing principle is mirrored residency complexes is staffed by an area coordinator, a in all student services, activities, policies, and academic residence manager, and several resident advisors. Area courses. Staff members within the Office of Student Affairs coordinators are full-time professional staff in residence, coordinate these programs with the assistance and who oversee components of college housing throughout cooperation of the faculty. The goal is to encourage the campus. Residence managers are typically graduate students to be more reflective about outside of the students who reside on campus and are responsible for classroom experiences through integrating their the management of their particular housing area. Resi- cocurricular and scholarly lives. Activities are student- dent advisors are full-time undergraduate students work- oriented and focus on academic and personal ing directly with a specific living group. Residence Life is development. supervised by the director and assistant director of Resi- Program objectives include the following: dence Life with support and assistance from a secretary. • Achieving intellectual competence Dining Services. Food services are provided in the St. • Learning about emotions and values Germain Campus Center. A full service board plan offers • Developing interpersonal skills students a variety of dining options. Resident students • Developing an awareness of social identity normally take their meals in the main dining room. The • Exploring career options and lifestyles Campus Center snack bar, called the Rock Cafe, provides • Appreciating cultural diversity a varied menu for commuting students including a la carte • Learning about physical fitness and health dining or late night snacks. Food service is available seven • Gaining artistic and cultural appreciation days a week while classes are in session. Students residing Examples of outside of the classroom experiences in traditional or suite-style units are required to partici- include: pate in a comprehensive meal plan. Junior and senior • Annual expositions such as career fairs, a health students residing in Gateway Village apartments and com- fair, and a student activities fair muting students may choose to participate in a variety of • Academic support services (time management, alternative meal plans. study skills, tutorial assistance) Campus Center. The St. Germain Campus Center • Substance abuse education serves as a focal point for social, cultural, and leisure • Fall, spring, and summer orientation for new activities at the College. In addition to various recre- students ational and dining facilities, it contains offices for student • Service learning clubs and organizations, music practice rooms, student • Peer advising media offices, the broadcast studios of the College’s radio • Issues in human sexuality station, WNEK. It also contains an arts and crafts room, an • Human relations lectures, the performing arts, art gallery featuring monthly exhibits, a music and dance cultural diversity studio, fully equipped dark room facilities, a television • Leadership development lounge, and a variety of conference and meeting rooms. A game room and newly designed Cyber Cafe provide other Campus Life leisure time activities. Living Facilities. Students may live in a variety of Most of the Student Affairs administrative offices are accommodations, ranging from traditional residence halls located on the second floor, allowing students easy and to room suites with semi-private baths to single story convenient access. These include the offices of the Dean PStudent Services 203

of Students, Student Activities, Residence Life, Career and are made on a case-by-case basis. If students wish, they Human Resources, Counseling, Campus Ministry, and Di- may arrange for individual appointments weekly or twice versity Programs and Services. The Office of Freshman each month to review their courses, assignments and and Transfer Students is located on the first floor. The accommodations, and if needed to review study skills, College Bookstore, also located in the Campus Center, time management, and general organizational problems provides a complete textbook service. The store stocks a or concerns. The Student Disability Services Office is wide variety of paperback books, magazines, educational available to address related issues on disabilities as well supplies, and sundry items. Assorted gifts, T-shirts, hats, as act as a referral source to other personnel on campus. athletic wear, and other items with the College name or Students are encouraged to visit the office early in the emblem are also available. semester to access needed services and acquaint profes- sors of their academic needs in a timely manner to receive Parents’ Association full benefits of the services. The provost/vice president Originally founded in 1978 by a group of interested for Academic Affairs serves as the Section 504 officer on parents of undergraduate students, the Parents’ Associa- campus and is responsible for ensuring that Section 504 tion provides an organized vehicle for allowing parents to regulations are fulfilled in a reasonable and timely man- take a more active part in the affairs of the College. ner. Principally, the Parents’ Association seeks to promote Counseling Services. The Counseling Services office projects of direct impact on the quality of student life, provides professional, confidential help to students with assisting in providing students with educational and rec- personal, social, and educational concerns. Common ar- reational resources and increasing dialogue between par- eas of concern include adjustment to college, low self- ents and the College. A Parent Handbook is published by esteem, relationships, stress, depression, eating disor- the Parents’ Association and is distributed to parents of ders, substance abuse, sexual/physical abuse, and test new students. anxiety. Services include individual, couple, and family counseling, crisis intervention, consultation, and referral. Student Assistance Workshops and group counseling are regularly scheduled throughout the academic year, and psychiatric consulta- Student Administrative Services. The Office of Stu- tions are available on a referral basis. Students may bor- dent Administrative Services (SAS) combines the func- row self-help books and tapes from a book/audio tape tions of billing and collections, financial aid, and records lending library. Remember, no concern is too small to and registration. Student Administrative Services is de- bring in to discuss. Anything that causes uneasiness or signed to conveniently serve all clients of the College in anxiety may affect academic performance as well as one’s one location by a team of client service representatives personal life. Our caring professionals are here to help. and specialists. Located on the ground floor of the D’Amour Library, the entrance to Student Administrative Services Career and Human Resources. The Office of Career is on the south side of the building. The telephone number and Human Resources assists students and alumni with is 413-796-2080, and the fax number is 413-796-2081. career planning, occupational exploration, job search strategies, graduate school decision-making, and intern- Student Disability Services. The Student Disabilities ship programs. All students are encouraged to use the Services (SDS) office is designed to provide support for resources of Career and Human Resources. These include any student with a documented disability who requests a computer career guidance program, a library of career academic accommodation. To register with the office related books and directories, company literature, peri- students requesting these services must identify them- odicals, newsletters, and reference files for a wide variety selves and offer documentation substantiating a disabil- of occupations. The Office of Career and Human Re- ity. Disabilities protected under Section 504 of the Reha- sources offers programs on a range of career related bilitation Act and the Americans with Disabilities Act topics. Many of these programs are sponsored for particu- include, but are not limited to, students with learning lar residence halls and student organizations. The College’s disabilities, perceptual disabilities, deaf or hearing im- strong commitment to the development of students’ ca- pairments, blind or visual impairments, speech disorders, reer decision-making is demonstrated by individual ca- orthopedic impairments, and other health impairments. reer advising services, its assistance in identifying career This disclosure and registration at the office is voluntary. options, and continuing supply of updated job identifica- However, registration in the office in a timely fashion is tion resources. An Alumni Career Network program puts necessary to secure specific academic accommodations. students in contact with alumni actively employed in their All information, reports, and discussions are held in strict fields and eager to share occupational information. The confidence. The director of the Student Disabilities Ser- career recruiting program brings students in contact with vices office works with the students and faculty to ensure employers through on-campus recruiting and résumé that necessary services and accommodations are pro- referrals. Students are also assisted in finding summer vided in a timely and efficient manner. Specific requests employment. The internship program provides students for accommodations are reviewed and recommendations 204 Student Services

with an opportunity to experience a work environment cerns of students of color and international students. The and to apply the theory they have learned in the class- College values and supports diversity and recognizes that room in local businesses, industry, and organizations. A students work and live in a pluralistic society. In order to weekly newsletter is published and serves as a principal expose students to an increasingly complex world and to tool for alerting students to employment opportunities, encourage respect for other cultures and people, a variety recruiting schedules, and workshops. The newsletter is of special programs are offered. Examples of current or now online at www.wnec.edu/html/chr.html. The Office of past programs include a series on women’s history, the Career and Human Resources’ effective combination of celebration of Black History Month, and visiting artists of educational career programs and job search services rich and culturally diverse heritages. provides a valuable complement to the student’s aca- Campus Ministry. The Office of Campus Ministry demic experience. provides liturgical celebration and offers guidance and Career and Human Resources also coordinates stu- counseling in both spiritual and personal matters. Through dent employment. Students who receive a Federal Work its broad-based ecumenical and interfaith programs, Cam- Award should plan to visit Career and Human Resources pus Ministry enables each member of the College commu- to complete a student employment application, review nity to worship in their own way. The Catholic, Jewish, and available employment opportunities, and be referred for Protestant clergy meet Tuesdays at noon with students, interviews. faculty, and administrators of their respective denomina- Health Services. The College’s well-equipped health tions. One particular effort sponsored through Campus facilities provide care on an outpatient basis. The Office of Ministry concerns encouraging volunteers for community Health Services, located in the Alumni Healthful Living outreach in areas of need such as world hunger, Center, is under the immediate supervision of a nurse homelessness, adult literacy, and the like. Campus Minis- practitioner. A part-time physician maintains a regular try joins the Cultural Liaison Office on campus to work schedule of on-campus office hours. Health Services pro- closely with the Springfield Council of Churches, the vides urgent care of episodic illnesses and injuries, gyne- Western Massachusetts Interfaith Council, the Rabbinic cology services, as well as counseling in all areas of health Fellowship of Greater Springfield, and the Roman Catholic maintenance and promotion. Referrals are provided to Diocese of Springfield to provide students every opportu- those in need of specialist care. Treatment at the College’s nity to fulfill their particular religious and spiritual needs. Health Services is free of charge to all students currently enrolled. Students are, however, responsible for the cost of off-campus medical care and most laboratory work. All First Year Program full-time and three-quarter time students are required by Massachusetts state law to carry medical insurance. Each Mission Statement year the students must notify Health Services, by waiver, what insurance company insures them. If students do not The Office of Freshman and Transfer Students pays provide a waiver then they will be enrolled in the College’s particular attention to creating a network of support health insurance plan. Massachusetts law also requires persons whose intention involves proactive interaction full-time students to provide a record of immunizations with first year students. As an agent of change, the Office against measles, mumps, rubella, diphtheria, and tetanus. of Freshman and Transfer Students functions in a culture All full-time students are further required to provide a of collaboration with each of the undergraduate schools completed physical examination form from a licensed and academic departments, student affairs staff, faculty, health care provider with a complete health history to student leadership, and alumni. It espouses a student Health Services prior to the start of the academic year. centered approach to program delivery. Students are always to be treated as the reason for any initiative. Co-curricular Activities. Co-curricular activities and The First Year Program at Western New England “learning beyond the classroom” experiences are integral College seeks to lay the foundation for student success. parts of student life at Western New England College. Such Through intentional construction of a personal support activities complement the more formal academic pro- network and sponsorship of educationally purposeful gram inside the classroom. Significant emphasis is also initiatives, the First Year Program prompts students to placed on development of leadership skills, motivation, embrace intellectual challenge, acquire a sense of place, program promotion, and effective communication. A regu- engage social connections and develop educational pur- lar series of leadership training programs is sponsored by pose. The First Year Program challenges students to the Student Activities Office. Student Activities also in- recognize the value of college and to discard any notion of forms students about the myriad programs and activities mediocrity in performance, so that full academic and which are offered on most weekends of the academic year. personal potential can be attained. Multicultural Interests. In support of the educational The First Year Program values individuality and di- value attained through representation of various cultural versity. It acknowledges that students enter college at backgrounds, the College recognizes the particular con- varying developmental stages and with unique needs. The PStudent Services 205

First Year Program is committed to fostering a highly system. Without participation, the program or advisor personal and innovative delivery system in order to prompt interaction is of little value. The following programs help students to identify a vision of their future, acquire the students make a successful adjustment to college life: confidence to pursue that vision, set realistic goals, main- tain motivation, and build academic and personal resil- 1. Summer Orientation and Registration (SOAR) iency. It seeks to move students from dependent to inter- Students and parents may take part in a two day, dependent relationships. The First Year Program empha- overnight program on selected dates through the summer sizes interaction with faculty early in the student experi- months. The SOAR program is guided by principles of ence and characterizes peers as highly influential. It em- academic anticipation. During SOAR, parents and stu- braces community and seeks to quickly integrate stu- dents reside on campus. Separate but complementary dents into the campus culture, to formulate a framework programs are held for students and parents. The first year of responsible citizenship and to acquire class identity. program is unique in this context. Student and parent needs are addressed through the first class meeting of The Goal of the First Year Program First Year Seminar, academic information sessions, ad- justment workshops, conversations with faculty, comple- The formula for success in the first year appears tion of course registration for the fall semester, initiation simple: make friends, embrace the academic demands of of a preliminary educational plan, completion of resi- college work, participate in activities, and seek out people dency assignment information, and introduction to col- who can help in time of need. The difference between a lege life. An alternative orientation program is available successful first year and one which is less successful than for transfer students. Typically 90 percent of first year anticipated can be related to something as simple as students choose to participate. knowing when to get help or finding someone who will listen at times of distress. The First Year Program clarifies 2. First Week the simple tasks and attempts to make simple the more When the first term begins, attention is paid to making difficult tasks of college adjustment. The first year pro- the necessary preparation to begin the semester with the gram challenges students to work to personal potential resources for a relatively smooth transition. Of particular and to discard any notion of mediocrity. consequence is the opportunity for each student to com- plete a personal success plan. The personal success plan Program Objectives provides a framework for establishing specific, reason- The First Year Program offers help in the following able, measurable, attainable, and timely goals for the first ways: semester. It is much more probable that success will be • Making students aware of services and re- realized when students have direction and purpose. Stu- sources dent life at college is symbolically represented by the Fall • Identifying a network of educational and emo- Convocation, an academic assembly focusing on the tra- tional support dition and purpose of higher education and a forum for • Creating specific goals for academic, physical, recognizing the preceding year’s freshman honors recipi- and personal accomplishments ents. • Encouraging involvement and participation in 3. First Year Seminar campus life • Assisting in development of an educational plan All first semester freshman students and freshman and scheduling of classes transfer students with 15 or less completed college cred- • Promoting social adjustment its are required to successfully complete a two credit • Monitoring and encouraging academic progress course focusing on academic skills development, discov- and engagement ery of academic interests, critical thinking, and promotion • Fostering awareness of the value of a college of educational values. The seminar is normally taught by education faculty who also serve as students’ academic advisors for • Increasing student awareness of a global society the first two years of enrollment or until such time as a • Building student confidence. major is confirmed. Students may opt to request reassign- ment of the faculty advisor should the need arise. Stu- Programs and Services dents in pre-pharmacy and pre-physician assistant may voluntarily elect to take the First Year Seminar as part of Programs and sessions are always changing to remain the first semester curriculum. First Year Seminar is fur- current with student needs. In its present form, the first ther distinguished by the school of origin. year program is focused on several elements which are believed to have educational value and purpose and which 4. Summer Reading Assignment foster student success. Equally crucial is student partici- All freshman students scheduled to enroll in the First pation. One of the most important variables in success is Year Seminar are assigned a selected reading for summer a student’s willingness to take advantage of the support study. In an effort to heighten awareness of college aca- 206 Student Services

demic work and challenge students in critical thinking, 8. Celebrating Student Success students attend the first class in freshman seminar during Student achievement is valued at Western New En- the Summer Orientation and Registration (SOAR) pro- gland College. Students can expect to hear from the dean gram. Students are expected to begin the academic year of the Office of Freshman and Transfer Students not only fully prepared to discuss the summer reading assignment when there is concern, but also when academic and and to have completed the companion writing assign- personal goals have been met. Recognition is likewise ment. Reading and writing assignments vary in the Schools noted through the freshman honor society, Alpha Lambda of Arts and Sciences, Business, and Engineering. Delta. Eligibility is determined by grade point average at 5. Academic Progress Monitoring the end of the first semester of full time enrollment or cumulatively at the end of the first year. There are two key indicators which serve to foster or inhibit academic success: class attendance and comple- tion of out-of-class assignments. Both indicators are moni- Support in the First Year Transition tored through the first year. Regardless of any class An alumnus of Western New England College de- attendance policy, it is well documented that students scribed the First Year Program as a web of support. The who regularly attend all class meetings succeed; those alumnus was describing the many options students have who skip class do not succeed. When excessive absence to identify a personal resource and mentor. A critical patterns are noted, students may be advised of the poten- piece to solving the adjustment puzzle is to identify at tial impact on progress. At the completion of the sixth least one person in an advising capacity who is accessible week of classes, the first set of grades are calculated based and interested in student success. In the First Year Pro- on assignments completed to date. In progress grades are gram, such identification is made easier by searching distributed to first year students only through the as- among a carefully constructed support network: signed advisors. Instructors also have the option of for- 1. Academic Advisor warding specific suggestions for improvement, which are Each student is assigned to a member of the faculty to then shared with students for consideration and action. assist in the development of educational and career plans. 6. Tutoring Academic advisors are the principle resource regarding It is quite normal for students to encounter subject information on academic requirements and should be matter which proves challenging. To support instruction, consulted prior to completion of course registration. peer tutors are employed to assist students over the 2. Peer Advisor rough spots in mastering content and developing study Each first year student is assigned to an upperclass strategies which match the type of course. Tutoring is student who is trained to serve as a source of information, typically offered on a short term basis in many 100 and 200 point of first contact, and conduit to program and ser- level courses. vices. Most notably, peer advisors coach each student in 7. Freshman Focus Program the formation of the personal success plan and act as an The Freshman Focus Program serves as an umbrella advocate for student success. under which freshman students can access particular 3. Faculty opportunities for personal growth. Programs range from Among the notable changes students encounter in a Student Activities Expo designed to acquaint students college is the shift to assuming personal responsibility for with clubs and organizations to workshops on learning learning. Faculty teaching in the first year and beyond are about cultural and ethnic diversity. Freshman Focus pro- committed to student success and particularly respond to grams also include workshops geared to students who students who demonstrate a desire to learn. Students are aspire to leadership as “emerging leaders.” Students may encouraged to take advantage of faculty interest. Faculty also elect to take part in Freshman Council, an assembly further demonstrate their commitment to the quality of of freshman students committed to building cohesive- instruction in the first year through the existence of a ness and respect for every first year student. Freshmen faculty committee dedicated to the first year academic living on campus also find that residence hall assignments program and promotion of structured learning environ- are often clustered around academic interests to ease the ments with high feedback formation of study groups and sharing of career develop- ment information. Students who study together and share 4. Freshman Seminar Assistant academic interests are more likely to find college a true Assigned to each section of the First Year Seminar, learning community. Yet another dimension includes the upperclass students work with seminar instructors to development of student centered community expecta- mentor students in the development of academic skills tions, a set of guiding principles governing student living and attitudes. and interaction. PStudent Services 207

5. Resident Advisor ors and to enhance the academic experience. Examples of In each residence hall living unit, there is an upperclass recognized student groups affiliated with academic de- student living in that unit to assist students in the forma- partments include the Accounting Association, Marketing tion of an environment conducive to study and personal Club, Internet Association, Political Science Club, Math development. Club, Association for Computing Machinery Student Chap- ter, Biology Club, Management Association, Financial For further information about the First Year Program Management Association, Behavioral/Social Sciences Club, or to solicit advice and counsel regarding educational or Criminal Justice Club, and Pre-Law Society. Particular personal goals, students and parents are encouraged to student interests can also be pursued through such groups contact the dean of the Office of Freshman and Transfer as the Bowling Club, Cheerleading Club, Outing Club, Students. Dance Club, and Martial Arts Club. United and Mutually Equal (U & ME) and the Interna- tional Student Association are organizations serving the Student Government needs of an increasingly diverse student body. The goal of these organizations is to promote understanding, appre- Student Senate. The Student Senate is the official ciation, and enthusiasm for diversity throughout the cam- voice of full-time students and is comprised of represen- pus while providing a familiar and supportive community tatives from each class; representatives from each of the for international students and students of color. Schools of Arts and Sciences, Business, and Engineering; commuter and resident representatives; and the Massa- The Arts. The College also offers students a wide chusetts College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences. Elec- range of activities in which to express themselves. Musi- tions for most offices are held in the spring of each year. cians and performers alike have many opportunities to Fall elections are held for freshman representatives. The perform on a regular basis and at traditional College Student Senate serves as a liaison between students, events. faculty, and the administration of the College. In addition, The Campus Chorus performs at the annual Fall the Senate appoints representatives to sit on joint com- Convocation, the Festival of Lights in December, the Martin mittees of the Faculty Senate in order to encourage coop- Luther King, Jr. celebration in January, and at eration and to foster joint decision-making. The Senate Commencement. The newly formed Golden Bear Pep Band has as one of its major responsibilities the budgeting and performs at home football and basketball games. Students administering of student activity fees in ways that will can also display their artwork in the College’s Art Gallery most benefit the College community. or have their fiction and poetry published in the literary magazine. Campus Activities Board. The Campus Activities Board is a standing committee of the Student Senate Publications and Communications. The Cupola is the responsible for lecture programs, films, coffeehouse con- College yearbook. It is written and edited by students. The certs, performing arts, recreation, and special affairs such editor and staff of the Cupola invite interested students to as Family and Friends Weekend. It is through this body of participate in its development and publication. The Review students that the majority of student programming origi- of Art and Literature is the College’s student literary nates. Particular emphasis is given to providing a full magazine. The purpose of The Review of Art and Literature spectrum of programs encompassing both weekday and is to celebrate creative student work in photography, weekend schedules. Membership is open to any full-time literature, and prose. The Student Handbook contains student. information, procedures, and regulations governing student conduct, disciplinary procedures, programs, Residence Hall Association. The Residence Hall As- activities, and services. The Student Handbook is sociation provides a forum for self-governance and pro- distributed each fall to all students. All students are held gram development in the residence halls. Organized by responsible for knowing its content and observing its elected student representatives from each of the resi- rules. The student radio station, WNEK, is a 10-watt non- dence areas, RHA provides coordination of student house commercial educational FM radio station licensed by the council governance units and of all social, recreational, FCC. Programming consists of news, music, public affairs, and educational programs. It also provides suggestions to and sports. The station, located in the Campus Center, is the College for improvement in the residence halls. staffed and operated by students. The undergraduate student newspaper, The Westerner, is published twice each month. Interested students are encouraged to Student Organizations contribute articles and serve as staff members. All print Clubs. A variety of student organizations represent- media has placed either first or second in the American ing special interests, and often fostered by specific aca- Scholastic Press Association competitions for two demic departments, offer students the opportunity to consecutive years. expand the range of participation in co-curricular endeav- 208 Student Services

Professional Societies The Engineering Student Council. The purpose of Alpha Kappa Psi. Alpha Kappa Psi is one of the oldest this council is to coordinate, organize, and implement, professional associations for students pursuing business- many social and educational programs for the School of related careers. The Theta Lambda Chapter at Western Engineering. Voting members of the Council are represen- New England College provides a forum for discussion of tatives from the ASME, BMES, IEEE, IIE, and SWE profes- career options, professional standards, business ethics sional engineering societies. The Council serves as an and practices, and stresses personal ethics and academic advisory board to the dean and faculty of the School of achievement. Engineering and is an invaluable resource and sounding board for curriculum and class scheduling. American Marketing Association (AMA). Western New England College is home to one of the 400 collegiate Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). chapters of the American Marketing Association. The The Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers is the mission of the Collegiate Chapters Division of the AMA is world’s largest professional engineering society. The to be the world’s leading professional student organiza- Western New England College student branch provides tion by furthering the professional development of stu- the electrical engineering student with a means of estab- dents through leadership training and involvement in the lishing a sense of professional awareness and identity. It field of marketing. has proven itself to be valuable in helping students make important career decisions. It also provides students with American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). a medium for entering student paper competitions at The Western New England College student section of The local, regional, and national levels. A strong tie exists American Society of Mechanical Engineers was estab- between the local professional chapter and the student lished for the purpose of advancement and dissemination branch at the College. of knowledge of the theory and practice of mechanical engineering, the presentation of a proper perspective of Institute of Industrial Engineers (IIE). The objective engineering work, and the opportunity to become ac- of the Western New England College student chapter of quainted with the personnel and activities of the Society, the Institute of Industrial Engineers is to promote the as well as the promotion of professional awareness and profession of industrial engineering through affiliation fellowship. with the national organization. Activities include discus- sion of professional opportunities, field trips to employ- Association for Computing Machinery (ACM). Orga- ment sites, research, and becoming acquainted with the nized as a student chapter, the Association for Computing ideals, purposes, and life-style typical of those in the Machinery seeks to promote a working knowledge of profession. The student chapter brings the classroom computer science. Design, construction, and language of experience to life. modern computing machinery are within the interests of the club. Additional goals of the chapter are to promote Society of Women Engineers (SWE). The student professionalism and ethical use of computing and infor- chapter of the Society of Women Engineers was estab- mation resources. Affiliate membership is offered to any lished to serve as a support group and provide career student and full membership is likewise available, pro- guidance to women engineering students. The student vided the student is also a member of the national organi- chapter of SWE sponsors panel discussions and lectures zation. given by women engineers focusing on the special needs and problems of women engineers in industry. The stu- Biomedical Engineering Society (BMES). The Bio- dents also attend seminars, mini-conferences, and meet- medical Engineering Society is a national organization of ings of the National Society of Women Engineers Hartford biomedical engineers. The mission of the student branch Section and Boston Section. The SWE chapter has also of the BMES at Western New England College is to provide established a mentorship program with women engineers students the opportunity to learn about the field of bio- in local industry. medical engineering. Through participation in the chap- ter, students are exposed to the many diverse aspects of Student Chapter of the Northeastern Section of the the field as well as opportunities for education and em- Mathematical Association of America. The student chap- ployment after graduation. The chapter accomplishes ter of the Northeastern Section of the Mathematical Asso- this mission through invited guest speakers, plant and ciation of America provides a forum for students to dis- clinic tours, a trip to the Annual Meeting of the BMES, and cuss and plan careers in mathematics and the mathemati- a trip to the Annual Northeast Bioengineering Conference. cal sciences, to present student papers at the local, re- Additionally, students are encouraged to submit papers gional, and national levels, and to participate in a national into regional and national competitions sponsored by the problem solving contest. Moreover, students are encour- BMES. Beyond these experiences, the chapter offers aged to attend mathematics conferences, subscribe to students opportunities for community involvement and journals through the MAA, and to participate in many of social activity. the activities during Math Awareness Week each year. The PStudent Services 209

chapter is established to expose students to many areas stimulate, and maintain scholarship. To be nominated a in mathematics and to all the career options open to student must be a declared major or be enrolled in the mathematicians. Membership is available to any student minor program in psychology, have completed three se- who is a member of the national organization. mesters of college study, and maintained a 3.0 cumulative grade point average and a 3.0 grade point average in at least nine credit hours of psychology courses. Honor Societies Tau Beta Pi. Tau Beta Pi is the national honor society Alpha Kappa Delta. Alpha Kappa Delta is the national for engineering. Outstanding juniors and seniors inducted honor society in sociology and a member of the Associa- into Tau Beta Pi receive national recognition for their tion of College Honor Societies. The Theta Chapter of academic and professional achievements. Student mem- Massachusetts was chartered at Western New England bers of Tau Beta Pi are also invited to join the local College in 1975. Students are nominated for membership engineering honorary, Sigma Beta Tau, which has an through their faculty advisor on the basis of academic active alumni group. excellence and serious commitment to, and interest in, the study of society for the purpose of service to mankind. To be nominated, a student must have a 2.7 cumulative Athletics average and a 3.0 average in at least 12 credit hours of The Alumni Healthful Living Center. The Alumni sociology and social science course. Healthful Living Center is an athletic and recreational facility designed to address the College’s concern for Alpha Lambda Delta. Alpha Lambda Delta is a na- students’ well-being. The Center offers programs in health tional honor society that recognizes academic excellence services and education, recreational activities, and physi- during a student’s first year in college. The purpose of this cal education. The College’s intercollegiate and intramu- honor society is to encourage superior academic achieve- ral programs are conducted there. Facilities for these ment among freshmen and to promote leadership early in activities include a basketball court; an eight-lane swim- the students’ collegiate experience. Membership is open ming pool; indoor track; wrestling room; weight room; to all freshmen who earn a cumulative average of at least courts for racquetball, handball, squash, and tennis; a 3.5 either in their first semester of enrollment or in their studio for aerobics and dance; a Wellness Center; and a first year of enrollment prior to initiation. No incompletes multipurpose field house. or failures can be on the record. To be eligible, students must be enrolled full-time in a degree program. Intercollegiate Competition. Western New England College offers a varsity intercollegiate program for both Delta Mu Delta. Delta Mu Delta is a national honor men and women in a wide variety of sports. Currently, society for both men and women majoring in business varsity teams are fielded in baseball, basketball, cross administration. Its purpose is to promote higher scholar- country, football, golf, ice hockey, lacrosse, soccer, ten- ship in training for business and to recognize and reward nis, and wrestling for men; basketball, cross country, field scholastic attainment in business subjects. Student mem- hockey, lacrosse, soccer, softball, swimming, tennis, and bers must be selected from the top 20 percent of their total volleyball for women. As active members of NCAA Divi- class on the basis of cumulative grades. Candidates must sion III and the ECAC, Western New England College have completed at least one half of the work required for belongs to the Great Northeast Athletic Conference for a baccalaureate degree and have achieved a G.P.A. of 3.4 most sports while football competes in the New England or higher. Football Conference. The Golden Bears strive for athletic Pi Sigma Alpha. Pi Sigma Alpha is the national politi- excellence. cal science honor society. Students majoring in govern- Other Opportunities. The College also offers oppor- ment, political science, public administration, and inter- tunities which are not NCAA sponsored, such as its highly national relations who attain high standards of scholar- successful bowling program and its martial arts competi- ship and academic distinction in political science and in tion team. The intramural sports program offers the op- their overall academic programs are invited to member- portunity for every student to participate in sports. The ship. Membership is conferred on the basis of academic variety of sports offered is based on student interest. The merit alone. objective of the intramural program is to promote healthy Psi Chi. Psi Chi is the national honor society in and vigorous physical activity for participating students. psychology, an affiliate of the American Psychological Equipment and supervision is provided by the College. Association, and a member of the Association of College Honor Societies. Organized in five regional divisions with more than 300 active chapters, Psi Chi recognizes the academic achievement of students who meet or exceed exacting eligibility standards. The purpose of Psi Chi is to advance the science of psychology, and to encourage, 210 Student Services

ROTC The College offers both Army and Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps (ROTC) programs. The Army ROTC program is located on campus with a full-time staff. Air Force ROTC is through the University of Massachusetts at Amherst. Freshman and sophomore ROTC classes are open, with no obligation, to students interested in the development of leadership, study skills, and outdoor skills. Further ROTC training can lead to a commission as an officer in the Army or Air Force with service in the re- serves or on active duty. Scholarships, which are merit- based and provide funds for two or three years, are available. For further information, see the Financial Aid section of this catalogue.

Student Conduct Code In order to assist students in determining a frame- work in which to measure the acceptability of daily living activities, a code of student conduct has been formulated. This document was endorsed by the Student Affairs Com- mittee of the Faculty Senate, the Student Senate, and the Graduate Council and approved by the Board of Trustees. The Student Conduct Code is to be referenced in the adjudication of the student disciplinary process and con- tains specific information on such things as the use of alcoholic beverages, hazing, student organization mem- bership requirements, right of peaceful assembly, posses- sion, use, or distribution of drugs and narcotics, use of campus facilities, respect for a multicultural population, and sexual harassment. Students are urged to familiarize themselves with the responsibilities outlined therein. Copies of the Student Conduct Code for both undergradu- ate and graduate students are made available through the Office of the Dean of Students. The Code for undergradu- ate students is also reprinted in the Student Handbook. Expenses and Financial Aid 213

TUITION, EXPENSES, FINANCES, SCHOLARSHIPS, LOANS

TUITION ...... 214

Undergraduate ...... 214

Graduate ...... 214

FEE STRUCTURE ...... 214

All Students ...... 214

Full-Time ...... 214

Technology ...... 215 Residential ...... 215

Board ...... 215

General Financial Information ...... 216 Acceptance Deposit ...... 216

Expenses for Books and Materials ...... 216

Withdrawals and Refunds ...... 216 Late Payment, Prepayment ...... 216

Deferred Payment ...... 217

Sibling Discount ...... 217 Employer Extension Plan ...... 217

Tuition Paid by Employers ...... 217

FINANCIAL AID ...... 217

Scholarship and Grants ...... 218

Scholarships and Special Awards Available to Part-Time Undergraduate Students ...... 222

Federal Financial Assistance Programs ...... 222

Other Financial Assistance ...... 223 214 Expenses and Financial Aid

TUITION Graduate Graduate students are charged per credit hour as follows: Undergraduate Tuition per credit hour (2000-2001) $409.00* Full-time Students Registration Fee (12 hours or more per semester) (per semester, nonrefundable) 20.00 Basic Annual Fees (2000-2001) *In addition to the basic tuition, a fee is charged on all engineering Tuition (12-17 credit hours per term) $14,354.00* courses at a rate of $30 per credit hour. Student Activities Fee 200.00 Technology Fee 200.00 Comprehensive Services Fee 750.00 Student Insurance Fee (subject to waiver) 750.00 16,254.00 Residential Fee FEE STRUCTURE Room (two occupants) & Board 7,050.00 Total $23,304.00 * Students who select programs of more than 17 credit hours are All Students charged at a rate of $356 per credit hour for each credit hour over 17. Application Fee. The College application fee of $30 In addition to the basic tuition, a fee is charged on all engineering must accompany the initial application for admission. courses at a rate of $30 per credit hour. Tuition and fees for the first semester are due and payable by This fee is not refundable. August 1. Second semester tuition and fees are due and payable by Laboratory Fees. Laboratory fees are required for January 2. In order to avoid unnecessary delay at the time of some courses and are indicated in the course description registration, all students are advised to remit payments by mail prior to the due dates. section of this catalogue. The charge covers the use of laboratory equipment, machinery, chemicals, supplies, Pre-Physician Assistant Student Tuition computers, and business machines. The laboratory fees Pre-physician Assistant students who register for are payable at the time of registration and are not refund- MCPHS courses are charged an additional amount equal able. to the difference between Western New England College Change of Schedule Fee. A deferred registration fee per credit hour tuition and MCPHS per credit hour tuition of $10 is charged for each change of schedule initiated by for each credit hour. the student which involves the addition of a course or the changing of a section. This fee must be paid immediately Part-time Students following approval of the schedule change. The fee is not (Less than 12 hours per semester) refundable. Tuition per credit hour (2000-2001) $356.00* Engineering Fee. In lieu of individual laboratory fees Registration Fee for each engineering course, the College has established (per semester, nonrefundable) 20.00 an engineering fee of $30 per credit hour for all engineer- Registration Fee. (Part-time students only) ing courses. These fees are payable at the time of registra- Each semester a registration fee of $20 for tion and are not refundable. part-time undergraduate and graduate students is charged at the time of actual registration. Full-Time * In addition to the basic tuition, a fee is charged on all engineering Comprehensive Services Fee. The Comprehensive courses at a rate of $30.00 per credit hour. Pre-physician assistant Services Fee covers some of the costs associated with the students who register for MCPHS courses are charged the MCPHS tuition for those courses. Alumni Healthful Living Center, Campus Center, health services, counseling, placement services, and other sup- port activities at the College. The fee is $375 per semester Comprehensive Services Fee. (Part-time students only) for full-time undergraduate students. The Comprehensive Services Fee covers some of the costs associated with health services, counseling, athletic fa- Student Insurance Fee. The College makes available cilities, placement services, and other support activities a general health insurance program provided by an out- at the College. The fee is $9 per credit hour for students side carrier. This program is optional. Coverage begins at taking less than a full-time course load. the start of the school year and continues for 12 months. The fee for this program appears on the statement of charges, and, if a student elects not to participate, the waiver card included with the statement must be returned Expenses and Financial Aid 215

to the Health Services Office. See the section entitled Normally, College residence units must be vacated “Immunization Requirements” in the “Legal Matters” chap- during regularly scheduled vacation periods. At the close ter of this volume for insurance requirements necessary of the academic year for which residency has been autho- for registration. rized, all of the student’s personal property is to be removed within 24 hours after the last final examination Student Activities Fee. Each student, by vote of the and the appropriate check-out procedure is to have been Student Association and endorsement of the Student Sen- completed. ate, is assessed $100 per semester as a Student Activities College insurance does not cover any personal prop- Fee. Payable at the beginning of each semester, the fee is erty. Students will want to provide coverage through their not refundable. Funds derived are allocated through the own or parent insurance program in the event of fire, Student Senate and provide the principal source of fund- personal loss, etc. ing for social and cultural programming, traditional events such as Winter Weekend, student clubs and organiza- Residence Hall Room Reservation Deposit. In order tions, student publications such as the newspaper and to effect residency within College housing, a room reser- yearbook, and the radio station. The Student Activities vation deposit of $100 must be filed along with the appro- Fee also supports publication of the Student Handbook priate request for College housing. The deposit is due and allows for cooperative funding of such programs as immediately upon notification of acceptance from the new student orientation, minority and international stu- director of admissions or as otherwise defined by the dent groups, and Family and Friends Weekend. College. While the deposit will be applied toward the room fee, it is not refundable to a returning student if the Technology Fee student fails to take occupancy. This deposit applies only A fee of $100 per semester is charged for technology to the room, not the board plan. which provides all students with Internet access, voice Residence Hall Room Damage Deposit. Students are mail, and E-mail. Internet access is gained through use of required to leave their rooms in good order when depart- on-campus facilities, dialup access, and resident hall ca- ing from the College. A room damage deposit of $50 per pabilities. All students have access to voice mail either student is required of all resident students. Damages are directly through their residence hall service or by direct charged against occupants of rooms when necessary. dial to the voice mail service. This service is available from This deposit is refundable at the end of the senior year or on or off campus from any touch-tone phone. E-mail on withdrawal from the College. The refund will be based service is available to all students, faculty, administra- upon the condition of the room at the time of departure. tors, and Internet addressable users. This fee also allows students with the opportunity to learn in a technologically Board sophisticated environment. Freshman and sophomore students who reside in College housing are required to participate in the board Residential Fees plan. College housing is available for full-time students, A 20-meal plan may be selected. Other meal plans are both men and women, in a variety of living styles. Annual also available. Non-resident students have the option of room and board fees for the 2000-2001 academic year for participating in the meal plan. Individual meals are also each student are as follows: available on a cash basis. Meal points may be purchased Double Occupancy/20 meal plan $7,050.00 in a variety of denominations and can be used for any food Gateway Apartments 3,850.00* service on campus. No meals are served during regularly scheduled vaca- *Room fee only. tion periods. An initial deposit of $100 must accompany any re- On a 20-meal plan, the board fee for the 2000-2001 quest for College housing. A $500 nonrefundable reserva- academic year is $3,450.00. tion confirmation payment for the fall semester is due and Board fees are billed on a semester basis and are due payable by July 1 with the balance due and payable on and payable by August 1 for the fall semester and January August 1. Room and board fees for the spring semester are 2 for the spring semester. Board fees are not refundable due and payable not later than January 2. Summer housing either in whole or in part. Resident students who seek an is normally available and requires payment in full prior to exemption from the board plan must apply in writing to assuming occupancy. the director of the Office of Residence Life prior to assum- All rates are for occupancy on a semester basis and ing occupancy. Normally, such requests are considered are not refundable. Status as a full-time student must be only when extreme medical or religious conditions re- maintained through mid-semester to qualify for college quire dietary requirements that Food Service is unable to housing. Failure to meet the established payment dead- satisfy. All requests for exemption must be renewed annu- lines releases the College from any obligation to maintain ally and require appropriate documentation in order to be the room reservation. considered. Students who fail to secure the required exemption are not relieved of financial obligations. 216 Expenses and Financial Aid

1 General Financial Information 33 /3% will be refunded during the third week Checks or money orders should be made payable to of classes. Western New England College. If sent by mail, they should 25% will be refunded during the fourth week of be addressed to Student Administrative Services. classes. There are no special rates for auditing a class. Stu- No refund will be granted after the fourth week dents granted permission to audit a course must pay the of classes. regular tuition and fees which apply to the course. Any refund resulting from a reduction in the number The Trustees of the College reserve the right to change of hours registered will be made on the basis of the above tuition rates or fees whenever it is deemed necessary. schedule. Students taking between 12 and 17 hours per Students are not permitted to attend any College term will not have any adjustment in tuition if, after the exercise or class session until they have complied with all course reduction, they are still enrolled in 12 to 17 credit regulations concerning registration and have satisfied all hours. financial obligations or made satisfactory arrangements The Higher Education Amendments of 1998 require for payment with Student Administrative Services. students receiving Federal Title IV financial assistance All financial obligations to the College must be met who withdraw on or before 60 percent of the way through before a student may qualify for re-enrollment, a certifi- the semester to have their assistance reduced based on cate of honorable dismissal, a transcript, or a diploma. calendar days enrolled versus the length of the semester. The College retains the right under Title IV regulations to Programs affected are Pell Grants, Supplemental Educa- withhold student’s transcripts because of delinquent loans. tion Opportunity Grants, Federal Perkins Loans, Federal Tuition and fees are due and payable by August 1 for Direct Ford Subsidized Loans, Federal Direct Ford first semester, by January 2 for second semester, or at the Unsubsidized Loans, and Federal Direct Ford Plus Loans time of registration unless arrangements have been made but not Federal Work-Study. The calculation of the amount for deferred payments as stated under the sections on to be returned to these funds may result in the student Deferred Payment Privilege, Prepayment Plan, or for com- owing a balance to the College and/or the Federal Govern- pany underwriting as stated under the section on Tuition ment. Institutional scholarships and Grants will be ad- Paid by Employers. justed according to the same percentage as the Federal aid. Acceptance Deposit An official withdrawal form must be completed and Candidates for full-time admission or readmission, filed with the Student Administrative Services (SAS) of- upon receiving final notice of acceptance from the direc- fice. Students are urged to consult with the Dean of tor of admissions, are obliged to forward a non-refundable Students, the Dean of Freshmen and Transfer Students, or acceptance deposit of $100. Payment of this fee must be the Director of Continuing Education before taking such made by the date indicated in the candidate’s notification action. When such conditions as severe illness or absence of acceptance and will not, under any circumstances, be from the area prevent a student from filing the form in refunded. The deposit will be applied toward the tuition person, an application for withdrawal by mail is accept- charges in the first semester of attendance in the aca- able. A letter should state the reasons necessitating the demic year for which acceptance has been granted. withdrawal. The date on which the official withdrawal form is filed with the SAS office is considered to be the date Expenses for Books and Materials of withdrawal. Approved refunds will be computed on the The cost of necessary books, equipment, and materi- basis of the date appearing on the official withdrawal als varies depending on the courses taken. The cost form. Absence of class without completing the form does usually ranges from $300 to $500 per year. not constitute withdrawal from a course. No refunds are made on fees other than tuition (with the exception of the room damage deposit). Students who Withdrawals and Refunds withdraw with an unpaid balance will be financially liable Tuition and fees are not transferable and are refunded for any amount remaining unpaid after a refund credit has only as stated herein. The College operates on an aca- been applied to the balance. demic term basis for which commitments are made to No student may withdraw in good standing from the teaching staff and to others whose services are essential College unless all financial obligations have been met. to the operation of the College. Refunds are made to students based on the following schedule: Late Payment Charge 100% refund of the tuition charge, less the tuition A finance charge will be computed by a period rate of deposit, prior to the first day of classes. one percent (1%) per month, which is an ANNUAL PER- 75% will be refunded during the first week of classes. CENTAGE RATE of twelve percent (12%) applied to the 2 66 /3% will be refunded during the second week prior balance after deducting current payments and/or of classes. Expenses and Financial Aid 217 credits appearing on the statement. In no case will a Tuition Paid by Employers student be able to continue enrollment if the previous Students whose tuition is underwritten by their em- semester’s charges are not paid. ployers must furnish at the time of registration, or imme- diately thereafter, an authorization from the employer Prepayment Plan indicating that the company is underwriting the cost of Students who wish to pay their College charges over tuition. Students who are underwritten by employers are a twelve month period may elect this plan. An application considered self-paying students. form is required to be completed specifying the amount to be budgeted under this plan. There are no interest or finance charges to use this plan. The plan period starts April 30 for the academic year beginning in the fall. There is a down payment required if the plan begins after April 30. A payment book is issued FINANCIAL AID and payments are due promptly each month. If the stu- dent does not attend, all payments made will be refunded. The College offers a program of financial assistance through scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time em- Deferred Payment Privilege ployment. Resources are, however, limited. Students and their families are expected to defray as much of their Students who wish to pay their college charges in educational expenses as possible. Financial aid should be installments during the course of the semester may elect considered only as supplemental assistance. Financial aid to do so. A finance charge is computed by a period rate of programs, policies, and procedures for applying are sub- one percent (1%) per month, which is an ANNUAL PER- ject to change. Consult Student Administrative Services CENTAGE RATE of twelve percent (12%) applied to the for current details. prior balance after deducting current payments and/or Work opportunities are available both on campus and credits appearing on the statement. in the community, and many students earn a portion of The deferred payment schedule is as follows: their college expenses through part-time employment. First Semester Because of the academic demands upon a student’s time, August 1 25% due no student should work more than 20 hours per week. September 1 25% due (50% total bill paid) Prospective students must be officially accepted for October 1 25% due (75% total bill paid) admission into a degree program at the College before November 1 25% due (100% total bill paid) their applications for financial assistance will be consid- ered. Second Semester Students applying for any federal or state aid must January 2 25% due submit the Free Application for Federal Student Aid for February 1 25% due (50% total bill paid) processing as soon as possible after January 1. These March 1 25% due (75% total bill paid) forms may be obtained from Student Administrative April 1 25% due (100% total bill paid) Services, from high school guidance counselors, or access This payment plan applies to any or all portions of the on the internet at www.fafsa.ed.gov. Students must also semester bill which are self-pay. complete the Western New England College Application for Financial Aid. In addition, all students and parents of Sibling Discount dependent students must submit signed copies of their This is a $500/year discount offered to each sibling most recent federal income tax returns and W-2s. Families when a family has more than one full-time undergraduate who receive nontaxable income must supply evidence of child attending Western New England College in a given their nontaxable income (Social Security, Veterans year. Each student receives a $500 credit applied to the Benefits, Welfare, etc.). Transfer students must also file a tuition billing. The discount only applies to sibling rela- Financial Aid Transcript form which is available from tionships and is only available to full-time undergraduate Student Administrative Services. Applications for students. prospective students are processed on a rolling basis beginning on March 1. All application forms for returning students must be received by Western New England College Employer Extension Plan before April 1 in order to receive priority consideration. This plan is appropriate for students who receive Therefore, students are encouraged to submit the required reimbursement that is paid directly to them, not to the forms as early as possible. Late applicants may be College. Under this plan students have their employer considered for financial aid if sufficient funds are available. verify eligibility to participate in the plan. One third of the Most programs require a minimum enrollment of six tuition is payable by August 1 or January 2. The balance is credits per semester. due 30 days after the semester is completed. 218 Expenses and Financial Aid

Aid is generally disbursed on a September to May live in Berkshire, Franklin, Hampden, or Hampshire Coun- basis. All students must reapply for financial aid each ties. The students must have financial need and their year, and aid in any year does not guarantee aid in subse- grades should warrant continuing in mechanical engi- quent years. neering. The students shall be juniors or seniors at the Students must make satisfactory progress toward start of the next semester. their degree requirements to qualify for financial aid. Army ROTC Scholarships Satisfactory progress includes maintaining a prescribed Four, three, and two year scholarships are awarded grade-point average and successfully completing a mini- annually to qualified high school seniors, freshman, and mum number of credit hours each year. The requirements sophomore students. Scholarships pay full tuition at vary depending on the academic level and enrollment on Western New England College, $450 for books, and a a full-time or part-time basis. Copies of the complete $1,500 stipend annually. There is also an special incentive “Standards of Satisfactory Progress” policy are available program provided by the College for ROTC scholarship from Student Administrative Services. winners. Scholarship applicants must be U. S. citizens, have a minimum 2.5 GPA, and meet age and medical Scholarships and Grants standards. For additional information contact the Army Admissions Assistance Awards ROTC office on 64 Bellamy Road, call 1-800-434-WNEC or Scholarships are awarded annually to prospective 413-782-1332/45. freshmen and transfer students. The criteria for the awards Henry J. Bazan Scholarship are financial need, outstanding secondary school or colle- A scholarship fund has been established by the Man- giate academic performance, leadership potential, or di- agement Association and Alumni in honor of Henry J. verse life experience. Awards range from a minimum of Bazan, a faculty member since 1963. A scholarship is $500 to full tuition and are renewable as long as the awarded to a student in the School of Business based on student annually maintains a Deans’ List average and full- financial needs. Preference is given to students who are time enrollment. involved in College athletics and serve in a leadership Air Force ROTC Scholarships position in a student organization, and are enrolled in Western New England College provides full room and ROTC. board to any student receiving a four-year Air Force ROTC Susan Squire Bosquet Scholarship Fund scholarship. If students select Gateway for residence, A scholarship is awarded annually to a needy student they receive full room and $1,500. Other students, including in the Office of Continuing Education. Advance Designees, who received ROTC scholarships after enrolling at the College, will receive full room during Frederick N. and Maria E. Bromage Memorial Scholarship the period that they quality for the ROTC scholarship. The Fund incentive will be considered part of all gift aid a student Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded to full- may receive from the College based on merit or need. In no time undergraduate students based on financial need case will the total gift aid provided by the College and from a fund established by Frederick and Maria Bromage. external gift aid exceed the student’s direct cost of Evelyn Burton Scholarship Fund education. Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded based George I. Alden Scholarship on financial need to students who are single parents. This Scholarships are awarded annually from a fund estab- scholarship is provided from a fund established by Tho- lished by the Trustees of the George I. Alden Trust in mas R. Burton ’70 in memory of his mother, Evelyn. Worcester, MA, and friends of the College. Funds are Chester J. Chambers Memorial Scholarship awarded to full-time undergraduate and graduate stu- Scholarships are awarded annually from a fund estab- dents or to professional students who have a financial lished in memory of Chester J. Chambers, ’23, who served need. as a Trustee of the College from 1959-1969. Recipients Alumni Scholarship must be from Longmeadow or Springfield and must have Scholarship awards are made annually by the Alumni a financial need. Association to a full-time student from each of the Schools Leon D. Chapin Scholarship of Business, Engineering, and Arts and Sciences. Two A scholarship is awarded to a full-time undergraduate awards are also made to part-time students. The College student majoring in the accounting curriculum and begin- selects the recipients on the basis of scholarship and ning the senior year. The student must have a grade-point need. average that, if continued, would qualify to graduate American Society of Mechanical Engineers Scholarship summa or magna cum laude. This scholarship is from a Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded annu- fund established in honor of Leon D. Chapin, who served ally to students in the mechanical engineering curriculum as the chief fiscal officer at Western New England College who combine scholarship and need. The students should at the time of his retirement in August 1979. Expenses and Financial Aid 219

Arthur and Barbara Clarke Student Scholarship Harley B. Goodrich Scholarships Funds are available to undergraduate students with a A scholarship fund in memory of Harley B. Goodrich financial need. ’27/L’42, secretary of the Board of Trustees of Western Steven E. Cocchi Memorial Scholarship Fund New England College from 1942-1974, has been estab- lished by members of Pi Tau Kappa fraternity and the Scholarships are awarded annually to undergraduate Trustees. Awards are made to students who have out- students from the Steven E. Cocchi Memorial Scholarship standing records either in as undergraduates or in the Fund. Preference is given to junior and senior undergradu- School of Law. ate School of Business students from the Greater Spring- field area. Alison Mary Harris Memorial Scholarship Louis T. Cormier Memorial Scholarship A scholarship fund in the memory of Alison Mary Harris ’89 has been established by her classmates, friends, This fund was established by the wife of the late and family. Awards may be made to juniors and seniors in Thomas Cormier ’47, formerly of the faculty of the School the School of Business. of Business. It is awarded annually to a student of the sophomore year who is a candidate for a degree in ac- Carl R. Hellstrom Scholarship counting, stands in the upper third of the class, and shows Scholarships of amounts varying from $200 to $600 definite qualities of good citizenship and leadership. are available to either full-time or part-time students. The Dalfort Aviation Scholarship awards are supported by income from the Hellstrom Scholarship Fund, established by Mr. Carl R. Hellstrom in A scholarship is awarded to a student in the Spring- 1961. Applicants must be students of good standing in the field metropolitan area who enrolls as a mechanical engi- College or incoming freshmen. Selection of candidates is neering student with financial need. Funds are made made on the basis of academic aptitude and achievement possible from the Dalfort Aviation Corporation and Mr. plus qualities of good character, personality, and poten- Jay Pritzker. tial leadership. Kevin S. Delbridge Scholarship Financial need is not the controlling factor in the A scholarship is awarded to a full-time student from selection of the recipients, but such need will determine greater Springfield enrolled in the School of Business. The the amount of the stipend to be granted. Awards are for award is based on financial need and demonstrated aca- one year only, but recipients may apply for renewal and be demic ability. This scholarship is provided from a fund considered on the same basis as new applicants. The established by Kevin S. Delbridge ’77. number and amount of grants in any year is dependent Diversity Scholarship of Greater Springfield upon the income available from the fund. Preference is Merit scholarships of varying amounts are granted to given to students whose parents are associated with minority students from the greater Springfield area. Smith & Wesson, Inc. Henry T. Downey Scholarship Beaumont A. and Winifred S. Herman Scholarships Scholarships of varying amounts are granted to un- Scholarships of $500 or more may be awarded to dergraduate accounting students or law students from a students beginning their senior year. They must have a fund established by the Trustees in memory of Henry T. grade point average that, if continued, would qualify them Downey ’50/L’56, former Vice-Chairman of the Board, who to graduate magna or summa cum laude. This scholarship died June 29, 1973. is from a fund established in honor of Beaumont A. and Winifred S. Herman. Dr. Herman was president of the Financial Aid Restricted Fund College from 1955 to 1976. Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded annu- ally to deserving students who have demonstrated finan- Carl E. and Esther S. Johnson Scholarships cial need. Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded to un- dergraduate students from a fund established by Mr. and George Sumner Gaunt Scholarship Mrs. Carl E. Johnson. Preference is given to children of One or more scholarships are awarded annually from employees of the Acme Chain Corporation of Holyoke and a fund established in memory of Lt. George S. Gaunt ’68 by to students from the Holyoke-Springfield area. his classmates and fraternity brothers. Recipients must be in the junior or senior year, enrolled in the School of Father Christopher Johnson O.P., Scholarship Fund Business or Engineering, and have at least a 2.50 cumula- Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded to His- tive average. Preference is given to students working with panic students with financial need who maintain a Deans’ youth development. List average in their chosen field of study. This scholar- ship was established by College Trustee C.W. Gilluly and his wife, Marny, in honor of Father Christopher Johnson who served Western New England College as a Trustee from 1980 to 1997. 220 Expenses and Financial Aid

Thomas K. Kamp Scholarship Horace and Gertrude McCrea Scholarship Fund A scholarship of one-half tuition is awarded annually to Scholarships are awarded annually to undergraduate a senior in the School of Business. Preference is given to a students from a fund established by Horace O. McCrea ’23. veteran or the son or daughter of a veteran. The scholar- Preference is given to students in the School of Business. ship was established in memory of Thomas Keith Kamp ’68 James H. McGraw Scholarship Fund who was killed in action in Vietnam, November 17, 1969. Scholarships are awarded annually to an electrical Alfred and Marian LaRiviere Merit Award engineering student demonstrating a financial need. This merit scholarship is awarded to two sophomore Raymond and Shirley S. Meyers Scholarship Alpha Lambda Delta members who have excelled the A scholarship is available to students with a financial most academically during their second years, who will need who are graduates of high schools in the Greater complete the sophomore year at the end of the current Holyoke-Springfield area. This fund was established by academic year, and who will return for the junior year at Raymond, ’51, ’66, and his wife, Shirley. Western New England College. The Jeanne Marie Milkay Award Alfred and Marian LaRiviere Scholarship Established in the memory of Jeanne Marie Milkay, This scholarship(s) is awarded annually to students who graduated from the College with a Bachelor of Arts in based on financial need from a fund established by Alfred 1984, this award is given annually to a student judged to be LaRiviere ’51, H’95, and his wife, Marian. outstanding in the field of English. Agnes M. Lindsay Trust Minority Scholarship Scholarship grants are awarded to needy students Merit scholarships of varying amounts are awarded from rural New England (Maine, Vermont, New Hamp- to a minority student or students who have demonstrated shire, and Massachusetts). superior academic achievement through their perfor- Martin and Roberta Lower/Ludlow Textiles Scholarship mance in high school or college. This award is renewed Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded based each year provided the student attains deans’ list stand- on financial need and demonstrated academic ability. ing at Western New England College. This scholarship has Preference is given to children of employees of Ludlow been established through a gift by President Anthony Textiles Company, Inc. and to students who are Ludlow Caprio. residents. This scholarship is provided from a fund estab- Lawrence H. Nath Management Award lished by College Trustee Martin A. Lower and his wife, A monetary award of $200 and a plaque established in Roberta. memory of Professor Lawrence H. Nath are presented Richard T. Lovett and Gertrude R. Lovett Scholarship Fund each spring to a junior majoring in management with the Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded to un- highest cumulative average based on 30 or more semester dergraduate students based on financial need from a fund hours at Western New England College. The student’s established by Richard T. and Gertrude R. Lovette. name is added to a plaque of honor. Kenneth A. MacLeod Memorial Scholarship Lawrence F. and Myra T. O’Brien Scholarship A scholarship of $100, established by the Sigma Beta A scholarship is available to an undergraduate stu- Tau Honor Society in memory of Dr. Kenneth A. MacLeod, dent or students from a fund established by former Na- is awarded annually to the student who received the tional Basketball Association Commissioner Lawrence F. highest grade-point average in a regular freshmen engi- O’Brien L’42, in memory of his parents. neering program. A minimum cumulative grade-point av- Earl H. Paine Memorial Scholarship erage of 3.20 is necessary, and the student must be en- Awards are made annually from a fund established in rolled as a sophomore engineering student at the time the memory of Earl H. Paine ’27 who served as treasurer from award is made. 1937-65 and on the Board of Trustees from 1951-70. MASSPOWER Scholarship Parents Financial Aid Fund A Scholarship is awarded to a freshman from Spring- Scholarships are awarded from a fund established by field, Massachusetts, majoring in engineering or environ- the Parents Association for needy students. mental science. The award is based on financial need and demonstrated academic ability. Preference is given to Herman E. and Maud K. Pihl Scholarship students who have exhibited leadership skills and reside A scholarship is granted to an undergraduate student in Indian Orchard. (or students) from a fund established by Mr. and Mrs. Herman E. Pihl. Preference is given to children of employ- Salvatore C. Mazzaferro Award ees of the Acme Chain Corporation of Holyoke and to In memory of Salvatore C. Mazzaferro ’52, a book prize students from the Holyoke-Springfield area. is awarded annually to a nontraditional student who, as an accounting major, has had the highest average in account- ing at the completion of the junior year. Expenses and Financial Aid 221

Presidential Scholars Award Dorothy J. and Lucius Tarbell Scholarships A merit scholarship based on outstanding high school Scholarships are awarded annually to undergraduate academic achievement. It’s available to full-time students students from a fund established by Mr. and Mrs. Lucius and is renewable. Tarbell. Awards are made to students who show past Presidential Scholarship achievements, the desire to attend college, and the need for financial aid. The College, in an attempt to assist financial needy students to gain an education, makes numerous awards TJX Scholarship each year to students who would be unable to attend This scholarship is available to non-traditional stu- college without financial assistance. These awards are of dents with a financial need with a preference to computer varying amounts and preference is given to a grade point related majors. average of 3.0 or above. Susan Tober Scholarship Racine Scholarship A scholarship is awarded annually to a deserving Scholarships are awarded annually to students based student from a fund established in 1970 by the late Susan on financial need from a fund established by retired Tober. Each year the Civitan Club of Springfield makes an Professor R. Joseph Racine. additional contribution. In awarding this scholarship, at- Residence Hall Scholarship tention is paid to scholastic achievement and need. Pref- erence is given to residents of the Greater Springfield area. Scholarships are available to residential students with financial needs. Brian P. Trelease Scholarship John F. Shaw Scholarships A merit scholarship is awarded to a student in the School of Business from a fund established by Brian P. Scholarships of various amounts are available to Trelease ’67, G’71. Funding is based on the student attain- students from a fund established in 1973 by the will of Mr. ing Deans’ List standing. John F. Shaw. Preference is given to students in the Greater Springfield area. Trowbridge-Brown Scholarship J. Resler Shultz Scholarship Scholarships are awarded annually to seniors in the School of Arts and Sciences who have the highest grade- Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded from a point averages at the end of the junior year. The award is fund established by the Lasky Foundation in honor of J. from a fund established by Clara F. Trowbridge and Ruth Resler Shultz, director of development from 1958 to 1973. Trowbridge Brown. The recipients must be residents of New Jersey and pref- erence is given to upper-class liberal arts majors. Trustee Scholarship Sigma Beta Tau Scholarship The Trustees of the College have made available scholarships of one-half tuition for deserving students. A scholarship of $100 is awarded annually by the The number is limited, and awards are made on the basis Sigma Beta Tau Honor Society to the student who has of scholastic achievement and need. received the highest grade-point average in a regular sophomore engineering program. The student must be Richard H. Tucker Scholarship enrolled as a junior engineering student at the time of the One or more scholarships are awarded annually to award. deserving undergraduate engineering student(s). The Stanley O. Smith Scholarships scholarship is named in memory of Richard H. Tucker ’80 from a fund established by his family. Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded annu- ally to accounting majors who show need and who are on Tuition Assistance Grants the Dean’s List. The fund is in memory of Stanley O. Smith, The College, in an attempt to assist financially needy president of the first graduating class (1922) and acting students to gain an education, makes numerous awards president of the College (1954-1955). each year to students who would be unable to attend Jean C. Sterling Memorial Scholarship college without financial assistance. These awards are of varying amounts. In cases of severe financial need, awards A scholarship fund in the memory of Jean Cameron may be equivalent to the full tuition charges. Special Sterling ’46 has been established. It is available to under- consideration is given to academically superior students, graduate students with a financial need. minority students, and campus leaders. Kevin R. Sullivan Memorial Scholarship Janice Gruppioni Underhill Scholarship A scholarship fund in the memory of Kevin R. Sullivan This endowed scholarship is given to a full-time un- ’81, has been established by his family and friends. Awards dergraduate student with a financial need and preference are offered annually to full-time students who have dem- given to students with a physical disability. onstrated a financial need and above-average academic performance. Preference is given to handicapped stu- dents and students entering their junior year. 222 Expenses and Financial Aid

Wesley and Francis Wilson Scholarship counting, stands in the upper third of the class, and shows Scholarships of amounts varying from $200 to $600 definite qualities of good citizenship and leadership. are available to full-time students. At least ten awards are Carl R. Hellstrom Scholarship made each year from income derived from the fund estab- Scholarships of amounts varying from $200 to $600 lished by the will of Mr. E. Wesley Wilson. Preference is are available to either full-time or part-time students. The given to students in the Greater Springfield area. awards are supported by income from the Hellstrom Western New England College Community Scholarships Scholarship Fund, established by Mr. Carl R. Hellstrom in Western New England College awards annual full- 1961. Applicants must be students of good standing in the tuition scholarships to outstanding students in Spring- College or incoming freshmen. Selection of candidates is field. Students must be from Central High School, High made on the basis of academic aptitude and achievement School of Commerce, Roger L. Putnam Vocational Techni- plus qualities of good character, personality, and poten- cal High School, High School of Science and Technology, tial leadership. or Cathedral High School; have at least a 3.00 grade point Financial need is not the controlling factor in the average; graduate in the top 25 percent of their class; and selection of the recipients, but such need will determine be involved in leadership, volunteer, and community the amount of the stipend to be granted. Awards are for service activities especially as they relate to under-repre- one year only, but recipients may apply for renewal and be sented populations. This scholarship is renewable for the considered on the same basis as new applicants. The remaining three years as long as the scholarship recipient number and amount of grants in any year is dependent maintains a 3.00 cumulative average and carries a full-time upon the income available from the fund. Preference is schedule at the College. given to students whose parents are associated with Western New England College Scholarships Smith & Wesson, Inc. Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded annu- Beaumont A. and Winifred S. Herman Scholarships ally to deserving students who have demonstrated a Scholarships of $500 or more may be awarded to financial need and above-average academic performance. students beginning their senior year. They must have a These awards have been established by generous gifts grade point average that, if continued, would qualify them from friends and alumni of the College through general to graduate magna or summa cum laude. This scholarship scholarship giving. is from a fund established in honor of Beaumont A. and Winifred S. Herman. Dr. Herman was president of the College from 1955 to 1976. Scholarships and Special Awards Joseph A. Mastrangelo Scholarship Available to Part-time Undergraduate A scholarship is awarded annually to a person taking Students more than the normal academic schedule (three courses) as a nontraditional student. Students must be enrolled in a minimum of six credits of coursework to be considered for these scholarships Salvatore C. Mazzaferro Award and awards. In memory of Salvatore C. Mazzaferro ’52, a book prize is awarded annually to a nontraditional student who, as an Alumni Scholarship accounting major, has had the highest average in account- Scholarship awards are made annually by the Alumni ing at the completion of the junior year. Association to a full-time and part-time student from each of the Schools of Business, Engineering, and Arts and Sigma Beta Tau Scholarship Sciences. The College selects the recipients on the basis of A scholarship of $200 is awarded annually by the scholarship and need. Sigma Beta Tau Honor Society to a student who has earned no more than 69 credits in an engineering pro- Susan Squire Bosquet Scholarship Fund gram, of which a maximum of 24 transfer credits is al- A scholarship is awarded annually to a needy student lowed, and who has maintained a Deans’ List average for in Continuing Education. the fall and spring semesters prior to the award. The Evelyn Burton Scholarship Fund student must also be enrolled in an engineering curricu- Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded based lum at the time of the award. on financial need to students who are single parents. This scholarship is provided from a fund established by Tho- mas R. Burton ’70 in memory of his mother, Evelyn. Federal Financial Assistance Programs Louis T. Cormier Memorial Scholarship The U.S. Department of Education provides financial This fund was established by the wife of the late aid for higher education. The following paragraphs serve Thomas Cormier ’47, formerly of the faculty of the School as a guide to the six major financial aid programs in the of Business. It is awarded annually to a student of the U.S. Department of Education. These programs are avail- sophomore year who is a candidate for a degree in ac- able to full-time and part-time undergraduate students. Expenses and Financial Aid 223

Federal Pell Grants Other Financial Assistance The Pell Grant program is available to undergraduate students demonstrating financial need. Eligible students State Scholarships may receive up to $3,125 each year. Students may apply Many states have established scholarship and grant for these grants by submitting the Free Application for programs to assist residents of their state. In Massachu- Federal Student Aid. These forms may be obtained from a setts, for example, students judged to be eligible can high school guidance counselor or from Student Adminis- receive a $2,500 award while attending a private institu- trative Services at the College. tion within the Commonwealth. Other areas, such as Connecticut, New Hampshire, Pennsylvania, Rhode Is- Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants land, Vermont, Maine, and Washington, D.C., have similar Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants are programs. Application can be made by completing the available to a limited number of undergraduate students Free Application for Federal Student Aid or by writing to with extreme financial need. These grants range from $200 your state Board of Higher Education. This program is to $3,125 a year. available to full-time undergraduate students. Federal Perkins (National Direct Student Loans) State Loan The College has established and administers a Perkins The Commonwealth of Massachusetts offers a limited Student Loan Fund. Eligible students may borrow amounts amount of need-based loan funding to Massachusetts not exceeding $6,000 aggregate for pre-baccalaureate, residents at a 0% interest rate. Application can be made by and $12,000 aggregate for all undergraduate and graduate completing the Free Application for Federal Student Aid. years. This program is available to full-time undergraduate stu- Federal Work-Study dents. Part-time student employment is available to many Outside Assistance students with financial need. Preference is generally given Many scholarship and financial assistance programs to applicants having the greatest financial need. are available to deserving students through local and Federal Direct Ford Student Loans state civic groups, clubs, and organizations. Students are Eligibility for a subsidized loan is based on financial urged to seek out such programs in their local areas. need as determined by the analysis of a Free Application Student Administrative Services also has several external for Federal Student Aid. If a student does not qualify for a scholarship publications for students to utilize. One may need based loan, the student may apply using the same reference on the internet (www.finaid.org) for links to application process and loan limits for an unsubsidized other sources. loan. The interest that accrues during periods of enroll- Alternative Financing ment for a subsidized loan is paid by the federal govern- Several banks offer loans to students and parents to ment. The interest that accrues during periods of enroll- help pay for college. Loans can range from $2,000 to ment for an unsubsidized loan is paid by the student. $20,000 per year. The interest rates are variable. No Application can be made by completing the Free Applica- collateral is required, and borrowers must have a good tion for Federal Student Aid. Freshman students may credit rating and the ability to repay. Student Administra- borrow up to $2,625 per year, sophomores may borrow up tive Services has additional information and can refer to $3,500 per year, juniors and seniors may borrow up to families to participating lenders. These programs are $5,500 per year. Graduate students may borrow up to available to full-time and part-time students. $18,500 per year. The total amount that undergraduates may borrow is $23,000, while the total for graduate stu- Joan B. Mulcahy Student Loan Fund dents is $65,000 (including undergraduate loans). First In 1971 an emergency student loan fund was estab- and second year independent students may borrow up to lished through the generosity of faculty, staff, students, $4,000 additionally under the unsubsidized loan program. and friends of the College in memory of Joan B. Mulcahy. Third and fourth year students may borrow up to $5,000 This fund is used to assist students in need of lesser loans additionally under the unsubsidized loan program. for relatively short periods of time and for help as emer- gencies develop. The fund is self-supporting through re- Federal Direct Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students payments, and loans are granted on an interest-free basis. (PLUS) The fund is administered by the dean of students. This Parents of dependent undergraduate students may program is available to full-time and part-time under- borrow up to the cost of attendance minus any other graduate students. financial aid resources under the PLUS Program. The interest rate for the PLUS loan is adjusted annually with a cap of 9%. Repayment begins 60 days after the loan is disbursed. Applications for this loan are obtained through Student Administrative Services. Trustees, Administration, and Faculty 225

TRUSTEES, ADMINISTRATION, AND FACULTY

TRUSTEES ...... 226

ADMINISTRATION ...... 227

FACULTY ...... 231

ADJUNCT FACULTY ...... 236 226 Trustees, Administration, and Faculty

BARRY I. CARMAN, ESQ. L’83 BARBARA A. LENK, ESQ. TRUSTEES Attorney Associate Justice, Massachusetts Springfield, MA Appeals Court Boston, MA Chairman of the Board ROBERT H. CARNEVALE ’68 THOMAS R. BURTON ’70 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer MARTIN A. LOWER President, Hampden Savings Bank Palmer Goodell Insurance Agency, Inc. President, Ludlow Textiles Company, Inc. Springfield, MA Springfield, MA Ludlow, MA NORMAN J. CARTMILL ’50/G’61 KIM A. MAC LEOD ’73 Vice Chairman Former President, Carnor, Inc. Managing Director JOHN M. O’BRIEN III ’74 Marion, MA DeSilva & Phillips, Inc. President, J.M. O’Brien & Company, P.C. New York, NY Springfield, MA RYAN COURTEMANCHE ’00 (Alumni Trustee) PATRICK MURPHY Treasurer Human Resource Specialist Vice President Human Resources Mass Mutual Financial Group Aetna Financial Services FREDERICK V. MOTTLE ’69 Springfield, MA Hartford, CT Chairman, Mottle McGrath Braney & Flynn, P.C. TIMOTHY P. CRIMMINS ’70 CARMEN G. NEUBERGER, ESQ. Worcester, MA President and Chief Executive Officer Executive Director Bank of Western Massachusetts American College Personnel Association Secretary Springfield, MA Washington, DC ALFRED A. LARIVIERE ’51/H’95 Former President/Chief Executive Officer KEVIN S. DELBRIDGE ’77 WAH SING NG ’68/G’75 Western Massachusetts Telephone Managing Director Vice President Workers’ Credit Union Harbour Vest Partners, LLC Stone & Webster Management Ludlow, MA Boston, MA Consultants, Inc. New York, NY SUSAN G. FENTIN, ESQ. L’96 (Law Alumni Trustee) FRANCIS S. OLESKIEWICZ, ESQ. L’61 Associate, Skoler, Abbott and Presser, P.C. Former Vice President P.A. ARGENTINIS ’66 Springfield, MA American International Group Chairman, President and Attorney - Insurance Arbitrator Chief Executive Officer JOHN F. FERRARO Framingham, MA Elan Technology Chairman of the Board and Midway, GA Chief Executive Officer GLENDA D. PRICE Thermodynetics, Inc. President, Marygrove College DONALD L. BARSALOU G’72 Windsor, CT Detroit, MI Executive Vice President/General Manager Ro-Jack’s Food Stores FRANK P. FITZGERALD ’68/L’73 KENNETH M. RICKSON ’75 Mansfield, MA Principal President, MML Investors Services, Inc. Frank P. Fitzgerald, P.C. Springfield, MA ALLAN W. BLAIR L’96 Springfield, MA President/Chief Executive Officer CLARK R. SHEA ’66/G’69 Economic Development Council of C.W. GILLULY Business and Manufacturing Consultant Western Massachusetts Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Former Vice President Manufacturing Chicopee, MA Hadron, Inc. Technology Chairman and Chief Executive Officer United Technologies Corporation LAWRENCE V. BURKETT, JR. ESQ. Comtex Scientific Corporation East Longmeadow, MA Executive Vice President and Annandale, VA General Counsel C. DAVID TRADER Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance RONALD GOULET ’67 Operations Manager, Community Company Chairman CEO Foundation of Western Massachusetts Springfield, MA PRN Corporation Springfield, MA Feeding Hills, MA ANTHONY S. CAPRIO BRIAN P. TRELEASE ’67/G’71 President, Western New England College HOLLIS L. HOLLAND ’67 President, D.J. St. Germain Company, Inc. Springfield, MA Former Manager Human Resources Springfield, MA Health Group KENNETH D. CARDWELL ’63/G’66 Eastman Kodak Company JAMES E. TREMBLE Former Senior Vice President Skyland, NC President, Valley Communications Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Systems, Inc. Company RONALD P. LALLI ’61/G’76 Chicopee, MA Enfield, CT President, Litron, Inc. Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer SISTER MARY CARITAS, S.P. H’84 PTI Industries, Inc. Legislative Liaison Springfield, MA Sisters of Providence Health System Former President, Mercy Hospital Holyoke, MA Trustees, Administration, and Faculty 227

Trustees Emeriti CAREER AND HUMAN School of Arts and ARTHUR H. CLARKE RESOURCES Sciences GERALD E. D’AMOUR H’98 SAEED GHAHRAMANI ARTHUR J. DICKMAN GREGORY C. MICHAEL Dean B.S., Arya Mehr University of Technology Director CHRISTOPHER JOHNSON, O.P. M.A., Ph.D., University of California at B.A., Bucknell University Berkeley BENJAMIN F. JONES M.L.A., California State Polytechnic M. CATHERINE LABOURE, S.P. University DELMAR C. WILCOX JOHN J. PAJAK L’62 VERGIE LEE Assistant Dean B.A., University of Omaha Benefits Administrator C. NORMAN PEACOR M.A., University of Kansas B.F.A., Ithaca College RICHARD R. PERRY Ph.D., Brandeis University WILFRED LEMIRE TERESA D. BARTON Career Development Administrator Director of the Math Center (Spring) B.A., Westfield State College B.A., Smith College M.Ed., University of Massachusetts M.A.T., Harvard University ADMINISTRATION JULIA SANTA C.A.G.S., University of Massachusetts Employer Relations Administrator ROSEMARY K. O’DONOGHUE President B.A., M.B.A., Western New England Director of the Writing and Reading College Program ANTHONY S. CAPRIO SHARON MANGIERI B.S., Springfield College M.A., University of Massachusetts B.A., Wesleyan University Training and Employment Administrator M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University B.A., Caldwell College JANE M. WYMAN M.A., St. John’s University Director of the Math Center (Fall, summer) B.A., Nasson College Vice Presidents JOAN E. KOTFILA M.A.L.S., Wesleyan University Employment Services Representative JERRY A. HIRSCH Provost/Vice President for Academic School of Business Affairs A.B., Vanderbilt University STANLEY KOWALSKI, JR. Ph.D., Stanford University ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Dean JANE S. ALBERT B.S., University of Delaware M.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Vice President for Advancement and JULIE SICILIANO Marketing Massachusetts Assistant Vice President for Academic B.S.B.A., University of Massachusetts Affairs ANIL GULATI M.B.A., Babson College B.S.B.A., M.B.A., Western New England Assistant Dean for Graduate Programs DAVID P. KRUGER College B. Tech., Indian Institute of Technology, Ph.D., University of Massachusetts Vice President for Financial Affairs Delhi M.S., Ph.D., Clemson University B.S.B.A., M.B.A., Western New England LINDA M. CHOJNICKI College Academic Schedule Controller and GAIL W. OLMSTED Information Analyst Assistant Dean for Undergraduate B.S., Lyndon State College Programs M.S., Southern Connecticut State B.S., Central Connecticut State University University M.B.A., University of New Haven THEODORE R. ZERN LISA M. VACHON Dean of Freshman and Transfer Students Coordinator of Undergraduate Advising and B.A., Duquesne University Registration M.S., Miami University of Ohio A.S., Bay Path College B.S.B.A., Western New England College KARLEA JOINER Director of First Year Student Development B.S., St. Michaels College M.Ed., Rutgers University Ph.D., Florida State University 228 Trustees, Administration, and Faculty

School of Engineering ANDREW FLETCHER Center for Professional Admissions Counselor ERIC W. HAFFNER B.S., University of Massachusetts Development Dean LINDA K. BOWMAN B.Ed., Keene State College SHABNAM V. MURADI Director M.S.E.G., Illinois Institute of Technology Admissions Counselor M.S.I.E.O.R., Ph.D., University of B.A., Smith College B.S., Michigan State University Massachusetts M.S., Vanderbilt University TIMOTHY P. ST. JAMES M.A., Central Michigan University RICHARD A. GRABIEC, JR. Admissions Counselor IDA B. WILCOX Assistant Dean B.S., Western New England College Assistant Director, Center for Professional B.S.I.E., M.S.I.E., Ph.D., University of Development Massachusetts ELIZABETH M. O’SHEA Telecounseling Supervisor B.S.S., Bryant College B.S., Western New England College B.S.B.A., Western New England College School of Law CARLA HANSEN Off-Campus Programs Client Services Representative, Center for DONALD J. DUNN Professional Development Dean B.A., M.L.S., University of Texas at Austin L. DOUGLAS KENYON J.D., Western New England College School Administrative Director D’Amour Library of Law B.B.A., M.B.A., Western New England College ARTHUR LEAVENS MAY E. STACK Associate Dean and Professor of Law EDUARDO M. VALENZUELA Director, D’Amour Library B.S., Mississippi State College for Women A.B., Duke University Assistant Administrative Director M.B.A., Western New England College J.D., Harvard University B.A., Salem State College M.L.S., Southern Connecticut State DONNA TUKEY University Devens Campus Administrator Pre-Physician Assistant STEPHEN A. BOBOWICZ Program JEAN COREY Technical Services Librarian Hanscom Campus Administrator B.A., Western New England College CARL FASSER M.S., Simmons College Program Director MARY VENERI P.A., Duke University Cape Cod Campus Administrator DANIEL F. ECKERT B.S., M.Ed., Salem State College Periodicals/Reference Librarian B.A., Worcester State College DIANE KEATING M.L.S., University of Rhode Island Admissions Lead Student Advisor/Administrator B.S., University of Massachusetts VALERIE M. BOLDEN-MARSHALL CHARLES R. POLLOCK Circulation/Reference Librarian Dean of Enrollment Management RAYANN E. MIETHE B.S., Springfield College B.S., Mount Union College Woburn Administrator M.S., Simmons School of Library and M.A., Miami University of Ohio B.S.B.A., Emmanuel College Information Sciences Ed.D., University of Massachusetts DAVID M. KING NANCY M. CONTOIS MICHAEL D. HORAN Woburn Administrator Collection Development/Reference Senior Associate Director of Admissions B.A., University of Massachusetts Librarian B.A., M.A., Assumption College B.A., Anna Maria College M.L.S., Southern Connecticut State BETSIE D. RUGG University Assistant Director of Admissions Continuing Education B.A., Skidmore College EVELYN SALZ JANET L. CASTLEMAN Archivist MICHELLE R. LALANCETTE Director B.A., M.A., University of Massachusetts Assistant Director of Admissions B.A., Barnard College B.S.B.A., Western New England College M.A., Ph.D., Catholic University of America LINDA KRZYKOWSKI Law Library Assistant Director of Admissions HAROLD F. NEUNDER A.S., Holyoke Community College Associate Director BONNIE KONESKI-WHITE B.S.B.A., Western New England College A.B., Union College Director M.A., University of Massachusetts B.A., King’s College KAREN M. TALBOT M.L.S., Southern Connecticut State Assistant Director of Admissions JUDITH A. CADDEN College B.B.A., University of Massachusetts Coordinator of Services J.D., Western New England College M.A., Boston College B.A., College of Our Lady of the Elms M.Ed., Westfield State College Trustees, Administration, and Faculty 229

CHRISTINE ARCHAMBAULT JEAN FALLON MICHAEL WIERSMA Head of Technical Services Client Services Representative Area Coordinator for Residence Life B.A., College of Our Lady of the Elms B.S.B.A., M.B.A., Kansas State University M.L.S., Southern Connecticut State TRACI GRIFFIN College Client Services Representative KRISTIN S. CALEGARI A.S., Holyoke Community College Residence Area Coordinator SUSAN E. DRISKO B.A., Assumption College Electronic Services Librarian ROSEMARY LETENDRE M.Ed., Springfield College B.A., Westfield State College Client Services Representative M.S.L.I.S., Simmons College GREGORY POOLE SUSAN SALA Hall Director NANCY F. JOHNSON Client Services Representative B.S., Springfield College Catalog Librarian M.Ed., Springfield College B.A., University of Maryland LYNN M. SANTOS M.S.L.I.S., Simmons College Client Services Representative Diversity Programs MICHELE DILL LAROSE SEAN P. ST. MARIE Head of Reader Services Client Services Representative YVONNE S. BOGLE B.A., State University College of New York Director of Diversity Programs and Services at Buffalo SANDRA WOODROW B.S.B.A., M.B.A., Western New England M.L.S., State University of New York at Client Services Representative College Buffalo PATRICIA NEWCOMBE Student Disabilities Reference Librarian Athletics B.A., University of Massachusetts Services M.A., George Washington University MICHAEL THEULEN M.S.L.I.S., Pratt Institute BONNI M. ALPERT Director of Athletics Director B.S., Keene State College B.A., M.S., University of Vermont M.A., University of South Dakota Student Administrative Ed. D., University of Massachusetts D.P.E., Springfield College Services MICHELE CHAPLEN JOSEPH E. SASSI Assistant Director Assistant Director of Athletics RODNEY W. PEASE B.A., Smith College B.S., University of Rhode Island Director M. Ed., Smith College/Clark School M.Ed., Springfield College B.A., M.B.A., Western New England for the Deaf College EUGENE J. GUMBS III Sports Information Director KATHLEEN CHAMBERS B.A., Franklin Pierce College Associate Director/Financial Aid Specialist B.A., Saint Ambrose College CHARLES J. WEINMANN M.Ed., Springfield College STUDENT AFFAIRS Athletic Trainer B.S., Iona College STUART B. WARNER M.S., Fordham University Associate Director/Banking Specialist RICHARD M. DIRUZZA M.Ed., Springfield College B.S., University of Michigan Dean of Students M.B.A., Pace University B.A., M.Ed., Ph.D., Kent State University KIM O’LEARY Athletic Trainer SANDRA A. BELANGER MAUREEN HART KEIZER B.S., University of New Hampshire Financial Aid Specialist Director of Student Activities and M.S., Springfield College B.A., College of Our Lady of the Elms Leadership Development M.Ed., Springfield College B.S. in Ed., Bridgewater State College WENDY S. DAVIS M.Ed., Springfield College Head Women’s Basketball Coach/ BARBARA GASPERACK Equipment Room Director Records Specialist CELIA NORCROSS B.S., University of Connecticut B.A., University of Massachusetts Program Coordinator M.A., University of Connecticut B.S.B.A., Western New England College MILAGROS ALICEA DOUGLAS PEARSON Client Services Representative Head Men’s Basketball Coach/ B.A., University of Massachusetts Residence Life Physical Education Instructor B.S., University of Bridgeport DONNA AUGUST THOMAS P. WOZNIAK M.Ed., Westfield State College Client Services Representative Director B.A., Merrimack College LUCY BRUNELLE M.Ed., Worcester State College Wellness/Health Client Services Representative BETH A. HILL CYNTHIA P. COSTANZO MAUREEN BUTLER Assistant Director Director of Wellness and Recreation Client Services Representative B.S., M.Ed., Bridgewater State College B.S., M.A., University of Connecticut B.A., M.B.A., Western New England College 230 Trustees, Administration, and Faculty

KATHLEEN A. REID, R.N., N.P. ANTOINETTE PASCHETTO MICHAEL HATHAWAY Director of Health Services and Nurse Staff Assistant/Student Loans Microcomputer-AV Technical Support Practitioner Coordinator B.S.N., College of Our Lady of the Elms MICHELLE L. HIMES A.S., A.S., Holyoke Community College M.S., University of Massachusetts Director of Procurement Services B.A., University of Massachusetts STEVEN NARMONTAS KRISHMAN RAMAN Certified Purchasing Manager (CPM) Instructional Technology Coordinator College Physician B.A., State University of New York at Pre-med, M.D., Bombay University CHERYL L. MURPHY Stony Brook M.B.B.S., Nagpu University Assistant Director of Procurement Services M.S., Pace University A.S., Western New England College RICHARD C. PONT Counseling Computer Support Coordinator Campus Post Office A.S., Holyoke Community College WAYNE D. CARPENTER Director of Counseling Services FRANK D. WATSON DOUGLAS E. SLAVAS B.A., University of New Hampshire Campus Postmaster Computer Programmer M.Ed., Springfield College Ph.D., Syracuse University JUDITH L. ST. GERMAIN Duplicating/Printing Computer Programmer NAN SALKY A.S., Holyoke Community College Counseling Psychologist Services B.A., University of Colorado PETER SZABAN M.A., Antioch/New England Graduate SANDRA MACKIN Computer Graphics/Network Analyst and School Manager of Printing Services Technician B.S.B.A., Western New England College B.S., Fitchburg State College LORE A. DETENBER B.S.M.E., Western New England College Coordinator of Alcohol and Drug Services B.S., University of Massachusetts College Bookstore M.Ed., Springfield College Audio Visual Services DENISE A. EVANS ERIC ZAHM Bookstore Manager Director B.A., University of Alabama Campus Ministry B.A., Hobart College THE REVEREND W.C. WATSON M.S., Syracuse University Protestant Chaplain Food Services B.A., M.Div., Harvard College ROBERT WIERDO Facilities Management RABBI JEROME S. GURLAND Food Service Director C. MICHAEL DUNCAN Cultural Liaison Coordinator and Lecturer A.S., Culinary Institute of America Director of Facilities Management A.B., Brooklyn College B.S., Florida International University B.H.L., M.A.H.L., Hebrew Union College B.S.B.A., M.S., Southern Illinois University M.A., University of Cincinnati CHRISTOPHER V. FREITAG Office of Information Assistant Director of Facilities Technical Technology Services B.F.A., M.A., New York University FINANCIAL AND ALLYN CHASE BUSINESS AFFAIRS Director EDGAR H. KENYON B.A., Nasson College Manager, Buildings and Grounds M.A., University of Maine M.A., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute FRANK L. LANGO Financial Management Manager of Housekeeping Services BRIAN ANNIS SANDRA M. CHESSEY System Analyst Programmer MICHAEL F. ROBERTS Controller B.S.E.E., Western New England College Manager, HVAC B.S.B.A., M.B.A., Western New England A.S., Springfield Technical College PATRICIA BEACH Community College Personal Computer Technical Assistant JULIE LEBEAU Assistant Controller JOHN CICHON Public Safety B.S., Westfield State College Personal Computer Technical Assistant A.S., Technical Institute GARY B. BARNES KIMBERLY M. COLLINS Director Payroll Supervisor/Gifts KEVIN J. GORMAN B.A., Kent State University And Grants Accountant Academic Network Software Engineer B.S., Western New England College B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E., Western New England College DIANE M. DONOVAN Grants Accountant Trustees, Administration, and Faculty 231

MARY MAZZAFERRO TERESA D. BARTON ADVANCEMENT AND Publications Editor Professional Educator MARKETING B.A., Westfield State College B.A., Smith College M.A.T., Harvard University JANICE MACKENZIE Senior Graphic Designer LEONARD M. BAYNES Development B.F.A., Massachusetts College of Art Professor of Law B.S., New York University BEVERLY DWIGHT LAURA CIZEK-CARR J.D., M.B.A., Columbia University Executive Director of Development Graphic Designer B.A., University of Massachusetts B.A., Westfield State College WILLIAM C. BOSWORTH Associate Professor of Finance JAMES RICH ANTHONY M. MUTTI B.A., Hobart College Director of Foundation Relations Webmaster M.B.A., New York University B.A., Oberlin College and Oberlin College B.F.A., University of Massachusetts M.A., University of Connecticut Conservatory Ph.D., University of Connecticut RABBI JEROME S. GURLAND Campus Events PHILIP W. BOUCHARD Cultural Liaison Coordinator and Lecturer Professor of Law A.B., Brooklyn College A.B., J.D., Boston University B.H.L., M.A.H.L., Hebrew Union College SUE BRUNO Campus Events Coordinator M.A., University of Cincinnati JANET R. BOWDAN Assistant Professor of English DIANA PINKOS B.A., Tufts University Systems Supervisor M.A., Johns Hopkins University B.S.B.A., Western New England College FACULTY Ph.D., University of Denver KRISTIN M. WEAVER CLAIRE A. BRONSON Annual Giving Coordinator Professor of Finance B.S., Western New England College PETER ADOMEIT A.B., Connecticut College Professor of Law M.A., University of Connecticut B.A., Carleton College Ph.D., University of Connecticut Alumni Relations J.D., University of Minnesota R. LORING CARLSON KARA KAPINOS JOHN A. ANDRULIS Associate Professor of Accounting and Director of Alumni Relations Professor of Economics Chair, Department of Accounting and B.S.B.A., M.B.A., Western New England B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Finance College M.S., Purdue University B.S.B.A., Northeastern University Ph.D., Purdue University J.D., University of Connecticut ANDREA L. SAARI LL.M., Boston University Alumni Events Coordinator EUGENE I. ANGUS Certified Public Accountant A.S., Manchester Community Technical Professor of English College B.A., University of California SCHILLER A. CASIMIR B.S.B.A., Western New England College M.A., Middlebury College Assistant Professor of Economics Ph.D., University of Massachusetts B.A., Western Connecticut State University WILLIAM CAMPANELLA M.A., State University of New York Alumni Programs Coordinator JOHN J. ANZALOTTI Ph.D., State University of New York B.S., Bridgewater State College Professor of History M.Ed., Springfield College B.A., American International College GEORGE W. CAULTON M.A., University of Massachusetts Professor of Social Work B.A., American International College Marketing and JOHN S. BAICK M.S.W., Smith College School for Social Assistant Professor of History Work, Licensed Social Worker Communications B.A., Columbia University Ph.D., New York University ANTHONY F. CHELTE BARBARA CAMPANELLA Professor of Management Director of Marketing and Communications WILLIAM G. BAKER B.A., North Adams State College B.A., Bridgewater State College Professor of Law M.A., Western Washington University M.Ed., Springfield College B.S., Clarkson College Ph.D., University of Massachusetts J.D., Union University, Albany Law School DEBORAH A. CHAPPELL JOHN M. CLAFFEY Creative Director RICHARD E. BALL Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice B.F.A., University of Massachusetts Professor of Chemistry A.S., Springfield Technical Community B.A., American International College College DEBORAH PORTER SAVOIE Ph.D., Brown University B.S., Westfield State College Production Coordinator J.D., Western New England College B.A., Grove City College EMMETT C. BARCALOW, JR. M.A., Westfield State College Professor of Philosophy and English B.A., Muhlenberg College M.A., Hunter College of C.U.N.Y. M.Phil., Columbia University Ph.D., Columbia University 232 Trustees, Administration, and Faculty

MARK A. COFFEY KATHLEEN M. DILLON CHARLES K. FISH Associate Professor of Accounting and Professor of Psychology Associate Professor of English and Chair, Finance B.S., University of Massachusetts Department of English and Humanities B.B.A., University of Massachusetts M.A., University of Massachusetts B.A., Northwestern University M.B.A., University of Massachusetts Ph.D., University of Massachusetts M.A., (converted B.A.) Oxford University M.S.A., University of Hartford Licensed Psychologist M.A., Princeton University Certified Management Account Ph.D., Princeton University SAID DINI AMY B. COHEN Professor of Mechanical Engineering GAIL FLETCHER Professor of Law B.S., University of Missouri Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Connecticut College M.S., University of Missouri B.S., Northwestern State University of J.D., Harvard University Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology Louisiana Ph.D., University of Texas BETH COHEN DONALD J. DUNN Assistant Professor of Law Professor of Law and Dean, School of Law TAYLOR FLYNN B.A., State University of New York at B.A., M.L.S., University of Texas, Austin Assistant Professor of Law Stony Brook J.D., Western New England College B.S., Bartmouth College J.D., Suffolk University J.D., Columbia University GLEN A. EBISCH J.S.M., Stanford Law School RICHARD P. COLE Associate Professor of Philosophy Professor of Law A.B., Rutgers University HARRIS FREEMAN B.A., University of Pennsylvania M.A., Cornell University Lawyering Process Program Instructor J.D., University of Michigan M.A., Columbia University J.D., Western New England College Ph.D., Columbia University WALTER P. COOMBS, JR. GERALD E. GAJNOS Professor of Biology JOHN D. EGNAL Professor of Chemistry B.A., University of California Professor of Law B.A., University of Connecticut M.A., Columbia University B.A., Lehigh University Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Ph.D., Columbia University J.D., LL.M., Temple University MARTHA A. GARABEDIAN PAUL J. COSTANZO ELIZABETH L. ELAM Associate Professor of Spanish Associate Professor of Marketing Assistant Professor of Marketing B.A., Worcester State College B.A., University of Connecticut B.S., University of Massachusetts M.A., University of Connecticut M.A., University of Connecticut M.B.A., University of Colorado Ph.D., University of Connecticut Ph.D., University of Connecticut Ph.D., University of Wisconsin JAMES A. GARDNER JOHN M. COULTER MAY H. ELGERS-LO Professor of Law Assistant Professor of Accounting Associate Professor of Accounting B.A., Yale University B.B.A., University of Massachusetts M.S., University of Massachusetts J.D., University of Chicago M.S., University of Massachusetts Ph.D., Drexel University Ph.D., University of Massachusetts MARILYN TALBOT GASS HERBERT J. ESKOT Assistant Professor of Education DANIEL D. COVELL Associate Professor of Economics A.B., Wheaton College Assistant Professor of Sport Management B.A., Northeastern University Ed. M., Harvard University B.A., Bowdoin College M.A., Northeastern University Ed. D., Harvard University M.S., University of Massachusetts Ph.D., Tufts University SAEED GHAHRAMANI ROBIN KUNDIS CRAIG RUSSELL FANELLI Professor of Mathematics and Computer Assistant Professor of Law Professor of Management Science and Dean, School of Arts and B.A., Pomona College B.S., College of the Holy Cross Sciences M.A., The Johns Hopkins University M.A., Trinity College B.S., Arya Mehr University of Technology Ph.D., University of California Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute M.A., Ph.D., University of California J.D., Lewis & Clark College WILLIAM P. FERRIS ANNE B. GOLDSTEIN STEPHEN C. CRIST Professor of Management Professor of Law Professor of Electrical Engineering A.B., Dartmouth College B.A., Simon Fraser University B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute M.A., Trinity College J.D., Northeastern University M.S., Arizona State University Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Ph.D., Arizona State University JANELLE E. GOODNIGHT LARRY F. FIELD Assistant Professor of Marketing JOCELYN M. CUFFEE Associate Professor of Criminal Justice and B.A., University of Wyoming Lawyering Process Program Instructor Chair, Department of Sociology and M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University B.A., Tufts University Criminal Justice J.D., Western New England College B.A., Georgetown University JAMES W. GORDON M.A., Tufts University Professor of Law MARC H. DAWSON Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University B.A., University of Louisville Associate Professor of History and Chair, J.D., University of Detroit J.D., Ph.D., University of Kentucky Department of History and Government A.B., Duke University ALAN GORFIN M.A., University of Wisconsin Associate Professor of Mathematics Ph.D., University of Wisconsin B.S., Yale University M.A., Ph.D., University of Massachusetts Trustees, Administration, and Faculty 233

ERIC J. GOUVIN PETER HESS RAYMOND KERNS-ZUCCO Professor of Law Professor of Management Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., Cornell University B.S., Georgetown University B.A., North Adams State College J.D., LL.M., Boston University Ed. D., University of Massachusetts M.A., University of Massachusetts M.P.A., Harvard University Ph.D., University of Massachusetts JEAN-MARIE V. HIGIRO RICHARD A. GRABIEC, JR. Assistant Professor of Communication and MOHAMMAD. N. KHOSROWJERDI Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering English Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Assistant Dean, School of B.A., National University of Rwanda B.S., Abadan Institute of Technology, Iran Engineering M.A., University of Montreal M.S., George Washington University B.S.I.E., M.S.I.E., Ph.D., University of M.S., Syracuse University Ph.D., University of Maryland Massachusetts Ph.D., University of Texas Registered Professional Engineer ROBERT L. GRAY NANCY HOAR DENISE KINDSCHI GOSSELIN Associate Professor of Computer Professor of English Instructor of Criminal Justice Information Systems and Chair, Department B.A., George Washington University A.S., Mt. Wachusett Community College of Quantitative Methods and Computer M.A., University of Pennsylvania B.S., Westfield State College Information Systems M.B.A., Western New England College M.S., Westfield State College B.A., Marietta College Ed.D., Boston University M.A.T., McMaster University ANN KIZANIS Ph.D., McMaster University ROBERT H. HOLDSWORTH Associate Professor of Mathematics Professor of Biology and Physical Sciences B.A., Connecticut College ANIL GULATI A.B., Oberlin College Ph.D., Wesleyan University Professor of Computer Information Systems Ph.D., Princeton University and Assistant Dean for Graduate Programs, ROBERT R. KLEIN School of Business ALFRED T. INGHAM IV Associate Professor of Education and Chair, B.Tech., Indian Institute of Technology, Professional Educator of Criminal Justice Department of Education Delhi B.S., University of Massachusetts B.A., Colgate University M.S., Ph.D., Clemson University M.S., American International College M.A., Yale University M.Div., Columbia Theological Seminary RICHARD HABER JAY A. JACKSON Ed.M., Harvard University Associate Professor of English Associate Professor of Computer Science Ed.D., Harvard University B.A., Brooklyn College B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University M.A., Brooklyn College DAVID KLINE Ph.D., University of Massachusetts K. EDWARD JANSEN Associate Professor of Physics Professor of English B.Sc., Massachusetts Institute of ERIC W. HAFFNER B.A., Washington and Lee University Technology Professor of Industrial Engineering and M.A., Ohio University Ph.D., Brown University Dean, School of Engineering Ph.D., Ohio University B.Ed., Keene State College DENNIS J. KOLODZIEJSKI M.S.E.G., Illinois Institute of Technology THEODORE JOHNSON–SOUTH Professor of Psychology and Chair, M.S.I.E.O.R., Ph.D. University of Associate Professor of History Department of Psychology Massachusetts B.A., Colorado College B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology M.A., University of Durham, England M.Ed., University of Massachusetts LORNA B. HANES M.A., Cornell University Ed.D., University of Massachusetts Associate Professor of Mathematics Ph.D., Cornell University Licensed Psychologist B.A., University of Washington B.S., University of Washington CATHERINE JONES STANLEY KOWALSKI, JR. M.S., University of Oregon Visiting Professor of Law Professor of Quantitative Methods and Ph.D., University of Oregon B.A., Gettysburg College Dean, School of Business J.D., Georgetown University B.S., University of Delaware LISA M. HANSEN LL.M., Yale University M.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Massachusetts Computer Science JEANNE M. KAISER B.S., Western Michigan University Lawyering Process Program Instructor ARTHUR LEAVENS M.S., Michigan State University B.A., M.S., SUNY at Buffalo Professor of Law and Associate Dean, Ph.D., Western Michigan University J.D., Western New England College School of Law A.B., Duke University LEORA HARPAZ HOWARD I. KALODNER J.D., Harvard University Professor of Law Professor of Law B.A., State University of New York at Stony A.B., Haverford College SHARON K. LEE Brook LL.B., Harvard University Associate Professor of Finance J.D., Boston University B.S., University of Kentucky LL.M., New York University ABDUL KAMAL M.B.A., University of Kentucky Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering D.B.A., University of Kentucky LENESE C. HERBERT B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska Assistant Professor of Law B.S., Howard University ALAN K. KARPLUS J.D., University of California at Los Angeles Professor of Mechanical Engineering B.S.M.E., Tufts University M.S., Iowa State University Ph.D., Colorado State University 234 Trustees, Administration, and Faculty

JERZY J. LETKOWSKI RICHARD S. MURPHY WALTER M. PRESZ Professor of Quantitative Methods and Associate Professor of Physics Professor of Mechanical Engineering Computer Information Systems B.A., American International College B.S., Lowell Technological Institute M.S., Technical University of Wroclaw, M.S., University of Massachusetts M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Poland Technology Ph.D., Technical University of Wroclaw, RONALD E. MUSIAK Ph.D., University of Connecticut Poland Professor of Electrical Engineering Registered Professional Engineer B.S.E.E., Western New England College DENNIS M. LUCIANO M.S.E.E., Virginia Polytechnic Institute KOUROSH J. RAHNAMAI Professor of Mathematics and Chair, Ph.D., University of Massachusetts Associate Professor of Electrical Department of Mathematics and Engineering Computer Science J. BYRON NELSON B.S., Pars College Tehran, Iran B.S., LeMoyne College Professor of Industrial Engineering and M.S., Wichita State University M.S., Syracuse University Chair, Department of Industrial & Ph.D., Wichita State University Ph.D., Syracuse University Manufacturing Engineering B.S.I.E., Iowa State University SHELLY H. REGENBAUM ROBERT A. LUSARDI M.S.I.E., Purdue University Associate Professor of English Professor of Law Ph.D., Purdue University B.A., The Hebrew University, Jerusalem, A.B., Colgate University Israel J.D., Boston College LINDA J. OLEKSAK M.A., Sheffield University, Sheffield, Professional Educator of Reading England RICHARD N. LUXTON B.A., M.Ed., Westfield State College Ph.D., Bar–Ilan University, Ramat Gan, Associate Professor of Sociology Israel B.A., University of Essex England GAIL W. OLMSTED Ph.D., University of Essex England Instructor in Marketing and Assistant Dean FREDERICK D. ROYAL for Undergraduate Programs, School of Professor of Law WILLIAM S. MANDEL Business B.A., University of Massachusetts Associate Professor of History and B.S., Central Connecticut State University J.D., Cornell University Government M.B.A., University of New Haven LL.M., Boston University A.B., Colgate University J.D., Cornell University MYRA G. ORLEN DAVID L. RUSSELL Ph.D., University of Virginia Lawyering Process Program Instructor Associate Professor of Computer B.A., University of Massachusetts Information Systems LEO P. MARIANI M.Ed., Antioch University B.A., University of Wisconsin Assistant Professor of Physics J.D., Northeastern University M.S.L.S., University of Wisconsin B.S., City College of New York M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute M.S., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University DEB PATTERSON Ph.D., University of Massachusetts Assistant Professor of Education DAVID R. MAZUR B.S., State University of New York LORRAINE S. SARTORI Assistant Professor of Mathematics M.S., Keene State College Professor of Biology and Chair, Department B.S., University of Delaware Ph.D., University of Massachusetts of Physical and Biological Sciences M.S., Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University A.B., Boston University MARILYN K. PELOSI M.S., Boston College MICHAEL A. MEEROPOL Professor of Quantitative Methods and Ph.D., Boston College Professor of Economics and Chair, Computer Information Systems Department of Economics Sc.B., Brown University DAVID F. SAVICKAS B.A., Swarthmore College M.S.I.E.O.R., University of Massachusetts Professor of Physics B.A., Kings College, Cambridge University Ph.D., University of Massachusetts B.A., St. Mary’s College M.A., Kings College, Cambridge University M.S., Michigan State University Ph.D., University of Wisconsin RICHARD S. PELOSI Ph.D., Michigan State University Professor of Mathematics WILLIAM D. METZGER Sc.B., Brown University STEVEN SCHREINER Professor of Law M.S.I.E.O. R., University of Massachusetts Assistant Professor of Biomedical B.S., College of the Holy Cross Ph.D., University of Massachusetts Engineering J.D., Boston College B.S.E.E., Western New England College LL.M., Georgetown University ANNE F. POIROT M.S., Vanderbilt University Associate Professor of Chemistry Ph.D., Vanderbilt University BRUCE K. MILLER B.Sc., North Adams State College Registered Professional Engineer Professor of Law Ph.D., University of Rhode Island A.B., Stanford University JEFF SCHRENZEL J.D., Harvard University BURTON F. PORTER Assistant Professor of Social Work Professor of Philosophy B.A., State University of New York at Stony FRANCIS JOSEPH MOOTZ III Director of the Study Abroad Program Brook Professor of Law B.A., University of Maryland M.S.W., Adelphi University B.A., University of Notre Dame Ph.D., St. Andrews University (Scotland) Ph.D., Smith College School for Social A.M., J.D., Duke University Work JAMES J. MORIARTY Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering B.S.E.E., University of Massachusetts M.S.C.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute Ph.D., University of Connecticut Trustees, Administration, and Faculty 235

NED S. SCHWARTZ RICHARD R. VERONESI VLADIMIR WOZNIUK Professor of Business Law Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Professor of Government B.S., Pennsylvania State University Chair, Department of Mechanical B.A., University of Connecticut M.B.A., Western New England College Engineering M.A., George Washington University J.D., Emory University B.S.M.E., Western New England College M.A., University of Virginia Certified Public Accountant M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute M.A., Yale Divinity School Registered Professional Engineer Ph.D., University of Virginia HARVEY M. SHRAGE Associate Professor of Management and THOMAS J. VOGEL Chair, Department of Management Assistant Professor of Accounting and B.S., Cornell University Finance J.D., Northeastern University B.S., Canisius College Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University The Faculty Emeriti JULIE SICILIANO Associate Professor of Management and VALORIE VOJDIK ROBERT C. AZAR Assistant Vice President for Academic Assistant Professor of Law B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Affairs A.B., Brown University Professor Emeritus of Engineering (2000) B.S.B.A., M.B.A., Western New England J.D., New York University College JACK P. BRIN Ph.D., University of Massachusetts MARY B. VOLLARO B.S., M.A. Assistant Professor of Engineering Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1997) RICHARD K. SKILLMAN B.S.M.E., Western New England College Associate Professor of Economics M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute FREDERICK W. BROWN, JR. A.B., Hamilton College Ph.D., University of Connecticut B.S., B.A., M.B.A. A.M., M.A.L.D., The Fletcher School of Law Professor Emeritus of Management (1997) & Diplomacy, Tufts University SHARIANNE WALKER Assistant Professor of Sport Management ROBERT L. CAMPBELL HARLAN SPOTTS B.A., Smith College B.S., M.Div., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Marketing M.S., University of Massachusetts Professor Emeritus of Philosophy (1997) B.S., The College of New Jersey Ph.D., University of Massachusetts M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Massachusetts EARL C. CHAPIN SARA P. WEINBERGER B.S., M.S., Ph.D. KARL D. STERNBERG Associate Professor of Social Work and Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1997) Instructor in Biology Director of the Social Work Program B.A., American International College B.A., Cleveland State University WELLEN G. DAVISON M.A., American International College M.S.W., Smith College School for Social B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Work Professor Emeritus of Mechanical SAMUEL STONEFIELD Engineering (1997) Professor of Law CAROLYN WEST A.B., Dartmouth College Assistant Professor of Psychology JOAN F. DIGIOVANNI J.D., Harvard University B.A., College of Saint Rose A.M., B.A., Ph.D. M.A., American International College Professor Emeritus of Psychology (2000) NANCY SYKES Ph.D., Northeastern University Adjunct Professor of Law and Assistant ARTHUR W. DOWNES Dean, School of Law DELMAR C. WILCOX B.S., M.B.A. B.S., James Madison University Associate Professor of English and Assistant Professor Emeritus of Physical Education J.D., Western New England College Dean, School of Arts and Sciences (2000) A.B., University of Omaha LEH-SHENG TANG M.A., University of Kansas RENE L. DUBE Professor of Mathematics and Computer Ph.D., Brandeis University B.S.E.E., M.S. in E.E., Ph.D. Science Professor Emeritus of Electrical B.S., National Tsing Hua University, JOHN P. WILLEMAIN Engineering (1994) Taiwan Professional Educator of Mathematics Ph.D., Rutgers University B.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute LLOYD S. EMERSON M.S., University of New Hampshire B.A., M.A., M.S. GARY TENG Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1997) Associate Professor of Industrial and DONALD C. WILLIAMS Manufacturing Engineering Associate Professor of Government CLIFTON H. EWING B.E., Chung Yuan University B.A., Miami University C.E., A.B., A.M., B.E.E., M.S. in C.E. M.S.I.E., Texas Tech University M.A., University of Florida– Gainesville Associate Dean Emeritus, School of Ph.D., Auburn University Ph.D., University of Florida-Gainesville Engineering (1973) SHERALEE A. TERSHNER ARTHUR D. WOLF ELINOR C. HARTSHORN Assistant Professor of Psychology Professor of Law B.A., M.A., Ph.D. B.A., University of Wisconsin A.B., Tufts University Professor Emeritus of Government (1997) M.S., University of Wisconsin LL.B., Columbia University Ph.D., University of Wisconsin LESTER M. HIRSCH B.S., M.A., Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of English (1997) 236 Trustees, Administration, and Faculty

WILLIAM M. HULBERT DENNIS R. ANTI HONORABLE HENRY J. BOROFF B.A., M.A. Adjunct Professor of Law Adjunct Professor of Law Associate Professor of Finance (1999) B.A., Saint Michael’s College B.A., J.D., Boston University J.D., Western New England College DONALD R. JACOBS KEITH F. BRADLEY B.S., M.S., Ph.D. ROBERT J. ANZENBERGER Lecturer in Management Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1997) Lecturer in Management M.S.E., University of Michigan B.A., Boston College M.B.A., Babson College JOHN B. KWASNOSKI M.A., Boston State College B.S., M.S. JAMES V. BRADT Professor Emeritus of Physics (2000) CHERYL A. ATHERTON Lecturer in Criminal Justice Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.A., University of Maryland EDWARD J. LECUYER, JR. B.S., Western New England College M.B.A., Western New England College B.A., M.A., Ed.D. M.S., Western New England College Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (2000) JOHN A. BRENNAN PETER BALL Lecturer in Finance JAMES V. MASI Senior Lecturer in Chemistry B.S., Manhattan College B.S., M.S., Ph.D. B.A., American International College M.B.A., Pace University Professor of Electrical Engineering (1999) M.A., American International College M.S., Simmons College GEORGE D. BRONSON PATRICIA MILLER Ph.D., University of Massachusetts Lecturer in Criminal Justice A.B., A.M. B.A., University of Connecticut Professor Emeritus of English (1997) ELAN BARNEHAMA M.A., University of Hartford Lecturer in English ALBERT C. PRYOR, JR. B.A., SUNY Binghamton DAVID C. BROOKER A.B., A.M., Ph.D. M.F.A., University of Massachusetts Senior Lecturer in Government Professor Emeritus of Sociology and B.A., Eckerd College Psychology (1997) MARCEL F. BEAUSOLEIL M.A., Miami University Lecturer in Criminal Justice Ph.D., Miami University E. LOUIS RAVERTA M.S., Salve Regina University B.B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D. GEORGE M. BROOKER Professor Emeritus of Accounting (1997) MICHAEL BELKNAP Senior Lecturer in Accounting Adjunct Professor of Law B.S., Northeastern University GERHARD REMPEL B.A., Harvard College M.B.A., Northeastern University B.A., Ph.D. LL.B., University of Cambridge Professor Emeritus of History (2000) J.D., Harvard University THOMAS H. BROUGHTON-WILLETT Senior Lecturer in English J. GAIL SHELDON MARY A. BELL B.A., University of Louisville B.A., A.M., B.D., Ph.D. Lecturer in Management M.A., University of Louisville Professor Emeritus of Humanities (1978) B.A.L.S., Western New England College Ph.D., University of Massachusetts M.B.A., Western New England College HENRY L. SUNDBERG, JR. NEIL L. BUCKLEY B.S., M.S. C. LEE BENNETT Lecturer in Criminal Justice Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.S., Suffolk University Engineering (1997) B.S., Westfield State College M.Ed., Boston University M.S., Westfield State College BRIAN E. BURKE JENNIFER L. BLOOM Senior Lecturer in Criminal Justice Lecturer in Computer Information Systems B.A., University of Massachusetts B.S., University of the State of New York J.D., New England School of Law M.S., Hawaii Pacific University SEAN BURKE The Adjunct MICHAEL J. BLOOM Lecturer in Criminal Justice Faculty Lecturer in Engineering Management B.S., Springfield College B.S., USAF Academy M.S., Western New England College FRANCES R. ABRAMS M.S.I.A., Purdue University Lecturer in French ROBERT M. BURNS B.A., New York University ROBERT L. BOCK Lecturer in Criminal Justice M.A., Middlebury College Senior Lecturer in Government A.S., Middlesex Community College A.B., University of Kansas B.S., Springfield College ANN T. ACKERMAN M.A., University of Kansas M.A.C.J., Anna Maria College Senior Lecturer in History LL.B., Washburn University B.A., North Texas State University Ph.D., American University RENE G. BURQUE M.A., North Texas State University Lecturer in Mathematics Ph.D., North Texas State University THOMAS BOKUNIEWICZ B.A., American International College Lecturer in Criminal Justice M.Ed., Westfield State College JOHN ALETTA B.A., Oberlin College M.Ed., University of Georgia Adjunct Professor of Law J.D., Western New England College School B.A., J.D., University of Connecticut of Law TINA WESTCOTT CAFARO Adjunct Professor of Law B.A., University of Massachusetts J.D., Western New England College Trustees, Administration, and Faculty 237

DWAYNE CAMERON ROBERT B. CHIPKIN JOSEPH F. DELANEY, JR. Lecturer in Mathematics Lecturer in English Lecturer in Computer Information Systems M.S., University of New Hampshire B.A., Union College B.S., Western New England College M.A., Indiana University M.S., Lesley College STEPHEN CAMPISI Lecturer in Finance ALONZO CHISHOLM JOAN COLE DENSBERGER M.A., Montclair State College Lecturer in Management Adjunct Professor of Law M.B.A., University of Connecticut B.S., University of Nebraska B.S., University of Massachusetts M.A., Pepperdine University M.P.H., Boston University JEROME P. CAMPOSEO M.B.A., Western New England College J.D., Boston College Lecturer in Accounting M.B.A., University of Massachusetts MALCOLM J. CHISHOLM JR. VINCENT A. DESALVO Adjunct Professor of Law Senior Lecturer in Criminal Justice JAMES R. CARABETTA B.S., University of Massachusetts B.A., University of Massachusetts Lecturer in Computer Information Systems J.D., Western New England College J.D., New England School of Law B.S., Springfield College M.Ed., Springfield College PAUL F. CLEARY JOHN DIFAVA Ed.D., University of Massachusetts Lecturer in Quantitative Methods Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.S., Northeastern University B.A., Long Island University LAUREN CARASIK M.A., Northeastern University M.Ed., Boston University Adjunct Professor of Law B.A., Earlham College GERALD A. COLETTA NANCY T. DILEO J.D., Northeastern University Senior Lecturer in Criminal Justice Lecturer in Mathematics B.S., Northeastern University B.S., Worcester State College PAUL J. CARDALINO J.D., New England School of Law M.A., Anna Maria College Lecturer in Criminal Justice M.S., Worcester State College B.S., Northeastern University JOHN W. COLLINS III M.A., Anna Maria College Lecturer in Marketing DIANE DILLON A.S. Springfield Technical Community Adjunct Professor of Law VALERIE E. CARNEVALE College B.S.F.S., Georgetown University Lecturer in English B.A., University of Massachusetts J.D., Western New England College B.A., Salem State College M.B.A., Western New England College M.A., Salem State College CHARLES E. DOLAN WILLIAM J. COSGRIFF Senior Lecturer in Criminal Justice FRANK A. CARUSO Senior Lecturer in Psychology B.S., Boston College Senior Lecturer in Management B.S., Fairfield University J.D., Western New England College School B.A., State University of New York M.A., American International College of Law J.D., Western New England College Ph.D., University of Massachusetts JAMES F. DONNELLY JOHN K. CASANOVA EDWARD J. CRONIN Adjunct Professor of Law Lecturer in Marketing Lecturer in Management A.B., St. Michael’s College B.A., Westfield State College B.S., Northeastern University M.A., State University of New York at M.B.A., Western New England College M.P.A., Northeastern University Stony Brook J.D., Western New England College MAURICE D. CASEY ROSEMARY F. CRONIN Lecturer in Marketing Lecturer in Computer Information Systems LEONARD L. DONOVAN B.A., University of Massachusetts B.S., Salem State College Lecturer in Criminal Justice M.B.A., Western New England College M.Ed., Fitchburg State College B.A., St. Michael’s College M.S., Western New England College ROBERT CHALERO DAVID F. CUSOLITO Lecturer in Computer Information Systems Lecturer in Criminal Justice JAMES DOWNING B.A., Norwich University A.S., Cape Cod Community College Lecturer in Electrical Engineering M.S.I.S., Western New England College B.S.C.J., University of Massachusetts at B.S., Western New England College Boston SCOTT R. CHAPMAN M.S.C.J., Boston University Graduate PETER F. DOYLE Adjunct Professor of Law School Senior Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.A., Westfield State College B.A., University of Notre Dame M.Ed., Springfield College ERIK DAM J.D., Suffolk University Law School J.D., Western New England College Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.A., University of Missouri PAUL E. DRISCOLL ANDREA N. CHASEN M.A., Webster College Lecturer in Criminal Justice Lecturer in Management B.S., Westfield State College B.A., State University of New York at HYMAN G. DARLING Buffalo Adjunct Professor of Law TIMOTHY J. DUGGAN M.P.A., New York University B.A., Boston University Senior Lecturer in Criminal Justice J.D., American University School of Law J.D., Western New England College B.A., Providence College J.D., Northeastern University CHRISTINE L. CHINNI JUDITH L. DAWSON Adjunct Professor of Law Lecturer in Economics MICHAEL ENGLERT A.B., University of Michigan B.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison Adjunct Professor of Law M.A., University of California at Berkeley M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison B.A., University of Colorado J.D., Western New England College J.D., Western New England College 238 Trustees, Administration, and Faculty

ANNE K. ERICKSON JOHN J. GORVIN BRADFORD JOHNSON Senior Lecturer in English Senior Lecturer in Psychology Adjunct Professor of Law B.A., Fairfield University B.A., Stonehill College B.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute M.A., Purdue University M.A., Boston College M.S., J.D., University of Akron Psy.D., Florida Institute of Technology VINCENT J. FALCONE JOANNE M. JUSSEAUME Lecturer in Mathematics SHIRLEY R. GRAHAM Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.S., Boston College Senior Lecturer in Government B.S.L.E., Western New England College M.A., Brandeis University B.A., Miami University M.S.C.J., Western New England College M.A., University of Cincinnati TIMOTHY M. FARRIS Ph.D., University of Cincinnati JUDY ZEPRUN KALMAN Adjunct Professor of Law Adjunct Professor of Law A.B., Colgate University LORI A. GRAVLEY-NOVELLO B.A., Brandeis University M.B.A., University of Chicago Lecturer in English J.D., Boston University J.D., Western New England College B.A., University of Texas at Tyler LL.M., Boston University M.A., University of West Florida RICHARD A. KARWIC Lecturer in Management NANCY FENTON JOSEPH G. GRIFFIN B.S., Central Connecticut State University Lecturer in Management Lecturer in Criminal Justice M.B.A., Western New England College B.S.B.A., Western New England College B.S., Northeastern University J.D., Western New England College M.A., Framingham State College EDWARD S. KASABIAN Lecturer in Criminal Justice DAVID E. FLESCHE MARK N. HAGOPIAN M.C.J., Boston University Senior Lecturer in Philosophy Senior Lecturer in Government B.A., Drew University B.A., Boston University CATHERINE KAY M.Div., Drew University M.A., Boston University Adjunct Professor of Law Ph.D., Boston College Ph.D., Boston University A.B., Smith College J.D., Boston University MARION B. FLETCHER FRANCIS J. HART Lecturer in Criminal Justice Lecturer in Criminal Justice JOHN P. KEELAN III B.S., Salem State College B.A., Salem State College Lecturer in Finance M.C.J., Anna Maria College M.S., Western New England College B.S., Babson College ELLIOT P. FORD THOMAS C. HART JAMES KELLEHER Lecturer in Finance Lecturer in Management Lecturer in Social Work A.B., Hamilton College B.S., Charter Oak State College B.S., Westfield State College M.B.A., University of California at M.S., Western New England College M.Ed., University of Massachusetts Los Angeles JOSEPH D. HENEBURY ZARA M. KILMURRAY DONALD FRANK Lecturer in Criminal Justice Senior Lecturer in Criminal Justice Adjunct Professor of Law B.S., Boston University B.A., Bridgewater State College B.A., University of Massachusetts J.D., Boston University J.D., Western New England College BARRY J. HINEY Lecturer in Accounting DAVID KIMBALL RONALD GATHRO B.A., University of Hartford Lecturer in Management Lecturer in Industrial Engineering M.B.A., Western New England College B.S.B.A., Western New England College B.S.I.E., Western New England College M.B.A., Western New England College M.B.A., Western New England College POWELL W. HOLLY JR. Sc.D., University of New Haven M.S.I.O.E.R., University of Massachusetts Adjunct Professor of Law A.B., Morehouse College JUDITH KNIGHT BRIAN F. GILLIGAN J.D., Brooklyn Law School Adjunct Professor of Law Senior Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.A., University of Massachusetts B.A., Bridgewater State College HONORABLE MARY E. HURLEY-MARKS J.D., Washington & Lee University J.D., Suffolk University Law School Adjunct Professor of Law B.S., College of Our Lady of the Elms CAROL A. KOWALSKI HAROLD W. GILLIGAN J.D., Western New England College Lecturer in Art Senior Lecturer in Management B.S., University of Delaware B.A., University of Colorado KENT C. HUTCHINSON M.A.T., Michigan State University Lecturer in Accounting DOREEN G. LAWRENCE B.B.A., University of Massachusetts Lecturer in Management RICHARD M. GLASSMAN M.B.A., Western New England College B.S., Anna Maria College Adjunct Professor of Law M.B.A., Anna Maria College B.A., Colgate University BARBARA M. HYLAND J.D., Northeastern University Adjunct Professor of Law EDWARD J. LEE B.A., Westfield State College Lecturer in Criminal Justice BETH A. GORDON J.D., Western New England College B.S., Boston State College Lecturer in Social Work M.A., Anna Maria College B.A., University of Massachusetts BARBARA S. HYLE M.Ed., University of Massachusetts M.S.W., Simmons College Lecturer in Management B.A., Ohio University M.S., University of Utah Trustees, Administration, and Faculty 239

ALAN H. LEVY PAMELA ROLLINS MANSON DANIEL J. MOYNIHAN Lecturer in Biology Adjunct Professor of Law Senior Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.A., University of Massachusetts B.A., Merrimack College B.A., University of Lowell M.Ed., University of Massachusetts J.D., Western New England College J.D., Suffolk University Law School DIANA C. LEWIS MARY A. MARVULLO RICHARD C. MUHLBERGER Lecturer in Psychology Lecturer in Psychology Lecturer in Art B.A., Florida International University B.S., Lesley College A.A., California Concordia College M.Ed., University of Miami M.A., Adelphi University B.A., Wayne State University M.A., The Johns Hopkins University SABRINA LEWIS JAMES J. MAZZA Lecturer in Sociology Lecturer in Criminal Justice CLAIRE E. MURPHY B.S., Springfield College B.S., Northeastern University Lecturer in Criminal Justice M.S.W., Smith College M.P.A., Suffolk University B.S., University of Massachusetts M.A., University of Massachusetts FREDERICK V. LONG ROGER J. MCAVOY Senior Lecturer in Criminal Justice Senior Lecturer in Legal Studies THOMAS B. MURPHY A.B., Boston College B.M.E., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Lecturer in Economics J.D., Georgetown University School of Law Union University Albany Law School B.S., Worcester State College Law LL.M., The George Washington University EMILIO NAZARIO LEONARD LONG JAMES J. MCCARTHY Lecturer in Management Lecturer in Finance Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.S., University of Maryland B.B.A., Western New England College B.S., Bridgewater State College M.B.A., Western New England College M.S.A., Western New England College M.S., University of Massachusetts M.B.A., American International College ALVIN C. NEFF DAVID E. MCCAULEY Lecturer in Management PAUL LUCCI Senior Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.S., University of Missouri Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.S., Northeastern University M.A., Webster University B.S., Boston University J.D., Suffolk University M.Ed., Boston State College GEORGE N. NEILSON JAMES A. MCDONALD Lecturer in Criminal Justice WILLIAM MACANKA Lecturer in Mathematics B.S., University of Maryland Senior Lecturer in Chemistry B.S., University of Massachusetts M.S., Jacksonville State University B.A., William Paterson College M.A., American International College M.S., Seton Hall University HONORABLE KENNETH P. NEIMAN Ph.D., Rutgers University JAMES MCKEON Adjunct Professor of Law Executive in Residence B.A., Tufts University HUGH D. MACDONALD B.S.M.E., Iowa State University J.D., Harvard University Senior Lecturer in Criminal Justice M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania B.S., Boston State College Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania JAMES J. NIXON B.S., Anna Maria College Senior Lecturer in Government J.D., Massachusetts School of Law EUGENE J. MCMANUS A.B., Monmouth College Lecturer in Marketing LL.B., Suffolk University Law School BARRY K. MADDIX B.S., Auburn University Senior Lecturer in Management M.A.T., University of Alabama DAVID W. NOONES B.A., University of Massachusetts M.B.A., Clark University Lecturer in Management M.P.A., University of New Hampshire B.S., New Jersey Institute of Technology J.D., Western New England College KEVIN F. MEDAS M.S., Northeastern University Lecturer in Criminal Justice M.B.A., Western New England College PAUL P. MADERA B.S., Western New England College Lecturer in Criminal Justice M.S., Western New England College DEBORAH A. NOYES-WAYSHAK B.S., Westfield State College Lecturer in English M.S., Western New England College DOUGLAS W. MELLIS B.A., University of Massachusetts Lecturer in Criminal Justice M.F.A., Vermont College of Norwich JAMES R. MAES A.S., Springfield Technical Community University Lecturer in Music College B., Mus. Syracuse University B.S., Westfield State College MICHAEL R. O’DONNELL M.S., American International College Lecturer in Criminal Justice R. MICHAEL MANGUM M.Ed., Cambridge College Lecturer in Criminal Justice RICHARD MILLS B.S., Northeastern University Adjunct Professor of Law ROBERT A. O’LEARY M.S., Northeastern University B.A., J.D., University of Virginia Senior Lecturer in History Ph.D., Tufts University STEPHEN R. MANNING ROBB D. MORTON Senior Lecturer in Marketing Lecturer in Accounting KEVIN O’REGAN B.S.B.A., Bryant College B.S., University of Maine Adjunct Professor of Law J.D., Western New England College M.S.P.A., University of Hartford B.A., State University of New York at Geneseo J.D., Brooklyn Law School 240 Trustees, Administration, and Faculty

BONNIE L. ORCUTT KENNETH ROSENTHAL JAMES D. SINKOFF Senior Lecturer in Economics Adjunct Professor of Law Lecturer in Accounting B.S., Worcester State College B.A., Yale University B.A., Clark University M.A., Clark University J.D., University of Connecticut M.B.A., Pace University Ph.D., Clark University REED RUBINSTEIN RONALD F. SMITH ANDREW P. PALLADINO Adjunct Professor of Law Lecturer in History Lecturer in English A.B., M.A., J.D., University of Michigan B.A., Springfield College B.A., University of Connecticut M.A., University of Miami M.A.L.S., Wesleyan University WILLIAM N. RUDMAN Senior Lecturer in Criminal Justice VICTOR E. SMITH ANDREW C. PALOMBO A.B., Harvard College Lecturer in Computer Information Systems Lecturer in Criminal Justice J.D., Suffolk University Law School B.A., University of Connecticut B.S., University of Massachusetts M.B.A., University of Connecticut M.S., Western New England College FREDERICK J. RYS Lecturer in Accounting and Finance STEVEN N. SOBEL DENIS R. PARENT M.B.A., Northeastern University Lecturer in Management Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.A., University of Hartford B.S.L.E., Western New England College MIRIAM S. SADINSKY M.S., Hofstra University M.S.C.J., Western New England College Lecturer in English Ph.D., Pacific Western University B.A., New York University HELEN V. PAWLOWSKI STEPHEN E. SPELMAN Lecturer in Quantitative Methods ALFRED J. SANTINO Adjunct Professor of Law B.S., Lehigh University Lecturer in Computer Information Systems B.A., University of Massachusetts M.B.A., Lehigh University B.S., Suffolk University M.A., Boston University (Heidelberg, B.S., Northeastern University Germany) MICHAEL A. PICI M.S., Western New England College J.D., University of South Carolina Lecturer in Management B.A., Glassboro State College MARTHA C. SANTORO RICHARD F. SPENCER M.B.A., University of New Haven Lecturer in Management Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.A., Mary Washington College B.S., New Hampshire College HONORABLE MICHAEL PONSOR M.S., University of Florida M.A., Anna Maria College Adjunct Professor of Law J.D., University of Virginia School of Law B.A., Harvard University CHARLES K. STEPHENSON B.A., M.A., Oxford University STEVEN SARAVARA Adjunct Professor of Law J.D., Yale University Senior Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.A., Brown University B.A., University of Massachusetts M.Ed., Tufts University ALFRED PULLER J.D., Massachusetts School of Law J.D., Western New England College Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.S., Boston State ANGELO SCACCHI IVAN STERN M.Ed., Boston University Lecturer in Criminal Justice Senior Lecturer in Quantitative Methods B.S., Northeastern University Ph.D., Institute for Nuclear Engr., DAVID C. RAND M.S., Western New England College Bucharest, Romania Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.P.A., National University ROBERT F. SCHAMBIER RICHARD A. STILLMAN M.S., National University Senior Lecturer in Art Lecturer in Management B.Ed., Plymouth State B.S., Bloomsburg State College JOSEPH J. REARDON M.A., Rivier College M.A., Arkansas State University Senior Lecturer in Criminal Justice Ed.D., Vanderbilt University M.S., University of Kentucky B.S., College of the Holy Cross M.B.A., Western New England College J.D., Boston College Law School CLARE M. SCHROEDER Lecturer in Criminal Justice JOSEPH W. SULLIVAN SUSAN E. RICCIUTTI B.A., Regis College Senior Lecturer in Management Instructor of Mathematics M.Ed., Boston University B.S., Stonehill College B.A., Boston College J.D., Suffolk University Law School M.S., University of Connecticut HONORABLE M. JOHN SCHUBERT JR., Adjunct Professor of Law JOHN A. SZIVOS DEBORAH J. RICH B.S., St. Josephís College Lecturer in Sociology Lecturer in Management J.D., Georgetown University M.B.A., Anna Maria College B.A., University of Massachusetts M.B.A., Anna Maria College STEVEN E. SELMAN FRANK SZYDLO Lecturer in Sociology Lecturer in Management JUDITH K. ROBINSON A.B., Northeastern University B.A., Assumption College Instructor of Economics M.S.W., Simmons College M.A.T., American International College B.A., Syracuse University M.B.A., Western New England College M.A., University of Massachusetts DANIEL J. TARAVELLA CHARLES S. SHEFFIELD Lecturer in History THOMAS J. ROMEO Lecturer in Accounting B.A., Allegheny College Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.A., College of Wooster M.A., University of Chicago B.S., Western New England College M.B.A., Syracuse University Trustees, Administration, and Faculty 241

ANGELO S. TEIXEIRA BRETT J. VOTTERO DOROTHY CROWELL WRONA Lecturer in Management Adjunct Professor of Law Lecturer in Electrical Engineering B.A., American International College B.A., Ohio Northern University B.S.E.E., Western New England College M.A., American International College J.D., University of Cincinnati M.S.E.E., Rennselaer Polytechnic Institute GREGORY F. THERRIEN ERICA I. WALCH W. DAVID WYMAN Lecturer in Marketing Lecturer in English Lecturer in Biology B.S., New School for Social Research B.A., University of Massachusetts B.A., Nasson College M.B.A., Barry University M.A., Wesleyan University JAMES T. WALLIS GEORGE M. THOMPSON JR. Lecturer in Criminal Justice JEFFREY YU Adjunct Professor of Law A.S., Pratt Community College Senior Lecturer in English B.A., Dartmouth College B.S., Columbus College B.A., University of Wisconsin M.S., American International College M.P.A., Columbus State University M.A., University of Massachusetts J.D., Suffolk University Ph.D., University of Massachusetts DAVID I. WALSH JOHN R. TRENT Lecturer in Marketing MARCIA ZAHAREE Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.S., College of the Holy Cross Lecturer in Management B.S., Northeastern University Ed.M., Springfield College B.S.B.A., Western New England College M.Ed., Boston University M.B.A., Western New England College M.S., New Hampshire College ANIELLO C. TROTTA KATHLEEN A. WALSH JOE ZECCA Lecturer in Management Senior Lecturer in Accounting Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering M.B.A., Western New England College B.S., Framingham State College B.S.M.E., Western New England College M.B.A., State University of New York at GERALD F. TULLY Buffalo Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.S., Northeastern University JAMES C. WARD M.Ed., Boston University Lecturer in Psychology B.A., Western New England College JUDITH A. TULLY M.S., American International College Lecturer in Mathematics B.S., Boston State College KEVIN P. WARWICK M.A.T., Salem State College Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.A., Western New England College DANIEL J. TURCO M.S.W., University of Connecticut Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.S., Western New England College RONALD C. WEEKS M.S., Western New England College Senior Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.S., Salem State College CLEON H. TURNER J.D., Massachusetts School of Law Senior Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.S., University of Maine STEPHANIE A. WERBISKIS J.D., Suffolk University Law School Lecturer in Accounting B.A., Elms College STEVEN L. TURNER M.S., University of Massachusetts Lecturer in Criminal Justice M.A., Anna Maria College GEOFFREY B. WHITE Adjunct Professor of Law GEORGE A. TURPIN B.A., University of New Hampshire Lecturer in Criminal Justice J.D., Suffolk University B.S., Western New England College M.S., Western New England College JAMES E. WILKINSON Lecturer in Management HERBERT VIEIRA B.S.B.A., Western New England College Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering M.B.A., Western New England College B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology JEANNINE B. WILSON M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Lecturer in English Technology B.A., Stonehill College B.M.E., Western New England College M.A., Bridgewater State College JAMES E. VIVIAN ANDREW P. WRIGHT Senior Lecturer in Psychology Lecturer in Criminal Justice B.A., Gordon College B.A., University of Virginia M.A., Boston College J.D., Washington and Lee University Ph.D., Boston College TRAVEL DIRECTIONS

From the East or West via Mass. Turnpike (I-90). Leave Mass. Pike at Exit 6. Turn left on I-291 and travel South to Exit 5, “East Springfield.” Turn right off exit ramp onto Page Blvd. At first traffic light, turn left on Roosevelt Ave. Proceed 2.5 miles to traffic light at Wilbraham Rd. Turn left and travel 1.5 miles to main entrance of the campus on right. The Admissions Office is located on Wilbraham Rd. in the second house on the left after the main entrance to the College. (Total 5.6 miles from Mass. Pike.) From the North via Interstate 91. Leave I-91 at Exit 8, “Ludlow, Boston - I-291.” Travel to Exit 5B, “East Springfield.” Turn right off exit ramp onto Page Blvd. At first traffic light, turn left on Roosevelt Ave. Proceed 2.5 miles to traffic light at Wilbraham Rd. Turn left and travel 1.5 miles to main entrance of the campus on right. The Admissions Office is located on Wilbraham Rd. in the second house on the left after the main entrance to the College. (Total 8.6 miles from I-91.) From the South via Interstate 91. Leave I-91 at Exit 2, “East Longmeadow.” Take exit ramp following signs (Route 83) to light at intersection of Longhill St. and Sumner Ave. Turn right. Travel straight on Sumner Ave. and Allen St. to traffic light at intersection of Allen St. and Bradley Rd. (3.2 miles). Turn left on Bradley Rd. and travel 1.6 miles to Wilbraham Rd. Turn right on Wilbraham Rd. and travel 0.2 miles to the main entrance on the right. The Admissions Office is located on Wilbraham Rd. in the second house on the left after the main entrance to the College. (Total 5.7 miles from I-91.) INDEX TO GENERAL INFORMATION

A B Academic Advising 24 Baccalaureate Degree Qualifications 23 Continuing Education 42, 186 Academic Advisor 206 Biology Major 50 Cooperating Colleges of Greater Springfield Academic Performance – Graduate Students 173 Biology Minor 113 (CCGS) 29 Academic Progress Monitoring 206 Biomedical Engineering Major 51 Counseling Services 203 Accelerated MBA Program 174, 180 Electrical Option 52 Course Descriptions Accent 33 Life Sciences Option 53 Undergraduate 119 Acceptance Deposit 216 Mechanical Option 53 Graduate 187 Accounting Major 45 Biomedical Engineering Society (BES) 208 Course Loads 23 Accounting Concentration – MBA 176 Board 215 Credit for Nontraditional Educational Accreditation 10 Books and Materials Expenses 216 Experience 29 Acquisition and Contracting Major 47 Bowling 209 Credit Hours System 23 Acquisition and Contracting Concentration – Business Minor 113 Credit-in-Escrow 29 MBA 176 Business, School of 38 Criminal Justice Major 60 Adding a Course 24 Criminal Justice Minor 113 Adjunct Faculty Listing 236 C Cupola (Yearbook) 207 Administration Listing 227 Campus Activities Board 207 Admissions – General Information 14 Campus and Facilities 9 D Undergraduate 14 Campus Center 202 D’Amour Library 9 Undergraduate Part-time 16 Campus Life 202 Deans’ List 26 Graduate 16 Campus Ministry 204 Deferred Payment Privilege 217 Advanced Placement (APP) 28 Career and Human Resources 203 Degree Requirements Advising, Academic 24 Career Opportunities – See listing under each Undergraduate 23 Advising for Transfer Students 15 major Graduate 173 Air Force ROTC 28 Center for Professional Development 42 Delta Mu Delta 209 Alliance Française 33 Certificate Programs 29, 117 Departments Alpha Kappa Delta 209 Chemistry 117 School of Arts and Sciences 37 Alpha Kappa Psi 208 Communication 117 School of Business 38 Alpha Lambda Delta 209 Computer Studies 117 School of Engineering 40 Alumni Healthful Living Center 209 Graduate Study in Management 183, 186 Dining Services 202 American Marketing Association (AMA) 208 Change of Schedule Fee 214 Directions to the College 242 American Society of Mechanical Engineers Chemistry Major 54 Disability Services 203 (ASME) 208 Chemistry Minor 113 Dismissal and Probation 27 American Studies Major 48 Class Standing Designations 23 Dropping a Course 24 American University of Rome 33 Clubs 207 Application Fee 214 Co-Curricular Activities 204 E Application Procedure for International College Requirements (General) 36 Economics Major 63 Students 14 College-Level Examination Program (CLEP) 29 Economics Minor 113 Apply for Admission 14 Communication Concentration – English 69 Education Minor 114 Army ROTC 28 Communication (Track) Minor 114 Electrical Engineering Major 64 Articulation Agreements 40 Comprehensive Services Fee 214 Computer Option 66 Arts, The 207 Computer Information Systems Major 56 Electrical Option 66 Arts and Sciences, School of 37 Computer Option – EE 66 Electrical Option – BME 52 Association for Computing Machinery Computer Science Major 58 Elementary Education Program 34 (ACM) 208 Computer Science Minor 113 Employer Extension Plan 217 Athletics 209 Computing and Technology 9 Engineering Fee 214 Attendance 24 Concentrations Engineering, School of 40 Auditing 28 English 67-70 Engineering Student Council 208 MBA 176-180 English Major 67 Graduation Requirements 23 Law, School of 41 Communication Concentration 69 School of Arts and Sciences 38 Learning Beyond the Classroom 202 Literature Concentration 67 School of Business 39 Liberal Studies Major 88 English Minor School of Engineering 41 Library, D’Amour 9 Communication Track 114 Grants 218 Life Sciences Option – BME 53 Literature Track 114 Literature Concentration – English 67 Enrollment – See Admissions 14 H Living Facilities 202 Environmental Science Major 71 Health Care Management Concentration – Environmental Science Minor 114 MBA 177 M Evening Study 42 Health Services 204 Major Programs (undergraduate) 45 Expenses 214 High School Year in College Management Information Systems Expenses for Books and Materials 216 (Early Admission) 30 Concentration – MBA 179 Exploratory Program 29 History Major 78 Management Major 88 History Minor 114 Management Studies Minor 115 F History of the College 8 Manufacturing Option – IE 81 Facilities 9 Honor Societies 209 Manufacturing Option – ME 98 Faculty Listing 231 Honors 26 Map 242, 253 Faculty Emeriti 235 Honors Program 30 Marketing Concentration – MBA 179 Federal Financial Assistance Programs 222 Human Resource Management Concentration – Marketing Major 90 Fee Structure 214 MBA 178 Marketing Communication/Advertising Fees 214 Major 92 Final Examinations 25 I Martial Arts Competition Team 209 Finance Major 72 Incomplete Work Master in Public Administration 174 Finance Concentration – MBA 177 Undergraduate 26 Master of Business Administration Financial Aid 217 Graduate 173 (MBA) 174 Financial Information 216 Independent Study 30 Accelerated MBA 174, 180 First Week 205 Industrial Engineering Major 79 Concentrations 176-180 First Year Program 204 Manufacturing Option 81 General Program 176 First Year Seminar 205 Systems Option 80 One Year Weekend MBA 174, 180 Freshman Focus Program 206 Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Master of Science in Accounting (MSA) 180 Freshman Seminar Assistant 206 (IEEE) 208 Master of Science in Criminal Justice Institute of Industrial Engineers (IIE) 208 Administration (MSCJA) 181 G Integrated Liberal Studies Major 31, 82 Master of Science in Electrical Engineering General Business Major 74 Integrity of Scholarship 24 (MSEE) 184 General College Requirements 36 Intercollegiate Competition – Athletics 209 Master of Science in Engineering Management General Information 7 International Business Concentration – (MSEM) 184 Government Major 76 MBA 178 Master of Science in Information Systems Government Minor 114 International Business Major 82 (MSIS) 182 Grading System International Student Application Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering Undergraduate 26 Procedure 14 (MSME) 185 Graduate 173 International Student Association 207 Mathematical Association of America – Graduate Tuition 214 International Studies Major 84 Northeastern Section 208 Graduate Admissions 16 International Studies Minor 115 Mathematical Sciences Major 94 Graduate Courses 187 Internet 10 Mathematics Minor 115 Arts and Sciences 198 Internships 31 Mechanical Engineering Major 96 Business 187 Interpretation of the Grading System 26 Manufacturing Option 98 Engineering 193 Intramural Sports 209 Mechanical Option 98 Graduate Non-degree Options 186 Mechanical Option – BME 53 Graduate Non-degree Study 18 L Membership (College) 10 Graduate Programs Laboratory Fees 214 Message from the President 6 General Information 173 Late Payment Charge 216 Midyear and Final Examinations 25 Arts and Sciences 174 Latin American Studies Minor 115 Minors 37, 113 Business 174 Law Enforcement Major 86 Mission Statement 7 Engineering 183 Law Library 9 Multicultural Interests 204 N T Non-Degree Status 18 Requirements for the Schools Tau Beta Pi 209 Non-Discrimination Policy 255 Arts and Sciences 38 Teacher Education Programs 33 Business 39 Technology Fee 215 O Engineering 41 Test of English as a Foreign Language Off-Campus Programs 31 Research, Undergraduate 36 (TOEFL) 14 One Year Weekend MBA Program 174, 180 Residence Hall Association 207 3+3 Law Program 31 Residence Hall Room Damage Deposit 215 Transfer Articulation Agreements 15 P Residence Hall Room Reservation Deposit 215 Transfer Credit 15 Parents’ Association 203 Resident Advisor 207 Transfer Student Information 15 Part-time and Evening Study 42 Residential Fees 215 Travel Directions 242 Peer Advisor 206 Review of Art and Literature 207 Trustees Listing 226 Pharmacy Major 99 Richmond College 33 Trustees Emeriti 227 Philosophy Minor 115 ROTC 28, 210 Tuition 214 Physical Education, Health, and Tuition Paid by Employers 217 Recreation 25 S Tutoring 206 Physician Assistant Major 101 Scholarships and Grants 218 Pi Sigma Alpha 209 Scholarships Available to Part-Time U Policies and Procedures 23 Undergraduate Students 222 Undergraduate Admissions 14-16 Pre-Dental 32 School of Arts and Sciences 37 Undergraduate Courses 119 Pre-Law and 3+3 Law Program 31 School of Business 38 Undergraduate Non-degree Courses and Pre-Medical 32 School of Engineering 40 Options 42 Pre-Pharmacy 99 School of Law 186 Undergraduate Policies, Procedures, and Pre-Physician Assistant 101 Secondary Education Program 35 Requirements for Degrees 23 Prepayment Plan 217 Service Members Opportunity College 32 Undergraduate Programs 45 President, Message From 6 Sibling Discount 217 Undergraduate Research 36 President’s List 26 Social Work Major 104 Undergraduate Students Registration for Probation and Dismissal 27 Social Work Minor 116 Graduate Courses 174 Professional Societies 208 Society of Women Engineers (SWE) 208 Undergraduate Tuition 214 Programs of Study Sociology Major 107 School of Arts and Sciences 37 Sociology Minor 116 V School of Business 38 Spanish Minor 116 Varsity Sports 209 School of Engineering 40 Special Academic Opportunities 28 Psi Chi 209 Special Arrangement Courses 31 W Psychology Major 102 Sport Management Major 108 Washington Semester 32 Psychology Minor 115 State Scholarships 223 The Westerner – Student Newspaper 207 Public Administration Graduate Course 198 Student Activities Fee 215 Wholistic Student Development 202 Public Administration Minor 115 Student Administrative Services 203 Winterim 33 Publications and Communications 207 Student Assistance 203 Withdrawal from a Course 26 Student Conduct Code 210 Withdrawal from the College 26, 174 Q Student Disability Services 203 Withdrawals and Refunds 216 Qualifications for a Baccalaureate Degree 23 Student Government 207 WNEK – College Radio Station 207 Quantitative Analysis Minor 116 Student Handbook 207 The World Capitals Program of American Student Insurance Fee 214 University 33 R Student Literary Magazine 207 Writing Center 25 Radio Station – WNEK 207 Student Newspaper 207 Writing Proficiency 25 Re-Admission Procedure 15 Student Organizations 207 Refunds 216 Student Senate 207 Y Regent’s College 33 Student Services and Information 202 Yearbook – Cupola 207 Regional Map 253 Study Abroad 9, 32 Registration – See Student Administrative Summer Orientation and Registration Services 203 (SOAR) 205 Religion – See Campus Ministry 204 Summer Reading Assignment 205 Requirements for Degrees 23, 173 Summer Session 33 Support in the First Year Transition 206 Systems Option – IE 80 246 Index to Course Descriptions

INDEX TO COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Undergraduate Courses AS 441 NATIONAL SECURITY POLICY/PREPARATION CHEM 106 GENERAL CHEMISTRY II 124 FOR ACTIVE DUTY 122 CHEM 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY 125 AC 201 FINANCIAL REPORTING 120 AS 442 NATIONAL SECURITY POLICY/ CHEM 209 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I 125 PREPARATION FOR ACTIVE DUTY II 122 AC 202 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING 120 CHEM 210 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II 125 BIO 101 BASIC BIOLOGY: ORGANISMS 122 AC 203 GOVERNMENTAL ACCOUNTING 120 CHEM 211 ANALYTICAL METHODS 125 BIO 102 BASIC BIOLOGY: POPULATIONS 122 AC 305 FINANCIAL REPORTING II 120 CHEM 219 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY BIO 103 LIFE SCIENCES I 122 AC 306 FINANCIAL REPORTING III 120 LABORATORY I 125 BIO 104 LIFE SCIENCES II 122 AC 309 COST ACCOUNTING 120 CHEM 220 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY BIO 107 GENERAL BIOLOGY I 122 LABORATORY II 125 AC 311 MUNICIPAL AND FUND ACCOUNTING 120 BIO 108 GENERAL BIOLOGY II 122 CHEM 221 ANALYTICAL METHODS AC 333 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN LABORATORY 125 ACCOUNTING 120 BIO 117 GENERAL BIOLOGY LABORATORY I 122 CHEM 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY 125 AC 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ACCOUNTING 120 BIO 118 GENERAL BIOLOGY LABORATORY II 122 CHEM 312 INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS 125 AC 407 FINANCIAL REPORTING IV 120 BIO 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY 122 CHEM 314 BIOCHEMISTRY 125 AC 410 COST-BASED DECISION MAKING 120 BIO 201 PLANT BIOLOGY (formerly BIO 301) 122 CHEM 317 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I 125 AC 413 FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF BIO 210 VERTEBRATE PHYSIOLOGY 123 TAXATION 120 BIO 213 ECOLOGY 123 CHEM 318 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II 125 AC 414 ADVANCED TOPICS IN TAXATION 120 BIO 220 VERTEBRATE PHYSIOLOGY CHEM 322 INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS LABORATORY 125 AC 419 AUDITING AND ASSURANCE SERVICES 120 LABORATORY 123 CHEM 324 BIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY 125 AC 420 ADVANCED TOPICS IN AUDITING AND BIO 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY 123 ASSURANCE SERVICES 120 BIO 303 MICROBIOLOGY 123 CHEM 327 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY I 125 AC 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN ACCOUNTING 121 BIO 304 HISTOLOGY 123 CHEM 328 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY AMST 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN AMERICAN BIO 306 GENETICS 123 LABORATORY II 125 STUDIES 121 BIO 308 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE CHEM 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN AMST 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN AMERICAN ANATOMY 123 CHEMISTRY 125 STUDIES 121 BIO 310 CELL BIOLOGY 123 CHEM 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY 125 AMST 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN AMERICAN BIO 312 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 123 STUDIES 121 CHEM 421 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 125 BIO 313 MICROBIOLOGY LABORATORY 123 AMST 490 AMERICAN STUDIES SEMINAR 121 CHEM 425 INTRODUCTION TO POLYMER SCIENCE BIO 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN AND ENGINEERING 125 ART 101 ART APPRECIATION 121 BIOLOGY 123 CHEM 430 ADVANCED TOPICS 126 ART 105 ELEMENTARY DRAWING: LINE, DESIGN, BIO 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY 123 COLOR 121 CHEM 440 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH 126 BIO 440 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH 123 ART 110 FIGURE DRAWING AND CHEM 480 INTERNSHIP IN CHEMISTRY 126 PORTRAITURE 121 BIO 455 EVOLUTION 123 CIS 102 COMPUTER TOOLS FOR BUSINESS 126 ART 115 WATERCOLOR PAINTING 121 BIO 480 INTERNSHIP IN BIOLOGY 123 CIS 202 INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION ART 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ART 121 BME 301 ENGINEERING PHYSIOLOGY I 123 SYSTEMS 126 ART 201 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART (formerly BME 302 ENGINEERING PHYSIOLOGY II 123 CIS 206 OBJECT-ORIENTED LANGUAGE I 126 Origins of Art) 121 BME 331 BIOINSTRUMENTATION 123 CIS 210 TECHNOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF ART 202 FROM THE RENAISSANCE TO BME 340 BIOMATERIALS 123 INFORMATION SYSTEMS: HARDWARE AND IMPRESSIONISM (formerly Art Masterpieces SOFTWARE 126 BME 350 BIOTHERMODYNAMICS 124 and Master Artists) 121 CIS 305 OBJECT-ORIENTED LANGUAGE II 126 BME 380 BIOENGINEERING PRACTICUM 124 ART 203 THE ART OF FILM 121 CIS 315 COBOL 126 BME 437 DESIGN PROJECTS 124 ART 204 FROM PYRAMIDS AND CASTLES TO CIS 321 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 126 CATHEDRALS AND SKYSCRAPERS (formerly BME 440 SENIOR PROJECTS 124 CIS 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMPUTER Pyramids, Castles and Cathedrals) 121 BME 451 BIOMECHANICS 124 INFORMATION SYSTEMS 126 ART 210 20TH CENTURY ART 121 BME 490 SPECIAL TOPICS IN CIS 361 MANAGEMENT OF INFORMATION ART 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ART 121 BIOENGINEERING 124 SYSTEMS 126 AS 111 THE AIR FORCE TODAY I 121 BUS 101 FIRST YEAR BUSINESS SEMINAR 124 CIS 390-391 SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMPUTER AS 112 U. S. AIR FORCE TODAY II 121 BUS 301 INTEGRATED BUSINESS OPERATIONS 124 INFORMATION SYSTEMS 126 AS 191 ADVANCED PHYSICAL FITNESS 121 BUS 302 PRESENTATION TECHNOLOGIES FOR CIS 413 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND BUSINESS 124 NETWORKS 126 AS 223 THE AIR FORCE WAY I 121 BUS 303 WINDOWS DEVELOPMENT 124 CIS 417 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN 126 AS 224 THE AIR FORCE WAY II 122 BUS 450 BUSINESS STRATEGY 124 CIS 419 DECISION SUPPORT AND EXPERT AS 335 USAF PROFESSIONAL OFFICER: LEADERSHIP SYSTEMS 126 AND MANAGEMENT 122 CHEM 101 MODERN CHEMISTRY I 124 CIS 422 ADVANCED DATABASE MANAGEMENT AS 336 USAF PROFESSIONAL OFFICER: LEADERSHIP CHEM 102 MODERN CHEMISTRY II 124 SYSTEMS 127 AND MANAGEMENT II 122 CHEM 105 GENERAL CHEMISTRY I 124 CIS 428 SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT PROJECT 127 Index to Course Descriptions 247

CIS 430 ENTERPRISE COMPUTING 127 CPE 450 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF EC 340 THE ECONOMICS OF SPORTS 133 CIS 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN COMPUTER ALGORITHMS 130 EC 351 ECONOMICS AND GOVERNMENT 133 INFORMATION SYSTEMS 127 CPE 460 OBJECT ORIENTED DESIGN 130 EC 355 PUBLIC FINANCE 133 CJ 101 INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE 127 CPE 490 SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMPUTER EC 361 URBAN ECONOMICS 133 ENGINEERING 130 CJ 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 127 EC 371 INTERNATIONAL MONETARY CJ 210 CRIMINOLOGY 127 CPE 525 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 130 ECONOMICS 133 CJ 211 CORRECTIONS 127 CPE 545 COMPUTER GRAPHICS SOFTWARE 130 EC 372 INTERNATIONAL TRADE 133 CJ 214 DRUGS, SOCIETY, AND THE CRIMINAL CPE 550 TOPICS IN COMPILER DESIGN EC 374 ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS 133 THEORY 131 JUSTICE SYSTEM 127 EC 386 ECONOMETRICS 133 CPE 560 MICROCOMPUTER HARDWARE CJ 218 INTRODUCTION TO LAW EC 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ECONOMICS 133 ENFORCEMENT 127 DESIGN 131 EC 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN ECONOMICS 133 CJ 220 EVIDENCE 127 CPE 570 OPERATING SYSTEMS 131 CPE 580 COMPUTER NETWORKS 131 EC 490 SEMINAR: ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY CJ 221 CRIMINAL LAW FOR NON-CJ MAJORS 127 ECONOMICS 134 CJ 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 127 CPE 590 SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING 131 ED 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN EDUCATION 134 CJ 310 CRIMINAL LAW 127 CS 131 COMPUTING FOR THE ARTS AND ED 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN EDUCATION 134 CJ 311 CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION 127 SCIENCES 131 ED 301 PRINCIPLES AND PROBLEMS OF CJ 312 CRIMINAL PROCEDURE 127 CS 181 COMPUTER SCIENCE I 131 EDUCATION 134 CJ 313 CRIMINAL JUSTICE INTERVIEWING AND CS 182 COMPUTER SCIENCE II 131 ED 302 HISTORY OF AMERICAN EDUCATION 134 INTERROGATION 127 CS 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMPUTER ED 306 MULTIMEDIA PRESENTATIONS 134 CJ 314 THE JUDICIAL PROCESS 128 SCIENCE 131 ED 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN CJ 319 POLICE ADMINISTRATION 128 CS 283 DATA STRUCTURES 131 EDUCATION 134 CJ 320 PROBATION AND PAROLE 128 CS 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMPUTER ED 350 TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY READING AND CJ 325 FORENSIC SCIENCE 128 SCIENCE 131 LANGUAGE ARTS 134 CJ 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN CRIMINAL CS 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMPUTER ED 375 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM AND JUSTICE 128 SCIENCE 131 METHODS 134 CJ 340 ETHICAL DECISION-MAKING 128 CS 340 COMPUTER GRAPHICS: PRINCIPLES AND ED 380 SECONDARY EDUCATION TOPICS 134 APPLICATIONS 131 CJ 342 JUVENILE JUSTICE 128 ED 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN EDUCATION 134 CJ 343 DOMESTIC VIOLENCE 128 CS 351 ORGANIZATION OF PROGRAMMING ED 403 METHODS OF TEACHING IN SECONDARY LANGUAGES 132 SCHOOLS 134 CJ 344 POLICE FUNCTIONS AND COMMUNITY POLICING 128 CS 360 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND ED 409 PRACTICUM IN SECONDARY NETWORKS 132 TEACHING 134 CJ 345 STRESS REACTION AND MANAGEMENT OF CS 364 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 132 POLICE PERSONNEL 128 ED 410 SECONDARY PRACTICUM SEMINAR 134 CJ 346 SUPERVISION OF POLICE PERSONNEL 128 CS 370 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND EXPERT ED 425 ELEMENTARY EDUCATION TOPICS 135 SYSTEMS 132 CJ 347 POLICE INTERNAL INVESTIGATION 128 ED 479 ELEMENTARY TEACHING PRACTICUM 135 CS 380 OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING 132 CJ 350 INTRODUCTION TO SECURITY 129 ED 480 ELEMENTARY PRACTICUM SEMINAR 135 CS 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMPUTER CJ 351 GOVERNMENT INDUSTRIAL SECURITY 129 EE 205 INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL SCIENCE 132 ENGINEERING I 135 CJ 390-395 SPECIAL TOPICS IN CRIMINAL CS 411 OPERATING SYSTEMS 132 JUSTICE 129 EE 206 INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL CS 480 INTERNSHIP IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 132 ENGINEERING II 135 CJ 396 CURRENT ISSUES IN CORRECTIONS 129 CS 490 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 132 EE 301 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS I 135 CJ 410 RESEARCH SEMINAR IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 129 EC 101 INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMIC ISSUES 132 EE 302 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS II 135 CJ 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 129 EC 105 THE ECONOMICS OF CRIME 132 EE 303 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS I 135 CL 190 SPECIAL TOPICS 129 EC 106 THE ECONOMICS OF POVERTY AND EE 312 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND DEVICES 136 DISCRIMINATION 132 CL 200-201 COLLOQUIUM 129 EE 314 FIELDS AND WAVES 136 EC 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ECONOMICS 132 CPE 205 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER EE 319 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAMMING 129 EC 205 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 132 LABORATORY I 136 EC 206 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II 132 CPE 240 COMPUTER INSTRUMENTATION AND EE 320 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS II 136 MEASUREMENTS 129 EC 208 PRINCIPLES OF APPLIED EE 322 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING MICROECONOMICS 132 CPE 271 DIGITAL DESIGN 129 LABORATORY II 136 CPE 310 MACHINE AND ASSEMBLY EC 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ECONOMICS 133 EE 422 CONTROL SYSTEMS 136 LANGUAGE 130 EC 305 MACROECONOMICS 133 EE 427 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CPE 350 ADVANCED PROGRAMMING EC 306 MICROECONOMICS 133 LABORATORY III 136 LANGUAGES 130 EC 311 MONEY AND BANKING 133 EE 434 ELECTRICAL POWER ENGINEERING 136 CPE 360 MICROPROCESSOR SYSTEMS AND EC 315 COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS 133 EE 437 DESIGN PROJECTS 137 DESIGN 130 EC 316 AMERICAN ECONOMIC HISTORY 133 EE 439 PROFESSIONAL AWARENESS 137 CPE 420 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 130 EC 321 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 133 EE 440 SENIOR DESIGN PROJECTS 137 CPE 427 COMPUTER ENGINEERING EE 490 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ELECTRICAL LABORATORY 130 EC 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN ECONOMICS 133 ENGINEERING 137 EE 511 RANDOM SIGNALS AND NOISE 137 248 Index to Course Descriptions

EE 523 COMMUNICATIONS 137 ENGL 327 READINGS IN 19th CENTURY ENGLISH FIN 318 SECURITY ANALYSIS 143 EE 525 LINEAR SYSTEMS THEORY 137 LITERATURE I 140 FIN 320 INTERMEDIATE CORPORATION EE 530 VLSI DESIGN 137 ENGL 328 READINGS IN 19th CENTURY ENGLISH FINANCE 143 LITERATURE II 141 EE 535 FUZZY LOGIC 137 FIN 322 INTERNATIONAL FINANCE 143 ENGL 329 READINGS IN 20th CENTURY BRITISH FIN 333 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN FINANCE 143 EE 545 NEURAL NETWORKS 137 LITERATURE 141 FIN 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN FINANCE 143 EE 548 INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRO-OPTICS 138 ENGL 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN EE 550 POWER TRANSMISSION 138 ENGLISH 141 FIN 420 ADVANCED CORPORATION FINANCE 143 EE 567 SOLID-STATE ELECTRONIC DEVICES 138 ENGL 335 IMAGES OF BUSINESS IN FIN 430 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN FINANCE 143 EE 570 COMPUTER-CONTROLLED SYSTEMS 138 LITERATURE 141 FIN 450 READINGS IN FINANCE 143 EE 580 SIGNAL PROCESSING 138 ENGL 336 ETHNIC AMERICAN LITERATURE 141 FIN 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN FINANCE 143 EE 590 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ELECTRICAL ENGL 337 CREATIVE WRITING 141 ENGINEERING 138 ENGL 338 MAJOR AUTHORS 141 FR 101 ELEMENTARY FRENCH I 143 WRITING REQUIREMENTS 138 ENGL 339 CHILDREN’S LITERATURE 141 FR 102 ELEMENTARY FRENCH II 143 ENGL 100-101 ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE I ENGL 340 BUSINESS COMMUNICATION 141 FR 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN FRENCH 144 AND II 139 ENGL 342 THEATRE PRACTICUM 141 FR 203 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH I 144 ENGL 130 ENGLISH COMPOSITION IA: COLLEGE ENGL 344 EXPOSITORY WRITING 141 FR 204 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH II 144 READING AND WRITING A 139 ENGL 348 INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION 141 FR 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN FRENCH 144 ENGL 131 ENGLISH COMPOSITION IB: COLLEGE FR 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN FRENCH 144 READING AND WRITING B 139 ENGL 353 TWENTIETH CENTURY POETRY 141 FR 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN FRENCH 144 ENGL 132 ENGLISH COMPOSITION I: COLLEGE ENGL 355 THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE NOVEL 141 READING AND WRITING 139 ENGL 357 TWENTIETH CENTURY AMERICAN GEOG 101 INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHY 144 ENGL 133 ENGLISH COMPOSITION II: LITERATURE 141 GEOL 101 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY 144 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE 139 ENGL 390, 392, 394, 395, 399 SPECIAL TOPICS IN GEOL 102 HISTORICAL GEOLOGY 144 ENGL 140-149 TUTORIAL IN ENGLISH ENGLISH 142 GO 101 INTRODUCTION TO CONTEMPORARY COMPOSITION 139 ENGL 401 LITERACY AND LANGUAGE SKILLS 142 GLOBAL ISSUES 144 ENGL 150-159 READINGS IN THE HUMANITIES 139 ENGL 410 ENGLISH SEMINAR 142 GO 102 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT 144 ENGL 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ENGLISH 139 ENGL 411 MAJOR AUTHORS 142 GO 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN GOVERNMENT/ ENGL 201 PRINCIPLES OF COMMUNICATION 139 ENGL 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN ENGLISH 142 POLITICS 144 ENGL 205 MASS COMMUNICATION 139 ENGL 490 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION 142 GO 201 COMPARATIVE POLITICS 144 ENGL 212 INTRODUCTION TO LITERARY ENGR 102 FIRST YEAR ENGINEERING GO 203 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 144 STUDIES 139 SEMINAR 142 GO 205 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 144 ENGL 214 WORLD LITERATURE I 139 ENGR 103 INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING 142 GO 207 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 144 ENGL 215 WORLD LITERATURE II 139 ENGR 110 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN GO 209 AMERICAN POLITICAL THOUGHT 144 ENGINEERING 142 ENGL 218 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM 139 GO 210 STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT 144 ENGL 231 MASTERPIECES OF BRITISH ENGR 205 APPLIED VISUAL BASIC 142 GO 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN GOVERNMENT 144 LITERATURE I 140 ENGR 212 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 142 GO 310 POLITICS OF DEVELOPING SOCIETIES 144 ENGL 232 MASTERPIECES OF BRITISH ENGR 333 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN GO 312 POLITICS OF ETHNIC CONFLICT: LITERATURE II 140 ENGINEERING 142 AFRICA 144 ENGL 250 MASTERPIECES OF AMERICAN ENGR 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN ENGINEERING 142 GO 316 POLITICS OF EUROPE 144 LITERATURE 140 ENVS 200 INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL GO 318 POLITICS OF THE MIDDLE EAST 145 ENGL 253 LOVE, DEATH, AND POWER IN SCIENCE 142 GO 320 THE U.S. CONGRESS AND PRESIDENCY 145 TWENTIETH CENTURY SPANISH AMERICAN ENVS 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ENVIRONMENTAL LITERATURE (in English translation) 140 SCIENCE 142 GO 324 PARTIES AND ELECTIONS 145 ENGL 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ENGLISH 140 ENVS 300 LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE GO 325 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW 145 ENGL 292 PRACTICUM: WRITING FOR THE ENVIRONMENT 142 GO 326 CIVIL LIBERTIES 145 COLLEGE NEWSPAPER 140 ENVS 301 WASTE MANAGEMENT 143 GO 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN ENGL 301 ORAL COMMUNICATION 140 ENVS 302 TOXICOLOGY 143 GOVERNMENT 145 ENGL 310 MODERN DRAMA 140 ENVS 333 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN G0 336 PUBLIC POLICY IN AMERICA 145 ENGL 311 THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE 140 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 143 GO 338 PUBLIC MANAGEMENT: ADMINISTRATION ENGL 312 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE 140 ENVS 344 ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY 143 IN LOCAL GOVERNMENT 145 ENGL 315 SHAKESPEARE: THE TRAGEDIES 140 ENVS 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ENVIRONMENTAL GO 340 INTERNATIONAL LAW AND ORGANIZATION 145 ENGL 316 SHAKESPEARE: THE COMEDIES AND SCIENCE 143 HISTORIES 140 ENVS 480 INTERNSHIP IN ENVIRONMENTAL GO 350 AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 145 ENGL 319 EARLY 17th CENTURY PROSE AND SCIENCE 143 GO 355 COMPARATIVE FOREIGN POLICIES 145 POETRY 140 FIN 214 CORPORATION FINANCE 143 GO 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN GOVERNMENT 145 ENGL 320 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 140 FIN 300 INSURANCE AND RISK 143 GO 490 SEMINAR IN GOVERNMENT 145 ENGL 321 NONVERBAL COMMUNICATION 140 FIN 312 FINANCIAL MARKETS AND HIST 105 WORLD CIVILIZATION I 145 INSTITUTIONS 143 ENGL 324 MEMOIRS: SIGNATURES OF HIST 106 WORLD CIVILIZATION II 145 THE SELF 140 FIN 317 INVESTMENTS 143 HIST 111 UNITED STATES HISTORY TO 1877 145 Index to Course Descriptions 249

HIST 112 UNITED STATES HISTORY, 1878 TO THE HUM 242 MOSLEM SPAIN AND SOUTH AFRICA 148 LA 151 LABORATORY IN WRITING PRESENT 145 HUM 245 KING ARTHUR’S BRITAIN 148 FUNDAMENTALS II 150 HIST 120 PREHISTORY: ORIGINS OF HUMANKIND HUM 246 MODERN ISRAEL 148 LA 175 ACADEMIC READING STRATEGIES I 150 AND SOCIETY 145 HUM 247 RENAISSANCE FLORENCE AND LA 176 ACADEMIC READING STRATEGIES II 150 HIST 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN HISTORY 145 RENAISSANCE DUBLIN 148 LA 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN LIBERAL ARTS 150 HIST 210 MEN’S WORK/WOMEN’S WORK: HUM 248 RUSSIA THEN AND NOW 148 LA 250 ENGLISH AS A FOREIGN LANGUAGE EVERYDAY LIFE IN PRE- INDUSTRIAL LAB I 150 EUROPE 145 HUM 250 LATIN AMERICA 148 LA 251 ENGLISH AS A FOREIGN LANGUAGE HIST 218 U.S. SOCIAL HISTORY, 1607-1877 146 HUM 251 JUSTICE THEN AND NOW: THE INFLUENCE OF ROME ON THE FORM LAB II 150 HIST 219 U.S. SOCIAL HISTORY, 1877 TO THE AND REALITY OF THE UNITED STATES LA 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN LIBERAL ARTS 150 PRESENT 146 SYSTEM OF JUSTICE 148 LA 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN LIBERAL ARTS 150 HIST 230 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE ENGLAND, HUM 261 AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND 148 C.400-1688 146 LA 391 STUDENT LITERACY VOLUNTEERS 150 HUM 262 ROME UNDER CAESAR AND LA 490 SPECIAL TOPICS IN LIBERAL ARTS 150 HIST 231 EVOLUTION OF MODERN ENGLAND, 1688 AUGUSTUS 148 TO THE PRESENT 146 LA 491 STUDENT LITERACY VOLUNTEERS 150 HUM 263 FRANCE AND FRENCH CARRIBBEAN HIST 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN HISTORY 146 CULTURE 148 LS 301 LEGAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS 150 HIST 307 ROMANS AND BARBARIANS: HUM 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN HUMANITIES 148 LS 309 LEGAL STUDIES SIMULATION 150 31 BC - 800 AD 146 HUM 310 COMPARATIVE RACE RELATIONS: U.S. LS 402 LEGAL STUDIES FOR ACCOUNTANTS AND HIST 309 KNIGHTS, MONKS, AND PEASANTS: AND SOUTH AFRICA 148 ENTREPRENEURS 150 AD 800-1350 146 HUM 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN THE LS 403 GOVERNMENT CONTRACT LAW 150 HIST 312 RENAISSANCE AND REFORMATION, HUMANITIES 148 LS 413 LEGAL ASPECTS OF MARKETING AND 1350-1650 146 HUM 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN HUMANITIES 148 COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS 150 HIST 320 THE TWENTIETH CENTURY WORLD 146 IE 308 WORK ANALYSIS AND DESIGN 148 LS 424 LEGAL ASPECTS OF HUMAN RESOURCES HIST 326 SUGAR, SLAVES, AND CLOTH: THE RISE OF MANAGEMENT 150 IE 312 ENGINEERING ECONOMIC ANALYSIS 148 ATLANTIC SOCIETY: 1500-1900 146 LS 460 SPORT LAW 150 IE 314 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES 148 HIST 332 THE HISTORY OF RUSSIA 146 MAN 101 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT 150 IE 315 QUALITY CONTROL AND ENGINEERING HIST 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN MAN 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MANAGEMENT 151 HISTORY 146 STATISTICS 148 MAN 202 PRINCIPLES OF ACQUISITION AND HIST 341 HISTORY OF MODERN GERMANY: 1848 TO IE 318 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN LABORATORY I 148 CONTRACTING 151 THE PRESENT 146 IE 326 PRODUCTION PLANNING AND MAN 203 PRINCIPLES OF CONTRACT PRICING 151 HIST 345 WORLD WAR II 146 CONTROL 148 MAN 204 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 151 HIST 354 CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION 146 IE 328 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN LABORATORY II 148 MAN 301 STRUCTURE OF AMERICAN HIST 358 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES SINCE IE 334 COMPUTER SIMULATION AND DESIGN 148 INDUSTRY 151 1945 146 IE 410 ENGINEERING PROJECT MANAGEMENT 149 MAN 308 EMPLOYEE RELATIONS 151 HIST 359 THE UNITED STATES IN VIETNAM 146 IE 414 MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING 149 MAN 311 MANAGEMENT OF INTERNATIONAL HIST 360 THE HISTORY OF PRE-COLONIAL IE 420 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 149 OPERATIONS 151 AFRICA 146 IE 425 QUALITY ENGINEERING 149 MAN 315 ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY 151 HIST 361 AFRICA IN THE TWENTIETH IE 426 PRODUCTION DESIGN 149 CENTURY 146 MAN 317 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 151 IE 427 FACILITY AND MATERIAL HANDLING HIST 371 THE HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICA 146 MAN 330 MANAGERIAL COMMUNICATION 151 DESIGN 149 HIST 375 HISTORY OF MODERN ASIA 147 MAN 331 A HUMANISTIC APPROACH TO IE 428 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN LABORATORY III 149 LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT 151 HIST 380 THE DEVELOPMENT OF MODERN IE 437 DESIGN PROJECTS 149 MEDICINE 147 MAN 333 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN IE 439 PROJECT PREPARATION 149 MANAGEMENT 151 HIST 390-394 SPECIAL TOPICS IN HISTORY 147 IE 440 SENIOR DESIGN PROJECTS 149 MAN 335 TRANSPORTATION 151 HIST 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN HISTORY 147 IE 490 SPECIAL TOPICS IN INDUSTRIAL MAN 340 WOMEN AND MEN IN HIST 490 SEMINAR IN HISTORY 147 ENGINEERING 149 ORGANIZATIONS 151 HIST 495-496 SENIOR THESIS 147 IE 515 DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURE 149 MAN 350 SPORT MANAGEMENT 151 HON 102 CITIES AND CIVILIZATIONS 147 INST 101 INTRODUCTION TO CONTEMPORARY MAN 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MANAGEMENT 151 HON 103 IDEAS AND CULTURE 147 GLOBAL ISSUES 149 MAN 401 CONTRACT NEGOTIATIONS 151 HON 190-192 SPECIAL TOPICS IN HONORS 147 INST 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL MAN 410 ETHICAL ISSUES IN BUSINESS 151 STUDIES 149 HON 201 TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY 147 MAN 417 MANAGEMENT FOR HON 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN HONORS 147 INST 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL MANUFACTURING 152 STUDIES 149 HON 293 HONORS DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 147 MAN 422 CONFLICT RESOLUTION 152 INST 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN INTERNATIONAL HON 389 ART IN NATURE – NATURE IN ART 147 STUDIES 149 MAN 423 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 152 HON 390-392 SPECIAL TOPICS IN HONORS 147 INST 490 SEMINAR IN INTERNATIONAL STUDIES MAN 424 BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE SEMINAR 152 HUM 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN HUMANITIES 147 149 MAN 425 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN HUMAN HUM 201-390 CULTURES PAST AND PRESENT 148 LA 100 FIRST YEAR SEMINAR 149 RESOURCES MANAGEMENT 152 HUM 235 THE UNITED STATES AND LA 150 LABORATORY IN WRITING MAN 433 PERFORMANCE TEAM LEADERSHIP 152 INTERNATIONAL PERSPECTIVES 148 FUNDAMENTALS I 150 MAN 447 SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 152 HUM 241 CLASSICAL GREECE 148 250 Index to Course Descriptions

MAN 450 PRACTICUM IN SPORT MATH 490 SEMINAR 155 MK 440 MARKETING SEMINAR 159 MANAGEMENT 152 MATH 501 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS II 155 MK 480 INTERNSHIP 159 MAN 455 SPORT FACILITY PLANNING AND ME 106 STATICS 155 MS 115 INTRODUCTION TO THE ARMY AND THE MANAGEMENT 152 ME 203 DYNAMICS 155 NATIONAL DEFENSE SYSTEM 160 MAN 460-461 ADVANCED FIELD EXPERIENCE IN ME 208 MECHANICS OF MATERIALS 155 MS 116 INTRODUCTION TO THE NATIONAL SPORT MANAGEMENT 152 DEFENSE SYSTEM 160 ME 303 THERMODYNAMICS I 155 MAN 465 SEMINAR IN SPORT MANAGEMENT 152 MS 215 CONTEMPORARY MILITARY THEORY 160 ME 304 THERMODYNAMICS II 155 MAN 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN MANAGEMENT 152 MS 216 LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT 160 ME 309 MATERIALS SCIENCE 156 MATH 099 INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRA 152 MS 312 MILITARY LEADERSHIP I 160 MATH 100 ALGEBRA FUNDAMENTALS 152 ME 312 KINEMATICS AND DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY 156 MS 313 MILITARY LEADERSHIP II 160 MATH 105 CONTEMPORARY MATHEMATICS I 152 ME 313 MECHANICAL LABORATORY I 156 MS 412 SEMINAR IN MILITARY LEADERSHIP AND MATH 106 CONTEMPORARY MATHEMATICS II 152 MANAGEMENT 160 ME 314 MECHANICAL LABORATORY II 156 MATH 107 MATHEMATICS FOR ELEMENTARY MS 413 MILITARY LAW AND ETHICS 160 ME 316 FLUID MECHANICS 156 EDUCATION I 153 MUS 101 MUSIC APPRECIATION 160 ME 320 MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS 156 MATH 108 MATHEMATICS FOR ELEMENTARY MUS 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC 160 EDUCATION II 153 ME 417 HEAT TRANSFER 156 MUS 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC 160 MATH 109 PRE-CALCULUS MATHEMATICS 153 ME 422 CONTROL SYSTEMS 157 MUS 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC 160 MATH 111 ANALYSIS FOR BUSINESS AND ME 425 DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS 157 ECONOMICS I 153 PEHR 151 PERSONAL HEALTH AND WELLNESS 160 ME 435 MECHANICAL LABORATORY III 157 PEHR 153-199 LIFETIME ACTIVITIES SERIES 160 MATH 112 ANALYSIS FOR BUSINESS AND ME 437 DESIGN PROJECTS 157 ECONOMICS II 153 PEHR 163 GAMES CHILDREN PLAY 160 ME 439 PROFESSIONAL AWARENESS 157 MATH 123 CALCULUS I FOR MANAGEMENT, LIFE, PH 103 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY 161 ME 440 SENIOR DESIGN PROJECTS 157 AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 153 PH 104 ELEMENTARY LOGIC 161 ME 490 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MECHANICAL MATH 124 CALCULUS II FOR MANAGEMENT, LIFE, PH 110 CRITICAL THINKING 161 AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 153 ENGINEERING 157 PH 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHILOSOPHY 161 MATH 131 CALCULUS IA ME 511 ADVANCED MECHANICS OF (WITH PRE-CALCULUS REVIEW) 153 MATERIALS 157 PH 208 ETHICS 161 MATH 132 CALCULUS IB ME 519 EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS 157 PH 209 PHILOSOPHY IN LITERATURE 161 (WITH TRIGONOMETRY) 153 ME 526 GAS DYNAMICS 158 PH 210 ETHICS FOR SOCIAL WORKERS 161 MATH 133 CALCULUS I 153 ME 540 DESIGN OF ALTERNATIVE ENERGY PH 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHILOSOPHY 161 MATH 134 CALCULUS II 153 SYSTEMS 158 PH 301 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS 161 MATH 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS 153 ME 542 COMPUTER-AIDED ENGINEERING 158 PH 302 THE AMERICAN INTELLECTUAL MATH 207 INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS FOR THE ME 544 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN MECHANICAL TRADITION 161 ARTS AND SCIENCES 153 ENGINEERING 158 PH 303 SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY 161 MATH 235 CALCULUS III 154 ME 551 FLUID MACHINERY DESIGN 158 PH 304 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 161 MATH 236 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 154 ME 590 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MECHANICAL PH 307 CONTEMPORARY MORAL PROBLEMS 161 ENGINEERING 158 MATH 261 DISCRETE STRUCTURES I 154 PH 308 ENVIRONMENTAL ETHICS 161 METR 101 INTRODUCTORY METEOROLOGY 158 MATH 262 DISCRETE STRUCTURES II 154 PH 310 ETHICS IN THE PROFESSIONS 161 METR 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN METEOROLOGY MATH 272 PROBABILITY 154 PH 320 WESTERN RELIGIONS 161 MK 200 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING 158 MATH 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS 154 PH 321 EASTERN RELIGIONS 161 MK 201 PRINCIPLES OF PURCHASING 158 MATH 306 LINEAR ALGEBRA 154 PH 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN MK 301 BUYER BEHAVIOR 158 MATH 310 TOPICS IN ACTUARIAL SCIENCE 154 PHILOSOPHY 162 MK 306 NEW PRODUCT MANAGEMENT 159 MATH 311 NUMERICAL ANALYSIS 154 PH 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHILOSOPHY 162 MK 317 PROMOTIONAL STRATEGY 159 MATH 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN PHYS 101 PHYSICS OF ENERGY I 162 MATHEMATICS 154 MK 318 MARKETING RESEARCH 159 PHYS 102 PHYSICS OF ENERGY II 162 MATH 350 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS I 154 MK 320 PRICE AND PRODUCT STRATEGY 159 PHYS 103 ELEMENTARY PHYSICS I 162 MATH 363 MATHEMATICAL FOUNDATIONS AND MK 322 SALES AND SALES MANAGEMENT 159 PHYS 104 ELEMENTARY PHYSICS II 162 METHODS FOR COMPUTER SCIENCE 154 MK 323 DISTRIBUTION STRATEGY 159 PHYS 113 GENERAL ASTRONOMY 162 MATH 371 MODERN ASPECTS OF GEOMETRY 154 MK 333 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN MARKETING 159 PHYS 123 PHYSICS FOR PHARMACY 162 MATH 373 MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS 154 MK 340 DESKTOP APPLICATIONS FOR PHYS 131 ELEMENTS OF MECHANICS I 162 MATH 377 ELEMENTARY NUMBER THEORY 154 MARKETING 159 PHYS 132 ELEMENTS OF MECHANICS II 162 MATH 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS 154 MK 344 CAMPAIGN PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT 159 PHYS 133 MECHANICS 162 MATH 412 INTRODUCTION TO TOPOLOGY 154 MK 346 RELATIONSHIP MARKETING 159 PHYS 134 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 162 MATH 418 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN PHYS 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHYSICS 162 ALGEBRA 155 MK 366 SPORT MARKETING 159 PHYS 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHYSICS 162 MATH 420 MATHEMATICAL MODELING 155 MK 370 E-COMMERCE 159 PHYS 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN MATH 421 REAL ANALYSIS 155 MK 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MARKETING 159 PHYSICS 162 MATH 427 COMPLEX ANALYSIS 155 MK 411 MULTINATIONAL MARKETING 159 PHYS 390 SPECIAL TOPICS 162 MATH 480-481 INTERNSHIP IN MATHEMATICS 155 MK 421 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 159 PHYS 440 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH 162 Index to Course Descriptions 251

PSY 101 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY 162 SO 314 AMERICAN CULTURE AND THE BLACK SW 411, 412 FIELD INSTRUCTION IN SOCIAL PSY 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY 162 EXPERIENCE 165 WORK II 168 PSY 204 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 162 SO 322 SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY AND SW 414 SEMINAR IN FIELD INSTRUCTION I 168 METHODS 165 PSY 205 PSYCHOLOGY OF GENDER SW 415 SEMINAR IN FIELD INSTRUCTION II 168 (formerly PSY 105) 163 SO 323 SEMINAR IN THEORY AND METHOD 165 PSY 207 AN INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS FOR SO 324 COMPARATIVE AND HISTORICAL THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 163 SOCIOLOGY 165 PSY 211 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 163 SO 325 INTRODUCTION TO THE MAYAN WORLD 165 Graduate Courses in Business PSY 212 ADOLESCENT PERSONALITY AND DEVELOPMENT 163 SO 330 SOCIOLOGY OF COMMUNICATION 165 PSY 290 SPECIAL TOPICS 163 SO 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN AC 500 ACCOUNTING PERSPECTIVES 187 SOCIOLOGY 165 PSY 301 INTRODUCTION TO INTERVIEWING 163 AC 602 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING II 187 SO 341 OCCUPATIONAL SOCIOLOGY 165 PSY 304 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 163 AC 603 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING III 187 SO 343 DOMESTIC VIOLENCE 165 PSY 306 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 163 AC 605 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING FOR HEALTH SO 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY 166 CARE SYSTEMS 187 PSY 307 PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT 163 SO 410 SOCIAL CHANGE 166 AC 610 COST-BASED DECISION-MAKING 187 PSY 309 METHODS AND TECHNIQUES OF EXPERIMENTATION 163 SO 413 SOCIAL INEQUALITY AND JUSTICE 166 AC 611 MUNICIPAL AND FUND ACCOUNTING 187 PSY 310 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 163 SPAN 101 ELEMENTARY SPANISH I 166 AC 613 FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF THE TAX STRUCTURE 187 PSY 311 CHILD BEHAVIOR MANAGEMENT: SPAN 102 ELEMENTARY SPANISH II 166 THEORY AND PRACTICE 163 SPAN 130 SPANISH FOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE 166 AC 614 ADVANCED TOPICS IN TAXATION 187 PSY 312 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY 163 SPAN 140 SPANISH FOR SOCIAL SERVICES 166 AC 619 AUDITING 187 PSY 313 LEARNING 163 SPAN 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SPANISH 166 AC 620 ADVANCED TOPICS IN AUDITING 187 PSY 314 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 163 SPAN 203 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH I 166 AC 621 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING IV 187 PSY 315 THE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT AND HUMAN SPAN 204 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH II 166 AC 622 ACCOUNTING THEORY AND CONTEMPORARY ISSUES 187 BEHAVIOR 163 SPAN 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SPANISH 166 AC 630 ACCOUNTING FOR DECISION MAKERS 187 PSY 317 PSYCHOLOGY OF THE EXCEPTIONAL SPAN 305 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONAL PERSON 164 SPANISH I 166 AC 631 CONTROLLERSHIP 188 PSY 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY 164 SPAN 306 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONAL AC 632 CPA LAW CONCEPTS 188 PSY 390 SPECIAL TOPICS 164 SPANISH II 166 AC 652 INTERNAL AND OPERATIONAL PSY 413 ANIMAL LEARNING AND BEHAVIOR 164 SPAN 333-334 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN AUDITING 188 PSY 414 ANIMAL LEARNING LAB 164 SPANISH 166 AC 661 ACCOUNTING SEMINAR 188 PSY 416 INTRODUCTION TO COUNSELING SPAN 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SPANISH 166 BUS 510 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS 188 SKILLS 164 SW 100 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK 166 BUS 520 BUSINESS COMMUNICATION 188 PSY 418 BEHAVIORAL COUNSELING SW 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL WORK 167 BUS 530 COMPUTER SOFTWARE/INTERNET METHODS 164 SW 203 CHILD WELFARE 167 SKILLS 188 PSY 420 HISTORY OF PSYCHOLOGY 164 SW 216 HUMAN BEHAVIOR IN THE SOCIAL BUS 540 ECONOMICS 188 PSY 421 MODERN THEORIES OF ENVIRONMENT 167 BUS 650 THE CHANGING SOCIAL, POLITICAL, PSYCHOLOGY 164 SW 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL WORK 167 ETHICAL AND LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS 188 PSY 440 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH 164 SW 301 SOCIAL WORK INTERVENTIVE PSY 480 INTERNSHIP IN PSYCHOLOGY 164 METHODS I 167 BUS 680 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT 188 QM 201 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS SW 302 SOCIAL WORK INTERVENTIVE CIS 610 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY STATISTICS 164 METHODS II 167 MANAGEMENT AND APPLICATIONS 188 QM 302 FORECASTING FOR BUSINESS 164 SW 303 SOCIAL WORK INTERVENTIVE CIS 630 MIS TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT ISSUES 188 QM 310 QUALITY AND OPERATIONS METHODS III 167 MANAGEMENT 164 SW 304 SOCIAL WORK INTERVENTIVE CIS 632 DATA MANAGEMENT 188 QM 336 LOGISTICS/PHYSICAL DISTRIBUTION 164 METHODS IV 167 CIS 633 COMMUNICATIONS, NETWORKING, INTERNET, and WEB TECHNOLOGIES 188 SO 101 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY 165 SW 310 SUBSTANCE ABUSE AND THE FAMILY 167 CIS 634 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS, MODELING, AND SO 190 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY 165 SW 313 SOCIAL WELFARE AND SOCIAL POLICY 167 DESIGN 188 SO 203 SOCIAL PROBLEMS 165 SW 314 FIELD INSTRUCTION IN MACRO CIS 635 ISSUES IN SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT 189 SO 205 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL PRACTICE 167 CIS 636 MANAGEMENT OF MIS 189 ANTHROPOLOGY 165 SW 315 THE FAMILY AND SOCIAL WORK CIS 637 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SO 214 DRUGS, SOCIETY, AND THE CRIMINAL PRACTICE 167 INTEGRATION AND INFRASTRUCTURE 189 JUSTICE SYSTEM 165 SW 319 SOCIAL WORK AND RESEARCH 167 CIS 648 COMPUTER AUDITING, SECURITY AND SO 290 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY 165 SW 320 DYNAMICS OF OPPRESSION AND CONTROL 189 SO 302 COMPLEX ORGANIZATIONS 165 EMPOWERMENT 168 CIS 671 MANAGEMENT SUPPORT SYSTEMS 189 SO 305 THE SOCIOLOGY OF URBAN LIFE 165 SW 383 WOMEN’S ISSUES 168 CIS 680 SYSTEMS PROJECT 189 SO 308 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY 165 SW 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL WORK 168 FINANCE 189 SO 309 SOCIAL DEVIATION AND CONTROL 165 SW 409, 410 FIELD INSTRUCTION IN SOCIAL FIN 611 MONEY, BANKING, AND MONETARY SO 311 SOCIOLOGY OF MINORITY GROUPS 165 WORK I 168 THEORY 189 252 Index to Course Descriptions

FIN 613 FINANCIAL ASPECTS OF HEALTH CARE MK 630 MARKETING RESEARCH CPE 590 SPECIAL TOPICS 194 DELIVERY SYSTEMS 189 METHODOLOGIES 191 CPE 620 ADVANCED COMPUTER FIN 617 INVESTMENT THEORY 189 MK 632 DEVELOPMENT AND MARKETING OF NEW ARCHITECTURE 194 FIN 618 SECURITY ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO PRODUCTS 191 CPE 655 COMPUTER NETWORK MANAGEMENT 189 MK 634 CHANNELS OF DISTRIBUTION ARCHITECTURE 194 FIN 622 INTERNATIONAL FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT 191 CPE 660 MICROPROCESSOR SOFTWARE MULTINATIONAL BUSINESS 189 MK 636 BUSINESS TO BUSINESS MARKETING 191 DESIGN 194 FIN 623 THE FEDERAL DOD BUDGET 189 MK 638 MARKETING PLANNING AND CPE 670 SPEECH SIGNAL PROCESSING 194 FIN 630 CORPORATE FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT STRATEGY 191 CPE 680 DISTRIBUTED PROCESSING 194 APPLICATIONS 189 MK 640 CONTEMPORARY MARKETING FOR CPE 690 SPECIAL TOPICS 194 MANAGERS 192 FIN 650 ADVANCED FINANCIAL EE 511 RANDOM SIGNALS AND NOISE 194 MANAGEMENT 189 MCJA 501 MANAGEMENT THEORY AND CONCEPTS EE 523 COMMUNICATIONS 194 LS 654 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATION IN FOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE 192 SYSTEMS ACQUISITION 190 MCJA 502 LAW ENFORCEMENT TO AMERICA 192 EE 525 LINEAR SYSTEMS THEORY 194 LS 692 PRINCIPLES OF GOVERNMENT MCJA 601 CRIMINAL JUSTICE EE 530 VLSI DESIGN 194 CONTRACTING 190 ADMINISTRATION 192 EE 535 FUZZY LOGIC 194 LS 693 THE ADMINISTRATION OF GOVERNMENT MCJA 602 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR IN EE 545 NEURAL NETWORKS 195 CONTRACTS 190 CRIMINAL JUSTICE 192 EE 548 INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRO-OPTICS 195 MAN 600 TEAM LEADERSHIP 190 MCJA 609 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW 192 EE 550 POWER TRANSMISSION 195 MAN 601 PRINCIPLES AND FUNCTIONS OF MCJA 610 REPORT WRITING FOR THE JUSTICE EE 567 SOLID-STATE ELECTRONIC DEVICES 195 MANAGEMENT 190 PROFESSIONAL 192 EE 570 COMPUTER CONTROLLED SYSTEMS 195 MAN 610 ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY AND MCJA 611 CRIMINAL PROCEDURE 192 EE 580 SIGNAL PROCESSING 195 BEHAVIOR 190 MCJA 612 CRIMINAL LAW 192 EE 590 SPECIAL TOPICS 195 MAN 621 LAW AND THE BUSINESS ENTITY 190 MCJA 613 SECURITY AND LOSS PREVENTION FOR MAN 627 SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 190 MANAGEMENT 192 EE 611 DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 195 MAN 630 A HUMANISTIC APPROACH TO MCJA 614 POLICE AND THE PUBLIC EE 614 ADVANCED ELECTROMAGNETICS 195 LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT 190 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES 192 EE 621 COHERENT OPTICS 195 MAN 631 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 190 MCJA 615 RISK MANAGEMENT IN CRIMINAL EE 625 STOCHASTIC PROCESSES 196 JUSTICE 192 MAN 633 MANAGEMENT OF INTERNATIONAL EE 650 ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL BUSINESS 190 MCJA 616 BUDGETING AND PLANNING IN CRIMINAL PROCESSING 196 JUSTICE 192 MAN 640 MANAGEMENT, UNIONS, AND CONFLICT EE 667 ADVANCED ELECTRICAL MATERIALS 196 RESOLUTION 190 MCJA 620 ETHICAL ISSUES IN CRIMINAL EE 670 OPTIMAL CONTROL SYSTEMS 196 MAN 641 STRESS MANAGEMENT 190 JUSTICE 192 EE 680 PATTERN RECOGNITION 196 MAN 642 ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND MCJA 625 DATA BASE MANAGEMENT IN CRIMINAL EE 690 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ELECTRICAL CHANGE STRATEGIES 190 JUSTICE 193 ENGINEERING 196 MAN 643 CAREER DEVELOPMENT 190 MCJA 630 FIELD RESEARCH IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 193 EE 698-699 THESIS RESEARCH 196 MAN 648 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 190 MCJA 640 MANAGEMENT, UNIONS, AND ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT 196 MAN 650 COMMUNICATION IN BUSINESS 190 COLLECTIVE BARGAINING IN CRIMINAL EMGT 590 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ENGINEERING MAN 651 ETHICS IN BUSINESS 190 JUSTICE 193 MANAGEMENT 196 MAN 660 HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT 191 MCJA 641 STRESS MANAGEMENT IN CRIMINAL EMGT 605 ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT 196 JUSTICE 193 MAN 661 LEGAL ASPECTS OF HEALTH CARE EMGT 607 QUALITY MANAGEMENT 196 MANAGEMENT 191 MCJA 642 ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT IN EMGT 609 ENGINEERING COST ANALYSIS 196 MAN 662 ETHICS AND THE HEALTH CARE CRIMINAL JUSTICE 193 EMGT 615 STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL 196 PROFESSION 191 MCJA 695 ADVANCED COMMUNITY POLICING 193 EMGT 620 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 196 MAN 663 CURRENT ISSUES IN HEALTH CARE QM 610 DECISION SUPPORT MODELS 193 MANAGEMENT 191 EMGT 622 PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT 196 MAN 664 COMMUNITY HEALTH EMGT 624 ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT ADMINISTRATION 191 INFORMATION SYSTEMS 196 MAN 665 INTERNAL SYSTEMS OF HEALTH CARE EMGT 626 COMPUTER SIMULATION OF MANAGEMENT 191 Graduate Courses in ENGINEERING/BUSINESS 196 MAN 695 MATERIALS HANDLING Engineering EMGT 627 LEGAL ASPECTS OF ENGINEERING 196 MANAGEMENT 191 EMGT 629 ADVANCED MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING SYSTEMS 197 MAN 696 DOD REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP) CPE 525 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 193 PREPARATION 191 EMGT 637 ERGONOMICS 197 CPE 545 COMPUTER GRAPHICS SOFTWARE 193 MAN 697 MANAGEMENT OF MAJOR SYSTEMS EMGT 640 ENERGY MANAGEMENT 197 ACQUISITION 191 CPE 550 TOPICS IN COMPILER DESIGN THEORY 193 EMGT 643 DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS 197 MAN 698 ACQUISITION SUPPORT FUNCTIONS 191 CPE 560 MICROCOMPUTER HARDWARE EMGT 644 QUALITY SYSTEMS AND PROCESS MK 627 INTERNATIONAL MARKETING 191 DESIGN 193 IMPROVEMENT 197 MK 628 MARKETING FOR HEALTH CARE CPE 570 OPERATING SYSTEMS 193 EMGT 647 FACILITY PLANNING. 197 ORGANIZATIONS 191 CPE 580 COMPUTER NETWORKS 194 EMGT 648 PROJECT MANAGEMENT 197 Index to Course Descriptions 253

EMGT 680 ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT ME 551 FLUID MACHINERY DESIGN 198 PROJECT 197 ME 590 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MECHANICAL EMGT 690 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ENGINEERING ENGINEERING 198 MANAGEMENT 197 ME 610 MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS 198 EMGT 698-699 THESIS RESEARCH 197 ME 620 COMPUTATIONAL METHODS IN IE 515 DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURE 197 VIBRATIONS AND STRUCTURAL MATH 501 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS 198 ANALYSIS II 197 ME 630 COMPUTATIONAL METHODS IN HEAT MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 197 TRANSFER AND FLUID MECHANICS 198 ME 511 ADVANCED MECHANICS OF ME 635 DESIGN OF THERMODYNAMIC MATERIALS 197 SYSTEMS 198 ME 519 EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS 197 ME 640 FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS 198 ME 526 GAS DYNAMICS 197 ME 646 APPLIED FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS 198 ME 540 DESIGN OF ALTERNATIVE ENERGY ME 654 COMPUTER CONTROL OF SYSTEMS 197 MANUFACTURING 198 ME 542 COMPUTER-AIDED ENGINEERING 197 ME 690 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 198 ME 543 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER-AIDED MANUFACTURING 197 ME 698-699 THESIS RESEARCH 198 ME 544 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN MECHANICAL PUB 600 ENVIRONMENT OF PUBLIC ENGINEERING 198 ADMINISTRATION 198

REGIONAL MAP

MONTPELIER 172 Miles

BRATTLEBORO 61 Miles BOSTON 90 Miles ALBANY 92 Miles SPRINGFIELD

NEW YORK 154 Miles

PITTSBURGH 527 Miles PHILADELPHIA 254 Miles

WASHINGTON, D.C. 400 Miles 1215 Wilbraham Road Springfield, MA 01119

Telephone: 413-782-3111 Toll Free: 1-800-325-1122 Fax: 413-782-1746 Website: www.wnec.edu

Where everything falls into place